Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

How an Apparent Relief Became a Burden for Government & Taxpayers?

INTRODUCTION
Goods & Service Tax in India is a destination-based consumption tax, i.e., the tax collected on a supply (taxing event) becomes revenue of the State in which the supply is consumed. This is evident on a reading of Article 269A(1) of the Constitution, which, while giving exclusive powers to the Parliament to levy and collect tax on inter-state supplies, also requires the apportionment of the said tax between the Union and the States.

Accordingly, Sections 10-13 of the IGST Act, 2017 lay down the rules for determining the place of supply, which in effect will aid in determining the State where the supply is being consumed.

Further, Section 17 lays down the manner of apportionment of tax and settlement of funds, being an integrated tax collected by the Parliament. Since GST works on the principle of value addition and availability of input tax credit for businesses, section 17 recognizes that for a B2B transaction, the tax collected does not accrue to any Government and accordingly provides for settlement of taxes only in cases of B2C transactions and B2B transactions where the corresponding credit is not available.

Section 17 of the IGST Act, 2017 accordingly deals with the following scenarios for the settlement of taxes between the Governments:

a)    In respect of supplies made to an unregistered person (B2C)/ composition dealers paying tax u/s 10.

b)    In respect of supplies made where the registered person is not entitled to claim the input tax credit.

c)    In respect of import of goods/ services by a registered person not entitled to claim the input tax credit.

d)    In respect of supplies made where the registered person does not claim input tax credit within the prescribed timelines.

e)    In respect of import of goods/ services by a registered person who does not avail the said credit within the prescribed timelines.

f)    In respect of import of goods/ services by an unregistered person or a registered person paying tax u/s 10 or a registered person not entitled to claim an input tax credit.

DATA POINTS FOR SETTLEMENT

Conceptually, the above settlement process, along with the provisions for inter-se settlement in case of cross utilization of credits, would seem adequate and logical. However, in a nation with millions of taxpayers and trillions (or even more) of transactions, compiling the relevant data could be a daunting exercise. This aspect was thought through at the time of the introduction of GST, and the detailed, elaborate transaction level uploading and two-way matching process was inter alia also designed to provide the said data points. As a quick recollection, an elaborate mechanism for filing returns was proposed involving the following steps:

•    GSTR 1:  wherein suppliers furnished details of outward supplies made by them to registered / unregistered persons. The details of supplies made to unregistered persons, though to be furnished at summary level, was to be provided supply-wise.

•    The supplies to registered taxable persons disclosed in GSTR-1 were intimated to the receiving taxable persons in GSTR-2A.

•    Based on the details intimated in GSTR-2A, the receiving taxable person was expected to carry out the matching exercise while furnishing GSTR-2, which is the details of inward supplies and marks each supply as either accepted (i.e., matched), rejected (i.e., incorrectly appearing or requiring amendment) or pending (appearing correctly but not credit eligible in terms of section 16 of the CGST Act, 2017). In addition, the receiving taxable person also had an option to add transactions, not disclosed by the supplier. The input tax credit on such transactions was provisionally subject to the supplier making the necessary rectifications.

•    The transactions marked as ‘rejected’ / ‘added’ were to be sent back to the supplier in GSTR-1A whereby they could take the corrective action for the mismatch to be rectified.

•    The information furnished in the GSTR-1 and GSTR-2 was to be auto-populated to the GSTR-3 wherein the taxable person was also required to report other adjustments, such as reversal on account of Rules 37, 38, 42, 43, etc., and details of blocked/ ineligible credits and discharge the tax liability by utilizing balances lying in electronic cash/credit ledgers.

The complex transaction-based return cycle was designed to ensure that the data could be collated for proper settlement of taxes among the States.

However, in August 2017, during the first return cycle under GST, the portal displayed unpreparedness to facilitate filing of the above returns. The delay in filing GSTR-3 meant a delay in collection of tax revenue. Therefore, as a makeshift arrangement, the above-detailed process was temporarily substituted by a disjoint process of filing GSTR–1 -> GSTR–3B. It was clarified in the press release that this was to be applicable only for two months where the tax would be payable based on a simple return containing a summary of inward and outward details. However, as time progressed and the portal failed to facilitate the filing of GSTR-2, which delayed the filing of GSTR-3, the proposed filing mechanism was scrapped, and the GSTR-3B replaced GSTR-3 instead of being a mere stop-gap arrangement.

This also meant that the matching process was never implemented on the portal though GSTR–2A was made available to taxpayers. In many cases, basis mismatch between credit claimed in GSTR–3B at a summary level and credit auto-populated in GSTR–2A, recovery notices were issued to the taxpayers alleging an excess claim of the input tax credit. In many cases, the taxpayers were forced to approach the High Court for relief against such exercises. But, ensuring compliance was perhaps just one of the challenges faced due to the makeshift arrangement. A lot has been talked about the same in various professional forums, and this column has also featured an article on the same. This article focuses on certain other challenges.

OTHER ISSUES EMANATING FROM THE MAKESHIFT ARRANGEMENT

Apart from the above, the failure to implement the proposed returns filing process meant that the information required to carry out the activity of apportionment and settlement of funds amongst the Union and the States was not readily available due to the following:

•    For supplies made to unregistered persons and composition dealers, if the supplier supplying goods or services to a dealer under composition scheme discloses the supply as B2B, based on the tagging of the recipient, the Government gets a report of supplies received by composition dealers where input tax credit is not available. Similarly, the information of supplies made to unregistered persons was supposed to flow from GSTR-1, which was expected to be the gross liability to be discharged by a taxpayer. However, the disjoint filing of GSTR-1-3B meant mismatches in the liability disclosed versus liability discharged. Therefore, GSTR-1 was no longer a reliable means for obtaining the said information. In fact, there were occasions where a taxpayer would file GSTR-1, i.e., disclose outward supply but not file GSTR-3B, resulting in a loss of revenue to the exchequer.

•    For data points listed at (b) to (e) earlier, the information was expected to flow from GSTR-2 and GSTR-3, which required furnishing of transaction level details for credit matched but not claimed as the same was ineligible, time-barred, etc. Non-operationalization of GSTR-2 and GSTR-3 meant that the accurate details required for apportionment/ settlement exercise were no longer available.

•    For (f) above, the source is the ICEGATE data. GSTIN must be mentioned in all import cases. Therefore, wherever importers are flagged as unregistered/ paying tax under composition scheme, details of ineligible credit can be obtained by the Government.

INPUT TAX CREDIT – WAY FORWARD

To rectify these shortcomings, vide Circular 170/02/2022-GST, the manner of disclosure of claim of the input tax credit is laid down. Let us understand what the changes are.

Under the format applicable till now, the figures appearing in the ‘taxpayers’ books of accounts were considered as the starting point, and basis of the matching (as required u/s 16(2) (aa)). He was required to disclose the credit. More importantly, there was no necessity to disclose the credit appearing in GSTR-2B but not accounted/ not appearing in books of accounts. This practice is now sought to be changed by making certain changes to the format of GSTR-3B. Let us first understand what the change is:

Old

New

4. Eligible ITC

4. Eligible ITC

Details

Details

(A) ITC
Available (Whether in full or part)

(A) ITC
Available (Whether in full or part)

 

(1)
Import of goods

 

(1)
Import of goods

 

(2)
Import of services

 

(2)
Import of services

 

(3)
Inward supplies liable to reverse change (other than 1 & 2 above)

 

(3)
Inward supplies liable to reverse change (other than 1 & 2 above)

 

(4)
Inward supplies from ISD

 

(4)
Inward supplies from ISD

 

(5) All
other ITC

 

(5) All
other ITC

(B)  ITC Reversed

(B)  ITC Reversed

 

(1) As
per rules 42 & 43 of CGST Rules

 

(1)  As per rules 38, 42
& 43 of CGST Rules and
sub-section (5) of section 17

 

2.
Others

 

2.
Others

 (C) 
Net ITC Available (A)-(B)

(C)  Net ITC Available (A)-(B)

(D)
Ineligible ITC

(D)
Other details

 

(1) As
per section  17(5)

 

(1) ITC
reclaimed which was reversed under Table 4(B(2) in earlier tax period

 

(2)
Others

 

(2)
Ineligible ITC under section 16(4) and ITC restricted due to PoS provisions

The changes can be primarily summarized as under:

a)    Disclosure of ITC covered u/s 17(5) shifted from 4D(1) to 4B(1).

b)    Complete change of information required to be disclosed at 4D.

On a first reading of the above, one may feel that it is a mere change in the details to be submitted. However, there is much more than what meets the eye. Under the new process, a taxpayer is expected to carry out the detailed matching process wherein the claim of the input tax credit is based on figures auto-populated in GSTR-2B. Indirectly, the taxpayer must mark each transaction either as accepted, pending, or rejected as initially envisaged at the time of introduction of GST, with the only variation being that the same is to be done manually. The reporting continues to be at a summary level, i.e., the Government still has no means to identify errant suppliers at an early stage.

More importantly, the amounts to be disclosed at 4B, which deal with other reversals, have now been classified as permanent and temporary reversals to be disclosed at (1) and (2), respectively. The permanent reversals are described as those that are absolute in nature and are not reclaimable, and refer to reversals required to be made under Rules 38, 42 and 43. While reference to Rule 38, an ad hoc reversal of input tax credit, by a bank or financial institution including NBFC is understandable, the same may not extend to Rule 42/43 since it contains a specific provision for reclamation in case of reversal of excess input tax credit. Therefore, to this extent, the circular seems to be ultra vires the Rules referred to, and taxpayers might still have an option to reclaim the excess credits reversed u/r 42/43.

This takes us to ‘temporary reversals’. Under the temporary reversal, what is required to be reported is the input tax credit appearing in GSTR-2B and auto-populated in GSTR-3B but not matching with the books of accounts and, therefore, liable to be reversed. The circular clarifies that this shall include, apart from credits reversible u/r 37, instances where restrictions under clauses (b) & (c) of Section 16(2) which restricts the claim of input tax credit in case the goods or services or both or the tax charged in respect of a supply has not been paid to the Government. More importantly, it refers to this as a reversal of input tax credit and proceeds to clarify that a taxable person shall be entitled to reclaim the credits so reversed on account of a mismatch as and when the same appears in GSTR-2B. This would mean that the credit disclosed at 4A.(5) as per GSTR-2B would mean availing of input tax credit at the first stage, which would be a contravention of conditions laid down in section 16. For instance, a supplier has issued an invoice to a taxable person and disclosed the same in his GSTR-1 of August, 2022. However, the taxable person has received the invoice and goods in the subsequent month, i.e., September 2022. Therefore, the question that remains is, can the recipient even disclose the credit to the extent of this transaction in 4A. (5), and then reclaim the same in September GSTR-3B? In that sense, it can be said that the Circular requires the taxable person to disclose availability of input tax credit which is contrary to the provisions of the Act.

There is one more issue in the above. The purpose of this exercise is to enforce proper reporting of ineligible credits/ blocked credits. However, many businesses have a practice whereby they do not recognize the tax separately in case of blocked credit and book the gross expenditure in the books of accounts. Therefore, the tax component of the blocked credits do not appear separately in their purchase register. As such, when matching between GSTR-2B and books is done monthly, such transactions always appear as unmatched transactions, and therefore, are reported as temporary reversals. Such transactions may never be reported as permanent reversal, and therefore, the details of such credit will be available to the Government only as time-barred credits.

One advantage of this clarification is that it can be used to bypass the provision of section 16(4). Let us take an example of an invoice appearing in GSTR-2B of September, 2022. For some reason, the invoice was never accounted by the taxable person (non-receipt of the invoice, dispute, etc.,) and therefore, while filing GSTR-3B of September, the credit was first shown at 4A.(5) and after that reversed at 4B.(2) as a temporary reversal. In December, 2023, the taxable person accounts for the invoice. The question is, can he claim this credit now as in terms of the above circular, the credit has already been availed & reversed, and now the same would amount to reclaim of the credit to which the provisions of section 16 (4) may not apply.

This takes us to the point 4D of the new format. At 4D.(1), the format expects a taxable person to disclose instances of reclaim of input tax credit which was reversed earlier in table 4B.(2). The intention behind this specific disclosure seems to be to track the difference in credits claimed in 4A.(5) of GSTR-3B and GSTR-2B on a month-on-month basis by probably using the following method:

Tax Period

ITC as per GSTR-2B

ITC as per 4A. (5)

ITC as per 4B. (2)

ITC as per 4D. (1)

2022-08

1,50,000

1,50,000

-75,000

2022-09

2,50,000

2,95,000

-1,00,000

45,000

2022-10

3,50,000

4,60,000

1,10,000

Total

7,50,000

9,05,000

-1,75,000

1,55,000

The above table demonstrates the need for separate disclosure of recredits at table 4D.(1). The various notices received to date based on GSTR-3B versus GSTR-2A/2B notices have focused on amounts disclosed in table 4A. (5). In view of the additional disclosure of input tax credit reclaimed at 4D.(1), it will be convenient for the taxable person to explain the difference to the tax authorities.

However, a question remains regarding the claim of credits appearing in GSTR-2B of July, 2022 and prior period and matched during August, 2022 and subsequent periods. This is because such credits were not disclosed as availment and subsequent reversals during the earlier GSTR-3B. Therefore, even if such credits are claimed on a matching basis, the same cannot be treated as reclaim of input tax credit, and therefore, reporting the same at 4D.(1) would appear to be grossly incorrect. Thus, the easy resolution of mismatch notices may not be on the horizon, at least till September, 2023 as credits for the period April, 2022 to July, 2022 can be claimed till the filing of GSTR-3B of September, 2023. Perhaps, either 4B.(1) should have been appropriately worded to cover this aspect, or a separate row for reporting such cases would have helped the taxpayers. To the least, had the new method been introduced in a new financial year, the mismatch could have been averted as a taxpayer is required to disclose the input tax credit of a particular F.Y. claimed in the next year at 8C and 12 and 13th GSTR-9 and 9C for each financial year.

PLACE OF SUPPLY: CAPTURING CUSTOMER DETAILS

Another issue faced by the Government was the perceived incorrect disclosure of the place of supply in GSTR-3B on which, the Board has clarified as under:

3.3. Accordingly, it is advised that the registered persons making inter-state supplies-

… …

(iii) shall update their customer database properly with correct State name and ensure that correct POS is declared in the tax invoice and in Table 3.2 of Form GSTR-3B while filing their return, so that tax reaches the Consumption State as per the principles of destination-based taxation system.

Let us try to understand the background of the above clarification with the help of an example. A telecom operator has roped in the services of a payment gateway. Under this arrangement, whenever a subscriber intends to renew his connection/ pay his bill, he will make the payment online through the payment gateway. For each transaction through the payment gateway, it charges a nominal fee plus applicable GST to the subscriber. While the telecom would have the subscriber’s details, termed as ‘address on record’ available with him, the payment gateway won’t. The issue that remains for the payment gateway is how to determine the place of supply and more importantly, pay the applicable tax. For instance, the payment gateway is registered in Maharashtra, while the person making the payment is in Gujarat. There can also be a scenario where the payment may be done for a connection obtained in an altogether different state.

In the above, the issue would originate regarding the determination of place of supply. This is because the services provided by the payment gateway are not covered under any of the exceptions provided u/s 12 of the IGST Act, 2017, and therefore, the place of supply will be determined under the general rule, which provides as:

(2)    The place of supply of services, except the services specified in sub-sections (3) to (14), –

(a)    made to a registered person shall be the location of such person;

(b)    made to any person other than a registered person shall be, –

(i)    the location of the recipient where the address on record exists; and

(ii)    the location of the supplier of services in other cases.

In most cases, it is likely that the payment gateways provide services to end consumers/ unregistered recipients; therefore, clause (b) above becomes applicable for determining the place of supply in case of charges recovered from them. The same provides that the recipient’s location shall be the place of supply when the ‘address on record’ exists. However, when no such address exists, it is the location of the supplier which becomes the place of supply. In such a scenario, it would therefore mean that the tax leviable on a supply being made to and consumed by a person in Gujarat shall be Maharashtra. Therefore, the tax authorities in Gujarat likely feel aggrieved that the tax revenue on a supply consumed in their state accrues to another state. The second option, i.e., to claim that no ‘address on record’ available is the appropriate solution with a supplier as it will help him reduce compliance on his hand. However, does a supplier have such an option or not is something which needs to be analyzed. It becomes important to understand what is meant by ‘address on record’.

The term ‘address on record’ is very loosely defined u/s 2 (3) of the CGST Act, 2017 to mean the address of the recipient as available in the records of the supplier. However, the definition does not define, either address or record. However, Chapter VIII of the CGST Act, 2017 deals with what Accounts and Records every registered taxable person must maintain under GST. Rule 56 (5) thereof requires every registered person to keep particulars of the following:

(a)    Name and complete addresses of suppliers from whom he has received the goods or services chargeable to tax under the Act.

(b)    Name and complete addresses of the persons to whom he has supplied goods or services where required under the provisions of this Chapter.

The above indicates that while it is mandatory to maintain the ‘complete address’ of all suppliers, the same does not apply when it comes to recipients. In the case of recipients, the requirement to maintain the name and complete address arises only when it is required under the provisions of this Chapter, i.e., Chapter VII of the CGST Rules, 2017. A detailed reading of this Chapter would indicate that there is no requirement for any taxable person to maintain the ‘name and complete address’ of the person to whom goods or services have been supplied. Therefore, a payment gateway is well within ‘its’ rights to claim that they do not have the ‘address on record’ of person using their services and therefore, they are right in treating their supplies as intra-state supply irrespective of the State where the recipient is located.

As pointed above, such a position in the law is certainly to be countered by the other states, who would feel aggrieved by the perception that they are losing out on the tax revenue. However, one may very well argue that the tax revenue never belonged to them as the consumption, by virtue of the exception provided u/s 12 (2), belonged to the originating State. However, many state tax authorities have already raised this issue during assessments/ proceedings on service providers.

The Circular goes on to presume that such suppliers are making an inter-state supply. However, when a taxable person claims that the supply made by him is an intra-state supply, the applicability of this circular/clarification/instruction on such taxable person can be questioned. Secondly, the Circular requires the service provider to update their database correctly with the correct State Name. For the same, the circular presumes the existence of a database. However, in the case discussed above, the supplier may not be maintaining a database in the first place, which would make the clarification not applicable.

The next question is whether the Board considers the name of the State as sufficient data for determining address on record, especially when the provision relating to ‘Accounts & Records’ refer to complete address. Even in common parlance, the address on record can be used for communication, i.e., sending notices, visited using such records, etc. More importantly, what would be the sanctity of the data captured by a service provider in his records when it only contains the name of State. A person can always make mistakes while entering the State data in the database.

Further, even if the suppliers start collecting the State details from their customers, their local tax authorities might question the non-availability of address on record and therefore allege that there is a wrong POS determined resulting in payment of wrong tax. This might trigger the initiation of recovery proceedings for applicable tax not paid, i.e., CGST/SGST. Already, the Hon’ble HC has held that internal adjustment of tax wrong paid would not be permissible, i.e., if a supply is classified as inter-state. and IGST is paid on the same, and subsequently, if it is determined that the supply was classifiable as intra-state supply, in such a case, recovery of CGST/SGST will be done separately. Tax wrongly paid under IGST will have to be claimed as a refund. The only saving grace in such a case would be that interest will not be leviable on the recovery. However, to what extent a refund can be claimed is also a subject matter of dispute, especially whether the time-barring provisions u/s 54 would apply to such refund claims or not? This is an important question as such instances of the wrong classification of the place of supply would arise only during audits, which take place much after the 2-year time limit prescribed u/s 54.

CONCLUSION

GSTR-3B was a temporary arrangement until the functionality to file GSTR-2 and 3 was enabled. However, the temporary arrangement soon became permanent, and a burden for both, the Government as well as taxpayers as is evident from the above. The further attempt to dictate the manner of disclosure of input tax credit/ place of supply in apparent disregard to the stated provisions means that the way ahead will be rocky. Perhaps, it is high time that the original process of filing GSTR-2 and 3 be reintroduced. This will ensure a proper trail for taxpayers and authorities and ensure smooth compliance and accurate filing.

Auditor’s Report and Related Disclosures in Financial Statements For a Non-Banking Financial Company under an Administrator

SREI INFRASTRUCTURE LTD.
(Y.E. 31st MARCH, 2022)

From Auditors’ Report on Standalone Financial Statements

Disclaimer of Opinion

We were engaged to audit the Standalone Financial Statements of Srei Infrastructure Finance Limited (SIFL or the Company), which comprise the Balance Sheet as at 31 March, 2022, the Statement of Profit and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), the Statement of Changes in Equity, Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended and notes to the Standalone Financial Statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information (hereinafter referred to as the Standalone Financial Statements). We do not express an opinion on the accompanying Standalone Financial Statements of the Company. Because of the significance of the matters described in the Basis for Disclaimer of Opinion section of our report and the uncertainties involved, we have not been able to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to provide a basis for an audit opinion on these Standalone Financial Statements.

Basis for Disclaimer of Opinion

a)    We draw reference to Note No. 1.2, 1.3(i) and 59 to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains that the Administrator has initiated audits/reviews relating to the processes and compliances of the Company and has also appointed professionals for conducting transaction audit as per Section 43, 45, 50 and 66 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC), 2016 (the Code). Hence, the Standalone Financial Statements are subject to outcome of such audits/reviews. Pending the outcome of the Transaction Audit, we are unable to comment on the impact, if any of the same on the Standalone Financial Statements. Note No. 59 explains that latest valuations from independent valuers in respect of assets/collaterals held as securities is in progress. Hence, pending completion of the process, we are unable to comment on the impact, if any of the same on the Standalone Financial Statements. Further the Notes also explains that since the Administrator has taken charge of the affairs of the Company on 4 October, 2021, the Administrator is not liable or responsible for any actions and regarding the information pertaining to the period prior to 4 October, 2021 and has relied upon the explanations, clarifications, certifications, representations and statements made by the existing officials of the Company, who were also part of the Company prior to the appointment of the Administrator.

b)    We draw reference to Note No. 51 to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains that during the financial year 2019-20, the Company accounted for the slump exchange transaction and consequently recognized and derecognised the relevant assets and liabilities in its books of account, pursuant to the Business Transfer Agreement (BTA) with its subsidiary, Srei Equipment Finance Limited (SEFL), with effect from 1 October, 2019, subject to necessary approvals. The superseded Board of Directors and erstwhile management of the Company obtained expert legal and accounting opinions in relation to the accounting of BTA which confirmed that the accounting treatment so given is in accordance with the relevant Ind AS and the underlying guidance and framework. The Note further explains that during the financial year 2020-2021, SEFL had filed two separate applications under Section 230 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act), before the Hon’ble NCLT proposing Schemes of Arrangement (the Schemes) with all its secured and unsecured lenders. Since applications/appeals in connection with the Schemes were pending before NCLT/NCLAT, the superseded Board of Directors and erstwhile management had maintained status quo on the Schemes including accounting of BTA. Both the Schemes were rejected by majority of the creditors and an application of withdrawal was filed by the Administrator in this matter which has been allowed by the Tribunal vide order dated 11 February, 2022. As stated in the said note, the Administrator is in the process of filing consolidated resolution of SEFL and SIFL and hence no further action is being contemplated regarding establishing the validity of BTA or otherwise, consequent upon the withdrawal of Schemes. Accordingly, the status quo regarding BTA, as it existed on the date of commencement of Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (CIRP), has been maintained. In view of the uncertainties that exist in the matter of BTA, we are unable to comment on the accounting of BTA, as aforesaid, done by the Company and accordingly on the impact of the same, if any, on the Standalone Financial Statements.

c)    We draw reference to Note No. 53 to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains that the Administrator has invited the financial/ operational/other creditors to file their respective claims and that the admission of such claims is in process. Further, the note explains that the effect in respect of the claims, as on 8 October, 2021, admitted by the Administrator till 4 May, 2022 is in the process of being verified and updated from time to time as and when the claims are admitted and that the creditors can file their claims during CIRP. Accordingly, the figures of claims admitted and accounted in the books of account might undergo changes during CIRP. Hence, adjustments, if any, arising out of the claim verification and submission process, will be given effect in subsequent periods. We are unable to comment on the impact of the same, if any, on the Standalone Financial Statements.

d)    We draw reference to Note No. 54(b) to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains the reasons owing to which the Company was not able to comply with the requirements of Section 135 of the Act in relation to depositing unspent amount related to Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR). As stated in the said note, the Company has written to the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (the MCA) seeking exemption from the obligations of the Company under portions of Section 135(5) and Section 135(7) of the Act. We are unable to comment on the impact of the same or any other consequences arising out of such non-compliance, if any, on the Standalone Financial Statements.

e)    We draw reference to Note No. 56 to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains that the Company, as per the specific directions from Reserve Bank of India (RBI) in relation to certain borrowers referred to as ‘probable connected parties/related parties’, was advised to re-assess and re-evaluate the relationship with the said borrowers to assess whether they are related parties to the Company or to SEFL and also whether transaction with these connected parties were in line with arm’s length principles. However, the said process was not concluded and meanwhile the Company and SEFL have gone into CIRP. As stated in the said Note, the Administrator is not in a position to comment on the views adopted by the erstwhile management in relation to the RBI’s directions since these pertain to the period prior to the Administrator’s appointment. As stated in point (a) above, the Administrator has initiated a transaction audit/review relating to the process and compliance of the Company and has also appointed professionals for conducting transaction audit as per sections 43, 45, 50 and 66 of the Code, which is in process. We are unable to comment on the impact of the same, if any, on the Standalone Financial Statements.

f)    We have been informed that certain information including the minutes of meetings of the Committee of Creditors, Advisory Committee and Joint Lenders are confidential in nature and cannot be shared with anyone other than the Committee of Creditors and Hon’ble NCLT. Accordingly, we are unable to comment on the possible financial effects on the Standalone Financial Statements, including on presentation and disclosures, if any, that may have arisen if we had been provided access to that information.

g)    In view of the possible effects of the matters described in paragraph 5(a) to 5(f) above, we were unable to determine the consequential implications arising therefrom and whether any adjustments, restatement, disclosures or compliances are necessary in respect thereof in the Standalone Financial Statements of the Company.

Material Uncertainty Related to Going Concern

We draw attention to Note No. 55 to the Standalone Financial Statements which states that the Company has been admitted to CIRP and that the Company has reported operational loss during the year ended 31 March, 2022 and earlier years as well. As a result, the Company’s net worth has eroded and it has not been able to comply with various regulatory ratios/limits etc. All this have impacted the Company’s ability to continue its operations in normal course in future. These events or conditions, along with other matters as set forth in the aforesaid Note, indicate that there is a material uncertainty which casts significant doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a ‘Going Concern’ in foreseeable future. However, for the reasons stated in the said note, the Company has considered it appropriate to prepare the Standalone Financial Statements on a going concern basis.

Emphasis of Matters

We draw attention to the following matters in the notes to the Standalone Financial Statements:

a)    Note No. 50 to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains that considering the significant impact of COVID-19 on business activity, the Company had received consent for waiver of interest on Non-convertible Perpetual Bond from the Bond Holders. Accordingly, the Company has not accrued interest of Rs. 3,300 lacs for the year ended 31 March, 2022.

b)    Note No. 52 to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains that in view of the impracticability for preparing the resolution plan on individual basis in the case of the Company and SEFL, the Administrator, after adopting proper procedure, has filed applications before the Hon’ble NCLT, Kolkata Bench, seeking, amongst other things, consolidation of the corporate insolvency processes of the Company and SEFL. The application in the matter is admitted and the final order was received on 14 February, 2022 wherein the Hon’ble NCLT approved the consolidation of the corporate insolvency of SIFL and SEFL.

c)    Note No. 5(v) to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains that the Company is holding 18,80,333 units in Infra Construction Fund, managed by Trinity Alternative Investments Managers Limited (TAIML). TAIML is a 51% subsidiary of the Company. For the purpose of NAV of such units, TAIML, acting as fund manager has forwarded the valuation report as on 31 March, 2022 to the Company, valuing such units at Nil. As on 31 December, 2021, TAIML had reported value of these units as Rs. 53,065 lacs under the same circumstances which continue as on 31 March, 2022. The Company has not accepted the basis of such valuation and is currently enquiring the basis of the same. The Company, only for the purpose of compliance has given effect to the said valuation and such value of investment in Company’s books is subject to outcome of enquiry and explanations being sought from TAIML.

d)    Note No. 57 to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains that the Company during the quarter and year ended 31 March, 2022 on behalf of SEFL, had invoked 49% equity shares of Sanjvik Terminals Private Limited (STPL) which were pledged as security against the loan availed by one of the borrowers of SEFL. These shares appear in the Demat statement of the Company, whereas the borrower was transferred to SEFL pursuant to BTA. SEFL is in the process of getting these shares transferred in its name. Till such name transfer, the Company is holding these shares in trust for SEFL for disposal in due course. SEFL has no intention to exercise any control/significant influence over STPL in terms of Ind AS 110/lnd AS 28.

e)    Note No. 62 to the Standalone Financial Statements which states that the MCA vide its letter dated 27 September, 2021 has initiated investigation into the affairs of the Company under Section 206(5) of the Act and the same is in progress.

f)    Note No. 58 to the Standalone Financial Statements which states that based on the information available in the public domain, forensic audit was conducted on the Company and few lenders have declared the bank account of the Company as fraud. However, in case of some lenders, on the basis of petition filed by the promoters, Hon’ble High Court of Delhi has restrained the said lender from taking any further steps or action prejudicial to the petitioner on the basis of the order declaring the petitioner’s bank account as fraud. The next hearing in the matter has been listed on 23 August, 2022. Report of such forensic audit was not made available to us.

Our opinion is not modified in respect of the above matters.

From Notes to Financial Statements (Standalone)

Background and General Information

1.2. Supersession of Board of Directors and Implementation of Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) vide press release dated October 4, 2021 in exercise of the powers conferred under Section 45-IE (1) of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 (RBI Act) superseded the Board of Directors of the Company and appointed an Administrator under Section 45-IE (2) of the RBI Act. Further, RBI, in exercise of powers conferred under section 45-IE (5) (a) of the RBI Act 1934, constituted a three-member Advisory Committee to assist the Administrator in discharge of his duties. Thereafter RBI filed applications for initiation of Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (CIRP) against the Company under section 227 read with clause (zk) of sub-section (2) of Section 239 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC), 2016 (the Code) read with Rules 5 and 6 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy (Insolvency and Liquidation Proceedings of Financial Service Providers and Application to Adjudicating Authority) Rules, 2019 (FSP Insolvency Rules) before the Hon’ble National Company Law Tribunal, Kolkata Bench (Hon’ble NCLT). Hon’ble NCLT vide its order dated October 08, 2021 admitted the application made by RBI for initiation of CIRP against the Company. Further, Hon’ble NCLT gave orders for appointment of Mr. Rajneesh Sharma, as the Administrator to carry out the functions as per the Code and that the management of the Company shall vest in the Administrator. Further, NCLT also retained the three-member Advisory Committee, as aforesaid, for advising the Administrator in the operations of the Company during the CIRP.

1.3. Significant Accounting Policies

1.3(i) Basis of preparation and presentation

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) as notified under the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 as amended from time to time and notified under section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) along with other relevant provisions of the Act, the Master Direction Non-Banking Financial Company Systemically Important Non-Deposit taking Company and Deposit taking Company (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2016 (the NBFC Master Directions), as amended and notification for Implementation of Indian Accounting Standards vide circular RBI/2019-20/170 DOR (NBFC).CC.PD. No.109/22.10.106/ 2019-20 dated March 13, 2020 (RBI Notification for Implementation of Ind AS) issued by RBI. These financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for certain items which are measured at fair values at the end of each reporting period, as explained in the accounting policies below. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services. The preparation of these financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses and disclosed amount of contingent liabilities. Areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity or areas where assumptions are significant to the Company are discussed in Note No. 2.23 Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions. The management believes that the estimates used in the preparation of these financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ from those estimates and the differences between the actual results and the estimates would be recognised in the periods in which the results are known/ materialised. The financial statements are presented in Indian Rupees (INR) and all values are rounded off to the nearest Lacs, except otherwise indicated. Comparative information has been regrouped/rearranged to accord with changes in presentations made in the current period, except where otherwise stated. The financial statements of the Company are presented as per Schedule III (Division III) to the Act applicable to NBFCs, as notified by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA). These audited financial statements of the Company for the year ended March 31, 2022 have been taken on record by the Administrator on May 27, 2022 while discharging the powers of the Board of Directors of the Company which were conferred upon him by the RBI press release dated October 4, 2021 and subsequently, powers conferred upon him in accordance with Hon’ble NCLT order dated October 8, 2021. It is also incumbent upon the Resolution Professional, under Section 20 of the Code, to manage the operations of the Company as a going concern. As a part of the CIRP, the Administrator has initiated audits/reviews relating to the processes and compliances of the Company and has also appointed professionals for conducting transaction audit as per section 43, 45, 50 and 66 of the Code. As such, these financial results are subject to outcome of such audits/reviews. Since the Administrator has taken charge of the affairs of the Company on October 4, 2021, the Administrator is not liable or responsible for any actions and has no personal knowledge of any such actions of the Company prior to his appointment and has relied on the position of the financial statements of the Company as they existed on October 4, 2021. Regarding information pertaining to period prior to October 4, 2021 the Administrator has relied upon the explanations, clarifications, certifications, representations and statements made by the company management team (the existing officials of the Company), who were also part of the Company prior to the appointment of the Administrator. The accounting policies for some specific items of financial statements are disclosed in the respective notes to the financial statements. Other significant accounting policies and details of significant accounting assumptions and estimates are set out below in Note No. 1.3(i) to 1.22.

50. Waiver of Interest on Non-convertible Perpetual Bond due to Covid-19

Considering the significant impact of COVID-19 on business activity, the Company had received consent for waiver of interest on Non-convertible Perpetual Bond from the Bond Holders. Accordingly, the Company has not accrued interest of Rs.3300 lacs for the year ended March 31, 2022.

51. Business Transfer Agreement

During the year 2019-20, the Company and its Subsidiary Company, Srei Equipment Finance Limited (SEFL) entered into a Business Transfer Agreement (BTA) to transfer the Lending Business, Interest Earning Business and Lease Business of the Company together with associated employees, assets and liabilities (including liabilities towards issued and outstanding non – convertible debentures) (Transferred Undertaking), as a going concern by way of slump exchange to SEFL pursuant to the Business Transfer Agreement, subject to all necessary approvals. Accordingly, the Company and SEFL passed the relevant accounting entries in their respective books of account to reflect the slump exchange w.e.f. October 1, 2019 while allotment of shares by SEFL was made on December 31, 2019. The superseded board of directors and erstwhile management of the Company, as existed prior to the Appointment of the Administrator, had obtained external expert legal and accounting opinions in relation to the accounting of BTA which confirmed that the accounting treatment so given is in accordance with the relevant Ind AS and the underlying guidance and framework. During the year 2020-2021, the Company had filed two separate applications under Sec. 230 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) before the Hon’ble NCLT (CA 1106/KB/2020 and CA 1492/KB/2020 at the Hon’ble NCLT Kolkata) proposing Schemes of Arrangement (the Schemes) with all its secured and unsecured lenders (Creditors). Business Transfer Agreement, constituted an integral part of the Schemes. The first scheme (i.e. CA 1106/KB/2020) sought for amongst other things formal consent to be obtained from the required majority of the creditors of SEFL to the completed acquisition by way of slump exchange of the Transferred Undertaking from SIFL in terms of the BTA and consequential formal novation of the loans and securities already forming part of SEFL liabilities and outstanding to the creditor. (as set out in the Scheme filed CA 1106/KB/2020). The second scheme (i.e. CA 1492/KB/2020) sought for amongst other things restructuring of the debt due to certain creditors of the Company including secured debenture holders, unsecured debenture holders, perpetual debt instrument holders, secured ECB lenders and unsecured ECB lenders and individual debenture holders. Pursuant to the directions of Hon’ble NCLT vide order dated October 21, 2020, the superseded board of directors and erstwhile management had maintained status quo on the Scheme including accounting of BTA. The final order/s in connection with the Schemes was awaited from Hon’ble NCLT at that time. Both the schemes of arrangement were rejected by the majority of the creditors during the meetings held pursuant to the Hon’ble NCLT’s directions (dated 21/10/2020 and 30/12/2020 respectively). Further, certain appeals were filed by rating agencies in the matter relating to the second scheme of arrangement (i.e. CA 1492/KB/2020). An application of withdrawal was filed by the Administrator in this matter in NCLAT which has been allowed by NCLAT by an order dated February 11, 2022. As stated in Note-52 below, the Company is in the process of consolidated resolution of SEFL and SIFL and hence no further action is being contemplated regarding establishing the validity of BTA or otherwise, consequent upon the withdrawal of Schemes as stated above. Accordingly, the status quo regarding BTA, as it existed on the date of commencement of CIRP, has been maintained. In accordance with the obligations imposed on the Administrator under Section 18(f) of the Code, the Administrator has taken custody and control of the Company with the financial position as recorded in the balance sheet as on insolvency commencement date on an ‘as-is where-is’ basis. The accounts for the quarter and year ended March 31, 2022 have been taken on record by the Administrator in the manner and form in which it existed on the insolvency commencement date in view of the initiation of the CIRP and this fact has also been informed by the Administrator to the stakeholders. Further, in line with the provisions of Section 14 of the Code, the Company cannot alienate any of the assets appearing on the insolvency commencement date.

52. Consolidated Resolution under CIRP

In view of the impracticability for preparing the resolution plan on individual basis in the case of the Company and SEFL, the Administrator, after adopting proper procedure, has filed applications before the Hon’ble National Company Law Tribunal- Kolkata Bench (Hon’ble NCLT) in the insolvency resolution processed of SIFL and SEFL (IA No. 1099 of 2021 under CP.294/KB/2021 and IA No. 1100 of 2021 under CP.295/KB/2021) seeking the following prayers:

•    Directing the consolidation of the corporate insolvency resolution processes of SIFL and SEFL;

•    Directing formation of a consolidated committee of creditors for the consolidated corporate insolvency resolution processes of SIFL and SEFL;

•    Directing and permitting the conduct of the corporate insolvency resolution processes for SIFL and SEFL in terms of the provisions of the Code in a consolidated manner including audit of transactions in relation to Section 43, Section 45, Section 50 and Section 66 of the Code, issuance of single request for submission of resolution plans by the Administrator and the submission and consideration of single resolution plan, for the consolidated resolution of SEFL and SIFL in terms of the provisions of the Code; and

•    Directing and permitting the submission and approval of one consolidated resolution plan for the resolution of SEFL and SIFL in terms of the provisions of the Code.

The application in this matter was admitted and the final order received on February 14, 2022 wherein the Hon’ble NCLT approved the consolidation of the corporate insolvency of SIFL and SEFL. Further, the Company has received Expression of Interest from various prospective Resolution Applicants and the Company has finalized the list of the prospective Resolution Applicants who are in the process of submitting the resolution plan in terms of the Code.

53. Payment to lenders/others and claims under CIRP

CIRP has been initiated against the Company, as stated in Note No. 1.2 and accordingly, as per the Code, the Administrator has invited the financial/operational/other creditors to file their respective claims as on October 8, 2021 (i.e. date of commencement of CIRP). As per the Code, the Administrator has to receive, collate and verify all the claims submitted by the creditors of the Company. The claims as on October 8, 2021 so received by the Administrator till May 4, 2022 is in the process of being verified/updated from time to time and wherever, the claims are admitted, the effect of the same has been given in the books of accounts. In respect of claims of creditors, which are rejected or under verification, the effect of the same in the books of accounts will be taken once the verification of the same is completed and it is admitted. Further, as aforesaid, since the creditors can file their claims during the CIRP, the figures of claims admitted in the books of accounts might undergo changes during the CIRP. Adjustments, if any arising out of the claim verification and admission process will be given effect in subsequent periods.

54. Trust and Retention Account (TRA)

a)    The domestic lenders of the Company and SEFL stipulated Trust and Retention Account (TRA) mechanism w.e.f November 24, 2020, pursuant to which all the payments being made by the Company are being approved/released based on approval in the TRA mechanism. The Company has not accounted for interest of Rs. 2,686 Lacs for the year ended March 31, 2022 w.r.t. ICDs from SEFL nor accounted for rent of Rs. 703 Lacs from SEFL for the nine months ended December 31, 2021.The Audit Committee of SIFL and SEFL in their respective meetings dated August 14, 2021 and August 11, 2021 approved the waiver of aforesaid interest and rent between them.

b)    As at March 31, 2021 the Company was having funds amounting to Rs. 53 lacs in relation to the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) which were unspent. These unspent amounts as per the requirements of Section 135 of the Act were to be transferred to funds specified under Schedule VII to the Act within a period of 6 months. However, the domestic lenders of the Company had stipulated TRA mechanism effective November 24, 2020, pursuant to which all the payments being made by the Company were being approved/released based on the TRA mechanism. The Company was not able to transfer the aforesaid unspent CSR amount as per the requirements of Section 135 of the Act. The Company has written letter to the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) seeking exemptions from the obligations of the Company under portions of Section 135(5) and Section 135(7) of the Act. The reply from MCA in this regards is awaited.

55. Going Concern

The Company had reported operating losses during the year ended March 31, 2022 and earlier year/periods as well. Hence, the net worth of the Company has fully eroded. There is persistent severe strain on the working capital and operations of the Company and it is undergoing significant financial stress. As stated in Note No. 1.2, CIRP was initiated in respect of the Company w.e.f. October 8, 2021. The Company has assessed that the use of the going concern assumption is appropriate in the circumstances and hence, these financial results have been prepared on a going concern assumption basis as per below:

a)    The Code requires the Administrator to, among other things, run the Company as a going concern during CIRP.

b)    The Administrator, in consultation with the Committee of Creditors (CoC) of the Company, in accordance with the provisions of the IBC, is making all endeavors to run the Company as a going concern. CIRP has started and ultimately a resolution plan needs to be presented to and approved by the CoC and further approved by the Hon’ble NCLT and RBI approval. Pending the completion of the said process under CIRP, these financial results have been prepared on a going concern basis.

56. Probable Connected / Related Companies

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) in its inspection report and risk assessment report (the directions) for the year ended March 31, 2020 had identified certain borrowers as probable connected/ related companies. In view of the directions, the Company has been advised to reassess and re-evaluate the relationship with the said borrowers to assess whether they are related parties to the Company or to SEFL and also whether transactions with these connected parties are on arm’s length basis. The superseded Board and the earlier management had obtained legal and accounting views as per which these are not related party transactions. The Administrator is not in a position to comment on the views adopted by the erstwhile management of the Company in relation to the findings of RBI’s inspection report since these pertain to the period prior to the Administrator’s appointment. As a part of the CIRP, the Administrator has initiated a transaction audit/review relating to the process and compliances of the Company and has also appointed professionals for conducting transaction audit as per section 43, 45, 50 and 66 of the Code. Such audit/review is in progress; hence these financials results are subject to outcome of such audit/review.

57. During the year ended March 31st, 2022, SEFL has invoked 49% equity shares of Sanjvik Terminals Private Limited (STPL), which were pledged with SEFL as security against the loan availed by one of the borrowers of SEFL. As at March 31st, 2022, these shares appear in the demat statement of the Comapny, whereas the borrower was transferred to the Company pursuant to BTA, as stated in Note No. 51 above. The Company is in the process of getting these shares transferred in its name. Till such name transfer, The Company is holding these shares in trust for SEFL for disposal in due course. SEFL has no intention to exercise any control/significant influence over STPL in terms of Ind AS 110/Ind AS 28. SEFL has taken an expert opinion, which confirms that since it is not exercising any significant influence/control over STPL, hence, STPL is not a subsidiary/associate in terms of Ind AS 110/Ind AS 28 and accordingly is not required to prepare consolidated financial statements with respect to its holding of 49% of the equity shares of STPL.

58. Based on the information available in the public domain, few lenders have declared the bank account of the Company as fraud. However, in case of one of the lender, on the basis of petition filed by the ex-promoters, Hon’ble High Court of Delhi has restrained the said lender from taking any further steps or action prejudicial to the petitioner on the basis of the order declaring the petitioner’s bank account as fraud. The next hearing in the matter has been listed on August 23, 2022.

59. As a part of the ongoing CIRP process the Administrator has appointed two (2) independent valuers to conduct the valuation of the assets of the Company & SEFL and assets/collateral held as securities as required under the provisions of the Code. Accordingly, the financial results, disclosures, categorization and classification of assets are subject to the outcome of such valuation process.

62. The Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) vide its letter dated September 27, 2021 has initiated investigation into the affairs of SIFL and SEFL under Section 206(5) of the Act and it is under progress.

Section 148A – Reopening of assessment – Notice u/s 148A(b) – Firm Dissolved – duly intimated the department – Transaction duly recorded in proprietorship concern – Matter remanded for fresh consideration

Sanjay Gupta vs. Union Of India & Ors.
W.P.(C) 13712/2022
Date of order: 22nd September, 2022
Delhi High Court
A.Ys.: 2015-16, 2017-18 & 2018-19

Section 148A – Reopening of assessment – Notice u/s 148A(b) – Firm Dissolved – duly intimated the department – Transaction duly recorded in proprietorship concern – Matter  remanded for fresh consideration

The Present writ petition has been filed challenging the notice  issued u/s 148, 148A(b) and  orders passed u/s148A(d) of the Act.

The Petitioner stated that the impugned notices are without jurisdiction as the same have been issued in the name of a non-existent partnership firm – Railton Electronics. He states that the Petitioner, during the reassessment proceedings, duly informed the department vide replies dated 23rd March, 2022 and 19th January, 2022 that the partnership firm being M/s Railton Electronics having PAN Number AANFR1676E was dissolved as per the Deed of Dissolution dated 1st April, 2013 and thereafter, the firm was taken over by the Petitioner as a sole proprietor.

The Petitioner  stated that as per the letter obtained from the erstwhile partnership firm’s bank, the partnership firm’s bank account was closed on 19th July, 2013 itself. He contends that the Railton Electronics is now maintaining a proprietorship account opened on 25th July, 2013. In support of his contention, he relied upon the certificates issued by the Petitioner’s banker.

The Petitioner emphasises that the alleged transactions mentioned in the notices issued u/s 148A(b) of the Act are duly accounted for in the return of the sole proprietorship. He pointed out that there has been a scrutiny assessment in the account of the sole proprietorship firm in the name of the sole proprietor, Mr. Sanjay Gupta.

The Hon. Court, upon consideration of the above factual position, sets aside the orders dated 9th April, 2022 passed u/s 148A(d) of the Act for A.Ys. 2018-19 and 2015-16, the notices issued u/s 148 and directs the Petitioner to file supplementary replies before the Assessing Officer (AO) clearly stating that the transactions referred to in the notices issued  u/s 148A(b) of the Act have been duly accounted for in the account of the sole proprietorship firm, and have been offered to tax. Along with the replies, the Petitioner shall enclose all the relevant documents including certificates issued by Canara Bank, income tax returns, bank statements as well as the assessment orders passed in the name of a sole proprietorship for the said assessment years, within two weeks. The AO was directed to pass fresh orders u/s 148A(d) of the Act within a period of four weeks thereafter.

S. 260A – Additional grounds of appeal raised before High court – Revision order u/s 263 passed in case of dead person – Matter remanded

Bimal vs. Pala (Legal heir of Late Smt. Ranjana Pala) vs. ACIT – 26(2)
ITA No. 517 of 2018
Date of order: 16th September, 2022
Bombay High Court
[Arising from Mumbai ITAT order dated 17th March, 2017 – Bench “B” ITA No. 2735/Mum/2016 – A.Y.: 1996-97]

S. 260A – Additional grounds of appeal raised before High court – Revision order u/s  263 passed in case of dead person – Matter remanded

The appeal was filed u/s 260A of the Income Tax Act, 1961. The  Appellant stated that one of the grounds which ought to have been taken, but was not taken before the Tribunal, was regarding the death of Ms. Ranjana Pala, on 22nd January, 2016, which was material to the case inasmuch as the order dated 16th March, 2016, came to be passed by the Principal Commissioner of Income Tax, after the death of the said assessee. It was stated that even in the present memo of appeal, this question has not been raised and, therefore, learned Counsel for the Appellant has tendered a schedule of amendment seeking to incorporate, the following:

“28AA Whether the order dated 16-03-2016 passed by the Respondent No. 2 under Section 263 of the Act in the case of “Ms. Ranjana Pala” who had passed away on 22-01-2016 was against non-existent person and hence illegal and bad in law?”

The aforesaid prayer made by the learned Counsel for the Appellant was allowed by the court. The Hon. Court observed that the assessee, Ms. Ranjana Pala, had expired on 22nd January, 2016, at Singapore. A copy of the death certifcate issued by the authorities at Singapore which was on record, confirms this fact. According to the certificate, the deceased assessee passed away on 22nd January, 2016, in the Mount Alizabeth Hospital, Singapore. It is stated that the factum of the death of the deceased assessee was brought to the notice of the Principal Commissioner of Income Tax, vide communication dated 7th March, 2016, which was not only acknowledged by hand receipt but also got reflected in the order dated 16th March, 2016 passed u/s 263 of the Act by the Principal Commissioner of Income Tax. It is thus stated that having the full knowledge about the factum of the death of the deceased assessee, the authority had proceeded to pass an order against a dead person, which was thus a nullity in law.

The Hon. Court observed that since the issue which is now sought to be raised before this Court in the appeal, was not an issue which was raised or agitated before the Tribunal, but nevertheless has a direct bearing on the controversy, therefore the Hon. Court deemed it necessary to remand the matter to the Tribunal for a fresh consideration on the above limited issue, keeping all other issues, which have been raised in the present memo of appeal, open.

Accordingly the appeal was disposed.

S. 68 – Identity, creditworthiness and genuineness of the transactions of purchases – Concurrent finding of the fact recorded by both the authorities- sales and purchase transactions, transfer pricing report at arm’s length and book results declared accepted – No substantial question of law arises for consideration

Pr. Commissioner of Income Tax vs. M/s Attire Designers Pvt. Ltd.
ITA 344 of 2022  
Date of order: 20th September, 2022
A.Y.: 2014-15
Delhi High Court  
[Arising from Delhi ITAT order dated
29th November, 2021 in ITA 5224/Del./2017]

S. 68 – Identity, creditworthiness and genuineness of the transactions of purchases – Concurrent finding of the fact recorded by both the authorities- sales and purchase transactions, transfer pricing report at arm’s length and book results declared accepted – No substantial question of law arises for consideration

The Assessing Officer (AO) treated the credit balance of the associate parties relating to purchase made by the assessee as non-genuine.

Before the CIT(A) the assessee furnished the  details of the payments of outstanding balance as on 31st March, 2014 along with confirmation for fair and proper disposal of the appeal. The assessee submitted details of parties as well as details of the transaction made with said parties during the Financial Year under consideration mentioned in transfer pricing report in Form 3CEB as well as transfer pricing study, which was submitted by assessee before the AO.

The CIT(A) noted that the said transactions of purchases were at arm’s length price and no adverse finding was brought on record by the AO who never doubted the purchases made by the assessee during the year which includes purchases made from sundry creditors, sale made by assessee during year and the book result declared by the assessee for the financial year under consideration.

During the appellate proceedings, the CIT(A) also observed that the sundry creditors have purchased goods during the year under consideration from different parties, and out of the said purchases, they have sold goods to the assessee company and as per general business practice, goods were purchased on credit basis and therefore, the allegation of AO that the financial statement of the sundry creditors do not support their creditworthiness, is not based on proper appreciation of the facts. The CIT(A) also perused the details of sale, purchase, trade payables and trade receivables for the financial year under consideration of the said sundry creditors and came to the conclusion that there are corresponding purchases against sales declared by them for the financial year under consideration, and there are also trade payables outstanding as on 31st March, 2014, which shows that the said companies also have trade payable against purchases of goods, therefore, the allegation made by the AO that such companies do not have creditworthiness to enter into large scale transaction of sale and purchase is factually incorrect. The CIT(A) held that once the AO has accepted sales and purchase transactions, transfer pricing report at arm’s length and book results declared by the Appellant, he is not justified in treating the credit balance of associate parties relating to sales to the assessee as non-genuine without bringing any adverse material on record. The identity, creditworthiness and genuineness of the transactions of purchases made by the assessee from sundry creditors is proved .

The ITAT upheld the findings of the CIT(A) and dismissed the appeal of the Revenue relying  on the judgment of the Delhi High  Court in the case of Commissioner of Income Tax vs. Ritu Anurag Aggarwal [2010] 2 taxmann.com 134 (Delhi).

The Hon. High Court observed that both the Appellate Authorities below have recorded concurrent findings of the fact on the issues.

The Hon. High Court relied on the Supreme Court decisions in the case of Ram Kumar Aggarwal & Anr. vs. Thawar Das (through LRs), (1999) 7 SCC 303, which reiterated that u/s 100 of the Code of Civil Procedure, the jurisdiction of the High Court to interfere with the orders passed by the Courts below is confined to hearing on substantial question of law and interference with finding of the fact is not warranted if it involves re-appreciation of evidence. Further, the Supreme Court in State of Haryana & Ors. vs. Khalsa Motor Lid & Ors., (1990) 4 SCC 659 held that the High Court was not justified in law in reversing, in second appeal, the concurrent findings of the fact recorded by both the Courts below. The Supreme Court in Hero Vinoth (Minor) vs. Seshammal, (2006) 5 SCC 545 also held that “in a case where from a given set of circumstances two inferences of fact are possible, the one drawn by the lower appellate court will not be interfered by the High Court in second appeal. Adopting any other approach is not permissible.”

It has also held that there is a difference between a ‘question of law’ and a ‘substantial question of law’. Consequently, the Hon. Court held that no substantial question of law arises for consideration in the present appeal and accordingly the same was dismissed.

Reassessment — (A) Notice after four years — Condition precedent — Notice based on information during survey of third party that assessee beneficiary of contract with surveyed party — Reasons recorded for reopening assessment not mentioning information withheld by assessee or any new material found by assessing authority — Assessee disclosing all material facts fully and truly — Reasons cannot be improved upon or supplemented — Notice and order rejecting objections of assessee set aside

(B) Principles of natural justice — Failure to provide assessee copies of judgments relied upon by AO — Violation of principles of natural justice — Notice and order rejecting objections of assessee set aside

47 Patel Engineering Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT
[2022] 446 ITR 728 (Bom.)
A.Y.: 2012-13
Date of order: 25th January, 2022
Ss. 133A, 147 and 148 of ITA, 1961

Reassessment — (A) Notice after four years — Condition precedent — Notice based on information during survey of third party that assessee beneficiary of contract with surveyed party — Reasons recorded for reopening assessment not mentioning information withheld by assessee or any new material found by assessing authority — Assessee disclosing all material facts fully and truly — Reasons cannot be improved upon or supplemented — Notice and order rejecting objections of assessee set aside

(B) Principles of natural justice — Failure to provide assessee copies of judgments relied upon by AO — Violation of principles of natural justice — Notice and order rejecting objections of assessee set aside

For the A.Y. 2012-13, in response to the notice u/s 142(1) r.w.s. 129 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, the assessee furnished the details required by the Assessing Officer which included the receipt of Rs. 14,92,47,452 from SECPL and submitted that the amount was declared as income. Thereafter, the assessment order u/s 143(3) was passed. After four years the Assessing Officer issued a notice against the assessee u/s 148 to reopen the assessment u/s 147 on the ground that according to a survey conducted u/s 133A on SECPL, the assessee had received a contract for an amount of Rs. 24,22,57,252. The objections raised by the assessee were rejected.

The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i) The reopening of assessment having been proposed after expiry of four years from the relevant A.Y. 2012-13 and since the assessment was completed u/s. 143(3) the proviso to section 147 applied. The onus was on the Department to disclose what was the material fact that the assessee had failed to disclose truly and fully. The reasons recorded for reopening did not disclose anywhere that there was failure on the part of the assessee to disclose fully and truly all material facts. The Assessing Officer had not even stated whether the assessee had executed the contract and received any income.

ii) The survey on SECPL had been conducted before the assessment order was passed against the assessee for the A.Y. 2012-13. Therefore, the Assessing Officer should have been aware of any such information but still chose not to raise it during the assessment proceedings and had not verified the facts with the data available with him and simply on the basis of information received from the Deputy Director had issued the notice to the assessee. Therefore the condition precedent for reopening the assessment u/s. 147 that mandated that it was exclusively the satisfaction of the assessing authority based on some direct, correct and relevant material had not been satisfied. To the reasons recorded, the Department has not annexed the information received by them. To the extent of not furnishing to the assessee the information received from the Deputy Director with the reasons recorded the action of the Department was in breach of the orders of the court in Sabh Infrastructure Ltd. vs. Asst. CIT [2017] 398 ITR 198 (Delhi).

iii) The reasons recorded for reopening could not be improved upon or supplemented. In the order disposing of the assessee’s objections, the Assessing Officer had relied upon various judgments of which copies were not provided nor were they brought to the notice of the assessee before the order rejecting the objections was passed so that the assessee could have suitably dealt with those judgments or orders. Therefore, there was breach of principles of natural justice by the Assessing Officer, who as a quasi-judicial authority had an obligation to adhere strictly to the principles of natural justice. He had also gone beyond the reasons recorded for reopening inasmuch as according to him no bank statements or works contract receipts were required or submitted during the original assessment proceedings based on which the actual amount and the nature and genuineness of the work done by the assessee for SECPL could have been verified.

iv) In the circumstances, the petition is allowed in terms of prayer clause (a). (i.e., notice u/s. 148 and the order rejecting objections were quashed).”

Reassessment — Notice u/s 148 — Limitation — Law applicable — Effect of amendments with effect from 1st April, 2021 and CBDT Circular dated 11th May, 2022

46 Ajay Bhandari vs. UOI
[2022] 446 ITR 699 (All.)
A.Y.: 2014-15
Date of order: 17th May, 2022
Ss. 147 and 148 of ITA, 1961

Reassessment — Notice u/s 148 — Limitation — Law applicable — Effect of amendments with effect from 1st April, 2021 and CBDT Circular dated 11th May, 2022

For the A.Y. 2014-15 a notice u/s 148 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 was issued on 1st April, 2021. The recorded reasons read as under:

“I have reason to believe that an income to the tune of Rs. 2,63,324 has escaped assessment for the aforesaid year.”

The reassessment order dated 31st March, 2022 was passed u/s 147 r.w.s. 144B of the Act, 1961. The assessee filed writ petition and challenged the notice and the reassessment order.

The Allahabad High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i)    Section 147 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, as it existed till March 31, 2021, empowers the Assessing Officer to assess or reassess or recompute the loss or depreciation allowance or any other allowance, as the case may be, for the assessment year in the case of an assessee if he has reason to believe that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment, subject to the provisions of sections 148 to 153. A precondition to initiate proceedings under section 147 is the issuance of notice under section 148. Thus, notice under section 148 is jurisdictional notice. Section 149 provides the time limit for issuance of notice under section 148. The time limit is provided under the unamended provisions (as existing till March 31, 2021) and the amended provisions (effective from April 1, 2021) as amended by the Finance Act, 2021. According to clauses 6.2 and 7.1 of the Board’s Circular dated May 11, 2022 ([2022] 444 ITR (St.) 43), if a case does not fall under clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 149 of the Act for the assessment years 2013-14, 2014-15 and 2015-16 (where the income of an assessee escaping assessment to tax is less than Rs.50,00,000) and notice has not been issued within limitation under the unamended provisions of section 149, then proceedings under the amended provisions cannot be initiated.

ii)    The notice u/s 148 of the Act issued on April 1, 2021 for the A.Y. 2014-15 and the notice dated January 13, 2022 u/s. 144 of the Act and the reassessment order dated January 13, 2022 u/s. 147 read with section 144B of the Act for the A.Y. 2014-15 were liable to be quashed.”

Reassessment — Notice u/s 148 — Limitation — Doctrine of substantial compliance —Mere signing of notice is not sufficient — Date of issue would be date on which notice was served on assessee — Notice dated 31st March, 2018 served on assessee through e-mail on 18th April, 2018 for A.Y. 2011-12 — Notice barred by limitation — Order and notice set aside

45 Parveen Amin Bhathara vs. ITO
[2022] 446 ITR 201 (Mad.)
A.Y.: 2011-12
Date of order: 27th June, 2022
Ss. 147, 148 and 149 of ITA, 1961

Reassessment — Notice u/s 148 — Limitation — Doctrine of substantial compliance —Mere signing of notice is not sufficient — Date of issue would be date on which notice was served on assessee — Notice dated 31st March, 2018 served on assessee through e-mail on 18th April, 2018 for A.Y. 2011-12 — Notice barred by limitation — Order and notice set aside

On 18th April, 2018, the assessee writ petitioner received an e-mail from the Assessing Officer with a notice u/s 148 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 dated 31st March, 2018, proposing to reopen the assessment for the A.Y. 2011-12. The Assessee filed a writ petition and challenged the notice on the ground that the notice has been issued and served on 18th April, 2018, the date on which the limitation period of six years for reopening the assessment, came to an end.

The Single Judge Bench of the Madras High Court dismissed the writ petition by observing that it was sufficient if the notice u/s 148 of the Act had been signed and issued by the authority and that the delay in receiving the documents would not provide any ground for quashing the entire proceedings.

The Division Bench allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i)    U/s. 149 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 the issuance of notice u/s. 148 for reopening the assessment u/s. 147 is complete only when it is issued in the manner as prescribed u/s. 282 read with rule 127 of the Income-tax Rules, 1962 prescribing the mode of service of notice under the Act. The signing of notice would not amount to issuance of notice as contemplated u/s 149 of the Act. The requirement of issuance of notice u/s 149 is not mere signing of the notice u/s. 148, but it has to be sent to the proper person within the end of the relevant assessment year.

ii)    The notice u/s. 148 for reopening the assessment was not sent to the assessee within the time stipulated u/s 149 and hence, the reassessment proceedings initiated u/s 147 were vitiated. The notice dated 31/03/2018 issued by the Assessing Officer was served on the assessee through e-mail, only on 18/04/2018. Though the Department produced the relevant pages of the notice server book maintained by it to show that the notice dated 31/03/2018 was within the limitation period, it only disclosed that the notice dated March 31/03/2018 was returned on 06/04/2018. The order on the writ petition and the notice issued u/s. 148 were set aside.”

Offences and prosecution — Wilful attempt to evade tax — Application for compounding of offences — Limitation — Show-cause notice issued for rejection of compounding of offences on ground of bar of limitation relying on circular issued by CBDT — Circular cannot override statutory provision — Authority to consider assessee’s application

44 G. P. Engineering Works Kachhwa vs. UOI
[2022] 446 ITR 563 (All.)
A.Y.: 1990-91
Date of order: 8th February, 2022
Ss. 276C, 277, 278B and 279(2) of ITA, 1961

Offences and prosecution — Wilful attempt to evade tax — Application for compounding of offences — Limitation — Show-cause notice issued for rejection of compounding of offences on ground of bar of limitation relying on circular issued by CBDT — Circular cannot override statutory provision — Authority to consider assessee’s application

A criminal case was filed against the assessee u/s 276C(1) read with sections 277 and 278B of the Income-tax Act, 1961 on the ground of wilful attempt to evade tax relating to the A.Y. 1990-91. The assessee filed an application for compounding of the offences before the Chief Commissioner who issued a show-cause notice for rejecting the application relying upon the Board’s Circular F. No. 285/08/2014-IT (Inv.V)/147 dated 14th June, 2019.

The Allahabad High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i)    In terms of sub-section (2) of section 279 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 any offence under Chapter XXII of the Act may be compounded by the authorised officer either before or after the institution of the criminal proceedings. No limitation for submission or consideration of compounding application has been provided under sub-section (2) of section 279 of the Act. Therefore, the CBDT by a circular can neither provide limitation for the purposes of sub-section (2) nor restrict the operation of the sub-section in purported exercise of its power to issue circulars under the Explanation appended to section 279(2).

ii)    A circular is subordinate to the principal Act or Rules, and cannot override or restrict the application of specific provisions enacted by Legislature. It cannot travel beyond the scope of the powers conferred by the Act or the Rules. Circulars containing instructions or directions cannot curtail a statutory provision by prescribing a period of limitation where none has been provided by either the Act or the Rules. The authority to issue instructions or directions by the Board stems from the Explanation appended to section 279(2). The Explanation merely explains the main section and is not meant to carve out a particular exception to the contents of the main section. The object of an Explanation to a statutory provision has been elaborated by the Supreme Court.

iii)    A specific limitation has been provided by para 7(ii) of the compounding guidelines in the Board’s Circular F. No. 285/08/2014-IT (Inv.V)/147 dated June 14, 2019 in purported exercise of power under the Explanation to section 279(2). The Explanation merely enables the Board to issue instructions or directions to other Income-tax authorities for the proper composition of offences under that section. The instructions or directions may prescribe the methodology and manner of composition of offences to clarify any obscurity or vagueness in the main provisions to make it consistent with the dominant object of bringing closure to such cases which may be pending interminably in the court system. Such instructions or directions that are prescribed by the Explanation cannot take away a statutory right of an assessee or set at naught the working of the provision of compounding of offence.

iv)    On the facts and circumstances and the provisions of sub-section (2) of section 279 the compounding application of the assessee could not be rejected by the Income-tax authority concerned on the ground of delay in filing the application. It was not disputed by the respondents in the court or in the show-cause notice that the criminal case in question was still pending. The Income-tax authority was to consider the compounding application of the assessee in accordance with law.”

International transactions — Reference to TPO — (A) Limitation — Reference made to TPO beyond period of limitation — All further proceedings in furtherance of reference bad in law (B) Jurisdiction — Reference made to TPO beyond period of limitation — Participation of assessee in proceedings not a bar to challenging jurisdiction (C) Writ — Maintainability — Reference to TPO — Limitation — Question of limitation is legal plea and can be raised at any stage — Existence of alternate remedy not bar — Writ will issue

43 Virtusa Consulting Services Pvt. Ltd. vs. DRP
[2022] 446 ITR 454 (Mad.)
A.Y.: 2006-07
Date of order: 9th June, 2022
Ss. 92CA, 92CA(1) and 153(1) of ITA, 1961

International transactions — Reference to TPO — (A) Limitation — Reference made to TPO beyond period of limitation — All further proceedings in furtherance of reference bad in law (B) Jurisdiction — Reference made to TPO beyond period of limitation — Participation of assessee in proceedings not a bar to challenging jurisdiction (C) Writ — Maintainability — Reference to TPO — Limitation — Question of limitation is legal plea and can be raised at any stage — Existence of alternate remedy not bar — Writ will issue

The assessee was in the business of software development and rendered services to its wholly owned subsidiaries outside India and unrelated third party customers. For the A.Y. 2006-07, the Assessing Officer passed an assessment order dated 14th March, 2008 and refund was granted on 28th March, 2008. Subsequently, pursuant to proceedings of the Commissioner dated 25th August, 2008, the Additional Commissioner issued a notice dated 4th September, 2008 u/s 143(2) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 against the assessee. The assessee furnished its books of account, including forms 3CA and 3CD in terms of section 44AB. It was found that the assessee had entered into international transactions exceeding Rs. 15 crores with its sister concern and on approval dated 18th November, 2008 u/s 92CA of the Act, the Additional Commissioner made a reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer u/s 92CA(1). The Additional Commissioner sent a communication dated 27th February, 2009 informing the assessee about the reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer and requested it to furnish the annual reports for the previous three years and a copy of the computation of total income. The assessee sent a reply dated 12th May, 2009 with the documents sought for and after conducting enquiries, the Additional Commissioner passed a draft assessment order dated 31st December, 2009. Thereafter, the assessee filed its objections before the Dispute Resolution Panel and the Assessing Officer. Before the Dispute Resolution Panel, the assessee also raised an objection with regard to limitation. However, the Dispute Resolution Panel dismissed the objections by an order dated 24th September, 2010.

Challenging both the orders of the Additional Commissioner and the Dispute Resolution Panel, the assessee filed a writ petition. The writ petition was dismissed by the Single Judge Bench of the Madras High Court holding that the Dispute Resolution Panel had rightly overruled the objections raised for the first time by the assessee regarding the limitation to proceed with the assessment. Therefore, the assessee could not challenge the jurisdiction of the Additional Commissioner’s reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer after 31st December, 2008.

The Division Bench allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i)    Though the provision of section 92B of the Income-tax Act, 1961 does not state as to when a reference is to be made u/s 92CA(1) to the Transfer Pricing Officer after an international transaction is found, section 153 would make it explicit that the reference is to be made during the course of the assessment proceedings before the expiry of the period to pass an assessment order. Thereafter, the Transfer Pricing Officer after considering the documents submitted by the assessee is to pass an order u/s 92CA(3). Section 92CA(3A) stipulates that this order has to be passed before the expiry of 60 days prior to the date on which the period of limitation u/s. 153 expires. According to section 153 no order of assessment can be passed at any time after the expiry of 21 months. Section 92CA(4) stipulates that the Assessing Officer has to pass a draft assessment order in conformity with the order of the Transfer Pricing Officer and the assessee has an option either to file acceptance of the variation of the assessment or file objections to any such variation with the Dispute Resolution Panel and also the Assessing Officer u/s 144C(2). In terms of sub-section (12), the Dispute Resolution Panel has no authority to issue any directions under sub-section (5) from the end of the month in which the draft assessment order is passed and not from the date when the assessee submits the objections. Sub-section (13) of section 144C provides that upon receipt of directions issued under sub-section (5) the Assessing Officer shall in conformity with the directions complete the assessment proceedings within one month from the end of the month in which the directions are received. Under the proviso to section 92CA(3A) if the time limit for the Transfer Pricing Officer to pass an order is less than 60 days, the remaining period shall be extended to 60 days. This implies that not only is the time frame mandatory but also the Transfer Pricing Officer has to pass an order within 60 days. Further, the extension in the proviso also automatically extends the period of assessment to 60 days under the second proviso to section 153. But for the reference u/s 92CA(1) to the Transfer Pricing Officer, the time limit for completing the assessment would only be 21 months from the end of the assessment year. It is only if a reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer has been made during the course of assessment and is pending, that the Department gets another 12 months in terms of the second proviso to section 153(1) and u/s 153(4) after amendment. Therefore, section 153(1) and its first two provisos provide that no order of assessment can be passed after 21 months and the extended period of limitation to pass an assessment order within a further period of 12 months or in other words within 33 months from the end of assessment year, applies only when a reference u/s. 92CA(1) is made during the course of assessment proceedings. The different timelines to be adhered to by the Transfer Pricing Officer, by the Assessing Officer to pass a draft order, by the assessee to file their objections, by the Dispute Resolution Panel to issue directions and by the Assessing Officer to pass the final order, would commence only on a reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer and not otherwise. The period of 33 months is to pass the final order of assessment after the directions from the Dispute Resolution Panel.

ii)    The proviso to section 153(1) inserted by amendment in Finance Act, 2006 altering the original time limit from 24 months to 21 months with effect from June 1, 2006 and the second proviso inserted by the Finance Act, 2007, extending the time for completion of assessment, when a reference has been made to the Transfer Pricing Officer, during the course of assessment proceedings have to be read in tandem and together. Section 153 was repealed and substituted with effect from June 1, 2016, where, under section 153(1) it is clearly mentioned that the period of assessment is 21 months and u/s 153(4) that in case of reference u/s 92CA(1) during the course of assessment proceedings, the period of assessment would be extended by twelve months clarifying the mischief caused on account of the interpretation adopted by the officials.

iii)    The writ petitions were maintainable and alternative remedy would not operate as a bar. The question of limitation was a legal plea which went to the root of authority or jurisdiction. There was no dispute on the facts about the date on which the reference was made or when the order was passed. The interpretation of the provision to be adjudicated is a pure question of law.

iv)    The extension had to be made before the expiry of the time limit prescribed for original assessment was applicable because the second proviso uses the words “and during the course of the proceeding for assessment”. The first two provisos to section 153(1) lay down that the time limit to pass the original assessment order is 21 months and when a reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer is made during the course of such proceedings, the time limit would be 33 months and that if no reference is made within the period provided for assessment, no reference can be made subsequently since the Assessing Officer becomes functus officio. The words used in section 153 are very clear as they lay down that “no order of assessment shall be made”. The order in the writ petition was to be set aside.

v)    Concurrence was obtained from the Commissioner before December 31, 2008 would not be of any assistance to the Department as indisputably the reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer was made only on February 17, 2009. The proceedings would commence only when a reference is made to the Transfer Pricing Officer, which cannot be beyond the period provided u/s 153(1) and the first proviso thereunder. From the undisputed dates and events it was clear that not only was the reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer made after the period of expiry of the period of limitation to pass assessment orders, but also that the Assessing Officer had failed to pass final assessment orders in time. The limitation to pass the original assessment order ended on December 31, 2008 being 21 months from the end of the A.Y. 2006-07, i.e., March 31, 2007. Then the last date for the Assessing Officer to pass the final assessment order would end on December 31, 2009, even considering the extension by 12 months. The order of the Dispute Resolution Panel itself was passed only on September 24, 2010 much beyond the permissible period. The Department though on the one hand contended that the reference could be made within 24 months, on the other contended that the extended period would be 9 months. If such contention was accepted, it would mean that the overall time to pass the assessment order in a case of reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer, would be 36 months and not 33 months, which was not the intention of the Legislature. The amendments brought into the Act would then turn redundant.

vi)    According to the timeline, when the time given to the Dispute Resolution Panel itself was 9 months from the date of the draft assessment order to complete the assessment and then a further time of one month to the Assessing Officer to complete the assessment from the end of the month in which the direction was received, it could not be said that the total additional time was 9 months and the provisos to section 153(1) had no connection. If the time limits provided to the Transfer Pricing Officer to pass an order and for the assessee to submit its objections in terms of section 144C(2) were also considered with the time period for the Dispute Resolution Panel and the Assessing Officer, the extended period was 12 months and not 9 months. When one proviso provides a time limit and when another proviso extends such time under certain circumstances, it cannot be held that the provisos are independent. Therefore, when the extended time provided for the Department was 12 months it could not be contended that it was only 9 months since the reference was not made in time. Since the reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer had been made after the permissible period, the timeline had been missed by the Department at every stage. Therefore, as a sequitur, all further proceedings, in furtherance thereof were also bad.”

CBDT — Condonation of delay — Delay in filing application before Board — Circular dated 9th June, 2015 prescribing limitation period of six years — Cannot have retrospective effect on pending application filed prior to date of issue of circular — Order rejecting application on basis of circular set aside — Matter remanded to Board

42 R. Ramakrishnan vs. CBDT
[2022] 446 ITR 308 (Kar.)
A.Y.: 2003-04
Date of order: 7th April, 2022
S. 119(2)(b) of ITA, 1961

CBDT — Condonation of delay — Delay in filing application before Board — Circular dated 9th June, 2015 prescribing limitation period of six years — Cannot have retrospective effect on pending application filed prior to date of issue of circular — Order rejecting application on basis of circular set aside — Matter remanded to Board

The assessee filed a nil return for the A.Y. 2003-04 claiming exemption of capital gains u/s 54EC of the Income-tax Act, 1961 arising on sale of its property on 3rd August, 2002 having invested Rs. 25 lakhs in specific bonds on 5th February, 2003. The Assessing Officer was of the view that the investment should have been made on or before 3rd February, 2003 and denied the benefit of section 54EC. Thereafter, the assessee filed a revision petition u/s 264 before the Commissioner challenging the levy of tax on capital gains with a prayer to condone the delay of two days in investing Rs. 25 lakhs in bonds contending that he was in Australia at that time and accordingly, there was a short delay for advising the remittance towards the bond.

The Commissioner declined to condone the delay of two days in making the investment in specified bonds. The assessee filed an application on 24th May, 2011 before the CBDT to direct the Assessing Officer to consider the application u/s 154 and grant appropriate relief. The Board by an order dated 13th December, 2017 rejected the application. The writ petition challenging this order was dismissed by the Single Judge Bench of the Karnataka High Court mainly referring to clause 8 of the Board’s circular dated 9th June, 2015 which stated that the circular would cover all such applications and claims for condonation of delay u/s 119(2)(b) pending as on the date of issue of the circular.

The Division Bench of the Karnataka High Court allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i)    The CBDT considered the application filed by the assessee u/s. 119(2)(b) on May 24, 2011 before issuance of the circular dated June 9, 2015 it would not have been rejected on the ground of delay, i. e., beyond the period of six years as specified in the Circular. No provisions of the Act and Rules prescribe the period of limitation for filing the application u/s. 119(2)(b) and it was only by virtue of such circular that the period of limitation of six years had been prescribed for the first time. Though the validity of the circular was not challenged directly by the assessee, that applicability of the circular was the main issue before the court and if the matter was perceived from the angle of delay caused in adjudicating the application filed on May 24, 2011 before the Circular dated June 9, 2015 came into force, the resultant effect would be different.

ii)    The assessee should not suffer where no default was committed by him in submitting the application u/s. 119(2)(b) on May 24, 2011, i.e., when there was no period of limitation prescribed. No application could be denied on technical grounds. The application was not disposed of within a reasonable period. The order in the writ petition was set aside and the matter was remanded to the Board for reconsideration of the application and to take an appropriate decision on the merits in accordance with law.”

Article 12 of India-USA DTAA, India-Canada DTAA and India-Mexico DTAA

10 Cadila Healthcare Ltd. vs. DCIT (Intl.Taxn) & ACIT vs. Cadila Healthcare Ltd.
[ITA No: 711 & 1140/Ahd/2019]
A.Y.: 2013-14
Date of order: 9th September, 2022

Article 12 of India-USA DTAA, India-Canada DTAA and India-Mexico DTAA –

(i) On facts, American and Canadian tax resident entities did not satisfy “make available” condition; they did not develop and transfer technical plan/design; they did not transfer ‘industrial or commercial experience’ – hence, payments were not taxable as either FTS/FIS or as royalty.

(ii) Mexican tax resident entity had provided ‘technical services’ – since India-Mexico DTAA does not incorporate “make available” clause, payments were taxable.

FACTS

The assessee is a global pharmaceutical company based in India. During the assessment year, the assessee had made payments to certain non-resident entities, comprising four entities tax residents in the USA, one entity tax resident in Canada and one entity tax resident in Mexico. The payments were made in consideration for the clinical trial services and consultancy services provided by them. The assessee did not withhold tax from the said payments.

According to the AO, the assessee was required to withhold tax u/s 195 of the Act from payments made to non-resident entities. Further, in respect of the fee paid to one entity in consideration for consultancy services, such fee was in the nature of FTS. Therefore, the AO concluded that the assessee had defaulted in its obligation to withhold tax and raised demand for tax and interest.

In appeal, CIT(Appeals) allowed relief in respect of payments made for clinical trials to entities tax resident in the USA and Canada holding that the facts did not show any intention that the payments were to “make available” technology to the assessee, which enabled it to apply the technology on its own in future. Therefore, the services did not satisfy the “make available” test under India-USA and India-Canada DTAAs. CIT (Appeals) also noted that on this same issue, ITAT Ahmedabad had decided the issue in favour of the assessee in A.Y. 2010-11.

As regards the alternate contention of the AO that, payments made to entities tax resident in USA and Canada were in the nature of Royalty, CIT(Appeals) held that it was evident from the very nature of clinical trials and testing services that such services could only be classified as a “fee for technical services” and not as “Royalty”.

In respect of payments made for the clinical trial services to the entity tax resident in Mexico, the assessee claimed benefit of exception in section 9(1)(vii)(b) of the Act, read with Explanation 2, relying on decision in DIT vs. Lufthansa Cargo India 60 Taxman.com 187 (Delhi), the assessee contended that since the services were both rendered as well as utilised outside India, the same were not chargeable to tax in India, and consequently, there was no withhold tax obligation vis-à-vis these payments.

Relying on decision in CIT vs. Havells India Ltd 21 Taxman.com 476 (Delhi), CIT(Appeals) held there was a distinction between the source of income, and the source of receipt, and that to fall within the said exception in section 9(1)(vii)(b), the source of income should be situated outside India. However, as the export had taken place from India, the source of income was located in India. To fall within the exception in section 9(1)(vii)(b) of the Act, the assessee should have utilised the services in the business carried on outside India or for making or earning income from any source outside India. In this case, the assessee had undertaken all activities related to the business in India, and had exported from India. Source of “income” cannot be said to be outside India, merely because customer was situated outside India. Payment received outside India was only a source of receipt, and not source of income, outside India. Hence, the assessee did not qualify for benefit under exception in section 9(1)(vii)(b) of the Act.


HELD

(i) Whether payments in consideration for “make available”1?

The Tribunal considered decision of ITAT Ahmedabad in case of the Assessee for A.Y. 2010-11 and also considered decisions in ITO vs. Cadila Healthcare Ltd. [2017] 77 taxmann.com 309 (Ahmedabad – Trib.), ITO vs. B.A. Research India (P.) Ltd. [2016] 70 taxmann.com 325 (Ahmedabad – Trib.) and ITO vs. Veeda Clinical Research 144 ITD 297 (Ahmedabad Tribunal).

The Tribunal noted that on facts, and having regard to the said decisions, the condition of “make available” under India- USA DTAA and under India-Canada DTAA was not fulfilled. Therefore, the services were not in the nature of “fee for technical services” or “fee for included services”.

(ii) Whether payments were in consideration for technical plan/design2?

The Department alternately argued that the payment was for development and transfer of a technical plan or technical design mentioned in second portion of FTS Article.

However, this contention is without any basis since there was no agreement for development or transfer of a technical plan or design. Hence, on facts, there was no scope for invoking the said provision.

(iii) Whether payments were royalty?

The department has further argued that the services may qualify as “royalty”.

In Diamond Services International (P.) Ltd. vs. UOI [2008] 169 Taxman 201 (Bombay),
Bombay High Court held that ‘royalty’ under Article 12 envisages transfer of ‘industrial or commercial experience’ from assignor to assignee for a consideration.

Payments made to non-residents by the assessee for clinical trials services did not qualify as FTS/FIS. The services also did not transfer ‘industrial or commercial experience’ from Mexican entity to the assessee.

Since the payment could not be termed as falling under any of the specific clauses of royalty under India-USA DTAA or India-Canada DTAA, on facts, the alternative argument of the Department that the services may qualify as “royalty” was not maintainable.

(iv) Payments made to Mexican tax resident entity3

Payments made by the assessee to the Mexican tax resident entity were for services which were “technical services” in terms of India-Mexico DTAA, which does not incorporate “make available” clause.

Further, as held by CIT (Appeals) in his Order, the assessee did not qualify under exception provided in section 9(1)(vii)(b) of the Act.

Therefore, the assessee was required to withhold tax from payments in respect of these services.


1 Article 12(4) of India-USA DTAA and Article 12(4) of India-Canada DTAA, respectively define FIS. Definitions under both DTAAs are similar. First part of sub-clause (b) of Article 12(4) mentions: “make available technical knowledge, experience, skill, know-how, or processes or … …”


2 Canada DTAA mentions: “… … or consist of the development and transfer of a technical plan or technical design”.

3 Article 12(3)(b) of India-Mexico DTAA mentions: “The term “fees for technical services” as used in this Article means payments of any kind, other than those mentioned in Articles 14 and 15 of this Agreement as consideration for managerial or technical or consultancy services, including the provision of services of technical or other personnel.”. Article 12(2) allocates taxing rights upto 10% tax to the source State.

Onerous Contracts – Amendments to Ind AS 37

This article explains the recent amendment to Ind AS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets with respect to the measurement of onerous contracts.

An onerous contract is defined under paragraph 10 of Ind AS 37 as “a contract in which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it.”

Paragraph 68 further elaborates, “The unavoidable costs under a contract reflect the least net cost of exiting from the contract, which is the lower of the cost of fulfilling it and any compensation or penalties arising from failure to fulfil it.”

The example below explains the above requirements.

EXAMPLE – Measurement of Onerous Contract

Let’s say, the revenue on a contract is Rs. 100, cost of the contract is Rs. 120, and cost of exiting or cancelling the contract is a penalty of Rs. 10. In this case, if the contract is executed, the cost of fulfilling the contract is Rs. 20, but if the contract is cancelled, the cost is Rs. 10. Therefore, a provision for an onerous contract of Rs. 10 is made, being lesser of Rs .20 and Rs. 10. On the other hand, if the cost of the contract is Rs. 120, and cost of exiting or cancelling the contract is a penalty of Rs. 30, a provision of Rs. 20 is made, being lesser of Rs. 20 and Rs. 30.

Prior to the amendment, there was no clarity on how the cost of fulfilling the contract would be determined. Paragraph 68A was added to Ind AS 37 and paragraph 69 was modified to provide that clarity.

Amendment vide MCA Notification No. G.S.R 255 (E) dated 23rd March, 2022

68A The cost of fulfilling a contract comprises the costs that relate directly to the contract. Costs that relate directly to a contract consist of both:

a. the incremental costs of fulfilling that contract — for example, direct labour and materials; and

b. an allocation of other costs that relate directly to fulfilling contracts – for example, an allocation of the depreciation charge for an item of property, plant and equipment used in fulfilling that contract among others.

Amendment

69 Before a separate provision for an onerous contract is established, an entity recognises any impairment loss that has occurred on assets used in fulfilling the contract.

The Amendment shall bring the much-needed uniformity and clarity while assessing the cost of fulfilling a contract and the allocation of common cost, e.g., management and supervision time. Besides, it will also clarify that, before an onerous contract provision is established, an entity should recognise any impairment loss on the asset used to fulfil the contract. This will apply even when the asset is not dedicated exclusively to that contract, but is used across several contracts.

Let us understand with an example, how this amendment will help in uniformity of practice while calculating cost to fulfil a contract:

Example
– Measurement of onerous contract provision under pre-revised Ind AS 37

Entity A (Estimate of cost to fulfil a contract when
equipment is hired)

 

Entity B (Estimate of cost to fulfil a contract when
own asset is

used)

 

Entity C (Estimate of cost to fulfil a contract when
own asset is used)

 

 

R

 

R

 

R

Materials

100

Materials

100

Materials

100

Direct variable cost

50

Direct variable cost

50

Direct variable cost

50

Equipment

hiring cost

30

Use of own

equipment*

Use of own

equipment**

25

Total

180

Total

150

Total

175

Contract

revenue

150

Contract

revenue

150

Contract

revenue

150

Onerous

contract

provision

30

Onerous

contract

provision

Onerous

contract

provision

25

* same equipment is used in other contracts as well
and
depreciation has not been considered by
the Entity for cost estimate

**same equipment is used in other contracts as well
and
depreciation has been considered by
the Entity for cost estimate

As can be seen from the above example, in the pre-revised Ind AS 37, the difference in practices yielded different results, when an entity used third party equipment as against its own equipment. Revised Ind AS 37, will require common costs such as the depreciation cost to be allocated for determining the cost. This will ensure that the onerous contract provision considers all costs when determining onerous contract provision. Additionally, in pre-revised Ind AS 37, entities that used own equipment, could establish onerous provisions differently, depending on whether or not they allocated depreciation to the contract. Under revised Ind AS 37, it is mandatory to allocate all common costs when determining onerous contract provision. The above example under pre-revised Ind AS 37 will be recast as follows under revised Ind AS 37.

Example
– Measurement of onerous contract provision under revised Ind AS 37

Entity A (Estimate of cost to fulfil a contract when
equipment is hired)

 

Entity B (Estimate of cost to fulfil a contract when
own asset is

used)

 

Entity C (Estimate of cost to fulfil a contract when
own asset is used)

 

 

R

 

R

 

R

Materials

100

Materials

100

Materials

100

Direct variable cost

50

Direct variable cost

50

Direct variable cost

50

Equipment

hiring cost

30

Use of own

equipment*

25

Use of own

equipment*

25

Total

180

Total

175

Total

175

Contract

revenue

150

Contract

revenue

150

Contract

revenue

150

Onerous

contract

provision

30

Onerous

contract

provision

25

Onerous

contract

provision

25

* same equipment is used in other contract as well
and
depreciation has been considered by
the Entity for cost estimate as required under revised paragraph 68A of Ind
AS 37

An entity shall apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1st April 2022. An entity shall apply those amendments to contracts for which it has not yet fulfilled all its obligations at the beginning of the annual reporting period in which it first applies the amendments (the date of initial application). The entity shall not restate comparative information. Instead, the entity shall recognise the cumulative effect of initially applying the amendments as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings or other component of equity, as appropriate, at the date of initial application.

Retention in Escrow Account – Liability to Capital Gains

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION
In most merger and acquisition transactions involving sale of a business or controlling interest in a company, a certain part of the sale consideration is not directly paid to the seller but is kept aside to meet certain contingencies which may arise in the next few years, such as contingent liabilities. This amount is retained in an escrow account with an escrow agent, with instructions as to how the amount is to be utilized and paid out to the seller, depending upon the happening of certain events. Similar contingent payments may prevail in ordinary non-merger cases, too.

An Escrow Arrangement is a monetary instrument whereby a third-party, i.e. an Escrow Agent, holds liquid assets for the benefit of two parties who have entered into an exchange/transaction, and disburses the liquid assets upon the fulfilment of a specific set of obligations on the part of both the parties under a contract i.e. on happening or non-happening of the contingent event.
 
The issue has arisen before the courts whether, in a situation where the monies kept in escrow are not released to the seller, pending the contingency, at all or released in a year subsequent to the year of transfer of the capital asset, the amount until certain obligations or conditions are fulfilled, would form a part of the consideration accruing or arising to the seller on transfer of the capital asset in the year of transfer of the asset for the purposes of computing the capital gains on transfer of the asset. While the Madras High Court has held that such an amount, so held in escrow, forms a part of the sale consideration for computing the capital gains; the Bombay High Court has held that such an amount cannot be included in the full value of consideration for computing the capital gains in the year of transfer of the capital asset.

CARBORUNDUM UNIVERSAL’S CASE

The issue first came up for the Madras High Court in the case of Carborundum Universal Ltd vs. ACIT 283 Taxmann 312.

In this case, the assessee sold an Electrocast Refractories Plant on a slump sale basis to another company for a total consideration of Rs. 31.14 crore. Out of the total consideration, an amount of Rs. 3.25 crore was deposited in an escrow account by the purchaser to meet any contingent liabilities. The assessee disclosed a long-term capital gain of Rs. 23.58 crore, taking the sale consideration at Rs. 27.89 crore instead of Rs. 31.14 crore.
 
The Assessing Officer noted that while it had sold the plant for a total sale consideration of Rs. 31.14 crore, it had considered only Rs. 27.89 crore as the consideration for computation of long-term capital gain and asked the assessee to show cause as to why Rs. 31.14 crore should not be considered for computation of long-term capital gains. The assessee explained that the difference between the consideration taken for computation of capital gains and that for which the plant was sold was an account of the fact that an amount of Rs. 3.25 crore was kept in an escrow account to meet any contingent liabilities.

The Assessing Officer recomputed the capital gains taking the consideration as Rs. 31.14 crore, on the grounds that the amount of Rs. 3.25 crore kept in escrow account would only constitute an application of income, and that the full consideration of Rs. 31.14 crore had accrued to the assessee immediately on the execution of the agreement for sale.

In first appeal, the Commissioner (Appeals) noted that the amount in the escrow account had been kept by the purchaser to indemnify against breach of warranty or other losses or on account of further litigation as a result of non-compliance to the conditions of the agreement by the assessee. The Commissioner (Appeals) therefore was of the view that the sum retained in the escrow account had not accrued to the assessee in the year under consideration. He therefore held that amount of Rs. 3.25 crore kept in escrow account had neither been received or accrued by/to the assessee during the year, and since the said amount had been subsequently received by the assessee after the stipulated period of agreement, it had been offered to tax by the assessee under the head capital gains in the year of its receipt. Therefore, holding that the Assessing Officer was not justified in taxing the amount in the year under consideration, the Commissioner (Appeals) deleted the addition of Rs. 3.25 crore.

Before the Tribunal, on behalf of the Revenue, it was contended that the amount kept in escrow account represented application of income and keeping the amount in escrow account was only a formality, as the entire amount of Rs. 3.25 crore had been received without any deduction towards claims/warranties, and had been offered to tax in a subsequent year.

The Tribunal, after examining the Business Sale Agreement, held that, the agreement had given legally enforceable rights to the parties with respect to the transfer of undertaking, the assessee had a right to receive the lump-sum consideration upon effecting the sale in the previous year, and there was effective conveyance of the capital asset to the transferee. The Tribunal further noted that the monies kept in the escrow account were for meeting claims that may arise on a future date, and that the interest which accrued on the sums retained in the escrow account had been agreed to be belonging to the seller, i.e., the assessee, and had to be paid to the assessee as per the instructions in the escrow account. Therefore, the Tribunal held that the assessee always had a right to receive the sums kept in the escrow account. Though they were to be quantified after a specified period, they did not change the agreed lump-sum sale consideration finalized based on the agreement between the parties. Therefore, the quantification of deductions to be made from the sums lying in the escrow account would not postpone the charge of such income which was deemed to be taxed in the year of transfer.

The Tribunal rejected the argument of the assessee that the entire sale consideration was not received during the relevant year and could not be deemed as income of that year, holding that it was sufficient if, in the relevant year, profits had risen out of sale of capital assets, i.e. when the assessee had a right to receive the profits in the year under consideration, it would attract liability to capital gains tax. According to the Tribunal, it was not necessary that the whole amount of lump-sum consideration should have been received by the assessee in the previous year, and whatever the parties did subsequent to that year would have no bearing on the liability to tax as deemed income of the year under consideration. Reliance was placed by the Tribunal on the Madras High Court decision in the case of TV Sundaram Iyengar and Sons Ltd vs. CIT 37 ITR 26, while upholding the order of the Assessing Officer.

Before the Madras High Court, on behalf of the assessee, attention was drawn to the Business Sale Agreement, and in particular, covenant No. 14 dealing with indemnities for other losses and covenant No. 15 dealing with retention sum for indemnities. The attention of the Court was also drawn to a second supplementary agrement where there was a reference to a charge of theft of electricity and demand raised by the State Electricity Board from the purchaser of the asset. These facts demonstrated that the intention behind retention of a certain sum in escrow account was to meet liabilities which may be fastened on to the purchaser on conclusion of the sale transaction.

On behalf of the assessee, reliance was placed on the following decisions:

•    The Bombay High Court decision in the case of CIT vs. Hemal Raju Shete 239 Taxman 176, which was a case where certain amounts were set apart to meet contingent liabilities, and it was held that this amount was neither received nor accrued in favour of the assessee.

•    The Supreme Court decision in the case of CIT vs. Hindustan Housing & Land Development Trust Ltd 161 ITR 524, where a similar view was taken.

•    The Madras High Court decision in the case of PPN Power Generating Co (P) Ltd vs. CIT 275 Taxman 143 in support of the alternative submission that in the subsequent year the amount had been offered for taxation.

•    The Gujarat High Court decision in the case of Anup Engineering Ltd vs. CIT 247 ITR 457.

•    Cases of CIT vs. Ignifluid Boilers (I) Ltd 283 ITR 295 (Mad), CIT vs. Associated Cables (P) Ltd 286 ITR 596 (Bom), DIT(IT) vs. Ballast Nedam International 215 Taxman 254 (Guj), and Amarshiv Construction (P) Ltd vs. Dy CIT 367 ITR 659 (Guj), in the context of treatment of retention money withheld by the contractee.

On behalf of the Revenue, before the Madras High Court, it was argued that the Tribunal order was well considered and the factual aspects thoroughly analyzed. It was clearly brought out by the Tribunal on the facts that the retention money kept in the escrow account had accrued in favour of the assessee in the year under consideration. It was pointed out that the entire amount of Rs. 3.25 crore retained in the escrow account had been received by the assessee and offered for taxation in a subsequent year, with no deduction towards claims/warranties from the amount kept in escrow account. Attention was also drawn to the provisions of section 48, with the submission that if either the full value of the consideration had been received by the assessee during the year or it had accrued, that alone would be sufficient, and the subsequent act of the assessee and the purchaser by creating an escrow account would not change the character of receipt of the consideration.

Referring to the various clauses of the Business Sale Agreement, it was submitted that the facts clearly demonstrated that the amount retained in the escrow account, which was a subsequent arrangement between the parties, would have no impact for the purpose of computation of capital gains on the total sale consideration fixed under the agreement. On behalf of the Revenue, reliance was placed on the following decisions:

•    The Supreme Court decision in the case of CIT vs. Attilli N Rao 252 ITR 880 in the context of full price realised for the purpose of computation of capital gains.

•    CIT vs. N M A Mohammed Haniffa 247 ITR 66 (Mad).

•    CIT vs. George Henderson and Co Ltd 66 ITR 622 (SC).

•    CIT vs. Smt Nilofer I Singh 309 ITR 233 (Del).

•    Smt D Zeenath vs. ITO 413 ITR 258 (Mad).

The decisions relied upon by the Revenue were rebutted by the assessee’s counsel, that all those were cases relating to mortgage, and that the agreement between the assessee and the purchaser clearly showed that the retention money was neither received nor accrued in favour of the assessee during the relevant year.

The Madras High Court examined the provisions of the Business Sale Agreement and noted that the retention amount had been retained for the purpose of ensuring that sufficient funds would be available to indemnify the purchaser against any damages or losses arising from indemnification for breach of warranty, indemnification for other losses, unpaid accounts receivables, and other obligations to pay or reimburse the purchaser as provided under the agreement. It noted that admittedly, no indemnification had to be given under either of the four heads, and the entire amount was received by the assessee without any deduction and was offered for taxation by the assessee in the subsequent year. The High Court noted that the Commissioner (Appeals) had not specifically examined as to whether the entire amount of Rs. 3.25 crore had been received by the assessee without any deduction and offered for taxation, but had solely proceeded on the basis that the escrow account had been opened and amount retained as retention money to be utilized by the purchaser for indemnification or breach of warranty for any other losses. On this basis, the Commissioner (Appeals) had concluded that the retention sum retained in the escrow account had not accrued to the assessee during the relevant year.

According to the Madras High Court, the Terms and Conditions of the Business Sale Agreement were vivid and clear, the total sale consideration having been clearly mentioned. After fixing the full and final sale consideration, the parties mutually agreed to retain a specified quantum of money in an escrow account to meet any one of the exigencies as mentioned in the agreement. Therefore, according to the High Court, for all purposes, the entire sale consideration had accrued in favour of the assessee during the year under consideration. Possession of the asset was also handed over by the assessee. Besides, no deductions were made from the escrow account and the entire amount was received by the assessee and offered to tax.

According to the Madras High Court, the purchaser, retaining a particular amount of money in the escrow account could not take away the amount from the purview of full consideration received or accruing in favour of the assessee for the purpose of computation of capital gains u/s 48. Besides the assessee had received the entire amount of Rs. 3.25 crore without any deduction. The right of the assessee over the amount retained in the escrow account had not been disputed. The Madras High Court observed that assuming certain payoffs were to be made from the retention money, that would not in any manner alter the full and total consideration received by the assessee pursuant to the business sale agreement. Given the factual position, according to the Madras High Court, undoubtedly the entire sale consideration had accrued in favour of the assessee during the relevant assessment year and, assuming that certain payment had been made from the amount retained in the escrow account, it would not change or in any manner reduce the sale consideration.

The Madras High Court therefore upheld the order of the Tribunal, holding the assessee liable to capital gains tax during the relevant year on the entire sale consideration as per the agreement.

DINESH VAZIRANI’S CASE

The issue again recently came up before the Bombay High Court in the case of Dinesh Vazirani vs. Pr CIT 445 ITR 110.

In this case, the assessee, who was a promoter of a company, agreed to sell shares of the company held by him along with other promoters for a total consideration of Rs. 155 crore. The Share Purchase Agreement (SPA) provided for specific promoter indemnification obligations. To meet such promoter indemnification obligations, the SPA provided that out of the sale consideration of Rs. 155 crore, Rs. 30 crore would be kept in escrow. If there was no liability as contemplated under the specific promoter indemnification obligations within a particular period, the amount of Rs. 30 crore would be released by the escrow agent to the seller promoters. A separate escrow agreement was entered into between the sellers, the buyers and the escrow agent.

The assessee filed his return of income in July, 2011 by computing capital gains on his proportion of the total sale consideration of Rs. 155 crore, including the amount kept in escrow, which had not been paid out but was still parked in the escrow account till the time the return was filed. The assessment was selected for scrutiny, and an assessment order was passed u/s 143(3) on 15th January, 2014 accepting the returned income.

Subsequent to the passing of such assessment order, certain statutory and other liabilities arose in the company amounting to Rs. 9.17 crore relatable to the period prior to the sale of the shares. This amount of Rs. 9.17 crore was withdrawn by the company from the escrow account, and therefore the assessee received a lesser amount from the escrow account.

The assessee thereafter filed a revision petition u/s 264 with the Commissioner, stating that the assessment had already been completed taxing the capital gains at higher amount on the basis of sale consideration of Rs. 155 crore without reducing the consideration by Rs. 9.17 crore. It was claimed that since the amount of Rs. 9.17 crore had been withdrawn by the company from the escrow account, what the assessee received was lesser than that mentioned in the return of income, and therefore the capital gain needed to be recomputed by reducing the proportionate amount deducted from the escrow account. It was pointed out that since the withdrawal from the escrow account happened after the completion of assessment proceedings, it was not possible for the assessee to make such a claim before the Assessing Officer or file a revised return. The assessee therefore requested the Commissioner to reduce the long-term capital gains by the proportionate amount withdrawn by the company from the escrow account of Rs. 9.17 crore.

The Commissioner rejected the revision petition on the ground that, from the sale price as specified in the agreement, only cost of acquisition, cost of improvement or expenditure incurred exclusively in connection with the transfer could be reduced in computing the capital gains, and that the agreement between the seller and buyer for meeting certain contingent liability which may arise subsequent to the transfer could not be considered for reduction from the consideration. The Commissioner further held that in the absence of a specific provision by which an assessee could reduce the returned income filed by him voluntarily, the same could not be permitted indirectly by resorting to provisions of section 264. The Commissioner relied on the proviso to section 240, which stated that if an assessment was annulled, the refund would not be granted to the extent of tax paid on the returned income. According to the Commissioner, this showed that the income returned by an assessee was sacrosanct and could not be disturbed, and even an annulment of the assessment would not impact the suo moto tax paid on the returned income. The Commissioner further was of the view that the contingent liability paid out of escrow account did not have the effect of reducing the amount receivable by the promoters as per the agreement.

The assessee filed a writ petition before the Bombay High Court against such order of the Commissioner rejecting the revision petition.

The Bombay High Court held that the order passed by the Commissioner was not correct and quashed the order. It observed that the Commissioner had failed to understand that the amount of Rs. 9.17 crore was neither received by the promoters nor accrued to the promoters, as this amount was transferred directly to the escrow account and was withdrawn from the escrow account. In the view of the High Court, when the amount had not been received by or accrued to the promoters, it could not be taken as the full value of consideration in computing capital gains from the transfer of shares of the company.

The Bombay High Court observed that the Commissioner had not understood the true intent and content of the SPA, and not appreciated that the purchase price as defined in the agreement was not an absolute amount, as it was subject to certain liabilities which might arise to the promoters on account of certain subsequent events. According to the Bombay High Court, the full value of consideration for computing capital gains would be the amount ultimately received by the promoters after the adjustments on account of the liabilities from the escrow account as mentioned in the agreement.

The Bombay High Court referred to the observations of the Supreme Court in CIT vs. Shoorji Vallabhdas & Co 46 ITR 144, where the Supreme Court had held that income or gain is chargeable to tax on the basis of the real income earned by an assessee, unless specific provisions provide to the contrary. The Bombay High Court noted that in the case before it, the real income (capital gain) would be computed only by taking into account the real sale consideration, i.e., sale consideration after reducing the amount withdrawn from the escrow account.

The Bombay High Court observed that the Commissioner had proceeded on an erroneous understanding that the arrangement between the seller and buyer which resulted in some contingent liability that arose subsequent to the transfer could not be reduced from the sale consideration as per section 48. As per the High Court, the liability was contemplated in the SPA itself, and had to be taken into account to determine the full value of consideration. If the sale consideration specified in the agreement was along with certain liability, then the value of consideration for the purpose of computing capital gains u/s 48 was the consideration specified in the agreement as reduced by the liability. In the view of the High Court, it was incorrect to say that the subsequent contingent liability did not come within any of the items of reduction, because the full value of the consideration u/s 48 would be the amount arrived at after reducing the liabilities from the purchase price mentioned in the agreement. Even if the contingent liability was to be regarded as a subsequent event, then also, it ought to be taken into consideration in determining the capital gain chargeable u/s 45.

The Bombay High Court expressed its disagreement with the Commissioner on his statement that the contingent liability paid out of escrow account did not affect the amount receivable as per the agreement for the purposes of computing capital gains u/s 48. As per the High Court, the Commissioner failed to understand or appreciate that the promoters had received only the net amount of Rs. 145.83 crore, i.e., Rs. 155 crore less Rs. 9.17 crore, and that such reduced amount should be taken as full value of consideration for computing capital gains u/s 48.

The Bombay High Court also rejected the Commissioner’s argument that the assessee’s returned income could not be reduced by filing a revision petition u/s 264. According to the High Court, section 264 had been introduced to factor in such situation as the assessee’s case, because if income did not result at all, there could not be a tax, even though in bookkeeping, an entry was made for hypothetical income which did not materialise. Section 264 did not restrict the scope of power of the Commissioner to restrict a relief to assessee only up to the returned income. Where the income can be said not to have resulted at all, there was obviously neither accrual nor receipt of income, even though an entry may have been made in the books and account. Therefore, the Commissioner ought to have directed the Assessing Officer to recompute the income as per the provisions of the Act, irrespective of whether the computation resulted in income being less than the returned income. The Bombay High Court stated that it was the obligation of the Revenue to tax an assessee on the income chargeable to tax under the Act, and if higher income was offered to tax, then it was the duty of the Revenue to compute the correct income and grant the refund of taxes erroneously paid by an assessee.

The Bombay High Court therefore held that the capital gain was to be computed only on the net amount actually received by the assessee, and that he was entitled to refund of the excess taxes paid by him on the returned capital gains.

OBSERVATIONS

Section 45(1) provides that any capital gains arising from the transfer of a capital asset effected in the previous year shall be chargeable to tax under the head “Capital Gains” and shall be deemed to be the income of the previous year in which the transfer took place. Undoubtedly, in both these cases, discussed herein, there was no dispute about the year of transfer or the amount of consideration. The consideration had been agreed upon, and the payment was made by the purchaser. The issue was really whether the amount retained with the escrow agent was retained on behalf of the seller, or was consideration withheld on behalf of the purchaser, and whether the amount so kept in escrow could be reduced from the full value of consideration and the taxable capital gains.
 
While the Madras High Court has taken the view that the amount retained in the escrow account was received by and accrued to the assessee, the Bombay High Court has taken the view that such amount in escrow cannot be said to have been received by or accrued to the assessee. To understand the tax effect of an escrow arrangement, it is necessary to understand the legal implications of such an arrangement.

The Bombay High Court, in the case of Hira Mistan vs. Rustom Jamshedji Noble & Others 2000 (1) BomCR 716, has observed:

“An escrow has been held to be a document deposited with the third person to be delivered to the person purporting to be benefited by it upon the performance of some condition, the fulfillment of which is only to bring the contract into existence… Escrow has also been explained as an intended Deed after sealing and any signature required for execution as a deed, be delivered as an escrow, that is as a simple writing which is not to become the deed of the party expressed to be bound by it until some condition has been performed. Escrow has also been defined to mean that where an instrument is delivered to take effect on the happening of a specified event or upon condition that it is not to be operative until some condition is performed then pending the happening of that event or the performance of the condition the instrument is called an escrow.”

The Bombay High Court, in Jeweltouch (India) Pvt. Ltd. vs. Naheed Hafeez Quraishi And Ors 2008 (3) BomCR 217, has observed:

“When parties to an agreement or the executants of a document place the agreement or, as the case may be, the document in escrow, parties intend that pending the fulfillment of certain conditions which they stipulate, the document will be held in custody by the person with whom it is placed. Notwithstanding the execution of the agreement or the execution of the document, the act of placing the instrument in escrow evinces an intent that the document would continue to lie in escrow until a condition which is precedent to the enforceability of the document comes to exist. The instrument becomes valid and enforceable in law only upon the due fulfillment of a prerequisite and often the parties may stipulate the due satisfaction of a named person on the fulfillment of the condition. An Escrow agent may be appointed by the parties as the person who will determine whether a promise or condition has been fulfilled so as to warrant the release of the document from escrow. In Wharton’s Law Lexicon, the effect of an escrow is stated thus: Escrow, a writing under seal delivered to a third person, to be delivered by him to the person whom it purports to benefit upon some condition. Upon the performance of the condition it becomes an absolute deed; but if the condition be not performed, it never becomes a deed. It is not delivered as a deed, but as an escrow, i.e. a scrowl, or writing which is not to take effect as a deed till the condition be performed.”

In Halsbury the effect of the delivery of a document as escrow is explained thus:

“1334. Effect of delivery as escrow. When a sealed writing is delivered as an escrow it cannot take effect as a deed pending the performance of the condition subject to which it was so delivered, and if that condition is not performed the writing remains entirely inoperative. If, therefore, a sealed writing delivered as an escrow comes, pending the performance of the condition and without the consent, fault, or negligence of the party who so delivered it, into the possession of the party intended to benefit, it has no effect either in his hands or in the hands of any purchaser from him; for until fulfillment of the condition it is not, and never has been, the deed of the party who so delivered it. When a sealed writing has been delivered as an escrow to await the performance of some condition, it takes effect as a deed (without any further delivery) immediately the condition is fulfilled, and the rule is that its delivery as a deed will, if necessary, relate back to the time of its delivery as an escrow; but the relation back does not have the effect of validating a notice to quit given at a time when the fee simple was not vested in the person giving it.”

While these views are in the context of a document placed in escrow, the views might help to understand the impact of money placed in escrow also and may impact the final computation of capital gains until such time consideration payable attains finality based on the fulfillment of the conditions of the escrow . However, once the conditions are fulfilled, the payment would relate back to the date when the payment was deposited with the escrow agent. In substance therefore, the escrow agent is holding the amount on behalf of the seller, but the funds are released only after fulfilment of the conditions of escrow.

If one examines the facts of the two cases discussed, in the case before the Madras High Court, there was no deduction or reduction from the amount placed in escrow, and therefore the question of amendment of the consideration did not arise at all. Since capital gains is chargeable in the year of transfer, the Madras High Court held that the entire capital gain, including amount placed in escrow was taxable in that year itself.

The facts before the Bombay High Court were that there was actually a deduction from the amount placed in escrow, and the amount of consideration therefore underwent a change. The amount withdrawn from the escrow account was ultimately never received as income by the seller as the amount was returned to the buyer. The issue before the Bombay High Court was whether a revision of the assessment order was possible in view of the facts, which arose due to subsequent events impacting the taxable capital gains. It was in that context that the High Court took the view that the real income had to be considered, and not a notional income.

Viewed in this light, there is no conflict between the decisions of the two Courts. Both have rightly decided the cases before them on the merits of the cases before them. In one case, the fact was that the amount eventually was paid in full to the seller as was agreed while in the other case, a part of the agreed consideration, though paid, was returned to the buyer. Therefore, deferment of the liability to capital gains tax was not intended nor was it suggested by the Bombay High Court, and what was suggested was the downward revision of the consideration that was offered for taxation.

Therefore, to take the view that the amount placed in escrow should be taxable if and only when released from escrow on fulfillment of the conditions does not appear to be the attractive position in law.

The moot question that arises in such circumstances is as to what should be the manner of correction of the capital gains offered for taxation when the consideration so offered subsequently undergoes a change, as per the conditions provided in the sale agreement itself. The assessment of the capital gains legally cannot be held back, as that would take away the time bound finality of an assessment. There is presently no provision in law that permits the deferment of taxation to the later year on receipt of the amount released from the escrow account. No transfer in law can be said to have taken place in such later year, and the charge of capital gains would fail in that later year for want of transfer required for application of s. 45.

The only possibility therefore is that while the income be offered in the year of transfer based on the agreed consideration, without factoring in the events subsequent to the filing of the return, which have modified the actual consideration, the assessee can, as per the law applicable today, only take recourse to the existing provisions for filing a revised return (which time is generally inadequate after the reduced time limits),or for filing a revision petition with the Commissioner u/s 264, which time is also inadequate in many cases to revise the claim.

It is therefore essential that the law take cognizance of the difficulty arising on account of the subsequent revision of the consideration being redefined due to subsequent events by permitting rectification, revision or fresh claim without affecting the primary liability of offering the full value of consideration. This may be made possible by amending section 155 to permit rectification, by adding to the many existing situations therein, requiring the assessee to demonstrate the contingency actually happened, resulting in amendment of the consideration.

S. 271(1)(c) – The Assessee had wrongly claimed a long-term capital loss in respect of a property which had been gifted by him to his son. Since the amount of capital loss had duly been disclosed in the computation of income and the Assessee had also accepted at the time of assessment proceedings it had considered gift made to son as a transfer by mistake, and there was no concealment of any material fact by the Assessee and thus, levy of penalty u/s 271(1)(c) was not justified.

33 Pawan Garg vs. Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax
[2022] 94 ITR(T) 159 (Chandigarh -Trib.)
ITA No.: 1475(CHD) of 2018
A.Y.: 2014-15
Date of order: 17th January, 2022

S. 271(1)(c) – The Assessee had wrongly claimed a long-term capital loss in respect of a property which had been gifted by him to his son. Since the amount of capital loss had duly been disclosed in the computation of income and the Assessee had also accepted at the time of assessment proceedings it had considered gift made to son as a transfer by mistake, and there was no concealment of any material fact by the Assessee and thus, levy of penalty u/s 271(1)(c) was not justified.

FACTS

The Assessee is a partner in a firm engaged in the dyeing and finishing of textile yarn. The return of income was filed declaring an income of Rs. 8,11,800. The Assessee had claimed Long Term Capital Loss at 20 per cent amounting to Rs. 7,14,554 in respect of a property gifted by him to his son Shri Akhilesh Garg on 20th July, 2013. The Assessee was asked by the Assessing Officer to explain as to why this loss, which had wrongly been claimed, may not be disallowed. In response, the Assessee accepted that there was a mistake due to some typographical error and, therefore, the amount was added to the income of the Assessee. Subsequently, the impugned penalty was imposed on the said addition.

Aggrieved, the Assessee filed an appeal challenging the levy of penalty before the CIT(A). However, the appeal was dismissed. Aggrieved, the Assessee filed further appeal before the ITAT.

HELD

The Assessee submitted that no penalty was imposable as he had only made a wrong claim and not a false claim inasmuch as all the facts were before the Assessing Officer at the time of assessment proceedings, and for the reason that all the figures were duly reflected in the computation of income. It was also submitted that the mistake had occurred due to some error at the end of the Chartered Accountant who had filed the return of income and that the Assessee should not be burdened with the penalty as it was a genuine mistake.

The ITAT observed that the mistake was noticed by the Assessing Officer during the course of assessment proceedings, and on being confronted on the issue, the Assessee surrendered the Long Term Capital Loss. It also observed that the amount of capital loss has been duly mentioned in the computation of income. Therefore, it finds that there is no concealment of any material fact by the Assessee. It can be said that the claim made with respect to the Long Term Capital Loss was an incorrect claim or a wrong claim but it was not a false claim by any measure inasmuch as there was only a mistake in the legal sense that the gift made by the Assessee to the son was considered as a transfer in the computation of income and the resultant figure was shown as a capital loss. It was also a fact on record that the Assessee had accepted the same at the time of assessment proceedings.

The ITAT held that it is not a case where the particulars of income in relation to which the penalty has been levied were either incorrect or were concealed. The amount of capital loss has duly been disclosed in the computation of income and, therefore, it cannot be said to be a case of the Assessee attempting to make a false claim. The ITAT held that it was a bonafide mistake on the part of the Assessee and it would not attract levy of penalty as all the particulars of income were duly disclosed. The appeal of the Assessee was allowed.
 
The ITAT placed reliance on the following decisions while deciding the matter:

1. CIT vs. Reliance Petroproducts Pvt. Ltd.  [2012] 322 ITR 158
    
2. Price Waterhouse Coopers Pvt. Ltd vs. CIT  [2011] 348 ITR 306.

S. 36(1)(iii) – Where interest free funds had been lent by the Assessee to its wholly owned subsidiary for business, no disallowance of interest will be made u/s 36(1)(iii) of the Act.

32 Moonrock Hospitality (P.) Ltd vs. Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax
[2022] 94 ITR(T) 185 (Delhi – Trib.)
ITA No.: 5895 (Delhi) of 2019
A.Y.: 2016-17
Date of order: 22nd September, 2021

S. 36(1)(iii) – Where interest free funds had been lent by the Assessee to its wholly owned subsidiary for business, no disallowance of interest will be made u/s 36(1)(iii) of the Act.

FACTS

The Assessee company had investments in wholly owned subsidiaries, and had also advanced loans to these companies out of borrowed funds. During the A.Y., the Asssessee company had advanced an interest free loan to one of its wholly owned subsidiaries. Based on the same, the Assessee was asked to explain as to why no disallowance of interest expenses should be made as per section 36(1)(iii) of the Act.

The Assessee furnished an explanation stating that the said funds were advanced for the purpose of business. Not satisfied with the same, the Assessing Officer contended that the said arrangement was a diversion of interest bearing funds towards interest free advances to related parties. A disallowance of interest at 9 per cent (being the rate of interest on loans taken by the Assessee) on such interest free deposits was made u/s 36(1)(iii) of the Act.

Aggrieved, the Assessee filed an appeal before the CIT(A), however, the appeal was dismissed. Aggrieved, the assessee filed further appeal before the ITAT.

HELD

The Assessee submitted that the said loans had been advanced to its wholly owned subsidiary for business. A reference was drawn to the Object Clause of the Memorandum of Association of the Assessee wherein the object was to establish or promote or concur in establishing or promote any company for the purpose of acquiring all or any of the properties, rights and liabilities of such an entity.

Reliance was placed on the ruling of the Delhi High Court in CIT vs. Tulip Star Hotels Ltd. [2011] 16 taxmann.com 335/[2012] 204 Taxman 11 (Mag.)/[2011] 338 ITR 482, wherein it was held that where an Assessee engaged in the business of hotels, an advanced loan to its subsidiary to gain control over other hotel, interest paid on borrowed capital was allowable u/s 36(1)(iii) of the Act

Further, reliance was also placed on the Supreme Court ruling in Hero Cycles (P.) Ltd. vs. CIT (Central) [2015] 63 taxmann.com 308/[2016] 236 Taxman 447/[2015] 379 ITR 347, wherein it was decided that once a nexus between expenditure and purpose of business is established, the Revenue cannot step into the shoes of the businessman to decide how much is reasonable expenditure having regard to circumstances of case.

The ITAT considered the above decisions and concurred with the view of the Assessee company stating that where interest free advances made to a wholly owned subsidiary, no disallowance of interest paid on borrowed fund could be made. Further the ITAT also observed that once a nexus between the expenditure and the business of the subsidiary is established, no disallowance of interest paid on borrowed funds could be made.

Accordingly, the ITAT allowed the appeal of the Assessee and deleted the disallowance of interest u/s 36(1)(iii) of the Act.

Addition made due to wrong reporting in return of income deleted in an appeal against rectification order. Revised return held not necessary.

31 Heidrick and Struggles Inc. vs. DCIT
TS-679-ITAT-2022 (DEL.)
A.Y.: 2018-19
Date of order: 26th August, 2022
Sections: 139(5), 154

Addition made due to wrong reporting in return of income deleted in an appeal against rectification order. Revised return held not necessary.

FACTS

The Assessee, a tax resident of USA, filed its return of income declaring total income of Rs. 23,60,54,860 and claiming a refund of Rs. 53,56,620. The return of income was processed by CPC, vide order dated 14th June, 2019, and a demand of Rs. 80,58,000 was raised for the reason that service income is taxable at 40 per cent plus applicable surcharge and cess and consequential interest u/s 234B and 234C was levied.

Against the order dated 14th June, 2019, the Assessee filed a rectification application which was disposed of vide order dated 22nd August, 2019, passed by CPC, raising a demand of Rs. 2,78,10,114. This demand arose as service income was held to be taxable at 40 per cent and TDS credit of Rs. 2,78,10,114 was denied. The Assessee filed one more rectification application on 15th October, 2019. The CPC vide its order dated 24th October, 2019 raised a demand of Rs. 1,06,73,750 by taxing service receipts of Rs. 2,84,40,475 at 40 per cent along with applicable surcharge and cess and denied TDS credit of Rs. 22,54,771.

Aggrieved, the Assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A), who without going into the merits of the case, dismissed the appeal holding that the relief could have been claimed by filing revised return of income.

Aggrieved, the Assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where on behalf of the revenue it was contended that the demand has been raised considering the details furnished by the Assessee in the form of return of income. Therefore, the Assessee cannot find fault with processing the order or rectification order passed. The Assessee ought to have claimed relief sought by filing revised return of income for which statutory time limit has expired. The relief now sought by the Assessee was not found in the return of income. Therefore, CIT(A) was right in holding against the Assessee.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that the Assessee has claimed a service income of Rs. 2,84,40,475 received from Heidrick and Struggles Pvt. Ltd. to be taxable as Other Sources. As per India US Tax Treaty, service rendered by the Assessee did not satisfy ‘make available clause’ of India US Treaty. Also, in the case of a group concern of the Assessee, for A.Y. 2018-19, CPC made a similar adjustment i.e. it taxed service receipt at 40 per cent. The said Assessee preferred rectification application which was allowed. The Tribunal held that it is not in dispute that as per India US Tax Treaty the impugned income is not chargeable to tax as per Article 12.

The Tribunal noted CBDT Circular No. 14 and also that the Calcutta Bench of the Tribunal has in the case of Madhabi Nag vs. ACIT [ITA No. 512/Kol/215] held that the revenue authorities ought not to have rejected rectification application u/s 154 on the ground that the Assessee has not filed revised return of income. Further, in the case of CIT vs. Bharat General Reinsurance Co. Ltd. 81 ITR 303 (Delhi), the High Court held that merely because the Assessee wrongly included the income in its return for a particular assessment year it cannot confer jurisdiction on the department to tax that income in that year even though legally such income did not pertain to that year.

The Tribunal held that the addition had been made only due to wrong reporting of income by the Assessee and the same cannot be sustained. The Tribunal held that the CIT(A) has committed an error in dismissing the appeal filed by the Assessee.

Interest granted u/s 244A(2) cannot be withdrawn by passing a rectification order u/s 154 when PCCIT / CCIT / PCIT / CIT has not decided exclusion of period for interest.

30 Otis Elevator Company (India) Ltd. vs. DCIT
[2022] 141 taxmann.com 391 (Mum. – Trib.)
A.Y.: 2010-11
Date of order: 18th August, 2022
Section: 244A(2)

Interest granted u/s 244A(2) cannot be withdrawn by passing a rectification order u/s 154 when PCCIT / CCIT / PCIT / CIT has not decided exclusion of period for interest.

FACTS

The assessment was finalized u/s 143(3) on 4th February, 2014. Subsequently, however, the Assessing Officer (AO) withdrew the interest granted u/s 244A(2) on the ground that “it is undisputed fact that in the income tax return filed u/s 139(1) on 30th September, 2010, the TDS claim was Rs. 10,62,11,325 which was enhanced to Rs. 13,70,80,237 by filing revised return on 29th March, 2012” and “thus, the delay was on the part of the Assessee to make correct claim of refund”. The interest payment of Rs. 43,71,038 was thus withdrawn, disregarding the plea of the Assessee that on merits such a claim could not have been declined, and, in any event, such a withdrawal of interest is beyond what is permissible u/s 154. The assessee carried the matter in appeal but without any success. The assessee is in second appeal before us.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the dispute between the Assessee and the revenue was whether or not the Assessee is responsible for delay in refund. It noted that the guidance to deal with such situations is provided in 244A(2) which inter alia provides that “where any question arises about the period to be excluded (for which interest is to be declined), it shall be decided by the Principal Chief Commissioner or Chief Commissioner or Principal Commissioner or Commissioner, whose decision thereon shall be final”. The Tribunal held that, therefore, the final call about the period to be excluded for grant of interest is to be taken by the higher authority and that exercise is admittedly not done in the present case. Referring to the observations in a co-ordinate bench decision in the case of DBS Bank Ltd. vs. DDIT [(2016) 157 ITD 476 (Mum)] wherein it has inter alia been held that:

(i)    The delay in making of the claim by itself, without anything else, cannot lead to the conclusion that the delay is attributed to the Assessee.

(ii)    Even if the interest u/s 244A could be declined for this period on merits, not declining the interest u/s 244A could not be treated as a mistake apparent on record within the inherently limited scope of Section 154.

(iii)    When a question arises as to the period for which such interest under section 244A is to be excluded, this is to be decided by the Commissioner or the Chief Commissioner.

The Tribunal found itself in agreement with the views of the co-ordinate bench and following the same upheld the plea of the Assessee to the extent that given the limited scope of section 154 for rectification of mistakes apparent on record and given the fact that the period to be excluded for grant of interest has not yet been taken a call on by the PCCIT/CCIT/PCIT or the CIT, the impugned withdrawal of interest u/s 244A(2) is beyond the scope of rectification of mistake u/s 154.

The Tribunal set aside the order of rectification passed by the AO u/s 154 of the Act.

Advances received by an Assessee landlord who has converted land into stock-in-trade, following project completion method, are not taxable on receipt basis.

29 ACIT vs. Suratchandra B. Thakkar (HUF)
TS-648-ITAT-2022 (Mumbai)
A.Y.s: 2006-07 to 2008-09
Date of order: 12th August, 2022
Section: 28

Advances received by an Assessee landlord who has converted land into stock-in-trade, following project completion method, are not taxable on receipt basis.

FACTS

The assessee was a 25 per cent owner of a land in respect of which development agreement was entered into with K. Raheja Universal Pvt. Ltd. Under the terms of the Development Agreement, the land owners and developers were to share sale proceeds in the ratio of 45.5 per cent and 54.5 per cent respectively. The Assessee had a 25 per cent share in land, and was entitled to 25 per cent of 45.5 per cent share receivable by the land owners. The project consisted of construction of four towers of which two were completed in previous year relevant to A.Y. 2008-09 and two were completed in previous year relevant to A.Y. 2009-10.

The Assessee received advances of Rs. 1,78,68,399, Rs. 96,04,258 and Rs. 2,77,19,807 against sale of flats in A.Ys. 2006-07, 2007-08 and 2008-09 respectively. However, no income was offered on the ground that the Assessee was following the project completion method of accounting, and entire income was declared in A.Ys. 2008-09 and 2009-10 on completion of the project, receipt of occupancy certificate and execution of conveyance deed in favour of buyers.

According to the Assessing Officer (AO), as the entire cost of construction was being met by the developer, the project did not require any contribution from the Assessee. Therefore, the advances received became final and certain. The AO also observed that the Assessee had not shown any work-in-progress in the balance sheet. Also, since there was no risk attached to the Assessee, the advances, according to the AO, became income in the year of their receipt.

Aggrieved, the Assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who allowed the appeal filed by the Assessee and held that the land was not transferred by the land owners to the developers till the completion of construction and therefore entire risk of the project remained with the land owners including the Assessee.

Aggrieved, revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that the Assessee has already paid tax on advances received in A.Ys. 2008-09 and 2009-10. The Tribunal concurred with the following findings of the CIT(A):

(i)    Since the land in question was treated as stock-in-trade by the Assessee in its books of account, transfer of the same was not liable to be taxed as capital gain.

(ii)    The Supreme Court, in the case of Seshasayee Steel Pvt. Ltd. 115 taxmann.com 5 (SC), held that executing a development agreement granting permission to start advertising, selling and construction and permitting to execute sale agreement to a developer does not amount to granting possession u/s 53A of the Transfer of Property Act.

(iii)    Possession of land has been handed over to the prospective buyers consequent to the conveyance in favour of co-operative society of flat owners.

(iv)    The assessee was regularly and consistently following completed contract method.

(v)    In case of the developer also, the completed contract method has been accepted by the revenue.

The Tribunal did not find any error in the finding of the CIT(A) in upholding the project completion method or the completed contract method followed by the Assessee for declaring the income from the project under reference.

The Tribunal dismissed the appeal filed by the revenue for all the three years.

Proviso to section 43CA providing for tolerance limit of 10 per cent, being beneficial in nature, is retrospective.

28 Sai Bhargavanath Infra vs. ACIT
TS-658-ITAT-2022 (Pune)
A.Y.: 2014-15
Date of order: 17th August, 2022
Section: 43CA

Proviso to section 43CA providing for tolerance limit of 10 per cent, being beneficial in nature, is retrospective.

FACTS
The Assessee, a builder and developer, filed its return of income for A.Y. 2015-16 declaring therein a total income of Rs. 47,17,490. The Assessing Officer (AO) while assessing the total income of the assessee made an addition of Rs. 19,58,875 u/s 43CA of the Act, being difference between sale value of the flats sold and their stamp duty value.

Aggrieved, the Assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who confirmed the action of the AO.

Aggrieved, the Assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where it contended that the stamp duty value was at an uniform rate without taking into consideration the peculiar features of a particular property. It was also contended that the difference of Rs. 19,58,875 was less than 10 per cent and therefore, not required to be added. For this proposition reliance was placed on the decision of Pune Tribunal in IT No. 923/Pun/2019 for A.Y. 2016-17, order dated 4th August, 2022 and also on the Assessee’s own case in ITA No. 2417/Pun/2017 for A.Y. 2014-15, the Tribunal on the very similar issue had remanded the matter back to the file of the AO for fresh consideration.

HELD

The Tribunal noted the proviso to section 43CA which provides for a tolerance limit of 10 per cent has been introduced by the Finance Act, 2020 w.e.f. 1st April, 2021 and that the assessment year under consideration is before the date when the amendment took place and therefore, the question is whether the proviso can apply to assessment years prior to its introduction as well.

The Tribunal observed that the decision of the Pune Bench in ITA No. 2417/Pun/2017 for A.Y. 2014-15 (supra) on which reliance has been placed by the Assessee has held the proviso to be retrospective but in the said decision reliance has been placed on the decision of Mumbai Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Maria Fernandes Cheryl vs. ITO (2021) 187 ITD 738 (Mum) which relates to section 50C of the Act. On behalf of the Assessee it was submitted that section 43CA and section 50C of the Act are pari materia provisions and therefore, holding of retrospective application of section 50C is even applicable making retrospective application to section 43CA of the Act as well. The Tribunal observed that the AR was unable to place on record any direct decision where first proviso to section 43CA has been held to be retrospective.

The Tribunal noted that the judgment of the full bench of the Apex Court in the case of CIT vs. Vatika Township Pvt. Ltd. (2014) 367 ITR 466 (SC) has held that if any liability has to be fastened with the Assessee taxpayer retrospectively then the statute and the provision must spell out specifically regarding such retrospective applicability. However, if the provision is beneficial for the Assessee, in view of the welfare legislation spirit imbibed in the Income-tax Act, such a beneficial provision can be applied in a retrospective manner. The Tribunal examined the insertion of the first proviso to section 43CA in the light of the ratio of the decision of the Apex Court in Vatika Township (supra) and held the intent of the legislature is to provide relief to the Assessee in case such difference is less than 10 per cent which has been brought into effect from 1st April, 2021 thereby providing benefit to the Assessee. This being the beneficial provision therefore will even have retrospective effect and would apply to the present A.Y. 2015-16.

The Tribunal observed that Pune Bench of the Tribunal in Shri Dinar Umeshkumar More vs. ITO [ITA No. 1503/PUN/2015 for A.Y. 2011-12 dated 25th January, 2019] has considering the proposition of applicability of a beneficial provision in light of Hon’ble Apex Court decision in the case of Vatika Township Pvt. Ltd. (supra) has held that if a fresh benefit is provided by the Parliament in an existing provision, then such an amendment should be given retrospective effect.

The Tribunal allowed the ground of appeal by holding that the first proviso to section 43CA has retrospective effect.

PMLA – Magna Carta – Part 2

Part – I of the article on PMLA – Magna Carta was published in the September 2022 issue of the BCAJ. In this concluding part, the author has answered some interesting and important questions arising from the Supreme Court decision in the case of Vijay Madanlal Choudhary vs. Union of India [2022] 140 taxmann.com 610 (SC). For a detailed analysis of the case, please refer to the September 2022 issue of the BCAJ.

1.    Whether investigation under PMLA can automatically be extended under other Statutes like the Black Money Act or the Fugitive Economic Offenders Act by the authorities under PMLA?
“Investigation” is a crucial term which has a bearing on the interpretation of all substantive aspects of PMLA. It is defined in section 2(1)(na) of PMLA, as under:

(na) “investigation” includes all the proceedings under this Act conducted by the Director or by an authority authorised by the Central Government under this Act for the collection of evidence.

The term “investigation” has been dealt with by the Supreme Court in the above mentioned decision. The Supreme Court has held that:

•    the term “proceedings” [section 2(1)(na) of PMLA] is contextual and is required to be given expansive meaning to include the inquiry procedure followed by the Authorities of Enforcement Directorate (ED), the Adjudicating Authority, and the Special Court.

•    the term “investigation” does not limit itself to the matter of investigation concerning the offence under PMLA, and is interchangeable with the function of “inquiry” to be undertaken by the authorities under PMLA.

It is apparent from the above mentioned interpretation of the term “investigation” by the Supreme Court that the word “proceedings” which is a part of the term “investigation” is contextual and must be given wider meaning to include the inquiry conducted by the Director or by an authority authorised by the Central Government under PMLA for collection of evidence. The “authority” referred to in section 2(1)(na) are all the authorities mentioned under sections 48 and 49 of PMLA.

In exercise of the powers conferred by section 49(1), the Central Government has notified the appointment of the following officers:

•    Director, Financial Intelligence Unit, India under the Ministry of Finance, Department of Revenue, to exercise the exclusive powers conferred under section 49.

•    Director of Enforcement holding office immediately before 1st July, 2005 under FEMA.

The scope of the powers of Director, Financial Intelligence Unit, India and the Director of Enforcement have been specified respectively, in Notification No. GSR 440(E) dated 1st July, 2005 and Notification No. GSR 441(E) dated 1st July, 2005. A review of the powers listed in the said two notifications suggests that the investigation under PMLA may be extended to other statutes.

•    This view is fortified by the powers of section 45 of PMLA authorising the Director of Enforcement or other authorised officer to file a complaint to the Special Court.

•    Reference may also be made to section 66 of PMLA which authorises the Director of Enforcement and other authorities specified by him to disclose information to authorities under “other laws”.

2. Whether fees received by a Chartered Accountant or a lawyer from an offender under PMLA be regarded as proceeds of crime?
The expression “proceeds of crime” is defined in section 2(1)(u), as under:

(u) “proceeds of crime” means any property derived or obtained, directly or indirectly, by any person as a result of criminal activity relating to a scheduled offence or the value of any such property or where such property is taken or held outside the country, then the property equivalent in value held within the country or abroad.

Explanation — For the removal of doubts, it is hereby clarified that “proceeds of crime” include property not only derived or obtained from the scheduled offence but also any property which may directly or indirectly be derived or obtained as a result of any criminal activity relatable to the scheduled offence.

A review of the above mentioned definition would show that it is very widely worded. However, with the passage of time, even such a widely worded definition was found inadequate to cover a number of situations faced by the authorities. Accordingly, the Explanation was added w.e.f. 1st August, 2019 to expand the parameters of “proceeds of crime”. The purpose of adding the Explanation was to bifurcate the definition into the following two types of properties on a stand-alone basis:

•    Property derived or obtained from a scheduled offence.

•    Property which is directly or indirectly derived or obtained as a result of any criminal activity related to a scheduled offence.

The opening words of the Explanation suggest that the Explanation is intended to apply retrospectively.

Wordings of the Explanation leave open a possibility that the Enforcement Directorate may consider the fees received by the Chartered Accountant or lawyer from an offender under PMLA as “proceeds of crime”. In terms of section 24 of PMLA, the burden of proving that the fees received from the offender do not constitute “proceeds of crime” will be on the CA or the lawyer.

It may be noted that the constitutional validity of section 24, which mandates a reverse burden of proof, has been upheld by the Supreme Court in the recent decision.

[However, the matter has been sent by SC for review by a larger Bench].

3. Can a legitimate property acquired by a person be attached or appropriated by the authorities, if later it is found that the said property was acquired by the seller from the proceeds of crime? To what layers the officers can go to attach the property?

Section 8(5) of PMLA deals with confiscation of property on the conclusion of the trial of an offence under PMLA as a result of which the Special Court gives a finding that the offence of money-laundering has been committed. Consequently, the Special Court will pass an order that the following properties stand confiscated to the Central Government:

•    The property involved in money-laundering; or

•    The property which has been used for the commission of the offence of money-laundering.

Accordingly, the property legitimately acquired may be attached and confiscated under PMLA if the Special Court finds that such a property was acquired by the seller through the proceeds of crime. The categorical finding of the Special Court that the property is involved in money- laundering does not leave any doubt that the property described in the captioned issue is liable to confiscation. As regards the second part of the captioned issue, namely; up to what layers the officers can go, a reference may be made to the definition of “offence of money-laundering” in section 3 which is very comprehensive. This definition is clarified and strengthened by the Explanation added w.e.f. 1st August, 2019. Being clarificatory, the Explanation is retrospectively applicable.

Clause (ii) of the Explanation clarifies that the process or activity connected with the proceeds of crime is a continuing activity which continues till such time a person is directly or indirectly enjoying the proceeds of crime.

In the Supreme Court decision, all nuances of the definition of money-laundering were examined and it was categorically held that the said definition has a wider reach so as to capture every process and activity, direct or indirect, connected with the proceeds of crime and is not limited to the happening of the final act of integration of tainted property in the formal economy.

4. In the event it is found that the legitimate property acquired by an innocent person was out of the proceeds of crime what remedies does he have? How can a person or a consultant safeguard his interests from handling proceeds of crime?

Section 24 of PMLA which deals with the reverse burden of proof gives the right of defence to the person charged with the offence to prove to the contrary. In this connection, a similar situation was noticed by PMLA Appellate Tribunal.

In S. Ramesh Pothy vs. Deputy Director, Directorate of Enforcement (2019) 102 taxmann.com 314 (PMLA-AT), the appellant had purchased the property from one ‘D’ for business. Enforcement Directorate alleged that the appellant purchased the property out of proceeds of crime since the father of ‘D’ was facing criminal prosecution for offences committed under provisions of PMLA. On that ground, the provisional attachment of said property was confirmed by the Adjudicating Authority. The appellant produced bank statements and individual tax returns to prove the source of funds for the purchase of property.

It was held by PMLA Tribunal that the appellant was the bonafide purchaser of the property and was not involved in any crime relating to money-laundering. The gist of the Tribunal’s decision is:

•    There was no cogent and clear material on record even prima facie that the appellant had any knowledge of any FIR against the accused vendor. There was no mechanism to know if any FIR was registered against any vendors, or their family members and other relatives.

•    While purchasing the property from any vendor, due diligence does not lead to knowledge about the registration of FIR against the vendor or his family members and other relatives.

•    Under the Transfer of Property Act and the Registration Act, there is no method or process to find out about the existence of any FIR nor is there any provision to mandatorily disclose the existence of any FIR against the vendor or his family members.

•    The “No Encumbrance Certificate,” issued in the State of Tamil Nadu, did not have any clause whereby the FIR against the relatives or family members of vendors is reflected.

The above mentioned decision gives sufficient clues to discharge the reverse burden of proof and the relevant remedies to discharge such burden.

Indeed, the person charged, or his consultant can safeguard his interest by proper study of section 3 and section 24 in light of the minutest facts of the case. Indeed, while presenting a reply to the show-cause notice, the facts have to be properly articulated and succinctly presented in defence.

[Section 24 has been under review by a larger Bench of SC.]

5. What are the beneficial provisions of section 436A of CrPC that can be invoked by the accused arrested for an offence punishable under PMLA?

Section 436A of CrPC deals with the maximum period for which an undertrial prisoner can be detained. To understand the substance of section 436A, it is necessary to refer to its following background.

Prior to June 2006, there were instances where undertrial prisoners were detained in jail for periods beyond the maximum period of imprisonment provided for the alleged offence. Therefore, section 436-A was inserted in the Code to release an undertrial prisoner [other than the one accused of an offence for which death has been prescribed as one of the punishments], who has been under detention for a period extending to one-half of the maximum period of imprisonment specified for the alleged offence, on his personal bond, with or without sureties.

The intention was also to provide that in no case should an undertrial prisoner be detained beyond the maximum period of imprisonment for which he can be convicted for the alleged offence.

Accordingly, w.e.f. 23rd June 2006, section 436-A was inserted in CrPC. The benevolent provisions of section 436-A are clear and evident from its following language.

“436-A. Maximum period for which an undertrial prisoner can be detained –


Where a person has, during the period of investigation, inquiry or trial under this Code of an offence under any law (not being an offence for which the punishment of death has been specified as one of the punishments under that law) undergone detention for a period extending up to one-half of the maximum period of imprisonment specified for that offence under that law, he shall be released by the Court on his personal bond with or without sureties.

Provided that the Court may, after hearing the Public Prosecutor and for reasons to be recorded by it in writing, order the continued detention of such person for a period longer than one-half of the said period or release him on bail instead of the personal bond with or without sureties:

Provided further that no such person shall, in any case, be detained during the period of investigation, inquiry, or trial for more than the maximum period of imprisonment provided for the said offence under that law.

Explanation — In computing the period of detention under this section for granting bail, the period of detention passed due to delay in proceeding caused by the accused shall be excluded.”

Indeed, the language of section 436-A of CrPC is self-explanatory and does not require any interpretation. However, to ensure that the case of the accused falls within the parameters of section 436A of CrPC so as to qualify him for the benefit thereunder, it is advisable for the accused to take the help of a professional having expertise in CrPC.

6. After this SC decision, what defences are still available to the litigants? Are they totally defenceless?

Reference may be made to Question No. 4 which gives a broad guideline for defence that may be formulated after a study of the case laws relevant to sections 3, 5, 8,19 and 24.

It may be noted that the strategy for defence must be formulated in consultation with the Counsel who had dealt with the matter in the High Court or subordinate Court before it was carried to the Supreme Court in various civil and criminal writ petitions, appeals, SLPs, etc. The order of the Supreme Court passed on 27th July, 2022 clarifies that the interim relief granted by the Supreme Court in the petitions/appeals will continue for a period of 4 weeks from 27th July, 2022, with the liberty to the parties to mention for an early listing of the case including for continuation/vacation of the interim relief.

7. What is the final take of this Supreme Court decision?

The final take of the decision may be summarised by a broad review of the following approach of the Supreme Court.

•    The Supreme Court was seized of 241 civil and criminal writ petitions, appeals, special leave petitions, transferred petitions and transferred cases raising various questions of law.

The Government of India, too, had filed appeals and SLPs. There were also few transfer petitions filed before the Supreme Court under Article 139A(1) of the Constitution of India.

Questions in these petitions, appeals, etc. pertained to the constitutional validity and interpretation of certain provisions of PMLA and other statutes including the Customs Act, the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, the Companies Act, the Prevention of Corruption Act, the Indian Penal Code and the Code of Criminal Procedure (CrPC).

However, the Apex Court decided to confine to challenge to the validity of certain important provisions of PMLA and their interpretation.

•    In addition to challenges to Constitutional validity and interpretation of provisions of PMLA, there were also SLPs filed against various orders of High Courts and subordinate Courts all over the country with prayers for grant of bail or quashing or discharge.

All such SLPs were rejected by the Supreme Court.

•    Instead of dealing with facts and issues in each case on merits, the Supreme Court confined itself to examining the challenge to the relevant provisions of PMLA, being a question of law raised by parties.

• The question as to whether some of the amendments to the PMLA could not have been enacted by the Parliament by way of a Finance Act was not examined by the Supreme Court. The same was left open for being examined along with the decision of the Larger Bench (seven Judges) of the Supreme Court in Rojer Mathew vs. South Indian Bank Ltd (2020) 6 SCC 1.


Identification of Related Parties and Significance of Related Party Transactions

INTRODUCTION
Related party transactions have always been under the scanner of various regulators. Recently, SEBI fined a large group for taking loans from a financial institution, which was its related party, in violation of SEBI regulations and not disclosing such related party transactions. SEBI also recently amended the definition of a related party by widening it to include certain large shareholders and requiring shareholders’ approval for material related party transactions (in terms of value or as a percentage of turnover). Once the party is identified as a related party, there are certain compliances for the company to follow, including provisions relating to approval and voting for such transactions. The Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) provides definition of the term ‘Related party’ u/s 2(76). On the basis of this definition, there are various compliances required under the Act for transactions with related parties. Schedule III to the Act, which prescribes disclosures required in the financial statements of a Company, also requires certain disclosures related to shareholding of promoters, changes in their shareholding during the year, loans or advances in the nature of loans granted to promoters, directors, key management personnel and the other related parties either severally or jointly with any other person, etc. Accounting Standard 18 and Ind AS 24 also define related party relationships.

There are differences in the definition of related party under the Companies Act and accounting standards. For listed entities, SEBI Regulations also define related parties which has additional relationships as compared to Companies Act and accounting standards. For examples, two companies with common director are related parties from the perspective of Companies Act and SEBI, but those may not be related parties under accounting standards.

Therefore, entities need to interpret this term on the basis of all the regulations that apply to them i.e., SEBI (in case of a listed entity), Companies Act (in case of a company) and relevant accounting standard (based on accounting standard framework applicable to the entity). Due to various regulatory requirements applicable to the entities, they are required to identify their related parties and transactions with them during the period. From the auditor’s perspective, such transactions are considered to carry a higher fraud risk due to the nature of relationship.

In this article, we look at the regulatory framework in respect of related party transactions and certain issues while applying the related requirements along with company’s and auditor’s perspective of implementing and auditing these compliances.

REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

Companies Act, 2013

For companies, there are various sections in the Act that aim to ensure that the company’s interest is protected in such transactions. For example,

– Section 185 relates to provisions for giving loans to directors,

– Section 186 restricts the amount of loan or investment a company can make,

– Section 177 requires approval of audit committee for related party transactions,

– Section 188 requires consent of the Board of Directors for specified transactions,

– Section 192 requires approval of members for certain non-cash transactions with directors, etc.

Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 2020 requires the auditor to report on transactions covered under the above sections of the Act. The Companies Act, 2013 also provides for the manner in which the directors are required to disclose their interest in the transaction. Failure to do so attracts penalties for such a director. The Companies Act, 2013 defines the term ‘related party’, but does not provide definition of ‘related party transactions’. However, Section 188 lists certain types of transactions. To protect the interest of the members, specified related party transactions under the Companies Act, 2013 require shareholders’ approval.

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

To achieve a true and fair view of the financial statements, disclosure of related party transactions and their terms is also considered as one of the necessary components. Therefore, accounting standard framework also defines related party relationships, and prescribes disclosures to be made in the financial statements for such transactions, with certain exemptions for government-related entities. With such disclosures, the users of the financial statements understand the impact of such transactions on the overall financial statements. However, accounting standards framework does not establish any recognition or measurement requirements for related party transactions. Such transactions are recognized and measured based on the requirements of the respective accounting standards. For example, if the parent company issues ESOPs to the employees of the subsidiary, the subsidiary shall record the transaction as per accounting standard applicable to ESOPs.

Accounting Standard (AS) 18 and Ind AS (Ind AS) 24 define related parties. Such parties could be other body corporates, individuals or employee benefit plans. However, there are differences in the definition of related party under AS 18 and Ind AS 24.  Definition in Ind AS 24 is wider in scope as compared to AS 18 in terms of close members of the family, key managerial personnel (KMP), control, joint control and significant influence, etc. Ind AS 24 also covers certain relationships  not covered under AS 18 such as joint ventures of the same venturer, joint venture and associate of the same party, certain post-employment benefit plans, parties providing KMP services, etc. Under Ind AS 24, post-employment benefit plans are related if those are for the benefit of employees of either the reporting entity or any entity related to reporting entity. It does not require any influence or control being exercised over such a plan for covering it as a related party.

However, some of the indirect relations may or may not be covered in the definitions of the applicable standard. Therefore, one needs to carefully evaluate the definition of a related party. For example, if A is a joint venture of B, and C is an associate of B, then A and C are related parties of each other under Ind AS 24.  However, C is not a related party of any other associate that B may have (fellow associates). Though this gives somewhat unexpected answer, but due to complexity of relationships, some of such indirect relationships may not get covered in the definition.

Major customers or suppliers are also not considered as related parties under the accounting standards, though in such business relationships, the transactions will have effect of the relationship on the performance of the entity as compared to the transactions with an unrelated party.

Control relationships (e.g., parent, ultimate parent, etc.) gain more importance in the disclosures for which the accounting standards require names of such related parties to be also disclosed. Such control may be with an individual in a promoter-controlled company. Disclosure of names of these parties is required even if there are no transactions with them.

While applying the accounting standards, entities need to understand the appropriate interpretation of certain requirements of the relevant accounting standard. Some of such requirements of Ind AS are discussed below.

WHO ARE KMPs UNDER IND AS 24?

Directors

Directors hold fiduciary capacity vis-à-vis the company. Therefore, they are not expected to use company’s assets or their power for personal gains. As they hold such a position, certain directors are considered as related parties of the company. Ind AS 24 defines KMP as persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the entity. With this definition, executive directors of the company will usually be covered since they carry such authority and responsibility. The definition also includes any director, whether executive or otherwise. Therefore, even non-executive directors who have such authority and responsibility are KMPs of the company.

CFO, Financial Controller, etc.

Will other senior management personnel such as CFO, Chief Marketing Officer, Chief Legal Officer, Financial Controller, etc. be covered as KMPs under Ind AS 24? There is no one answer here that fits all. KMPs are not restricted to directors. Other senior management members also may be KMPs. The company needs to evaluate their roles and determine whether they have the above-mentioned authority and responsibility or not. It is not the designation but the role that the individual plays that determines whether he / she is a KMP or not.

Members of Strategy Board

In some companies, the Strategy Board assists the Board of Directors to set the overall strategy for the company, and  also implements such a strategy. In such cases, members of the Strategy Board are also KMPs. Similarly non-directors who are responsible for key planning, directing and controlling key activities, such as treasury, investments, etc. can also be KMPs in cases of companies which have such functions as key operating functions.

Therefore, all directors may not be KMPs and KMPs need not be only directors.

KMPs for a group

The group consists of a parent and one or more subsidiaries. Each component of the group would have its own KMP, but the question is who are KMPs for the group as a whole. For example, an investment company invests in a subsidiary which is an operating company. In such case, KMPs of the subsidiary company will also be KMPs of the group because subsidiary contributes significantly to the group’s results.

Non-individual KMPs

Given that the definition of KMP does not restrict to individuals; non-individuals, such as another entity, that provides the functions as given in the definition of KMP, is also a related party as KMP for the reporting entity. For example, investment funds may have investment managers as KMPs which are entities and not individuals.

Once an individual is identified as a KMP, the scope of identification of related parties also expands to close members of that person’s family and certain related parties of such a close member of that person’s family.

TRANSACTIONS WITH KMPs

Accounting standards require specific disclosures for transactions with KMPs including specific elements of their remuneration. Usually, in practice, such disclosures are made on an aggregate basis, and not for each KMP. Though materiality is an overarching principle for making disclosures, sometimes it is incorrectly used by considering only quantitative measurement for not making such disclosures. However, one needs to consider qualitative aspects as well of such disclosure required by the accounting standard.

RELATIONSHIP PERIOD

Another interesting issue is what is the scope of requirement if the relationship ceases or new relationship gets established during the reporting period. Whether related parties should be considered as at the year end? Though accounting standards do not explicitly cover this matter, relationships should be considered during the period, and not only at the year end. Transactions taking place after cessation of relationship are not considered as related party transactions.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Once related parties are identified, the next step is to identify related party transactions. AS 18 and Ind AS 24 both provide the definition of related party transactions. Both accounting standards explicitly clarify that transactions for which no price is charged are also covered in related party transactions. Accordingly, if the KMP of a holding company is also a KMP of its subsidiary company, for which no remuneration is paid by the subsidiary company, services received from such a KMP is also a related party transaction for the subsidiary and provision of services is a related party transaction for the holding company. In another example, if employees of subsidiary are used by the holding company for which no charge is made by the subsidiary company, transaction should be disclosed by both the companies as related party transactions.

SEBI REGULATIONS

For listed entities, Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) has included certain compliance requirements in its SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations. These regulations prescribe approval mechanism and require disclosure of specified transactions which are transactions between the listed entity and the related party. The investors obtain better perspective of the performance of the company, and their interests are protected through these requirements. This mechanism also helps  monitor funds movement between the listed entity and the related party.

In SEBI regulations, certain related party transactions are identified as material when they exceed the specified threshold given in Regulation 23(1). However, there are certain interpretational issues while applying such thresholds to the transaction such as what constitutes a transaction on which such limits are to be applied, whether group of related transactions are treated as a single transaction, etc. The definition of related party is revised in the regulations and the revised definition applies from 1st  April, 2023. The revised definition refers to purpose and effect of the transaction. In practical scenario, determining the purpose and effect of the transaction is going to be a challenge.

COMPANY’S PERSPECTIVE

Internal controls framework

Companies need to design and implement internal controls framework around:

–    Identification of related parties.

–    Approval process of related party transactions.

–    Accounting of related party transactions (especially when those are not at arm’s length).

–    Disclosure of related party transactions in the financial statements.

Such internal controls should be tested for their operating effectiveness throughout the year.

AUDITOR’S PERSPECTIVE

Audit of a related party transactions is always a challenge for the auditor. The skepticism for such transactions is set at higher limits for the auditor. The auditor needs to understand business rationale for such transactions. When such rationale is lacking, it may not meet the ‘smell test’ and would require additional audit procedures to be carried out to fulfil auditor’s responsibility and understand impact of such transactions on the financial statements. There is also a possibility of non-genuine transactions being recorded when the counter party is a related party. Standard on Auditing 550 – Related Parties deals with auditor’s responsibilities related to fraud risk, understanding the impact of related party transactions on the financial statements and obtaining audit evidence for such transactions.

As part of the audit process, apart from the business rationale as mentioned above, the auditor should also evaluate the consideration received or paid for such transactions to assess whether those transactions were carried out at arm’s length or not. If the transactions are not at arm’s length, then the reasons for determining such pricing, its impact on accounting of such transactions, etc. are additional factors that the auditor should consider.

As seen in some  corporate scandals, the challenge for the auditor in the audit process was to unearth the related party transactions due to the fact that such transactions were camouflaged to depict as transactions with non-related parties. Parties that have control, significant influence or power to take decisions of the transactions may use opportunity which is not in the interest of the company. As a result, to evaluate KMPs of the company and therefore other related parties is one of the high-risk area from the audit perspective.

As a part of the audit, the auditor shall audit the identification of related parties as well as adequacy and correctness of the disclosures made in the financial statements for related party transactions.

STANDALONE ENTITY

Consider the transactions which prima facie do not seem to be a commercial transaction. For example, loans given by the entity for which there are no agreed terms of repayments and repayment schedule, changing the supplier without inviting quotations from other players in the market, non-monetary transactions involving property of the entity, transactions outside the normal course of business, etc. It is likely that such transactions are entered with related parties which may lack commercial substance. In such situations, the auditor needs to remain more alert and obtain persuasive audit evidence to determine the nature and objective of such transactions.

GROUP STRUCTURES

As one would expect, identification of related parties is more complex in group structures with various subsidiaries, associates, etc., because each component of the group may have its own related parties. Therefore, group audits pose a higher challenge for the group auditor in audit of related party transactions. Usually, the group auditor, as part of his audit instructions, shall inform the component auditor of various related parties of the group entities. The component auditor is expected to exercise higher skepticism while auditing the transactions entered into with the parties that may not be related party of the component that has entered into the transaction but is a related party to the overall group or to some other component in the group.

CONCLUSION

Related party identification and transactions with related parties has always been a key concern for regulators across the world. Therefore, regulations around such transactions are being tightened over the period. Though on one side it undoubtedly protects the interests of the members and other stakeholders, on the other side, unless the principle is followed in substance as per its intent, no regulation can prevent misuse of relationships in the business transactions. Therefore, governance mechanism of the entity and its code of ethics are the real safeguards for protecting the interests of the entity. Management and those charged with governance, board of directors, audit committee, etc. are collectively guardians of the interest of the company. If they play their role responsibly, it is only then that the expected transparency of related party transactions will be achieved.

How Well Rounded are Rules about Rounding off Numbers in Financials Statements?

Financial Statements (FS) indicate a company’s financial performance and position. In case of Public Interest Entities (PIE), FS serves numerous people/bodies like shareholders, analysts, regulators, etc.

The idea behind any reporting, is to enable the reader to gather information in a way she can comprehend with ease. Comprehension by reader is the ultimate test that a preparer should measure up his reporting, so that it is of value. IASB has also stated that understandability is an important feature that preparers of financial statements must strive for.

This short article walks you through the rule regarding ‘rounding off’ of figures in the financial statements under the Companies Act, 2013 as required by Schedule III – the absurdities, excesses and anomalies.

PRESENT LAW

Schedule III lays out the manner of presentation of financial statements and other information to ensure they give a true and fair view. In relation to rounding off of numbers, Schedule III mandates:

(i) Depending upon the Total Income of the company, the figures appearing in the Financial Statements shall be rounded off as given below:-

Total Income

Rounding Off

(a) less than one hundred crore rupees

To the nearest hundreds, thousands, lakhs
or millions, or decimals thereof.

(b) one hundred crore rupees or more

To the nearest lakhs, millions or crores,
or decimals thereof.

(ii) Once a unit of measurement is used, it should be used uniformly in the Financial Statements.

Emphasis supplied for the word shall, as it replaced the word may on 24th March, 2021.

The aforesaid provisions and changes of 24th March, 2021 imply:

a.    Rounding off is a part of ‘disclosure’ requirements of the Act and compliance with accounting standards (as section and Schedule speak of them as the leading criteria).

b.    Rounding off is mandatory (so it appears from the language of the clause and the amendment).

c.    If you do not round off, you are in violation of the Companies Act, 2013.

d.    Fine of Rs. 25,000 to Rs. 5,00,000 and even imprisonment of up to 1 year is prescribed under Section 129(7) of the Companies Act, 2013.

It is important to find out about ‘global best practices’ which ministers and MPs speak of with confidence, for convenience and selective expediency. FASB and IASB do not mandate rounding off. The idea is to refrain from RULES and rather set PRINCIPLES, and hence Ind AS / IAS 1.51.e and 1.53 talk of disclosure of level of rounding off (thousands, lakhs, millions or crores) when an entity rounds off to make it ‘understandable’.

However, MCA has made it mandatory. Additionally, it came out with this change, without ‘disclosure’ of any reason behind the change! How about a discussion? How about giving some background? Are there any issues that this mandate will address? In a lighter vein such ‘notifications’ including parts of CARO or Schedule III without discussion appear to be ‘naughtyfications’ because there is more mischief than meaning.   

PURPOSE AND COMPREHENDING NUMBERS

Let’s keep the above legal requirement on the side for a moment and look at other facets of rounding off. Rounding off is a trade-off of precision for comprehension. The numbers are also used to compare them with similar numbers of other entities. So numbers allow us not only to read FS of a company but also help us compare with numbers of other companies.

Rounding off also helps unwieldy numbers to be readable and fit for grasping easily. However, in most cases, rounding off should be used for publishing financial information and may not be necessary in actual FS. FS adoption ideally should be with full numbers, but what is circulated / published can be different from it. The rounding off prescribed in Schedule III many a times defeats the very purpose of rounding off. Here is how:

The way people understand numbers is quite peculiar. This becomes difficult when the numbers are rounded off a certain way. Look at the following table:

Sr.
No.

Number

What is it

How we
comprehend it

1

10,00,00,000

This is the actual Number

It is understood just the way it is. Just as we understand a WORD –
Coconut – we understand this number to be
10 Crores.

2

1000,000

When rounded in hundred

Each of the numbers given against Sr. No. 2 to 5 are meant to be
understood as 10 Cr but only because the legend says so that they are rounded
to 100s or 1000s etc.

3

100,000

When rounded in lacs

4

10

When rounded in crores

5

100

When rounded in millions

What rounding off says is that items listed in Sr. No. 1 to 5 mean the same thing. When you read the number ALONG with the rounding off LEGEND in your brain you have to UNROUND it to understand. Why? Because the number gives scale, and the scale is known by quantum. So, one has to un-round it to understand how large or small the values are. Because when the brain reads 100 as given in Sr. 5 it cannot recognize it as 10,00,00,000 given in Sr 1. It will have to use a TRANSLATION of rounding off legend to arrive at the real value.

PROBLEM 1: ABSURD RESULTS

Let’s see if the FS of a company are in thousands – 4 digits. Now, some numbers in the FS are in hundreds. This will put all numbers in single or double digits or even decimals. Obviously, this doesn’t make it easier to ‘comprehend’. Say an Intangible is already fully depreciated and having WDV that is 5% of its value can disappear from PPE Schedule entirely due to rounding off.

PROBLEM 2: INCONSISTENT LAWS

While rounding off is mandatory for presentation of FS, under the same Companies Act, 2013, and when it comes to submission of FS annually to the MCA under Form AOC 4, you have to provide un-rounded figures. There is no choice to give numbers in ‘00 or ‘000. Only full numbers are permitted. The question is: for Form AOC4 – should one add 0s that were removed to round off to comply with the Schedule III or will AOC4 need exact figures full numbers which are not audited or are in an Excel?

How will the compliance professional certify the AOC4 – when actual signed FS are rounded or can he adopt un-rounding basis stated above?

Which are the final numbers – the one with rounded amounts or one with actual numbers that are not ‘signed’ or approved for all other legal purposes whether under the Act or other laws?

Consider the departments/boards under the same Ministry of Finance – will they accept rounded figures? Say, Income Tax returns need full figures. GST returns need full figures.

PROBLEM 3: TWO FS   

Some clients want two FS. One for meeting rounding off requirement, and the other for tax and other purposes. Their CS is asking; which numbers should he take to fill the form?

PROBLEM 4: ROUNDING OFF AND CASTING

For smaller enterprises, rounding off makes, preparing FS even more difficult. There is already a problem with matching totals in Notes to main pages of FS and ensuring casting is correct.

PROBLEM 5: MAKING NUMBERS LOOK SMALLER

More than the technical and accounting considerations, an unintended consequence of this mandate for small companies is YOU ARE MAKING ME SUDDENLY LOOK SMALLER. Full numbers when I carry in my balance sheet is a feel-good factor and a contributing factor to confidence and external respect. As a slightly extra rounded person, I would like to
look less rounded (pun intended), but would definitely not want my financials to look ‘leaner’. Soft factors do matter.

WHAT MCA SHOULD CONSIDER?

1.    Prescribe comma placement – this is the single most important factor for improving the readability of numbers. Not placing a comma is a catastrophe for number reading and shows careless disregard for the reader.

2.    Prescribe a minimum font size – it’s impossible to read small fonts, especially in printed material. But even for e-copies, there should be a minimum font size.

3.    Allow only lacs and crores, not millions and crores – Million is another way to put comma. India needs to decide where it stands, lacs/ crores or thousands/ millions. But this is not the most important point although the Companies Act, 2013 sections generally specify numbers in crores and lacs.

4.    Rounding off threshold can be raised –
When a number becomes unwieldy – say HPCL Income of Rs. 250,000 Crores – 25,00,00,00,00,000 (eleven zeros) then rounding off makes sense.

5.    Rounding off for publication and not adoption – For most companies allow actual numbers and for publication purposes, rounding off can be done by management. FS need not be rounded off in most cases. FS are used for FULL numbers by most stakeholders and full numbers have more meaning for purposes that are of regulatory consequence.

6.    Materiality should be the basis of rounding off – A Rs. 1,000 Crores assets company, with a turnover of Rs. 5,000 Crores, could have a materiality of say 5 per cent of assets or 1 per cent of sales – about Rs. 50 Crores. This company can round off in crores. Less than 3 digit crores, perhaps require no rounding.

7.    For private limited companies which are not public interest entities, they should be out of the tangles of rounding off. The preparers and readers are SAME and obviously, the government has NOTHING to read into those financials. Even if they wanted to, they can read from exact numbers.

8.    Form AOC-4 should permit expressly rounded amounts or allow 000xxs to be added instead of actual numbers.

Finally, ease of doing business should guide such decisions. ‘Shall’ we say, rounding off ‘may’ be unwound a bit to make it well rounded.


GLoBE Rules: Some Special Rules, Administrative and Compliance Aspects – Part 3

[This is the concluding part of a 3-part series on GloBE Rules. The first part was published in the August, 2022 issue of BCAJ (“Pillar 2: An Introduction to Global Minimum Taxation and the second part (“GloBE Rules – Determination of Effective Tax Rate (ETR) and Top-Up Tax (TUT”)) was published in September, 2022 BCAJ.]

TO REFRESH ON EARLIER PARTS
In the previous two articles, we discussed how GloBE Rules apply, when the effective tax rate (ETR) computed at a jurisdictional level is less than 15 per cent, and, how a top-up tax (TUT) is levied to achieve at least 15 per cent tax in each jurisdiction where the MNE Group has a presence in the form of a subsidiary or a permanent establishment (PE). For this purpose, each subsidiary or PE is referred to as a constituent entity (CE) of the MNE Group. We also discussed certain nuances around the computation of ETR – which, as aforesaid, is calculated on a country-by-country basis as a fraction of adjusted covered tax (numerator) upon GloBE income (denominator). While ETR is primarily linked to book results based on ‘fit for consolidation’’ accounts, specified adjustments, coupled with options/choices, make the exercise fairly complex and unique. Moreover, we also discussed hierarchical rules (i.e. top-down approach of income inclusion rule) for recovery of such TUT.

Having discussed the above, in this third and final part of this series, we shall discuss some special provisions under GloBE Rules dealing with business reorganizations, joint ventures, and PEs. Towards the end, we shall also discuss administrative and compliance aspects, which shall soon become a new way of life for MNE Groups covered by GloBE Rules.

NEGATIVE ADJUSTED COVERED TAX DUE TO SUPER/WEIGHTED DEDUCTIONS

In Part II of this series, we discussed how deferred tax accounting impacts adjusted covered tax in the calculation of ETR for a jurisdiction. We will now level up a notch further and discuss a specific complexity of the GloBE Rules associated with deferred tax accounting.

Ordinarily, a jurisdiction that has zero GloBE income or GloBE loss may not trigger any GloBE TUT liability. This is because the ETR cannot be computed as the denominator is zero or a negative amount. Still, it is possible that the tax loss is higher than the book loss (or GloBE loss) – if local tax rules allow a weighted deduction of specific expenses (to incentivize specific activities, such as R&D) in computing taxable income.

Assume that, in year 1, there is a book loss of 1,000, and tax loss of 1,500, the difference of 500 being on account of weighted deduction. Assume that, in year 2, there is a book profit of 1,500, and a tax loss of  year 1 is fully offset, resulting in zero local tax liability in year 2. Assume that such jurisdiction’s local tax rate is 15 per cent.

In books, DTA of 225 is recognized for tax loss in year 1 (i.e. 1,500 x 15 per cent), which is reversed in year 2. ETR of year 2 is calculated as 225 / 1,500. Since ETR (after reckoning reversal of DTA) is 15 per cent, there is no GloBE TUT liability in year 2. Thus, there is no requirement under GloBE Rules to exclude reversal of DTA attributable to tax loss arising on account of weighted deduction, while determining ETR of year 2.

To ensure that the TUT is collected in year 1 itself, when a tax incentive of weighted deduction is claimed, despite year 1 having zero GloBE income or GloBE loss, a special provision1 requires payment of GloBE TUT liability. Such a liability is not based on ETR formula. According to such provision, where adjusted covered tax (after reckoning generation of DTA) is less than [GloBE loss x 15 per cent], the difference straightaway becomes TUT liability. In the example on hand, in year 1, adjusted covered tax (after reckoning generation of DTA) is negative 225, and GloBE loss x 15 per cent is negative 150 (negative 1,000 x 15 per cent). The difference between negative 225 and negative 150 is 75, which straightaway becomes TUT liability in year 1.


1    Article 4.1.5

This provision has been perceived to be harsh because TUT liability is payable despite the jurisdiction having earned zero GloBE income or GloBE loss. Representations have been made to modify this provision, and OECD is evaluating the same.

In Indian Income-tax Act (ITA), weighted deductions [along the lines of s.35(2AB) of ITA] have been phased out. ITA has a weighted deduction only in the form of s.80JJAA, which is allowed only against positive gross total income – such an incentive cannot be availed in a case of tax loss. But, if a CE in India generates DTA on account of business reorganization (as illustrated in the ensuing paras), such a DTA can result in TUT liability under the above provision, despite the jurisdiction having zero GloBE income or GloBE loss in the year of generation of such DTA.

BUSINESS REORGANIZATIONS TAKING PLACE AFTER GLOBE RULES ARE EFFECTIVE2

Where gain on account of tax neutral transfers is recognized in P&L account as prepared for the purpose of ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts, in absence of any specific adjustment in GloBE Rules, such a gain can trigger TUT liability. This may result in nullifying fiscal incentive provided under domestic tax laws of the jurisdiction for tax neutral transfers. GloBE Rules aim to avoid such an outcome, and preserve tax neutrality for transfer of assets and liabilities, if following cumulative conditions are met.

•    Consideration for transfer is, in whole or in significant part, discharged by way of equity interests.

•    The transferor’s gain is not subject to tax (under the domestic tax laws).

•    The transferee is required (under the domestic tax laws) to compute taxable income using transferee’s tax basis of the assets (i.e. no cost step-up).

If all the above three conditions are met – in GloBE calculations, for transferor, gain recognized in P&L account is excluded from the GloBE income – and therefore, is exempt from TUT liability. For transferee, carrying values of assets taken over, for the purpose of GloBE calculations, are pegged to those of transferor (i.e. no cost step-up in computation of GloBE income).


2 Readers may note that, this article only discusses GloBE Rules applicable to transfers of assets and liabilities, as per articles 6.3.1 to 6.3.32. There are separate rules for corporate transformations (such as conversion of company into another business vehicle such as LLP) or migration from one jurisdiction to another jurisdiction, which are not discussed in this article.

However, if any one of the above three conditions are not met – gain on account of a transfer recognized in P&L account, which is tax-exempt as per domestic tax laws, cannot be excluded in computation of GloBE income of the transferor, and therefore, can trigger TUT liability. For transferee, carrying values for GloBE calculations are based on cost as recognized in the books (after step-up, if any).

Example 1: Business transfer by a holding company to a wholly-owned subsidiary

Assume that, the FCo (ultimate parent entity of an MNE Group), has a holding company in India, which in turn has a wholly owned subsidiary (WOS) in India. After GloBE Rules are applied to FCo, the holding company transfers a capital asset (e.g., an intangible asset) having a book value of 1,000 to WOS, at a fair price of 11,000, for cash consideration. In ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts, the holding company recognizes a gain of 10,000, whereas WOS recognizes such a capital asset at 11,0003.

For local tax purposes, the holding company claims capital gains tax exemption u/s 47(iv) of ITA on 10,000; and the cost in the hands of WOS is pegged to 1,000 on account of Explanation 6 to s.43(1) of ITA.


3 As per our understanding, and subject to confirmation of accounting experts, it is only for common control business transfer that IFRS/Ind-AS mandates the transferee to recognise at book value of transferor. This mandate may not apply to an asset transfer, which, the transferor and transferee may record at the transaction value.

In computing the GloBE income of the holding company in the year of the aforesaid transfer, a question arises, whether the gain of 10,000, recognized in P&L account can be excluded? The first condition (namely that consideration for the transfer is, in whole or in significant part, discharged by way of equity interests) is not satisfied in the present case. To recollect, for excluding gain from GloBE income, all the three conditions stated aforesaid need to be cumulatively satisfied. In the present case, only the second and third conditions are satisfied (namely, the ‘transferor’s gain is not subject to tax; and the transferee is required to compute taxable income using the transferee’s tax basis of the assets) and not the first condition. This may result in a gain of 10,000 being included in GloBE income and therefore, being subject to TUT liability.

In the case of WOS, the cost of capital asset as per books is 11,000. However, for the computation of a taxable income as per ITA, such cost is pegged to 1,000 on account of Explanation 6 to s.43(1) of ITA. Consequently, WOS is expected to have higher capital gains tax liability upon the sale of a such capital asset. Therefore, a question is whether WOS can recognize the provision for DTL of 2,500 (namely book to tax difference of 10,000 x 25 per cent applicable tax rate) in the year of acquisition of such capital asset? Under Ind-AS, WOS may not be able to recognize such a provision for DTL due to the “initial recognition exception” in para 15 of Ind-AS 12.

As a result, TUT liability is likely to arise in the case on hand – because, in the year of transfer of a capital asset, a gain of 10,000 recognized in P&L account of the holding company remains included in GloBE income as aforesaid (to recollect, GloBE income is computed at a jurisdictional level, by clubbing book results of the holding company and WOS). Still, there are no corresponding taxes payable on such a gain (either in the form of provision for DTL or provision for current tax because of exemption u/s 47(iv) of ITA).

In the future, assuming there is a violation of conditions of s.47(iv) of ITA and the holding company pays capital gains tax u/s 47A in the year of transfer to WOS, there is no clarity on the GloBE’s impact on the holding company and WOS. As GloBE Rules presently stand, such capital gains tax discharged by the holding company can be reckoned in adjusted covered tax (namely, numerator of ETR) only in a future year when such tax is provided for in the books of the holding company. Hence, there may be no ability to claim a refund of TUT liability already discharged in the year of transfer to WOS.

Example 2: Common control demerger

Assume that FCo (the ultimate parent entity of an MNE Group), has two wholly owned subsidiaries in India; namely DCo and RCo. DCo has two business undertakings, namely U1 and U2. U2 is demerged in favour of RCo under a tax-neutral demerger as per s.2(19AA) of ITA, where RCo issues equity shares to FCo as a consideration for such demerger. As DCo and RCo are considered entities under common control, in the ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts prepared as per IFRS/Ind-AS, both DCo and RCo would record the business transfer at book value. There is no gain recorded in the P&L account of DCo. Accordingly, the question of levying TUT liability as a consequence of tax-neutral demerger may not arise in the present  case.

Without prejudice to the above, even assuming DCo were to prepare ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts based on some other accounting standards other than IFRS/Ind-AS and recognize gain in P&L account w.r.t. tax neutral demerger, due to satisfaction of all three conditions specified aforesaid, such a gain may qualify for exclusion in computing GloBE income of DCo. To recollect, three conditions are as under:

•    Consideration for transfer is, in whole or in significant part, discharged by way of equity interests [namely; RCo issues equity shares to overseas parent of DCo].

•    The transferor’s gain is not subject to tax [namely; DCo’s gain, if any, is exempt from capital gains tax u/s. 47(vib) of ITA].

•    The transferee is required compute taxable income using transferee’s tax basis in the assets [namely; cost base in hands of RCo is pegged to that of DCo, as per Explanation 7A to s.43(1) of ITA and Explanation 2A to s.43(6) of ITA].

Example 3: Non common control demerger


 Tax neutral demerger of U2, by DCo to RCo.

Assume that, FCo1 (ultimate parent entity of an MNE Group), has a subsidiary in India, namely, DCo. DCo has two business undertakings; namely U1 and U2. FCo2 (ultimate parent entity of another unrelated MNE Group), also has a subsidiary in India, namely, RCo. U2 (having book value of 1,000) is demerged by DCo in favour of RCo, pursuant to a tax neutral demerger as per s.2(19AA) of ITA. RCo issues equity shares (having fair value of 11,000) to FCo1 as consideration for such demerger.

DCo and RCo are considered to be entities not under common control. In ‘fit for consolidation ‘accounts’ of DCo, in terms of Appendix A of Ind-AS 10, DCo recognizes a dividend payable of 11,000 (by taking into account fair value of shares to be issued by RCo to FCo1) by debit to reserves or retained earnings. Such dividend payable of 11,000 is settled by transfer of business having book value of 1,000 and difference of 10,000 is credited to P&L account of DCo. D Co does not pay any capital gains tax [as per s.47(vib) of ITA] and DCo also does not pay any minimum alternate tax [as per s.115JB(2A)(d) of ITA] in respect of such gain credited to P&L account.

Where all the three conditions are met, gain of 10,000 credited to P&L account can be excluded from GloBE income of DCo. In the present case:

•    Consideration for transfer is, in whole or in significant part, discharged by way of equity interests [namely; RCo issues equity shares to FCo1, the overseas parent of DCo].

•    The transferor’s gain is not subject to tax [namely; DCo’s gain, if any, is exempt from capital gains tax
u/s 47(vib) of ITA as also from MAT tax u/s 115JB(2A)(d)].

•    The transferee is required to compute taxable income using the transferee’s tax basis in the assets, [namely; the cost base in the hands of RCo is pegged to that of DCo, as per Explanation 7A to s.43(1) of ITA and Explanation 2A to s.43(6) of ITA].

However, assuming RCo were to claim cost step-up in respect of assets received upon demerger while computing taxable income as per ITA [by relying on Supreme Court’s decision in case of Smiffs Securities (2012) (348 ITR 302)], the third condition is not satisfied. In such a case, a gain of 10,000, credited to the P&L account of D Co, cannot be excluded from the GloBE income of DCo and may be subject to TUT liability.

Example 4: Tax exempt transfer by LLP to company u/s 47(xiii) of ITA

Assume that the FCo (ultimate parent entity of an MNE Group) has a 99 per cent interest in an LLP, where intellectual property assets are predominant. The enterprise value of such LLP is 11,000, comprising tangible assets of 1,000 and self-generated brand of 10,000. For diverse commercial considerations, the following reorganization is implemented after GloBE Rules are introduced:

•    FCo to incorporate ICo.

•    LLP to transfer business as slump sale to ICo for agreed monetary consideration of 11,000 i.e. fair value, to be discharged in the form of allotment of equity shares by ICo to FCo.

•    ICo is to allot equity shares to FCo at a premium, such that the aggregate issue price is 11,000.

LLP and partners comply with all conditions of s.47(xiii) of ITA, and thus qualify for exemption u/s 47(xiii) of ITA. ICo allocates 1,000 to tangible assets and 10,000 to identifiable intangible assets (being brand). For the present case study, one may proceed on the assumption that purchase price allocation is on a fair and reasonable basis and that ICo is entitled to claim depreciation u/s 32 on intangible assets of 10,000 over 4 years basis SLM (assumed for simplicity). In terms of s.49(1)(iii)(e) of ITA, ICo cannot claim any cost step-up while computing capital gains on transfer of brand.

In the ‘‘fit for consolidation’ accounts, in terms of IFRS/Ind-AS, accounting principles applicable to a common control business combination are applied. Accordingly, both LLP and ICo recognize business transfer at book value of the transferor. The following is the accounting treatment adopted in P&L account forming part of ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts:

•    LLP recognizes profits of 10,000 in partner’s capital a/c (or other equity a/c), and not in P&L a/c.

•    ICo recognizes LLP’s assets in books based on carrying values of transferor, at 1,000 – as this is a common control business combination. As ICo does not recognize brand in books, ICo does not provide any amortization of such brand in books, year on year.

•    Considering that tax base of assets is higher by 10,000 and having regard to applicable tax rate of 25 per cent, ICo recognizes DTA of 2,500.

•    Over next 4 years, DTA as recognized will be reversed by debit to P&L a/c as and when amortization for local tax purposes is claimed by ICo. In the facts of the case, such unwinding will be at 625 per annum (namely, yearly depreciation of 2,500 x 25 per cent tax rate) over next four years.

In GloBE calculations of LLP, no adverse implications are likely to arise, because, as aforesaid, LLP does not record any gain on business transfer in P&L account.

In GloBE calculations of ICo, unless the three conditions aforesaid are cumulatively satisfied, DTA recognized by ICo in the year of business acquisition is likely to reduce adjusted covered tax (numerator of ETR). To recollect, generation of DTA reduces adjusted covered tax (and consequently, reduces ETR), and can result in potential TUT liability. A negative ETR also attracts TUT liability4.

In the present facts, the third condition of non-grant of cost step-up (namely; the transferee is required to compute taxable income using transferee’s tax basis in the assets) is not fulfilled. As a result, in GloBE calculations of ICo, DTA generated of 2,500 at 25 per cent tax rate will be recast to 1,500 at 15 per cent tax rate. There could be potential TUT liability on this account, unless the same is shielded by other high-taxed incomes in India.


4  For e.g., assuming ETR is -10 per cent, TUT percentage is 25 per cent [calculated as 15 per cent – (10 per cent) = 25 per cent].

IMPACT OF NON-TAX NEUTRAL BUSINESS TRANSFER

Assume that FCo (ultimate parent entity of an MNE Group) has two wholly owned subsidiaries in India, ICo1 and ICo2. ICo1 transfers business having a book value of 1,000 to ICo2, at fair price of 11,000. The business transfer is not tax neutral (i.e. it is taxable in India). However, in the present case, ICo1 does not pay any capital gains tax on the business transfer because ICo1 sets off capital loss incurred on account of the sale of shares of an associate. Thus, specific to this transaction, ICo1’s tax liability as per ITA is nil.

In ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts, as this is a common control business combination, ICo1 does not recognize any gain on business transfer, and ICo2 records business acquisition at a book value of 1,000. Absent recognition of a gain in the P&L account, there is no TUT liability concerning ICo1. Also, as discussed in the previous part of this article, the capital loss on account of sale of shares of an associate is ignored in computing GloBE income of ICo1. In other words, while such capital loss has gone to reduce capital gains tax liability as per ITA, such a capital loss does not enter the calculation of GloBE income (namely, the denominator of ETR).

As the business transfer is not tax-neutral, ICo2 is eligible for a cost step-up in computing taxable income as per ITA. In ‘fit for ‘consolidation’ accounts, ICo2 recognizes DTA to reflect tax benefit on account of higher depreciation u/s 32 of ITA on the stepped-up cost. In the present case, DTA recognized by ICo2 in the year of business acquisition is 2,500 (book to tax difference of 10,000 x 25 per cent tax rate). For GloBE calculations of ICo2, such generation of DTA will be recast to 1,500 at 15 per cent tax rate. As the generation of DTA reduces adjusted covered tax, there could be a potential TUT liability on this account, unless the same is shielded by other high-taxed incomes in India.

ANTI-AVOIDANCE PROVISIONS FOR INTRA-GROUP ASSET TRANSFERS AFTER 30th NOVEMBER, 2021 BUT BEFORE APPLICABILITY OF GLoBE RULES

Article 9.1.3 provides that, in the case of intra-group asset transfers (i.e. amongst constituent entities of the same MNE Group) effected after 30th November, 20215 but before applicability of GloBE Rules, GloBE income of transferee will be calculated by taking into account the carrying values of transferor6.

5    30th November, 2021 is when GloBE Rules were expected to be published – though they actually got published on 20th December, 2021. Article 9.1.3 is a specific anti avoidance provision to control restructuring which may happen after 30th November 2021 but before applicability of GloBE Rules, with a view to dilute future GloBE TUT liability – while such restructuring by itself may not attract any immediate GloBE TUT liability because such restructuring happens when GloBE Rules are not yet effective.


6    Additionally, adjusted covered tax of transferee is computed by ignoring adjustments to deferred tax in books of transferee as a result of such intra-group asset transfers. This is also clarified by OECD Secretariat in virtual public consultation meeting held on 25th April, 2022.
The impact of article 9.1.3 is explained using a case study. Assume that, the FCo (ultimate parent entity of an MNE Group), has two subsidiaries, IPCo1 in nil tax jurisdiction and IPCo2 in high-tax jurisdiction (having tax rate of 15 per cent). IPCo1 owns self-generated brand that has book value of zero and fair value of 10,000. On 1st April, 2022 (i.e. after 30th  November, 2021 but before GloBE Rules are effective), IPCo1 transfers the brand to IPCo2 for fair value of 10,000. IPCo2 annually receives royalty income of 5,000 on such brand.

IPCo2 amortizes the cost of such a brand in ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts as also in computation of taxable income at 2,000 per annum over 5 years. The taxable income of IPCo2 for local tax purposes (after deduction of brand amortization) is 3,000, and the local tax liability of IPCo2 at 15 per cent tax rate is 450.

In the absence of article 9.1.3, GloBE income of IPCo2 would have been computed at 3,000, after considering deduction on account of brand amortisation. ETR of IPCo2 would have been 15 per cent (i.e. 450 / 3,000) – and there would have been no GloBE TUT liability in respect of IPCo2.  

Article 9.1.3 provides that, in the present case, the GloBE income of IPCo2 should be based on the carrying value of IPCo1. As a result, the carrying value of the brand is zero in computing the GloBE income of IPCo2. Thus, GloBE income of IPCo2 is 5,000, after disallowing brand amortization of 2,000 per annum. The ETR of IPCo2 is 9 per cent (i.e. 450 / 5,000), which attracts GloBE TUT liability of 6 per cent on GloBE income of 5,000. Article 9.1.3, therefore, seeks to control the cost step-up by shifting the assets from low tax jurisdiction to high tax jurisdiction after 30th November, 2021 but before the applicability of GloBE Rules.7


7    Assuming such a brand transfer happens after GloBE Rules apply, in year of brand transfer, IPCo1 is likely to trigger immediate GloBE TUT liability at 15 per cent on gain of 10,000. In subsequent years, brand amortisation can be deducted in computing GloBE income of IPCo2.

Article 9.1.3 applies, irrespective of whether the intra-group transfer was for business and commercial considerations, such that the test of domestic General Anti Avoidance Rule and/or treaty PPT is passed. Article 9.1.3 applies regardless of whether the transferor and transferee are within the same or in different jurisdictions. However, it does not apply to transfers of inventory.

Article 9.1.3 is agnostic to what may have been the capital gains tax liability of the transferor in its jurisdiction in respect of the intra-group transfer. To illustrate, assuming that the aforesaid transaction of the brand transfer happened between two wholly owned subsidiaries of FCo in India, the transferor WOS may have discharged capital gains tax liability as per ITA on the transfer of self-generated brand at ~20 per cent. A literal application of article 9.1.3 may prevent transferee WOS from deducting brand amortization in computing GloBE income – which may result in GloBE TUT liability because brand amortization is deducted in computing taxable income as per ITA. Representations are made to the OECD to restrict the applicability of Article 9.1.3 to intra-group transfer that is tax exempt in the hands of the transferor, or where the transferor is in low tax jurisdiction. UK HMRC has also acknowledged significant uncertainty on this provision and has stated that this issue is to be raised as part of the GloBE implementation framework.

SPECIAL RULES FOR JOINT VENTURES UNDER GLoBE RULES8

To recollect, GloBE Rules are generally applicable to recover TUT in respect of subsidiaries consolidated on a line-by-line basis in consolidated financial statements of the ultimate parent entity. Under Ind-AS/IFRS, only those entities over which UPE has unitary control qualify for line-by-line consolidation. A joint venture (where both co-venturers have joint or shared control, either equally in a 50:50 stake or unequally in a 51:49 stake) is accounted for as per the equity method in CFS, and not as line-by-line consolidation.

As discussed in the previous article, in computing the GloBE income of the co-venturer, gain/loss as per equity method of the joint venture (as also gain/loss on disposal of shares of the joint venture) is excluded. However, where all the following conditions are satisfied, there are special provisions in GloBE Rules that require the co-venturer to bear TUT liability in respect of his proportionate interest in a joint venture:  

•    JV is an entity accounted for under the equity method in CFS of UPE; and

•    UPE of the co-venturer group directly or indirectly holds >= 50 per cent (i.e. at least 50 per cent) ownership interest
 in such JV; and

•    JV Group (namely, JV and subsidiaries of such JV) is not subject to GloBE Rules.

Where all the above conditions are satisfied, the co-venturer group is required to compute jurisdictional ETR and TUT of the JV Group by treating such JV Group as a separate MNE Group. In other words, assuming the co-venturer group has a WOS in the same jurisdiction as JV, the profit/loss and adjusted covered tax of such WOS cannot be blended with JV while determining jurisdictional ETR and TUT of JV Group.


8    Article 6.4
9    The term ‘ownership interest’ is separately defined under GloBE Rules.

The above concept can be better understood using the following illustration.
Assume that the MNE Group A and MNE Group B are two separate MNE Groups whose consolidated revenue as per CFS crosses €750 million and to whom GloBE Rules are applicable. These MNE Groups have come together and formed a JV Co where each MNE Group has an equal 50 per cent ownership interest. The JV Co is accounted for under equity method in the CFS of these MNE Groups.

The JV Co is merely a holding company which operates through three subsidiaries abroad having operations in zero tax jurisdiction, namely JV Sub 1 to JV Sub 3. JV Sub 1 has profit of 10,000. JV Sub 2 has loss of 15,000. JV Sub 3 has profit of 20,000.

JV Co itself prepares CFS to consolidate the results of these subsidiaries, and consolidated revenue as per such CFS is < € 750 million.

In this case, all three conditions specified above are satisfied qua both MNE Groups A and B. Hence, special provisions in GloBE Rules for JV are applicable qua both MNE Groups A and B. As per these special provisions, the jurisdictional ETR/TUT for JV Co Group is calculated separately, as if the JV Co Group is a separate MNE Group – de-hors any subsidiaries that MNE Groups A and B may have in the jurisdiction of JV Sub 1 to JV Sub 3. For example, assuming MNE Group A has a WOS in the same jurisdiction as JV Sub 1 to JV Sub 3, and such WOS incurs a loss of 15,000 – while the aggregate profit of JV Sub 1 to JV Sub 3 is 15,000 – loss of such WOS cannot be blended while determining ETR/TUT of JV Group as the JV Group is deemed as a separate MNE Group.

As per these special provisions, the ultimate parent entity of each co-venturer group that satisfies the three conditions specified above, is subject to TUT liability to the extent of his proportionate ownership interest in JV Co Group. In the present case, jurisdictional ETR of the JV Co Group is zero and its jurisdictional TUT is 15,000 x 15 per cent = 2,250. The MNE Group A is subject to TUT liability of 1,125 and likewise, the MNE Group B is also subject to TUT liability of 1,125. As per top-down approach, if the jurisdiction of the ultimate parent entity of the co-venturer group has not implemented GloBE Rules, such TUT liability can be recovered from the intermediate parent of such co-venturer group which directly or indirectly holds joint ownership interest in JV Co.

Contrastingly, assuming MNE Groups A and B each held 50 per cent ownership interest directly in JV Sub 1 to JV Sub 3 (without any holding company such as JV Co in between), ETR and TUT liability would have been calculated separately in respect of each of JV Sub 1 to JV Sub 3 – because each of JV Sub 1 to JV Sub 3 would be considered as a separate MNE Group. In this case, for JV Sub 3, MNE Group A would have been subject to TUT liability of 1,500 (namely, jurisdictional profit of 20,000 x 15 per cent x 50 per cent) and for JV Sub 1, MNE Group A would have been subject to TUT liability of 750 (namely; 10,000 x 15 per cent x 50 per cent).

Contrastingly, where MNE Groups A and B each held only 49 per cent ownership interest in JV Co – the remaining 2 per cent held by a third party – the second condition (of holding at least 50 per cent ownership interest) is not satisfied qua both MNE Groups A and B. Hence, special provisions in GloBE Rules for JV are not applicable for both MNE Groups A and B. Hence, neither MNE Group A nor MNE Group B needs to pay TUT liability in respect of JV Co Group.

Contrastingly, where consolidated revenue as per JV cCo’s CFS itself is > € 750 million and the jurisdiction of JV Co has adopted GloBE Rules – the third condition is not satisfied. Hence, special provisions in GloBE Rules for JV are not applicable for both M NE Groups A and B. In this case, the JV Co Group itself becomes an in-scope MNE Group – and the JV Co pays TUT in respect of each of JV Sub 1 to JV Sub 3 as per income inclusion rule. As TUT is recovered from JV Co itself, co-venturer groups are exempt from such TUT.

SPECIAL RULES FOR PEs UNDER GLoBE RULES

In order to ensure parity between different forms of overseas operations (whether through a subsidiary or through a branch), as well as to check the possibility of blending of low-taxed income earned in HO jurisdiction with high taxed income in jurisdiction where PE is situated, under the GloBE Rules, a PE is treated as a separate constituent entity, distinct from its HO or any other PE of such HO10.

In fact, HO with only one or more PEs can also constitute an MNE Group within scope of GloBE Rules even if there are no other subsidiaries (subject however to satisfaction of revenue threshold being >= € 750 million)11. For example, a large pharmaceutical MNE having only domestic manufacturing and R&D operations deriving revenue mainly from exports can constitute an MNE Group even in absence of overseas subsidiaries, if there are branch offices in overseas location/s which satisfy any of the four limbs of PE stated below.

What is a PE?12

For GloBE purposes, the term PE is defined broadly to have 4 legs (paragraphs) as below:

•    Para (a) – Treaty PE: Covers cases where a place of business is situated in the source jurisdiction, which is treated as a PE, following the applicable tax treaty (which has come into effect) between the HO-source jurisdiction and source jurisdiction taxes the income “attributable” to such PE in accordance with a provision “similar” to the business profits article of OECD Model Convention (MC) 2017 – irrespective of whether such applicable treaty between HO-source jurisdiction replicates the language or outcomes of Article 7 of OECD MC 2017. Treaty PE will typically include a Fixed PE and other forms of deemed PEs (like Service PE, Agency PE, Construction PE) which form a part of the HO-Source Jurisdiction tax treaty. However, cases where a place of business is not treated as a PE as per treaty due to a specific exception, such as the preparatory or auxiliary exception, may not be covered by Para (a). Similarly, the HO jurisdiction engaged in the operation of an aircraft in international traffic sets up a place of business in the source jurisdiction for such purpose, profits that are not taxed in the source jurisdiction due to specific exemption. This may not be covered by Para (a).


10    Article 1.3.1 and 1.3.2
11    Article 1.2.1 and 1.2.3
12    Article 10.1


•    Para (b) – Domestic PE: Covers cases where there is no tax treaty between the HO-source jurisdiction – and where the source jurisdiction has adopted a definition and taxation rules of PE (or a similar concept) in its domestic law, such that it taxes the income attributable to such PE on a net-basis, identical to the manner in which it taxes its residents. For example, business connection u/s 9(1) of ITA. Interesting questions may arise about whether Para (b) of the PE definition may extend to cover virtual presence (for example, SEP), assuming the same is taxed on a net basis.

•    Para (c) – Hypothetical PE: Covers cases where there is no tax treaty between the HO-source jurisdiction, and where the source jurisdiction does not have a corporate tax system, where a place of business in the source jurisdiction  would be treated as a PE under the OECD MC – and such PE would have been taxed under Article 7 dealing with business profits of such OECD MC13. Illustratively, this may be relevant for an HO in India which has a branch/presence/project in the Cayman Islands which passes the threshold of PE presence as per Article 5 of OECD MC 2017, which would have been taxed as per Article 7 of OECD MC 2017, but the Cayman Islands does not have a corporate tax system, and India does not have a treaty with Cayman Islands.


13    Interestingly, for this purpose, while the Model Rules define the OECD MC as referring to the 2017 update, the Commentary goes on to state that the “last version… of the year in which the analysis is made” to determine presence of PE

•    Para (d) – Stateless PE: This is a residual category applicable where none of the above legs of the PE definition are triggered, and yet, the HO jurisdiction exempts the income earned from activities in the source jurisdiction on account of their overseas nature and follows ?exemption method’ in order to provide relief from double taxation on such income. This category acknowledges that HO jurisdiction may provide exemption under domestic law for overseas operations in a situation where there is neither a treaty nor a domestic law in jurisdiction leading to double non-taxation for PE profits. A case where there is no treaty and no domestic tax law in source jurisdiction but HO jurisdiction does not provide exemption for overseas operations is covered by para (c) above – while Para (d) effectively deals with situations of double non-taxation as illustrated above.

Importantly, as contradistinguished from other types of PEs covered by Paras (a) to (c) above, a PE covered by Para (d) is considered stateless of the GloBE Rules, meaning that the income of the PE would be subject to the GloBE Rules on a standalone basis without the benefit of jurisdictional blending with profits/ losses of other constituent entities located either in HO or in source jurisdiction.

Generally, a PE is located in the jurisdiction where it is treated as a PE, and is subject to tax14 [except in case of Stateless PE at Para (d) of the definition above].

Determination of ETR of PE

Considering that the concept of PE is found in the taxation laws rather than in accounting (as is also acknowledged by the Commentary), accounts may typically not treat the profits of a PE any differently than the profits of HO jurisdiction, leading to questions on the determination of ETR especially in cases where any separate financial accounts of PE do not exist. Accordingly, GloBE Rules have special provisions for the same as below:

•  Determination of GloBE income of PE15

For types of PEs covered by paras (a) to (c) above, the starting point for determining GloBE income of PE is income or loss of PE as per separate financial accounts on a standalone basis prepared by the PE (either prepared or required to be prepared specifically for computing GloBE income) based on accounting standards used in CFS of UPE.


14    Article 10.3.3
15    Article 3.4 of the Model Rules

Thereafter, specified adjustments are made to arrive at GloBE income, based on the types of PEs described above, which may be tabulated as below:

Clause

Type of
PE

Adjustments
to determine GloBE income of PE

(a)

Treaty PE

Adjusted, if
necessary, to reflect only incomes and expenses
“attributable”
to the PE in accordance with relevant tax treaty
[for Para (a) PE] or domestic tax law of source jurisdiction [for Para (b)
PE] respectively
irrespective of the actual profits offered or subjected
to tax (say, – effects on account of disallowances as per domestic tax law
such as s.43B or accelerated depreciation in source jurisdiction are ignored
for determining GloBE income).

(b)

Domestic PE
(where corporate income tax law exists but no treaty)

(c)

Hypothetical
PE (no treaty and no corporate income tax law exists)

Adjusted, if
necessary, to reflect only incomes and expenses that would have been
“attributable” to the PE as per Article 7 of the OECD MC dealing with business
profits, which requires attribution based on functions performed, assets used
and risks undertaken.

In all such cases, any amount attributed to the PE and considered for GloBE income determination of PE is to be generally excluded16 while determining the GloBE income of HO.

For a stateless PE, GloBE income is the income exempted as per domestic tax laws of the HO jurisdiction, attributable to operations conducted overseas (namely; outside the HO jurisdiction). The expenses, which can be deducted against such income are those which are not deducted as per domestic tax laws of the HO jurisdiction. However,  nevertheless, they are attributable to operations conducted overseas.

 • Determination of Adjusted Covered Taxes of PE17

Tax paid on the income attributable to the PE as enumerated above (even if paid by the HO in the HO jurisdiction), is also allocated to the PE and considered for the determination of ETR of the location of the PE namely; the source jurisdiction18 [except in Para (d) PE namely; Stateless PE which does not qualify for jurisdictional blending]. In this regard, the determination of taxes paid in the HO jurisdiction related to the PE may be a complex exercise and is acknowledged by the Commentary as needing further work.

• Miscellaneous

The parameters of employees and tangible assets located in PE jurisdiction are not taken into account while computing the allocation keys for UTPR liability19 and substance-based income exclusion20 of HO jurisdiction.


16    In the context of jurisdictions like India which may permit HO to set-off losses of a PE, special rules are provided in Article 3.4.5 for allocation of income of the PE in future years. On a similar note, tax adjustments for determination of ETR in such case are also given at Article 4.3.4.
17    Article 4.3
18    Understandably, cross-border allocation is not a feature of Stateless PE as defined in Para (d) of the definition, as such PE in fact is identified based on exemption provided by the HO jurisdiction.
19    Refer Definition of Number of Employees and Tangible Assets at Article 10.1.
20    Refer Article 5.3.6


Case study on PE and presumptive taxation

Facts: To illustrate, assume FCo of Germany, part of an in-scope MNE Group for GloBE Rules, has a project office (PO) in India providing services in connection with extractive activities in the crude oil sector.

*FCo is part of in-scope MNE Group providing services in India  in connection with extractive activities in the crude oil sector.

Gross receipts of FCo from operations in India is 1,000. In India, FCo offers income to tax on presumptive basis u/s 44BB which deems profit from such operations to be 10 per cent of the gross income i.e. 100. Accordingly, corporate tax paid by FCo in India at 40 per cent21 is 40.

FCo has not availed the opportunity u/s 44BB(3) to offer a lower amount of income to tax in India. Accordingly, the FCo does not maintain any books of accounts in India. While FCo is required to maintain financial statements in Germany in accordance with German Accounting Standards, such financial statements do not require separate identification of revenue and expenditure attributable to the PE.


21    Approximate tax rates have been taken for ease of computation.

Based on internal MIS, the following revenue and expenditure is found attributable to the PE:

Particulars

Expenses

Particulars

Income

Direct expenses

400

Gross Revenue

1,000

Indirect expenses allocated by HO

200

 

 

Net profit (Bal Fig.)

400

 

 

Under the German domestic tax law, PE profits are exempt from tax. As per German domestic tax law, such PE profits are computed at 500.

Analysis: Para (a) of PE definition requires the following conditions to be satisfied for existence of PE thereunder:

•   Existence of place of business/deemed place of business.

•   Treatment as PE in accordance with relevant treaty (namely India-Germany) in force.

•   Source jurisdiction (namely India) to tax income “attributable” to PE in accordance with provisions “similar” to Article 7 of OECD MC 2017.

In this regard, there presently exist ambiguities whether presumptive taxation provisions in India as per s.44BB satisfies the last condition of taxation similar to Article 7 of OECD MC 2017. To recollect, taxation should be as per provision “similar” to and not “same as” Article 7 of OECD MC 2017. As per commentary, “similar” does not require the source jurisdiction “to replicate the language or outcomes” of Article 7 of OECD MC 2017, and can cover treaties based on OECD MC 2010 and UN MC 201722. Whether s.44BB merely provides an alternative mechanism for taxation of income “attributable” to PE which is “similar” to Article 7 of OECD MC 2017 resulting in satisfaction of Para (a) of the PE definition, or, does s.44BB go beyond that (and does not satisfy condition of being “similar” to Article 7 of OECD MC 2017), can be a matter of debate.


22    Refer para 102, pg. 210 of commentary.

Where, the conditions of Para (a) of PE definition are met, as indicated in the table above, the start point of GloBE income for Para (a) of PE definition is income or loss as per separate financial accounts of PE, as adjusted, if necessary, to reflect only incomes and expenses “attributable” to the PE in accordance with India-Germany treaty. The parameters of taxation as per domestic tax laws of source jurisdiction (India) as well as of HO jurisdiction (Germany) are irrelevant. S.44BB only determines taxable income, whereas GloBE income of PE needs to be based on revenue and expenses “attributable” to PE as per accounting principles as further adjusted in accordance with business profits article of relevant treaty. Accordingly, GloBE income of PE will be 400 and ETR 10 per cent (40/ 400). This may attract TUT liability at 5 per cent.

Alternatively, where conditions of Para (a) of PE definition are not met since taxation as per s.44BB is not considered to be “similar” to Article 7 of OECD MC 2017, Para (d) of PE definition namely; Stateless PE will trigger. In such case of Stateless PE, GloBE income will be amount exempted as per domestic tax laws of Germany i.e. 500. In such case, ETR is 8 per cent (40/500). This may attract TUT liability at 7 per cent. Again, for the purposes of Stateless PE, parameters of taxation as per domestic tax laws of source jurisdiction (India) are irrelevant.

DE MINIMIS EXCLUSION FOR THE JURISDICTION23

To avoid compliance burden of applying GloBE to all jurisdictions, jurisdictions having, in aggregate, average GloBE revenue of < € 10 million [Rs. ~80 Cr.] and average GloBE income < € 1 million [Rs. ~8 Cr.] or loss are excluded. The parameters of all CEs in a jurisdiction needs to be aggregated for testing this threshold.

To evaluate if this exclusion is applicable, MNE would need to compute GloBE revenue and GloBE income for the jurisdiction. The reference point is therefore income/revenue as adjusted for GloBE purposes. To minimize volatility, the exclusion is linked to average, determined by adopting simple average for current and preceding two fiscal years. In the computation of average:

•    Fiscal years that are not GloBE years (i.e. when GloBE Rules did not apply to the MNE – either because they are before applicability of GloBE Rules to in-scope MNE or because € 750 million threshold is not crossed) are excluded.

•    Fiscal years in which MNE had no presence in the jurisdiction (due to absence of CEs or such CEs were dormant) are also excluded.

To illustrate, for a newly formed MNE (to whom GloBE Rules did not apply in the past), a 3-year average may not be needed and GloBE revenue/income for evaluating the above exclusion is based on the current year alone. For year 2, the above exclusion is based on 2-year average i.e. current year as also preceding year.


23    Article 5.5


IMPLEMENTATION AND ADMINISTRATION – ACHIEVES THE PROFESSED OBJECT OF SIMPLICITY AND CERTAINTY?
Recognizing the gargantuan nature of BEPS 2.0 project potentially impacting MNE Groups worldwide, right from the initial days, OECD has time and again emphasized on the need for simplicity, certainty and objectivity, to ensure that business and growth is not stifled. Despite this, one may nevertheless perceive (and perhaps, justifiably) that the final shape taken by the GloBE Rules inherently necessitates a huge compliance burden on MNE Groups.

Every MNE Group is required to file a GloBE Information Return (GIR). While GIR needs to be filed only once internationally24, such GIR requires myriad data points, some of which are not otherwise captured for local tax or financial reporting purposes. Some of the data which is required to be filed in GIR are:

•    Data available from financial accounts: Revenue, deferred tax, profits, dividend and capital gains on investments, etc.

•    Data available from income tax filings: Income tax accrued, PE status of branches, WHT and dividend tax, ALP in respect of intra-group transactions, business reorganizations, income tax accrued in respect of incomes excluded from GloBE income, etc.

•    Other data specifically collected for GloBE Rules: whether provision for DTL has reversed within 5 years, recast DTA/DTL to 15 per cent tax rate, maintain track of DTA for tax loss recognized and reversed under GloBE Rules, maintain track of various elections and choices under the GloBE Rules, standalone financial results of PE, determine ownership interest in the constituent entity for  computing TUT liability, etc.


24    The jurisdiction where such GIR is filed needs to automatically share this information with all other jurisdictions where MNE Group operates [Article 8.1].

The authors believe that there are at least 50 data points which need to be computed and tracked exclusively for GloBE compliance. Various industry representatives have also alluded to the army of personnel required to ensure GloBE compliance.

While, at a conceptual level, this compliance burden is sought to be alleviated through the application of objective safe harbours, the actual design of such safe havens may be presently unclear and awaits clarity. The need to balance the request for simplicity by MNE Groups with the desire of tax authorities to ensure at least 15 per cent tax in each jurisdiction without leakage is a tightrope that OECD/BEPS IF needs to balance.

The Commentary gives many indications to evince that OECD/BEPS IF shall continually handhold implementation by developing a GloBE Implementation Framework and an Agreed Administrative Guidance, to guide jurisdictions for coherent and consistent implementation of GloBE Rules.

In this backdrop, as per ‘OECD’s economic analysis, GloBE Rules are estimated to generate $150 billion of additional tax revenues per year. One may wonder if this revenue is commensurate with the enhanced compliance costs and significant efforts that implementation of GloBE Rules may entail.

THE ROAD AHEAD

Considering the above, despite the OECD/BEPS IF setting an ambitious timeline of 2023 for implementation of the IIR, and 2024 for the implementation of the UTPR, various concerns have arisen over the short and ambitious implementation timeline, which may not have adequately factored in impact of such over-arching measures.

These concerns are evident from stalling of legislative developments within the US and EU. To address these concerns, the EU was the first to shift the timeline for implementation by a year – which is now also being replicated across jurisdictions like UK and Hong Kong.

Nonetheless, various jurisdictions (illustratively, Mauritius, Switzerland and Korea) are well ahead of the curve to legislate the GloBE Rules, and a plethora of other jurisdictions (such as Germany, France, Netherlands, Singapore, Indonesia, Malaysia) have indicated their intention to adopt GloBE Rules.

However, despite the growing acceptability of the GloBE Rules, Indian tax authorities, despite India being a signatory to the agreement of BEPS, that  released in July and October 2021, has not released any official statement stating India’s position on GloBE Rules. Rather, the focus of the Indian Government seems to be on the implementation of Pillar 1 and subject-to-tax rules (STTR). To an impartial observer, it may seem that India is on a wait-and-watch mode. Perhaps implementation may happen only after further guidance and clarifications are made available from OECD/BEPS IF.

[The authors are thankful to CA Geeta D. Jani and CS Aastha Jain (LLB) for their guidance and support.]

Charitable Trusts – Recent Amendments Pertaining to Books of Accounts and Other Documents – Part I

INTRODUCTION
Section
12A(1)(b) of the Income-tax Act 1961 (“the Act”) has been amended by
the Finance Act, 2022 w.e.f the assessment year 2023-24 to provide that a
charitable institution claiming exemption u/s 11 and 12 shall keep and
maintain books of account and other documents (“books of
account/documents”) in such form and manner and at such place, as may be
provided by rules.

BRIEF ANALYSIS OF THE SECTION

(a)  
 On a literal reading, even a solitary point of difference between the
assessee and the Assessing Officer (“AO”) as to whether prescribed
books/documents are maintained or whether they are maintained at the
prescribed place or whether they are maintained in the prescribed form
or in the prescribed manner can result in denial of exemption u/s 11/12
and taxation u/s 13(10). On the other hand, it has been held that “when
there is general and substantive compliance with the provisions of a
rule, it is sufficient.” [CIT vs. Leroy Somer and Controls India (P.)
Ltd., (2014) 360 ITR 532 (Del),
cited in Worlds Window Impex (India) (P.) Ltd. vs. ACIT, (2016) 69 taxmann.com 406 (Del.-Trib.)]

Also see:

•    Arvind Bhartiya Vidhyalya Samiti vs. ACIT, (2008) 115 TTJ 351 (Jaipur)

•    CIT vs. Tarnetar Corporation, (2014) 362 ITR 174 (Guj)

•    CIT vs. Sawyer’s Asia Ltd., (1980) 122 ITR 259 (Bom)

•    CIT vs. Harit Synthetic Fabrics (P.) Ltd., (1986) 162 ITR 640 (Bom)

Applying
the principle, it could be argued that if there is substantial
compliance with the prescribed rule, then exemption u/s 11 cannot be
denied. Further, it is also a moot point as to whether it could be
argued that having regard to the onerous consequences, the AO should
give an opportunity to the assessee to make good the deficiency and only
if the assessee fails to do so that the AO should deny the exemption
u/s 11.

(b)    While books of account should be maintained
regularly as a good practice, there is no provision requiring the other
documents/records to be maintained contemporaneously. Also, there is no
provision prohibiting correction in the records.

RULE 17AA

The
CBDT has notified Rule 17AA (“the Rule”) specifying the books of
accounts and other documents to be maintained by a charitable
institution. [Notification No. 94/2022 dated 10th August, 2022 under the Income-tax (24th Amendment) Rules, 2022]

This article analyses the said Rule, which contains more than 50 requirements.

Brief analysis of the Rule as a whole

The
Rule requires record keeping of various receipts/payments in respect of
which, Courts/Tribunal could have taken different views and hence,
there could be a controversy as to their scope. To illustrate, the Rule
requires records of application of income outside India. For this
purpose, Courts/Tribunal are divided on what constitutes the application
of income “outside India”. Thus, in such cases, if the assessee adopts a
favourable interpretation based on a judicial precedent which is not
accepted by the tax department, the AO may hold that proper documents
have not been maintained. To mitigate this exposure, it is advisable
that the assessee keeps notes explaining why it has considered or not
considered a particular receipt/payment under the relevant Rule. Such
notes may be kept along with the record to which it is applicable.
Difficulty may arise if a subsequent ruling of the Courts/Tribunal takes
a view different from what has been adopted hitherto by the assessee in
maintaining the records. In such circumstances, the assessee may
continue the old practice with a note that the interpretation based on
the judgment has not been followed by it. In the alternative, the
assessee could maintain specified information with a note that it is
maintained without prejudice to its claim to the contrary.

Difference between amount as per records and as per computation of income for return of income: whether permissible?

Suppose
the assessee has maintained records on a particular basis, but for the
return of income, he is advised to adopt a different basis favourable to
him. For the following reasons, it appears that the assessee can adopt
such different basis:

•    If a particular income is not
taxable under the Income-tax Act, it cannot be taxed on the basis of
estoppel or any other equitable doctrine. [CIT vs. V. Mr. P. Firm, Muar,
(1965) 56 ITR 67 (SC); Taparia Tools Ltd. vs. JCIT, (2015) 7 SCC 540].
Hence, the assessee is not estopped from offering correct income instead of the income as per the documents maintained by him.

•    The AO is duty bound to guide the assessee and compute the correct income. See

•    CBDT Circular No. 14 of 1955.

•    CIT vs. Mahalaxmi Sugar Mills Co. Ltd., (1986) 27 Taxman 267 (SC).

If
the AO is duty bound to assess the correct income, surely, he is duty
bound to accept the right of the assessee to offer correct income
contrary to what is ascertained on the basis of the documents maintained
by him.

•    It is now well settled that an additional ground not raised before the AO can be raised before CIT(A) [Jute Corporation of India Ltd vs. CIT, (1991) taxmann.com 30 (SC)] and subject to fulfillment of conditions, a claim could be made for the first time before the Tribunal [see National
Thermal Power Co. Ltd. vs. CIT, (1998) 229 ITR 383 (SC), Ahmedabad
Electricity Co. Ltd. vs. CIT, (1993) 199 ITR 351 (Bom)].

If
claim could be made for the first time before appellate authorities,
there is no reason why a claim contrary to documents/records maintained
may not be made in the return of income.

Date from which the Rule is applicable

The Rule has “come into force from the date of their publication in the Official Gazette”,
that is, 10th August, 2022. Since the Rule will be in force on the
first day of the A.Y. 2023-24, it may be contended that it is applicable
throughout the relevant previous year, that is, 1st April, 2022 to 31st
March, 2023. In other words, the books/documents are required to be
maintained for the entire period from 1st April, 2022. It could be
argued for the following reasons, that the Rule cannot apply to the
period prior to 10th August, 2022:

•    Section 295(4) provides
that a rule cannot have retrospective effect unless it is permitted
expressly or by necessary implication. In the instant case, the Rule
expressly mentions that it shall come into force from the date of
publication in the Official Gazette; in view of this express statement,
it appears that the condition for a Rule having a retrospective effect
is not satisfied by Rule 17AA.

•    The Supreme Court has observed as follows:

•    every
statute is prima facie prospective unless it is expressly or by
necessary implication made to have retrospective operations. [CIT vs.
Essar Teleholdings Ltd., (2018) 90 taxmann.com 2 (SC)]
(in the context of rule 8D of the Income-tax Rules);

•   
… one established rule is that unless a contrary intention appears, a
legislation is presumed not to be intended to have a retrospective
operation. The idea behind the rule is that a current law should govern
current activities. Law passed today cannot apply to the events of the
past. If we do something today, we do it keeping in view the law of
today and in force and not tomorrow’s backward adjustment of it. [CIT vs. Vatika Township P. Ltd., (2014) 367 ITR 466 (SC)].

In view of the above, the Rule cannot be said to require maintenance of books/documents for the period up to 10th August, 2022.

•  
 It appears that whenever a rule has to have a retrospective effect, it
clearly states that it shall come into force from a prior date.
Further, the Explanatory Memorandum in Notification dated 30th June,
2020 containing the Income-tax (15th Amendment) Rules, 2020 and
Notification dated 29th December, 2021 containing the Income-tax (35th
Amendment) Rules, 2021 also mention that the relevant rules have a
retrospective effect. It is pertinent that no such reference is made in
Rule 17AA. Further, the Rule explicitly states that it shall come into
force from the date of publication of Gazette; if it was to have
retrospective effect, it would have clearly stated 1st April, 2022.

Section
44AA(3) provides that the Board may prescribe the books of account and
other documents to be kept and maintained, the particulars to be
contained therein and the form and the manner in which and the place at
which they shall be kept and maintained. On the other hand, section
12A(b)(i) reads as follows:

(i) the books of account and other
documents have been kept and maintained in such form and manner and at
such place, as may be prescribed;

Thus, unlike section
44AA(3), section 12A(b)(i) does not provide for books/documents or the
particulars to be contained therein to be prescribed. It is a moot point
as to whether to the extent Rule 17AA requires the said details, it
conflicts with the section.

It may be noted that the Memorandum to Finance Bill 2022 reads as follows:
“However,
there is no specific provision under the Act providing for the books of
accounts to be maintained by such trusts or institutions…”.

Thus,
the Memorandum suggests that the amendment would list the books of
accounts to be maintained. However, an Explanatory Memorandum is usually
‘not an accurate guide of the final Act’, [Shashikant Laxman Kale vs. UOI, (1990) 185 ITR 104 (SC); Also see Associated Cement Co. Ltd. vs. CIT, (1994) 210 ITR 69 (Bom)]. Hence, it could be argued that a mere statement in Memorandum cannot override the Act.

The clauses of the Rule are now analysed, after reproducing the relevant text.

Rule 17AA(1)(a)(Text)

“Books of account and other documents to be kept and maintained—

(1)
Every fund or institution or trust or any university or other
educational institution or any hospital or other medical institution
which is required to keep and maintain books of account and other
documents under clause (a) of the tenth proviso to clause (23C) of
section 10 of the Act or sub-clause (i) of clause (b) of sub-section (1)
of section 12A of the Act shall keep and maintain the following,
namely:-

(a)    books of account, including the following, namely….”

(i)    cash book;

(ii)    ledger;

(iii)    journal;

(iv)  
 copies of bills, whether machine numbered or otherwise serially
numbered, wherever such bills are issued by the assessee, and copies or
counterfoils of machine numbered or otherwise serially numbered receipts
issued by the assessee;

(v)    original bills wherever issued to the person and receipts in respect of payments made by the person;

(vi)  
 any other book that may be required to be maintained in order to give a
true and fair view of the state of the affairs of the person and
explain the transactions effected;

Analysis

Clause
(a), on a literal reading, is an inclusive provision which means that it
includes not only the specified books of accounts but also any other
book which is understood in normal accounting parlance as books of
account. This makes the definition highly subjective (what is “books of
accounts” in normal parlance?) and may result in litigation. For
instance, there could be a case where the assessee may have maintained
the books specified in Rule 17AA(1)(a). However, the AO may be of the
view that the assessee has not maintained certain other books/documents
which are not specifically mentioned but which, in his opinion, are
books of account in normal parlance and are necessary.

As against the above, it could be argued that the definition is exhaustive, on the basis of the following reasons:

•    The Supreme Court has observed that “it is possible that in some context the word “includes” might import that the enumeration in exhaustive”. [Smt. Ujjam Bai vs. State of Uttar Pradesh, AIR 1962 SC 1621].

•  
 Rule 17AA(a)(vi) is a residuary clause which requires any “other” book
to give a true and fair view. The use of the expression “any other”
suggests that the list is exhaustive.

•    The clause uses the expression “namely” and it has been held that “… use
of the expression ‘namely’, … followed by the description of goods is
usually exhaustive unless there are strong indications to the contrary”.
[Mahindra Engineering and Chemical Products Ltd. vs. UOI, (1992) 1 SCR 254 (SC)].

Diaries or bundles of sheets are not books of account.

A mere collection of sheets or diaries cannot be regarded as books of account.

Please see:

•  
 A book which merely contains entries of items of which no account is
made at any time, is not a “book of account” in a commercial sense. [Sheraton Apparels vs. ACIT, (2002) 256 ITR 20 (Bom)]

•  
 A book of account… must have the characteristic of being fool-proof.
A bundle of sheets detachable and replaceable at a moment’s pleasure
can hardly be characterized as a book of account. [Zenna Sorabji vs. Mirabelle Hotel Co. Pvt. Ltd., AIR 1981 Bom 446]

Bills and receipts in respect of income [Rule 17AA(1)(a)(iv)]

This sub-clause refers to income of the assessee.

Paraphrasing, books of account include:

•    copies of bills issued by the assessee where the  bills have to be machine numbered or serially numbered; and

•  
 copies of receipts or counterfoils of receipts issued by the assessee
where the receipts or counterfoils, as the case may be, have to be
machine numbered or serially numbered.

The expression “bills issued by the assessee” is wide enough to include bills.

•    in respect of sale of capital assets;
•    arising in the course of business or otherwise; and
•    not paid by the counterparty.

“Receipts” include those in respect of

•    payment received against sale of goods/services by the charitable institution; and

•    donations received.

In
the context, the expression “wherever” means in any case or in any
circumstances in which a bill is issued; in other words, books of
account include only those bills which are issued: it does not mean that
the assessee should always issue bills.

Bill

The expression ‘bill’ is an itemized account of the separate cost of goods sold, services rendered, or work done: Invoice
[Webster’s Seventh New Collegiate Dictionary, page 84]. In the context
of this sub-clause, ‘bill’ means an invoice for goods sold or services
rendered, or work done and should include a cash memo [see CST vs. Krishna Brick Field, (1985) 58 STC 336 (All)].

Original bills and receipts [Rule 17AA(1)(a)(v)]

In
the previous sub-clause, it is stated that books of account include
copies of bills issued by “the assessee” whereas this sub-clause
requires original bills issued to “the person”; it appears that the word
“person” here refers to the assessee himself and not a third party.
With this interpretation, the preceding sub-clause and this sub-clause
become complementary to each other: one covering income/receipts and
other covering expenditure/payments.

The term “payment bills” and
“receipts” are wide enough to cover revenue expenditure and capital
expenditure. On a literal reading, even bills for purchase of
investments, such as debentures, are covered.

Any other book in order to give a true and fair view and explain the transactions effected [Rule 17AA(1)(a)(vi)]

This
requirement is similar to the requirement in section 128(1) of the
Companies Act 2013. However, Rule 6F, prescribing books for
professionals, does not have such a requirement.

Rule 17AA(1)(b)(Text)

Books of account, as referred in clause (a), for business undertaking referred in sub-section (4) of section 11 of the Act.

Analysis

This
clause requires books of accounts for a business undertaking referred
to in section 11(4). It requires separate books of accounts for every
business undertaking owned by the assessee.

The term “business undertaking” is not defined in the Act.

“Business” is defined in section 2(13) as includes any trade, commerce or manufacture or any adventure or concern in the nature of trade, commerce or manufacture;

Business ordinarily involves profit motive. See:

•    DIT(E) vs. Gujarat Cricket Association, (2019) 419 ITR 561 (Guj)

•    CIT(E) vs. India Habitat Centre, (2020) (1) TMI 21 – Delhi HC,

•    DIT(E) vs. Shree Nashik Panchvati Panjrapole, (2017) 81 taxmann.com 375 (Bom)]

The terms “undertaking/industrial undertaking” have been judicially explained as follows:

•  
 the existence of all the facilities including factory buildings,
plant, machinery, godowns and things which are incidental to the
carrying on of manufacture or production, all of which when taken
together are capable of being regarded as an industrial undertaking [CIT vs. Premier Cotton Mills Ltd., (1999) 240 ITR 434 (Mad)].

•    ‘Undertaking’ in common parlance means an ‘enterprise’, ‘venture’ and ‘engagement’. (Websters Dictionary). [P. Alikunju vs. CIT, (1987) 166 ITR 804 (Ker)].

Hence,
the expression “business undertaking” should mean an enterprise with
various assets and which is carried on with profit motive.

The
books of account are required to be maintained in order to be eligible
to claim an exemption u/s 11 [section 12A(1)]. If the business is such
that proviso to section 2(15) applies then there is no question of
obtaining the benefit of section 11 and maintaining the books is
irrelevant. However, on a literal reading, books of accounts are
required for every business undertaking, whether or not the profits of
the business undertaking are exempt under proviso to section 2(15).

The provision applies whether or not the profits of the business undertaking are exempt u/s 11(4A).

All
business undertakings irrespective of the object, that is, whether in
the course of medical relief or education or yoga or advancement of
general public utility, are covered by the clause.

Rule 17AA(1)(c)(Text)

Books
of account, as referred in clause (a), for business carried on by the
assessee other than the business undertaking referred in sub-section (4)
of section 11 of the Act;
[Rule 17AA(1)(c)].

Analysis

On
a plain reading, it refers to a business which is not carried on
through an undertaking. To illustrate, a one-off adventure in the nature
of trade could be regarded as a business; however, it may not be
carried on through an undertaking. The clause requires separate books of
accounts for such a business. Even in this case, it appears that the
profit motive ought to be there before the activity can be regarded as a
business.

The provision requires separate books of accounts for every business of the assessee.

On a literal reading, the provision covers all businesses:

(a)    whether or not the profits of the business are exempt under proviso to section 2(15) or u/s 11(4A); and

(b)    irrespective of the object pursuant to which the business is set up.

Rule 17AA(1)(d)(i)(Text)

(d) other documents for maintaining

(i) record of all the projects and institutions run by the person containing details of their name, address and objectives;

Analysis

This clause refers to “other documents”, which term has been explained by High Court as follows:

The
authorities can require production of accounts and other documents. The
words “other documents” in the section are vague and indefinite. Under
the Rules of construction of statutes, where general words follow
particular words, the general words will have to be construed in the
light of particular words. … the ejusdem generis Rule. Therefore, “other
documents” will be in the nature of account books, bill books etc.,
that have some relation to the accounts and not any correspondence etc. [P. K. Adimoolam Chettiar, In Re (1957) 8 STC 741 (Mad.)].

Applying
the principle, it appears that the provision enables the CBDT to
prescribe only those documents having some relation to books of account
and not any other correspondence, paper, documents etc.

The term “document” is defined in section 3(18) of the General Clauses Act, 1897 as follows:

“document”
shall include any matter written, expressed or described upon any
substance by means of letters, figures or marks, or by more than one of
those means which is intended to be used, or which may be used, for the
purpose or recording that matter.

Projects and institutions

The requirements under this sub-clause are perhaps, pursuant to section 2(15), section 11(4) and section 11(4A).

Project

The
term ‘project’ is neither defined in the Act nor used in section 11 to
section 13. In ITR – 7, the details of projects are required, although
even in the ITR the term is not explained. In the absence of a clear
definition, there could be conflicting views between the assessee and
the tax department as to what constitutes a ‘project’.

According to the dictionary, a project means ‘A
set of activities intended to produce a specific output, which has a
definite beginning and end. The activities are interrelated and must be
brought together in a particular order, based on precedence
relationships between the different activities. Examples of projects
include the building of the Channel Tunnel and the design of a computer
system for an ambulance service. Projects are usually based on bringing
together teams of specialists within relatively temporary management
structures. Project management techniques are increasingly being used to
manage such tasks as the introduction of total quality management
within organizations.
[Oxford’s Dictionary of Business and Management, pages 423 and 424].

Every project undertaken will have to be included since there is no de minimus clause.

Institution

Section 2(24)(iia) covers ‘institution’ established wholly or partly for charitable purposes.

The term “institution” has not been defined in the Act. It has been judicially explained as follows:
In
the Oxford English Dictionary, Volume V at page 354, the word
“institution” is defined to mean “an establishment, organisation, or
association, instituted for the promotion of some object, especially one
of public or general utility, religious, charitable, educational, etc.”

[CIT
vs. Sindhu Vidya Mandal Trust, (1983) 142 ITR 633 (Guj); Mangilal
Gotawat Charitable Trust vs. CIT, (1985) 20 Taxman 207 (Kar)].

The term would include schools, colleges, hospitals, etc.

Rule 17AA(1)(d)(ii)(Text)

record of income of the person during the previous year, in respect of, –

(I)  
 voluntary contribution containing details of name of the donor,
address, permanent account number (if available) and Aadhaar number (if
available);

(II)    income from property held under trust referred to under section 11 of the Act along with list of such properties;

(III)  
 income of fund or institution or trust or any university or other
educational institution or any hospital or other medical institution
other than the contribution referred in items (I) and (II);

Analysis

This
sub-clause requires maintenance of record of income during the previous
year. It applies only in the case of “income” and not receipts not
constituting income.

Voluntary contribution containing details of name of the donor, etc. [Item (I)]

The
requirement under this item is pursuant to section 11(1), including
section 11(1)(d) and section 115BBC (anonymous donations).

PAN and Aadhar number are to be recorded if available. Hence, they are not mandatory.

The
requirement regarding the name and address of donors also applies to a
religious trust, which gets donations in its donation box. In such
circumstances, obviously, it will not be possible for the Trust to
maintain such details and it should suffice if the assessee mentions
this fact. It may be noted that even section 115BBC, which deals with
anonymous donations, does not apply to a wholly religious trust.

The
requirement covers contributions in kind. Now, strictly speaking,
offerings in kind in a temple constitute voluntary contribution and
hence income (see CBDT Circular No. 580 dated 14th September, 1990).
There is no de minimis clause and to take an extreme example, all offerings made in a temple such as coconuts, pedhas,
etc. also constitute income whose details have to be recorded!
Similarly, record for donation of even rupees ten have to be collated!

Details of all voluntary contributions, corpus as well as non-corpus, are required.

It
appears that the documents supporting these details are not required to
be maintained; to illustrate, a photocopy of the Aadhar card is not
required to be maintained.

Income from property held under trust along with list of such properties; [Item (II)]

Section
12(1) provides that voluntary contributions (other than corpus
donations) shall, for the purposes of section 11, be deemed to be
“income derived from property held under trust”. On the other hand, this
item refers to “income from property held under trust”. Again,
voluntary contributions are already covered by Item I. Hence, for the
purpose of this item, the expression “income from property held under
trust” does not include voluntary contributions.

The term ‘property held under trust’ is very wide and includes:

(a) income earned by it in the course of carrying out its objects.

(b) assets acquired out of such income referred to in (i) above or out of donations received by it. [ACIT vs. Etawah District Exhibition and Cattle Fair Association, (1978) 1978 CTR 166 (All)]

Thus,
even an FD is ‘property held under trust’. Any change, such as
withdrawal of FD, would require alteration in the ‘list of such
properties’.

Property held under trust includes assets invested u/s 11(2).

The requirement under this item is also partially repeated in the following clause/sub-clause/item:

• (d)(iii)(VI)

• (d)(iv)(IV)/(V)

• (d)(v)(VI)/(VII)

Income other than the contribution referred in Items (I) and (II); [Item III]

The
requirement in this Item applies to all institutions including
religious trusts, which get donations in their donation box. It will
include anonymous donations.

Rule 17AA(1)(d)(iii)(Text)

(iii) record of the following, out of the income of the person during the previous year, namely:

(I)  
 application of income, in India, containing details of amount of
application, name and address of the person to whom any credit or
payment is made and the object for which such application is made;

(II)  
 amount credited or paid to any fund or institution or trust or any
university or other educational institution or any hospital or other
medical institution referred to in sub-clause (iv) or sub-clause (v) or
sub-clause (vi) or sub-clause (via) of clause (23C) of section 10 of the
Act or other trust or institution registered under section 12AB of the
Act, containing details of their name, address, permanent account number
and the object for which such credit or payment is made;

(III)  
 application of income outside India containing details of amount of
application, name and address of the person to whom any credit or
payment is made and the object for which such application is made;

(IV)  
 deemed application of income referred in clause (2) of Explanation 1
of sub-section (1) of section 11 of the Act containing details of the
reason for availing such deemed application;

(V)    income
accumulated or set apart as per the provisions of the Explanation 3 to
the third proviso to clause (23C) of section 10 or sub-section (2) of
section 11 of the Act which has not been applied or deemed to be applied
containing details of the purpose for which such income has been
accumulated;

(VI)    money invested or deposited in the forms and modes specified in sub-section (5) of section 11 of the Act;

(VII)  
 money invested or deposited in the forms and modes other than those
specified in subsection (5) of section 11 of the Act;

Analysis

The
requirement under this item is pursuant to section 11(1), Explanation
1(2), Explanation 2, 3, 4 to section 11(1), 11(2), 11(5), etc.

Its main purpose is to identify the amount of application of income which is allowable u/s 11(1)(a).

Out of “income of the previous year”

It appears that for this purpose income excludes “corpus donations” received by the assessee and treated as exempt u/s 11(1)(d).

The
expression “income of the previous year”, used in this clause can lead
to computational issues. To illustrate, if a payment is made on 1st
April, is it out of the income of the previous year? Again, in the case
of mixed funds (income for the year as well as accumulated income,
corpus donations, borrowing, etc.), how to determine which fund has been
applied? Three principles set out by judgments are explained below:

•    In Siddaramanna Charities Trust vs. CIT [(1974) 96 ITR 275 (Mys)],
donation was made by the assesse on the first day of the accounting
year; The Court noticed that during the relevant previous year, there
was a profit and the sum donated was less than the amount of the
profits. It was also not shown that the said amount was paid out of the
capital account. Hence, it was held that the said donation was
application of income of the previous year, although when the donation
was given on the first day there was no profit of the previous year.

•    In Infosys Science Foundation vs. ITO(E), TS-453-ITAT-2018(Bang),
it has been held that once income is accumulated u/s 11(2) [say, in
year 1], the assessee can claim that application of income in year 2
should be split into two: initially, the application should first be
considered as having been made out of the accumulation of year 1 and
only the remainder should be considered as an application of income of
year 2. In this case, both the accumulation of unutilized income of year
1 u/s 11(2) as well as the income of year 2 were deployed in the form
of fixed deposits in bank, which were renewed and reinvested and it was
not possible to link the identity of the deposits with either one of the
accumulations or the current income.

•    For the purposes of other sections, the Supreme Court has held as follows:

•  
 Where interest-free own funds available with the assessee exceeded its
investments in tax-free securities; investments would be presumed to be
made out of assessee’s own funds, and proportionate disallowance was
not warranted u/s 14A although separate accounts were not maintained by
the assessee for investments and other expenditure incurred for earning
tax-free income [South Indian Bank Ltd. vs. CIT, (2021) 130 taxmann.com 178 (SC)].

•  
 If interest-free funds available to the assessee were sufficient to
meet its investment in subsidiaries, the assessee’s claim for deduction
was justified [CIT vs. Reliance Industries Ltd., (2019), 102 taxmann.com 52 (SC)].

The above judgments could be relevant in ascertaining whether the application is “out of income of the previous year” or not.

It
appears that what is required is that the assessee should choose a
reasonable method of determining the source from which the application
is made and follow it uniformly.

Application of income in India [Item (I)]

This item requires maintenance of details of the application.

The
term ‘application of income’ is very wide and includes, expenditure on
salaries, administrative expenses, establishment expenses, donations to
other institutions, capital expenditure, etc.

Every payment is a
different and separate application. Thus, a voucher for even a payment
of Rs. 10 (for say, conveyance) shall have to be recorded separately.

The Rule requires details of the “amount” of application, which term has been judicially explained by Courts as follows:

•   
…from the point of view of linguistics, the words “sum” and “amount”
are synonyms. But under the Income Tax Act, each of the words “sum”,
“amount”, “income” and “payment” have different connotations. [T. Rajkumar vs. UOI, 2016 (4) TMI 593 – Madras High Court]

•  
 The word “amount” is used here in a wider sense than usual and that it
includes the total quantity of the debtor’s liabilities in cash or in
kind. Consequently, the payment of these “amounts” can also be either in
cash or in kind. [Shridhar Krishnarao vs. Narayan Namaji, AIR 1939 Nag 227]

Thus,
the Item may require details of the amount of application in kind also.
To illustrate, if a hospital receives an ambulance as a non-corpus
donation, then the value of the ambulance is to be regarded as income of
the hospital and if it is used for the purposes of the hospital,
simultaneously the same amount is be regarded as application of income
[see CBDT Circular No. 580 dated 14th September, 1990)]. In such a
circumstance, the details of the ambulance will have to be recorded
under this item.

If an assessee is constructing a building, he
will have to maintain details of every payment made for purchase of
cement, sand, bricks, iron and steel, etc. and daily payment to
contractor!!!

Every TDS from payment is a separate application and hence, will have to be separately recorded.

If
more than one payment is made to a person for the same object, then it
appears that all the payments during the previous year to such person
can be aggregated.

Explanation 2 to section 11(1) provides that a
“corpus donation” to another specified institution shall not be treated
as application of income. Similarly, Explanation 3 provides cash
payments or payments without  deduction of tax at source will be
partially disallowable and not treated as application. Whether these
Explanations have to be considered in recording the details? It appears
that the requirement of the Rule is complete record keeping. It should
not be affected by the tax treatment of expenses in the computation of
income. Hence, it may be advisable to consider all such payments as
application of income with due disclosure by way of note.

Amount credited or paid to any other Trust etc. [Item (II)]

Explanation to section 11(2) uses the same language, that is, amount credited or paid to any other trust.
However,
such payments are not required to be recorded under this item. This is
because what is required is amount paid or credited out of the income of
the previous year, whereas Explanation to section 11(2) covers any
amount credited or paid to a charitable institution out of “accumulated
income of preceding years”: such payments are required to be recorded
under Rule 17AA(1)(d)(iv)(III).

The details of all
payments/credits to the specified institution are required, irrespective
of whether the payment is towards corpus of the payee or not.

Application of income outside India [Item (III)]

There
is a huge controversy on what constitutes application of income outside
India. The purpose is to identify the amount of application which is
not to be considered for exemption of income u/s 11(1)(a).

Deemed application of income referred in Explanation 1(2) to section 11(1) [Item (IV)]

An
assessee can decide whether to opt for deemed application of income or
not only after the finalization of accounts and computation of taxable
income. Hence, this record cannot be maintained contemporaneously during
the year but only after the amount of deemed application is determined.

The
item requires details of reasons for availing of deemed application.
Explanation 1(2) to section 11(1) provides that the option may be
availed “(i) for the reason that the whole or any part of the income
has not been received during that year, or (ii) for any other reason”.

It appears that the assessee need not give precise reasons but cite the aforesaid provision to justify the option availed of.

Income accumulated or set apart u/s 11(2) [Item (V)]

This
amount can also be recorded only after the end of the previous year
when the amount of income accumulated u/s 11(2) is determined.

Money invested or deposited in permissible modes of section 11(5) [Item (VI)]

If
a fixed deposit is placed during the year and it  matures before 31st
March, is it required to be recorded under this provision? On a literal
reading, record has to be maintained for each and every investment  or
deposit, whether continuing at the end of the year or not.

It appears that income for this purpose does not include corpus donations received during the year.

The details under this item are partially sought also under Rule 17AA(1)(d)(ii)(II).

Money invested or deposited in non-permissible modes [Item (VII)]

In
this case also, each and every investment or deposit in non-permissible
mode is required to be reported. This is because section 13(1)(d)
provides that income is not exempt to the extent of investment or
deposit in non-permissible mode.

[Some other interesting issues of this amendment will be discussed by the Author in part – II of this Article.]

[Author
acknowledges assistance from Adv. Aditya Bhatt, CA Kausar Sheikh, CA
Chirag Wadhwa and CA Arati Pai in writing this Article.]

Transfer Pricing – Benchmarking of Overdue Receivables and Payables – Complexities and Caution

Receivables and payables are inevitable parts of any business transaction. While group entities generally focus on the main transaction of import or export of goods or services, it is extremely important to keep track of the settlements of consequent receivables and payables. The delay in settlement of transactions could subject the MNE Group to onerous compliances, additional costs and penal consequences if there is a slippage in the appropriate disclosures.

Owing to rising disputes, while the CBDT brought the specific amendment to clarify this aspect with retrospective effect in Finance Act 2012, it is important first to understand the history and logic behind this controversial issue:

BACKGROUND OF THE ISSUE

Before the Finance Act 2012, a significant controversy erupted due to a lack of clarity as to whether the transaction of overdue receivables/ payables should be considered as a separate international transaction. The Indian revenue authorities astutely noticed instances of funding overseas group entities by delaying the settlement of the inter-company transaction. However, as there was no clear guidance to consider overdue receivables/payables as an international transaction, the legislature came up with the below-mentioned clarification vide the Finance Act 2012.

The definition of ‘international transaction’ u/s 92B of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”) was amended to widen its scope. Clause (c) was added to the sub-section (2) of section 92B, with retrospective effect from 1st April, 2002 as mentioned below:

“(c) capital financing, including any type of long-term or short-term borrowing, lending or guarantee, purchase or sale of marketable securities or any type of advance, payments or deferred payment or receivable or any other debt arising during the course of business.”

It is important to note that while the Memorandum contained reference as regards to the purpose of inclusion of various items in the definition, there was no specific mention of ‘capital financing’ and the purpose or implication of its inclusion within the definition of ‘international transaction’.

As per the Guidance note on Report under Section 92E of the Act issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (‘ICAI’):

“Advance payments received or made and debts arising during the course of business shall need to be carefully considered and reported by the accountant however ensuring that there is no duplication or overlap with reporting of the principal transactions to which such advances or debts relate to, unless the accountant identifies factors which cause such advances or debts as separate transactions.”

In view of the above, the issue to be considered is whether the trade advances/trade receivables / similar deferred payments should be treated as:

  • Arising in the ordinary course of the business of the taxpayer and hence would not constitute a separate ‘international transaction’ (the impact of the interest loss on account of the credit period would get offset by the higher profits earned on account of the increase in sales or pricing as a result of extending such credit terms to the customers);

OR

  • Separate lending or borrowing transactions liable to interest.


BENCHMARKING OF THE TRANSACTION

As mentioned above, since the overdue receivables issue is litigative, it is important to analyze it in detail and take appropriate actions beforehand.

On the basis the guidance provided by ICAI, one of the most important exercises is to delineate outstanding receivables arising in the ordinary course of business from the receivables for which the realization is intentionally delayed to fund the overseas associated enterprises (‘AE’). The following steps may be followed for the same:

Step 1 –
Identify receivables in the ordinary course of business. Since the principal transaction would already be benchmarked, separate benchmarking of such outstanding receivables may lead to duplication. Hence, an exercise needs to be conducted to separate the overdue receivables as per the contractual agreement with the overseas AE.

Step 2 – Post conducting of such an exercise, an analysis may also be conducted qua industry practice, on the basis of the information available in the public domain to identify the general credit period prevalent in such industry (e.g., textile and real estate enjoy higher credit period as compared to commodity and bullion) to determine the overdue receivables in comparison to the comparable companies.

Step 3 – The receivables overdue qua contract and qua industry need to be reported and benchmarked appropriately. To benchmark these overdue receivables, it is crucial to determine the reason for such a delay in realization. In case of genuine reasons beyond the control of the taxpayers, appropriate documentation should be maintained to prove such a bona fide reason. Certain common practical challenges faced by businesses recently are listed below (illustrative):

a)    Supply chain disruptions in view of COVID may cause a shortage of containers for transit of goods impacting the sale of goods sold on Free on Board (‘FOB’) basis.

b)    In cases where semi-finished goods are sold to the AE which further sells the goods to ultimate customers, due to a shortage of containers for shipment, the AE is unable to ship the goods and hence delays the sale and realization on an overall basis.

c)    Due to the ongoing geo-political reasons and point a) mentioned above, the transit time of shipments has significantly increased.

d)    Liquidity crunch or bankruptcy of AE may have led to write-off in the books of the taxpayer.

e)    Delay in realization of the amount from the ultimate customer may lead to delayed payment by the AE to the taxpayer.

f)    In certain cases, the taxpayer, at the time of finalization of books determines the true-up required to be recovered from AE as per the contractual agreement. Since the determination of true-up is done at the time of finalization of books, the payment of the same is realized after a long time as compared to the original timeline by which the taxpayer was supposed to realize such an amount.

g)    In some countries, any payment to an overseas party may lead to withholding tax implications requiring the payer to approach the tax authorities for seeking exemption on withholding tax on payment for non-taxable transactions to the taxpayer. Such approval from the tax department may take time and hence, result in the delay of realization.

h)    In certain cases, the taxpayer undertakes the transaction of purchase and sale with the same AE. In WNS Global Services Pvt Ltd – ITA No.1451/Mum/2012, the Mumbai ITAT held that the credit period provided by the AE vis-à-vis credit period provided by the taxpayer for such transactions respectively may require to be analyzed in aggregation, since analyzing the sales transaction in singularity may portray a distorted picture of delayed realization of proceeds to the taxpayer.

Step 4 – Post determining the reason for delayed realization, the next step is to benchmark the overdue receivables. The points mentioned below are important in this context:

a)    For calculating the credit period, the weighted average collection period could be computed (by assigning weights to the value of invoices) rather than computing simple average of collection period. This approach can be useful to put more weights to the high-value transactions. Further, in cases wherein the payment has been received in advance, such negative credit period invoices may also be considered to reduce the overall credit period.

b)    If the reason for a delayed realization is due to genuine business rationale beyond the control of the taxpayer as well as the AE, detailed documentation at an appropriate time is the key to benchmarking the transaction and creating a defense against potential adjustment. For instance:

– In case of long transit time for shipment of goods, a formal dialogue for renegotiating the credit period offered to the AE and the resulting amendment in the contract, along with documentation of detailed justification of such modification, can portray the genuineness of variation in credit period.

–  In case of a liquidity crunch or bankruptcy of an AE, formal documentation of various attempts made for the recovery and statutory documents supporting such a condition may create a substantial backup for benchmarking.

– In cases where the determination of a true-up at the time of finalization of books resulted in the delayed realization of receivables, one of the possible solutions can be that the AE provides an ad-hoc advance payment during the end of the financial year on the basis of the history of such true-up payments in earlier years. While the accurate amount gets determined at the time of finalization of books, such advance payment by the AE can create an important backup for the taxpayer to prove that there was a bona fide intention of the taxpayer for realizing the amount in time and only the differential amount can be settled at a later point of time.

– If the AE has funds but is unable to pay the taxpayer on time due to regulatory reasons, such an amount may be earmarked and deposited in the bank, and the interest earned on it may also be passed on to the taxpayer as and when the principal amount is paid to the taxpayer. Such an arrangement can justify that the taxpayer has not suffered any loss due to the delayed receipt of the amount.

Further, it may be separately noted that as per the FEMA regulations, the period of realization for exports is nine months from the date of export.

However, the RBI had extended the period of realization of export proceeds from the existing nine months to fifteen months from the date of export due to the COVID pandemic for exports made between 1st April, 2020 to 31st July, 2020. Such an extension of timeline for realization of proceeds by RBI can also be taken as a base to substantiate the delay in realization of proceeds during such period on an overall basis due to industry-wide and worldwide issues.

However, it is to be noted that the above timeline is the maximum period within which the export proceeds are required to be realized.

The above reasons, supported with the detailed backup documentation can also help the taxpayers avoid substantiate penal consequences, if any, as the same may prove the bona fide intent of the taxpayer to the tax administrators.

c)    If the taxpayer is unable to prove the genuine business reason for delayed receipt, the taxpayer may be required to receive an arm’s length interest income for the overdue period.

The above steps can be followed to comprehensively analyze the outstanding receivables and decide the need for separate disclosure and benchmarking.

CALCULATION OF THE ARM’S LENGTH INTEREST INCOME

Once it is determined that overdue receivables are not due to specific business reasons, and an arm’s length interest income is required to be recovered from AE, the next step would be to calculate the interest income. For such calculation, the most important criterion would be the determination of the basis of interest rate.

As per various judicial precedents in sync with the commercial logic:

A)    If the receivable is denominated in the foreign currency and upon realization of the same, the currency gain or loss due to the fluctuation in the exchange rate will be borne by the Indian taxpayer, then the appropriate reference rate for determining the arm’s length interest charge would be LIBOR (London Interbank Offered Rate) / SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate) / SONIA (Sterling Overnight Interbank Average Rate), etc.

B)    If the receivable is denominated in the Indian currency, then the appropriate base rate would be the Indian bank reference rate such as PLR, base rate, etc.

Reference rates prescribed by the Indian tax and other regulatory authorities with respect to minimum interest income to be charged on loans and advances provided to AE for specific cases:

a)    As per safe harbour rule 10T of Income-tax Rules, 1962 (‘IT Rules’):

i.    If the intra-group loan is advanced in Indian Currency – the interest rate is to be charged on the one-year marginal cost of funds lending rate of State Bank of India plus prescribed basis points as per the credit rating of AE.

ii.    If the intra-group loan is advanced in Foreign Currency – the interest rate is to be charged on the six-month LIBOR of the relevant foreign currency plus prescribed basis points as per the credit rating of AE.

b)    As per rule 10CB of IT Rules, in case a transfer pricing adjustment is made, and such adjustment money is not repatriated back to India by the taxpayer within the prescribed period, the same gets recharacterized as advance provided to AE (secondary adjustment) and interest on the same is required to be levied at the rate of:

i.    In case the respective international transaction is denominated in Indian Currency – at one-year marginal cost of fund lending rate of State Bank of India as on 1st April of the relevant previous year plus 325 basis points.

ii.    In case the respective international transaction is denominated in Foreign Currency – at six-month LIBOR as on 30th September of the relevant previous year plus 300 basis points.

c)    As per Foreign Exchange Management (Overseas Investment) Regulations, 2022, loans advanced by an Indian entity should be backed by a loan agreement with an arm’s length interest rate charged on the same.

d)    In terms of Regulation 15 of Notification No. FEMA 23 (R)/2015-RB dated 12th January, 2016, where an exporter receives advance payment (with or without interest), from a buyer outside India, the exporter shall be under an obligation to ensure that the shipment of goods is made within one year from the date of receipt of advance payment; the rate of interest, if any, payable on the advance payment should not exceed LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

The above-prescribed interest rate may be considered as a guide. However, the exact computation of arm’s length interest rate will depend upon the facts and circumstances of each case.

Further, in case an interest is charged to the AE, then such interest amount needs to be repatriated to India by the AE.

OTHER METHODS OF BENCHMARKING SUPPORTED BY JUDICIAL PRECEDENTS

Since the issue of overdue receivables has been in limelight for many years, there are several judicial precedents accepting certain methods of benchmarking. Such generally accepted benchmarking methodologies are provided below:

a) Working Capital Adjustment

A widely accepted method of benchmarking receivables and payables is undertaking working capital adjustment on the profit level indicator of comparable companies. Under this method, the level of working capital namely debtors, creditors and inventory of the comparable companies is compared against the working capital of the tested party (i.e., either Indian taxpayer or AE) and necessary adjustment is made in the profitability working of the comparable companies to account for the differences in payables, receivables and inventory using an imputed cost of finance for the differences identified. Also, items like advances to and from customers and unbilled revenue can be considered in the computation of a working capital adjustment if they impact the working capital position of the tested party and the comparables. This position has been upheld in certain judicial precedents including CGI Information System & Management Consultant1 and Infineon Technologies India Pvt Ltd2.

1 IT(TP) No. 346/Bang/2015
2 IT(TP)A No.474/Bang/2015

Once such an adjustment is carried out, the working capital adjusted margin of the comparable companies is compared with the profit margin of the tested party. In case the tested party has earned a margin at arm’s length against such working capital adjusted margin of comparable companies, it can be deduced that the outstanding receivables and payables are at arm’s length price.

One of the main features of such working capital adjustment is that it takes into account both debtors and creditors. In view of the same, in case any taxpayer is providing a high credit period in sales, but at the same time is also enjoying high credit period on purchase, such mutual credit period is taken into consideration and, hence it does not portray a distorted picture of only delayed realization of receivables to the taxpayer.

There are many judicial precedents that support the above method of benchmarking (e.g., Kusum Health Care Pvt. Ltd.3 and Visual Graphics Computing Services (India) Pvt Ltd4), and are also recommended by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (‘OECD’) for benchmarking of debtors and creditors. In view of the same, it may be recommended to conduct this exercise on a regular basis to avoid any potential litigation.

b) Comparison of credit period to AE vis-à-vis unrelated entity

When the taxpayer has transactions with AE and an unrelated entity, in such cases the credit period offered to AE vis-à-vis an unrelated entity can be compared to benchmark the outstanding receivables of the AE. Further, one can evaluate whether the Indian taxpayer has levied interest on delayed receivables from the unrelated entity and whether the interest needs to be charged for delayed receivables from the AE. This approach has also been supported by certain judicial precedents (e.g., M/s Sharda Spuntex Pvt. Ltd5, M/s. DHR Holding India Private Ltd.6, and WNS Global Services Pvt Ltd7).

c) Taxpayer is a debt-free company

Another position favorably accepted in several judicial precedents is that the taxpayer is a debt-free company, and does not incur any interest on the amount stuck in the delayed receivables. Hence, the taxpayer is also not required to levy any interest on the delayed receipt of overdue receivables. This approach has also been supported by certain judicial precedents (e.g. Betchel India Pvt. Ltd8).

3 ITA 765 of 2016, Delhi High Court
4 T.C.A.No.414 of 2018, Madras High Court
5 D.B. Income Tax Appeal No. 56 / 2017, Rajasthan High Court
6 ITA No.1614/Del./2018, Delhi ITAT
7 ITA No.1451/Mum/2012, Mumbai ITAT
8 ITA 379/2016, Delhi High Court

RECEIVABLES ARISING OUT OF SECONDARY ADJUSTMENT
The secondary adjustment has been defined as an adjustment in the books of accounts of the taxpayer and its AE to reflect that the actual allocation of profits between the taxpayer and its AE that are consistent with the arm’s length price as may be determined because of primary adjustment, thereby removing the imbalance between a cash account and actual profit of the taxpayer.

It is further provided that the excess money available with the AE due to the primary adjustment if not repatriated to the taxpayer into India within the prescribed time limit, then the primary adjustment will be deemed as an advance extended to the overseas AE and interest on such advance shall be computed in the manner as prescribed.

In view of the above provisions, receivables arising out of secondary adjustment need to be accounted for in the books along with the interest income as prescribed by CBDT. As mentioned above, since the interest rate has been prescribed by the CBDT, the same provides an indication of the interest rate which may be adopted by the tax authorities for benchmarking of overdue trade receivables as well.

DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

While the above sections cover the ways for benchmarking outstanding receivables, it is also very important to make appropriate disclosures in Form 3CEB and TP documentation to avoid any non-disclosure implications. The relevant clause where reporting of overdue outstanding receivables and payables is covered in Form 3CEB is provided below:

“Clause 14: Particulars in respect of
lending or borrowing of money:

Has the assessee entered into any international
transaction(s) in respect of lending or borrowing of money including any
type of advance, payments, deferred payments, receivable, non-convertible
preference shares/debentures or any other debt arising during business as
specified in Explanation (i)(c) below section 92B(2)?”

 

[If ‘yes’, provide the following details
in respect of each associated enterprise and each loan/advance:]

(a) Name and address of the associated
enterprise with whom the international transaction has been entered into.

 

(b) Nature of financing agreement.

 

(c) Currency in which transaction has taken
place.

 

(d) Interest rate charged/paid in respect
of each lending/borrowing.

 

(e) Amount paid/received or
payable/receivable in the transaction—

 

(i) as per books of account;

 

(ii) as computed by the assessee having
regard to the arm’s length price

 

(f) Method used for determining the arm’s
length price [See section 92C(1)]

 

i) Receivables – Disclosure
As mentioned above, outstanding receivables need to be bifurcated in the following categories:

a)    Receivables arising out of the ordinary course of business which do not necessitate that the transaction gets recharacterized as advance provided to AEs.

b)    Receivables in nature of debts which warrant the taxpayer to charge interest on such overdue receivables.

From the perspective of disclosure in Form 3CEB, in case of category a) mentioned above, if after carrying out the necessary exercise, as also suggested by ICAI Guidance Note, the receivables are in the ordinary course of business and not characterizable as advances, then reporting of such receivables separately may prove to be duplication of reporting the transactions by way of the principal transaction as well as trade receivables. However, on a conservative basis, such receivables
and payables may be reported in the notes section of Form 3CEB to avoid unnecessary litigation for non-disclosure.

However, in case of category b) mentioned above, it is important to disclose the transaction separately in Form 3CEB in Clause 14, and also to charge interest in line with Para 3 above in order to avoid litigation at a later stage.

Similar disclosures would also be required for receivables arising out of secondary adjustment along with disclosure of the interest income earned from it.

Further, since such overdue receivables are deemed as advance, the same should not trigger compliances under ODI (‘Overseas Direct Investment’) regulations applicable to loan transactions.

ii) Payables – Disclosure
Generally, outstanding payables are not a cause of concern for the Indian taxpayer, but it is important to analyze the same from the perspective of overseas AE.

From the Indian taxpayer’s perspective, if the credit period availed is in excess qua contract and qua industry, one possible interpretation can be that the Indian taxpayer is using such funds at the behest of the overseas AE. However, since it is beneficial from the Indian taxpayer’s perspective, any transfer pricing adjustment made by the Income-tax authorities on such a transaction would have an effect of reducing the income chargeable to tax or increasing the loss, as the case may be. Such adjustment is prohibited vide Section 92(3) of the Act since it leads to base erosion of tax from India.

Further, the outstanding payable of the Indian taxpayer would be outstanding receivable from an overseas AE perspective. It could result in adverse consequences for overseas AE, as the law mandates each taxpayer to demonstrate the arm’s length nature of its international transaction. Further, there are conflicting judgments on the applicability of the base erosion principle while dealing with disputes relating to overseas AE.

Hence, the exercise and steps mentioned for outstanding receivables above should also be followed for outstanding payables to the extent applicable. It would be advisable to make appropriate disclosures of identified overdue payables in Form 3CEB of the Foreign Company and undertake appropriate benchmarking of the same and maintenance of documentation.

CONCLUSION
One may need to review voluminous data to assess the rationale for delays, if any, and consequent interest costs. In case the impact of interest cost resulting from the delay is not significant, then there may be a temptation to ignore charging interest in the inter-company transaction to minimize administrative hassles. However, at this juncture, it is important to weigh the penal consequence of 2 per cent of the transaction value which gets triggered due to the non-disclosure of overdue transactions in the year-end compliances.

In the inter-company contracts, the clauses related to invoicing (i.e., budgeted cost or actual cost) invoice frequency, credit term, penal interest clause etc. should be carefully drafted. Further, aforesaid clauses should be regularly reviewed to ensure the conduct of the parties is in line with contractual arrangements. It is observed that MNCs sometimes mention a percentage of penal interest to be charged in case of delay in payments. However, in actual practice, such an interest is waived or not charged. It is critical that any such waiver is backed with appropriate justification and documentation. Further, in cases wherein parties don’t have the intention to charge penal interest for delays, then such clauses should be carefully drafted as the same can go against the taxpayer.

In the assessment proceedings, the tax officers have been specifically seeking details of the settlement of receivable and payable transactions throughout the year and scrutinizing ageing analysis of year-end debts closely. Thus, it is imperative that the taxpayer compiles the said information proactively and maintains adequate justification to defend stray situations of delays, if any, in settling inter-company debts.

As discussed above, the FEMA regulations permit nine months from the date of export to realize the proceeds from the overseas entity. However, the tax officers often consider a narrow credit period of 45 days to 90 days. It will be helpful if some guidance is provided by the government to field officers to consider the credit period in line with FEMA regulations.

Further, the taxpayer must be vigilant to ensure that the receivables and payables are settled in the normal credit period. In case of delays in settlement, the taxpayer should gather evidence to demonstrate his bona fide behaviour and situations beyond his control. Further, the documents should also clearly demonstrate there was no intention to fund the operation of overseas AE through an excess credit period.

Uncharitable Treatment to Charities?

“I slept and dreamt that life was a joy. I awoke and saw that life was service. I acted and behold, service was a joy.” – Rabindranath Tagore.

India is a land of philanthropists for ages. Karna and King Bali are glaring mythological examples of donors who never refused anyone coming to their door for any help. Those who have experienced the joy of giving would go all out to help others. And India is fortunate to have many such philanthropic people who are engaged in helping others in a big way.

In a country of 1.40 billion plus people with 25 per cent below the poverty line, a literacy rate of 77 per cent and an unemployment rate of about 8 per cent, the Government’s efforts need to be complemented by that of NGOs. According to World Poverty Clock, almost 83 million people in India live in extreme poverty. As per NITI (National Institution for Transforming India) Aayog’s Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) Index, India ranked 66th among 109 countries in the Global Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI) 2021, which considers factors like education, health, child mortality, nutrition, the standard of living, etc. Various Government schemes/programs launched with the objective of reducing poverty have been doing well. However, looking at the magnitude of the challenge, the role of NGOs is crucial.

The laws relating to Trusts, Trustees, Charities and Charitable Institutions are part of the Concurrent List of Schedule 7 of the Indian Constitution (under entries 10 and 28). Thus, both the Union and the State Governments have the power to enact laws governing Trusts. Public Charitable Trusts are primarily governed by the law of the State in which they are established.  There is a Charitable and Religious Trusts Act, 1920, which has limited provisions and applications. Trusts set up in Maharashtra and Gujarat are governed by the Maharashtra Public Trust Act, 1950 and The Gujarat Public Trusts Act, 1950, respectively.  Madhya Pradesh and Rajasthan have their own Public Trusts Acts. However, West Bengal, Bihar, Delhi, Jharkhand, etc. do not have any Act to regulate public Trusts. An NGO can also be registered as a Society under the Societies Registration Act, 1860 or as a Section 8 company under the Companies Act, 2013.

In view of the wide disparities governing registration and regulation of Public Charitable Trusts, the Central Government is seeking to control or regulate Charitable Trusts through the provisions of the Income-tax Act and the Foreign Contribution Regulation Act. Therefore, both Acts have been amended from time to time.

The recent amendment applicable to the Charitable Trusts pertaining to Books of Accounts and other documents is one such measure. The CBDT has notified Rule 17AA (“the Rule”), specifying the books of accounts and other documents to be maintained by a charitable institution. This Rule casts onerous responsibility on every Charitable Trust registered u/s 12AB or an educational or medical institution registered u/s 10(23C) to maintain detailed books of accounts and other documents mentioned therein. While the rationale of the provisions appears to be to gather more details and/or information, their interpretation and administration are matters of concern. One wonders about the need for such elaborate specification of books and documents, when in any case every NGO had to maintain adequate books of account due to requirements of audit.

The threat of losing exemption due to difference in interpretation/non-compliance with this requirement is real, as experienced post amendment of the definition of “charitable purpose” in section 2(15) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The problem is that small Trusts do not have the wherewithal to either comply or litigate the matter, as they are already struggling with lack of resources and volunteers. Under the circumstances, the very existence of small NGOs is under threat.

Achieving a balance between control and ease of compliance is necessary. Small Trusts can either be exempt or subject to less elaborate requirements along the lines of small companies under the Companies Act, 2013.

There is a need for introspection by Trusts as well. Charity demands purity of not only the end use (purpose) but also its means. The use of Trusts for dubious purposes or misuse of public funds brings disrepute to the beautiful vehicle of philanthropy – “Trust”. Where there is a breach of trust, it is no longer fit to be called a Trust and punishment of such an entity is justified. Shri Maha Avatar Babaji said, “To serve is the nature of Divine.” Those who genuinely serve will be out of pocket but will not pocket a single penny from the Trust. Let us introspect!

The month of October is also one for complying with Transfer Pricing Regulations (TPR). The essence of TPR is that any transaction between two Associated Enterprises (AEs) should be at arm’s length (i.e., at market price). A Trustee and his Trust are AEs by analogy; therefore, any dealing between them needs to be at arm’s length. Moreover, a Trustee is also a protector of property entrusted to him by the donors for the benefit/welfare of the public at large, and therefore he should follow the highest moral standards in discharging his duties. Just as we do a benchmarking exercise to determine the arm’s length pricing in TPR, a Trust may benchmark its practices and performance with other Trusts to adopt best practices and achieve better performance.

NGOs have done commendable work during the Pandemic and saved many lives. Many volunteers lost their lives while helping others. There is a general awareness and inclination towards helping poor and destitute people. Many youngsters are finding their calling in serving others and devoting their lives to social causes leaving lucrative jobs and comfortable lives.

Trustees should help Government to ensure transparency, and the tax administration should ‘trust’ the Trustees. The lack of ‘trust’ between the two is not good for charitable activities through a Trust Regime in India!

SWAMI VIVEKANANDA

11th of September was ‘Vishwa-bandhutwa Din’ – World Brotherhood Day. On this day, Swami Vivekananda won the hearts of thousands of people assembled in Chicago for the World Congress of Religions. The amazing part was that he did it with just six words that he uttered “My brothers and sisters of America”. These words had an enchanting and electrifying effect on the audience. What was so magical about the words?

The World Congress of Religions was organised basically to establish the superiority of a particular religion over other religions of the world. Swami Vivekananda was an ordinary monk from India. He had no authentic or official document from any Hindu or other religious body. In normal course, he would not have been allowed to speak, but for the strong recommendation from Professor John Henry Wright of Harvard University, who wrote to the organisers, “Asking for authority letter from Swamiji is asking the authority of the Sun and Shine! All our scholars on one side and this unknown Hindu monk on the other, his side will be heavier!”

Born on 12th January, 1863, he lived only for 39 years and passed away on 4th July, 1902. He had five serious ailments – asthama, insomnia, diabetes, gastric trouble and blood pressure. Despite this, through his sheer will-power, he travelled throughout India and abroad. His father Mr. Vishwanath Dutt was a renowned lawyer, and mother Bhuvaneshwari, was a pious lady. His grandfather had taken Sanyas (renunciation). His mother believed that the son was the blessing of Lord Shiva. So, his name was Vireshwar but called Bille. After Sanyas, he became Vividishananda. However, once in an American Newspaper, his name was by mistake printed as ‘Vivekananda’.

The most favourite disciple of Shri Ramakrishna Paramahansa, initially he fought with the Guru about idol worship. However, he virtually surrendered to the Goddess Kalimata.

While studying in Scottish Church College, Kolkata, the principal of the college William Hasty told him that he knew only one person in the world who achieved Ecstatic Joy – the ultimate of spiritual attainments.

Swamiji wrote a treatise on classical music at the age of 23. His 90-page introduction to the book contained a detailed study of Indian and Western musical instruments. Many editions were sold in a short span of time, wiping off the accumulated loss of the publishing house! Once Swamiji said had he not gone into spiritualism, he would have become a great musician!

Marie Louise Burke has written 6 volumes of 500 pages each on Swamiji’s conquer of the West!

After his father’s death, Swamiji’s family experienced serious poverty. He studied law and did jobs for livelihood. After taking Sanyas, he travelled across India. At Kanyakumari (the south end of the country), he dived into the sea and reached a huge rock. He meditated there, alone for 3 days and saw the dream of a prosperous and powerful India. He took it as a mission of his life. At present, there is the Vivekananda Memorial constructed on the rock.

Many Kings and Nawabs were impressed by his knowledge and personality; and offered to sponsor his trip abroad. But he politely refused it by saying that he would collect funds from people at large. He went to represent India. His thoughts were very practical. Once, he said – playing football on the ground may take you closer to God rather than mere prayers. He wanted a strong India. He was proud that we Indians accommodated all invaders. He said, Hinduism is not a religion as other people understand the word ‘religion’. It is our way of life! Therefore, he never believed in ‘conversions’. He used to say ‘religion’ cannot be discussed with an empty stomach.

After his Guru–mentor – Shri Ramakrishna, he had great respect for Buddha. There were many contemporary Indians representing other sects who were jealous of his glamorous success. They tried to defame him. The World knew the truth.

During his travel, he also met Lokmanya Tilak, who appreciated his depth of knowledge.

In America, before reaching the World conference venue, he had to undergo lot of hardships. He had no money. He shivered in the chilled climate. He had to stay in a broken box in a godown, on an empty stomach and inadequate clothes. People around hated him and kept away from the ‘black’ stranger.

Gradually, his value was recognised by one and all. Prof. Wright said ‘Swamiji’ is one of the best-educated men in the world. The posters in America described him as a ‘Cyclonic’ Hindu monk! It was on his motivation that Rockfeller donated his wealth to charity and formed ‘Rockfeller Foundation’. He inspired many entrepreneurs of India, including Tatas.

In the conference, all leaders of other religions addressed the gathering by using highly scholastic difficult words.

But the words of Swamiji, “My brothers and sisters of America”, touched the hearts of the audience. It was the true expression of our Indian culture and thought of ‘vasudhaiva kutumbakam’ – the whole world is one family. It is difficult to describe his greatness in such a short article.

Namaskaar to this all-time great person the world has ever witnessed!

Report On the 26th International Tax and Finance (ITF) Conference, 2022

The International Taxation Committee of BCAS conducted the 26th ITF Conference at Hotel Ananta and Resorts, Udaipur, from 4th to 7th August, 2022 – the first ITF Conference post-pandemic and the first to be held in a hybrid format. The total number of participants, including 30 online delegates, touched the 250 mark.

In line with the tradition, this year’s Conference, too, was designed to include various contemporary and practically relevant topics for the international tax practitioner. Eminent personalities and experts graced the Conference and shared their invaluable thoughts and experiences in their respective areas of expertise.

The participants were divided into four groups, each group ably led by group leaders who helped generate in-depth discussions of the case studies from the papers. The paper writers visited each group to witness the group discussion.

DAY 1

President CA Mihir Sheth gave his opening remarks and explained BCAS’s activities and various new initiatives. Immediate Past Chairman of the International Taxation Committee, Dr. CA Mayur B. Nayak, welcomed delegates and gave his introductory remarks. The Conference began with the lighting of the traditional lamp by the dignitaries.

 

Lighting of Traditional Lamp

Before the inaugural session, the participants had Group Discussion (GD) on “Cross Border Merger, Demergers and Restructuring – Tax and Regulatory Aspects”. CA Girish Vanvari addressed various points that emanated during the GD and provided his thoughts on the case studies. The session was chaired by the Past President, CA Gautam Nayak. It was followed by a special address by CA Padamchand Khincha, who introduced his paper and spoke about various issues relating to cross-border employment. Past President CA Kishor Karia chaired the session.

 

DAY 2

The day began with a GD on the paper written by CA Himanshu Parekh and CA Gaurav Mittal on “Select Controversies / Emerging trends in International Taxation”.CA Geeta Jani made a presentation on “BEPS 2.0 – GloBE Rules and Pillar 2 – Case Studies”. She explained various aspects of the subject in detail, including conceptual explanations, practical points for consideration, etc. Dr. CA Mayur Nayak chaired the session and provided insights on the issues.


CA Himanshu Parekh,
 while dealing with his paper “Select Controversies / Emerging trends in International Taxation”, explained the case studies on which the groups had detailed discussions. He addressed various points in his presentation that emanated from the discussion. His session was chaired by the Committee member CA Sushil Lakhani.The last session of the day was the panel discussion on “Cross Border Swift Payment Mechanism and its Importance, Rupee Rubble Payment System, Digital Currency and its Future”. The panel consisted of Shri Gopalaraman Padmanabhan, Shri Mahalingam Gurumoorthy, and Prof. Ananth Narayan. It was chaired by CA Dilip J. Thakkar and moderated by CA Sunil Kothare. The panel shared its thoughts and gave insights on specific issues revolving around the Payment System and allied topics. The entire panel discussion was in virtual mode and was well received by the participants.The day ended with an entertainment program comprising the Folk Dance of Rajasthan, Miming, and Mimicry.
DAY 3
The day began with a Group Discussion on the paper written by CA Padamchand Khincha, CA P Shivanand Nayak and CA Bibhuti Ram Krishna on “Cross Border Remuneration, Employment Benefits & Pensions – Case Studies”.Subsequently, there was a panel discussion on “Case Studies in International Taxation”. The panel consisted of Shri Ajay Vohra, Senior Advocate, Shri Ameet Shukla, Member ITAT, and Shri Sanjeev Sharma, Principal Director (Investigation). It was chaired and Moderated by CA Pranav Sayta. The panel covered various case studies which had practical relevance. The frank and thorough exchange of views among the panellists, ably supplemented by the Chairman’s remarks and probing queries, made the discussion very interesting and elaborate and provided much food for thought to the participants. The panel discussion was based on case studies prepared by various volunteers.Post that, more than 110 members joined for the Darshan of Lord Shrinathji at the Nathdwara Temple. This was followed by the gala dinner and a live orchestra. Some members also showcased their talent in singing, reciting poems and dancing.
DAY 4
The day began with the release of the August 2022 special issue of the BCA Journal, consisting of special pages on Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav and poems on this theme. The unique issue was released at the hands of Past President and member of the BCAJ Editorial Board, CA Kishor Karia.

Release of the August 2022 issue of BCA Journal

Thereafter, a panel discussion was held on “Transfer Pricing – Global Developments”. The panel consisted of CA Bhavesh Dedhia, CA Karishma Phatarphekar, and CA Paresh Parekh and was chaired and Moderated by CA T. P. Ostwal. It was a technically rich discussion, as the panellists discussed issues from different perspectives.After the Panel Discussion, CA Padamchand Khincha dealt with his paper on “Cross Border Remuneration, Employment Benefits & Pensions – Case Studies”. He had a detailed discussion on his paper and answered various issues raised by the  Group Leaders based on the discussions in their respective groups. CA Kishor Karia ably chaired the session.

 

CONCLUDING REMARKS

With the in-person (or physical) ITF Conference being held after two years, the participants enjoyed comradeship and networking.The ITF Conference was held under the guidance of Dr. CA Mayur Nayak. CA Natwar Thakrar, as the Chief Conference Director, ably assisted by CA Jagat Mehta, Joint Conference Director, put in a lot of effort to make the Conference successful. The contribution by CA Kishore Pahuja from Udaipur was significant  in various aspects, including arrangement for the Nathdwara visit and organising the entertainment programmes.Other members of the Core Team were CAs, Anil Doshi, Chaitanya Maheshwari, D. S. Sharma, Deepak Kanabar, Divya Jokhakar, Ganesh Rajagopalan, Kartik Badiani, Naman Shrimal, Tarunkumar Singhal, Utsav Hirani and Ujwal ThakrarCA Deepak R. Shah, Past President of the Society, helped in negotiations with the hotel. Many other volunteers made laudable contributions to make the Conference a landmark event for BCASCA Nitin Shingala, Chairman of the Committee, chaired the concluding session wherein some members who attended the ITF conference for the first time shared their experiences and expressed satisfaction with all aspects of the Conference, especially enriching papers, GDs, Panel Discussions, arrangements at the venue, comradeship, and networking.The 26th ITF Conference ended on a high note and received encouraging responses and feedback from the participants.

CA Amendment Act, 2022

Shrikrishna: Oh, Arjun, your July pressure is over! So, relaxing now?

Arjun: Yes, a little bit. Good monsoon, chilled climate. And the next deadline is 31st October.

Shrikrishna: Here is something that will not only wake you up, but shake you up!

Arjun: Really? Lord, don’t frighten me and spoil my mood. What is that?

Shrikrishna: Your CA Act is amended, particularly in respect of disciplinary mechanisms.

Arjun: I had heard about it but didn’t know the details. It’s good to hear from you.

Shrikrishna: First, the amendment is giving some relief. You know that once a complaint is lodged or information is provided, it takes a long time to settle. The process is expensive and time-consuming. Many times the complaints are frivolous, meaningless and without any substance.

Arjun: Yes. I agree. So, what have they done?

Shrikrishna: Now, once the complaint or information is received, the Director Discipline will decide whether the complaint or case is actionable or liable to be closed as non-actionable.

Arjun: Oh! Very good. That will save a lot of trouble for our CAs and save money and professional time for all concerned, including our Institute.

Shrikrishna: True. For this, he may call for additional information by giving 15 days’ notice to the complainant or informant. If he finds it non-actionable, he has to refer it to the Board of Discipline for its concurrence. If the Board disagrees, he must proceed with the normal investigation.

Arjun: How long will this take?

Shrikrishna: The Director Discipline has to refer it to the Board within 60 days of receiving the complaint or information.

Arjun: Good. So there is a time limit.

Shrikrishna: If he has to carry out the investigation, the Director Discipline gives 21 days to the Respondent to submit his Written Statement.

Arjun: There must be some extension allowable. We CAs cannot do anything without additional time.

Shrikrishna: Yes. Earlier, the maximum allowable extension was 30 days; but now it is only 21 days.
 
 Another important thing. Previously, a complaint could be withdrawn with the permission of the Board of Discipline (BOD) or Disciplinary Committee (DC). Now, this facility is withdrawn!

Arjun: This is not good. I feel that if the complaint is not of a serious nature, they should permit the withdrawal.

Shrikrishna: Further, the BOD will continue to consist of 3 members; but the composition is changed. Earlier, the President of the BOD normally used to be the President or Vice President of ICAI. Henceforth, he should be a non-member of the Institute. The other two members will be – one Central Government nominee but not a member of ICAI, and the third member will be a Central Council Member.

Arjun: Oh! So, the majority will be non-CAs. How will they understand the realities of our profession?

Shrikrishna: Punishments have also been made harsher! Previously, for the first schedule, the maximum period of suspension was up to 3 months. Now it can be maximum of 6 months! The maximum fine for the first schedule is now raised from rupees one lakh to two lakhs.

Arjun: Oh My God!

Shrikrishna: And now you will lose your sleep.

Arjun: What is that?

Shrikrishna: If a member is repeatedly found guilty for the last five years, then action can be taken even against his firm! And it is very severe.

Arjun: Tell me. Gathering strength to listen to you.

Shrikrishna: Then, even the firm may be prohibited from undertaking any professional activity for up to one year or a fine up to Rs. 25 lakhs can be imposed!

Arjun: Should it be the same offence?

Shrikrishna: No. It states only the item from the first schedule. So, it could be any offence.

Arjun: Baap Re! Many CAs will close their shops! And what about the Second Schedule?

Shrikrishna: You know that the Second Schedule contains more serious offences. There also, the composition of the DC is changed. Now, the Presiding Officer will be a non-member of ICAI. Two Central Government nominees, again, non-members! And two CCMs.

Arjun: So, the majority, including President, will be non-CAs!

Shrikrishna: Yes. It can be. And the maximum fine is raised from Rs. 5 lakhs to Rs. 10 lakhs. Suspension for any length of time, even permanently. This was already there.

Arjun: What about repetitive offences?

Shrikrishna: There, for repeated offences in the last five years, the firm may be prohibited from carrying out any professional activity for up to two years. Even the registration of the firm may be suspended or cancelled permanently! Or there could be a fine of up to Rs. 50 lakhs.

Arjun: Mar gaye! Don’t tell me anything further just now. Not in a position to bear it any longer!

Shrikrishna: Fine! In the meanwhile, I wish you a happy festival season.

“Om Shanti”

[This dialogue is based on the recent amendments (18th April, 2022) brought into the provisions of the CA Act and conduct of enquiry rules relating to disciplinary cases. The Amendments are effective from 10th May, 2022.]

Dictation Software

Are you tired of typing? Want to improve your speed? So, how about being a lot lazier than you are?

Dictation.io is your first stop. Use the magic of speech recognition to write emails and documents in Google Chrome and almost anywhere else on the computer. Dictation.io accurately transcribes your speech into text in real-time. You can add paragraphs, punctuation marks and even insert smileys using voice commands.

Just head to https://dictation.io/ and click on Launch Dictation. On the next screen, click on Start, allow the use of your microphone and start dictating! So simple. No login, no sharing your email id, no passwords – nothing. Just start dictating.

Once you have finished your document, you can copy and paste it into any software of your choice – Word, Gmail, WhatsApp, just anything. You can even download and save the file you created in plain text (.txt). If you wish to Tweet your text, the site offers a direct link to Twitter, and you may Tweet it directly on your Twitter account. And if you want to print or email it through Outlook, there is a provision to now print the dictated matter or email it from Outlook.

All the standard formatting options like Bold, Italics, underline, alignments, etc., are available as menu items and voice commands. The site guides you to a set of commands that can be used for inserting new paragraphs, selecting and copying text or deleting it, a host of smileys and special characters, punctuation marks and quotes and brackets.

The site further allows you to dictate in various languages besides English. These include Indian languages like Hindi, Gujarati, Marathi, Bengali, Punjabi, Kannada and many more! So you could type messages in your local language by just dictating the matter and then sending it on any digital media of your choice.

If you are a Gmail fan and wish to use Dictation.io mainly in Gmail, installing the Dictation for Gmail Chrome extension in your Chrome Browser may be helpful. Once done, whenever you go into Compose mode in your Gmail, you will see a tiny microphone on the bottom left of your panel (just next to the Send button). Click on the microphone and start dictating your mails in Gmail directly. Again, you can dictate in multiple languages, and the system will diligently type out the message in
the language of your choice! Punctuations, formatting and a host of other options are all available by voice commands.

If you use Google Docs regularly, you are in for some good news! Once you are creating or editing a document, head to Tools – Voice Typing (or use the Ctrl+Shift+S shortcut), and you will be able to start dictating the document in a language of your choice. It cannot get simpler than that.

And, of course, if you are used to using good old Microsoft Word on the Home Tab, select  Dictate and wait for a red dot to appear on the icon. Once it appears, you can start talking, and whatever you say will appear as text in your Word document. Punctuation marks and a host of other additions are also built-in. Select  Dictate again to stop dictating.

And these days, we are all used to inefficient typing on our phones. We can bid goodbye to those slow error-prone keystrokes if we install Google Keyboard (GBoard) or Microsoft Swiftkey as the primary keyboard on our phone. Once done, there is an option to dictate directly on your mobile phone. The dictation will allow you to insert any text in any application on your phone – no more speed and accuracy issues from now on!

There is no need to have a training session if you speak slowly and clearly for the system to understand what you are saying. It may take a few attempts to get the system to understand your rhythm and pronunciation. Once done, it works like a breeze.

A word of caution for all dictation softwares. The accuracy level could be between 90-95% in the majority of the cases. So, you may have to reread the matter at least once and correct the typos (especially for proper nouns, etc.). But once you get the hang of it, you will save hours and hours of time typing.

HAPPY DICTATING!

Controversy on What is ‘Control’ Set at Rest

BACKGROUND
An oft-litigated issue has been – when can a person be said to be in ‘control’ of a company? This is relevant not just in securities laws but to several other laws including the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, the Companies Act, 2013, Insurance law, Competition law, etc. The definition of ‘control’ under the SEBI Takeover Regulations, the Companies Act, 2013 and the IBC is on the same lines. Acquiring control of a company or even being in control has significant consequences. However, the definition of ‘control’ is very widely worded and has left doubts on how it would apply to facts. Thus, there has been uncertainty and hence litigation. As we will see later, SEBI did propose to make the definition more specific but later backtracked. Indeed, though a 12-year-old decision of SAT (Subhkam Ventures (I) P. Ltd. vs. (2010) 99 SCL 159 (SAT) – ‘Subhkam’) gave fairly clear guidelines and principles on how this definition of ‘control’ should apply. The matter was appealed before the Supreme Court. But since the matter got resolved on other grounds, the Supreme Court consciously refrained from commenting on the merits and stated that its decision should not be taken as a precedent over the issue. This was interpreted particularly by SEBI as leaving the matter open putting even the SAT decision as without having any finality. The uncertainty then continued.

A recent decision of the Securities Appellate Tribunal (SAT) (Vishvapradhan Commercial (P.) Ltd. vs. SEBI (2022) 140 taxmann.com 498 (SAT) – ‘Vishvapradhan’) has finally given some semblance of finality. This has happened because the Supreme Court in 2018 approved the Subhkam decision which elaborated the matter even further. However, this ruling was under the IBC and thus a level of uncertainty continued. Now, the latest Vishvapradhan SAT ruling has affirmed that the Supreme Court decision indeed applies even to securities laws. This gives one strong reason to hope that this matter is finally settled for good. Let us go into more details about the issues involved.

DEFINITION OF ‘CONTROL’ UNDER THE SEBI TAKEOVER REGULATIONS

The controversy rages around the definition of ‘control’ under these Regulations, which, incidentally, is more or less identical to that under the Companies Act, 2013, and which definition also applies to IBC. It reads as under (Regulation 2(1)(e) excluding the proviso, which is not of concern here):

(e)  “control” includes the right to appoint majority of the directors or to control the management or policy decisions exercisable by a person or persons acting individually or in concert, directly or indirectly, including by virtue of their shareholding or management rights or shareholders agreements or voting agreements or in any other manner:

The definition is an inclusive one and widely framed. Control may arise through a majority holding of equity, where the holding of the whole group is counted. Or it may be through agreements or in any other manner. The parts which have faced difficulty in interpretation relate to what amounts to control of management or policy decisions. Particularly here, the question is what the border lines are, if at all such lines could be defined, which would separate a situation where there exists control from one where it does not. This is particularly so when certain rights are given to certain investors holding a significant quantity of shares. These rights so granted may include the right to appoint a director or two, the right to veto certain significant decisions proposed to be taken by the company, etc. The question is whether such rights to participate in the management amounts to ‘control’?

IMPLICATIONS OF ACQUIRING/HOLDING ‘CONTROL’

If a person acquires control, he would be required to make an open offer under the Takeover Regulations which would have significant financial implications for the acquirer and possibly the benefit of a higher offer price to the selling shareholders. Such a person may also be classified as a promoter with various resultant implications. If one has control over certain specified companies that have defaulted on their debts, eligibility to participate in resolutions of companies under insolvency would be lost.

It is not surprising then that SEBI and other regulators are also vigilant on whether control is acquired. Investors who desire to obtain participation rights are also wary of whether having such rights would result in their being held to have acquired control.

THE SUBHKAM DECISION

In this decision, the SAT examined the issue in detail. The issue in question was, as described earlier, about an investor in a listed company which acquired certain participation rights in it. The question was whether this amounted to an acquisition of control. SEBI held that it did so amount to acquisition of control and required the investor to make an open offer. SAT reversed the order and used the analogy and metaphor of driving a car. It said that the crucial question was who was in the driving seat? Taking the metaphor further, it asked whether this would mean determining whether such a person had control not just of the steering wheel, but also the accelerator, the gears and the brakes. Or to put it more succinctly, the test was whether the person had proactive rights or reactive rights.

Acquiring of participation at best amounted to the occasional use of the brakes and occasionally (to extend the metaphor even further) giving driving instructions. It found that, on the facts of that case, the investor was not at all in the driver’s seat. Importantly, he could not initiate and implement any of the major decisions where it had veto rights. The definition of ‘control’ itself refers to having a right to appoint the majority of the directors and, by implications, it is submitted, having a right to appoint one or two directors who would be in the minority would not by itself amount to having control.

APPEAL TO SUPREME COURT AGAINST THE SUBHKAM DECISION

SEBI appealed to the Supreme Court but in the intervening period, certain events took place whereby the issue was rendered more or less infructuous. Thus, the Supreme Court did not have to decide on the issue and hence the matter was disposed of with a clarification that its decision did not amount to a precedent on the matter. While it did not set aside the SAT order either, undue emphasis or perhaps even an incorrect interpretation was being taken that the order of SAT too should not have any standing.

SEBI’S PROPOSAL TO LAY DOWN CERTAIN BRIGHT-LINE TESTS OF CONTROL

On 14th March, 2016, SEBI released a ‘consultation paper’ on the issue and particularly referring to the Subhkam decision, which considered whether certain specific bright-line tests could be laid down to help decide whether a person can be said to have or not have ‘control’. This, SEBI felt, would result in the definition being more specific. However, on receiving responses, SEBI decided that the definition did not need any change and dropped the proposal. It is submitted that this should have closed the matter, at least as far as SEBI is concerned. It, as we will see below, did not.

SUPREME COURT DECISION IN ARCELORMITTAL’S CASE

This decision (ArcelorMittal India (P.) Ltd. vs. Satish Kumar Gupta ((2018) 150 SCL 354 (SC)) was under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (IBC). The matter and issues thereunder were several and complex. But essentially, the question was the same – under what circumstances would a person (or group of persons) can be said to have control over a company? The implications, as mentioned earlier, of being held to have control were significant and serious – a person would be disqualified from offering a resolution plan.

The Supreme Court cited the Subhkam decision and held that the observations made therein on what amounts to having ‘control’ were apposite. The Court even went further and elaborated on the question but essentially, the principles laid down in Subhkam were approved.

THE SAT DECISION IN VISHVAPRADHAN

Most recently, in Vishvapradhan, SAT had the occasion to examine a similar question on whether such participative rights amount to control. Again, in this case, there were others too but the question that is relevant for this article was whether, on account of having certain participative rights, an investor can be said to have acquired control. SAT examined in great detail the exact rights that the investor had. It also considered the Subhkam decision and the Supreme Court decision in ArcelorMittal. SEBI clutched at several straws of arguments. It argued that the Subhkam decision did not, particularly in light of the Supreme Court observations on appeal, have any standing. It also argued that the ArcelorMittal case was under the IBC. It even argued that the Supreme Court decision in Subhkam was given by three judges while the ArcelorMittal ruling was by two judges.

The SAT rejected all these arguments. It affirmed that ArcelorMittal endorsed the Subhkam ruling, and the principles would need to be applied to the present case too. Accordingly, it held that acquisition of such participating rights did not amount to acquisition of control.

CONCLUSION AND THE WAY FORWARD

Arguably, then, it can be said that a level of certainty has finally prevailed on the control issue. And this extends to several laws where the definition is on similar lines. However, importantly, there is clarity on principles which then would have to be applied to the facts of an individual case. It is possible that in a given case, the rights may be such that the acquirer may be held to proactively have control. Thus, care would need to be taken in structuring such arrangements and it is likely that some cases may still see litigation. However, the clarity of the guidelines and the principles laid down to determine the issue should help SEBI and even the Appellate Authorities arrive at a conclusion.

It may not be out of place to mention that there are likely to be further developments on the matter. SEBI is actively exploring reforming the concept of ‘promoters’ and prefers to define and apply the term ‘person-in-control’. This is particularly in light of changing shareholding patterns. SEBI had issued a consultation paper on 11th May, 2021 on the subject and it is possible that it may implement the proposal at least in parts, though to implement the whole of it would require amendment of other statutes too falling under the purview of other regulators/Parliament. But it is submitted that the legal developments discussed here would actually help in the changed scenario too, perhaps even more so.

Bequests and Legacies Under Wills – Part 2

INTRODUCTION
In the last month’s feature (BCAJ, August 2022), we examined some of the important principles regarding a Will’s valid bequest, the time when it vests, etc. We continue with an examination of some more interesting and vital features in this respect.

TYPES OF LEGACIES

Specific Legacy

When a specific part of the testator’s property is bequeathed to any person and such property is distinguished from all other parts of his property, then the legacy is known as a specific legacy. E.g., A makes a bequest to C of the diamond ring which was gifted to A by his father. This is a specific legacy in favour of C. Thus, the essence of a specific legacy is that it is distinguishable from the other assets of the testator’s estate. A specific legacy is distinguishable from a general legacy, e.g., a bequest of all the residue estate is a general legacy.

What is a specific legacy and what is a general legacy is a question of fact and needs to be determined on a case-to-case basis. If the legacy exists at the time of the testator’s death and his estate is otherwise insufficient to pay off his debts, then the specific legacy must be given to the legatee. The following are the principles with respect to a specific legacy:

(i)    Usually, a bequest of money, stocks and shares are general legacies. In some cases, a sum of money is bequeathed and the stock or securities in which the money is to be invested is specified in the Will. Even in such cases, the legacy is not specific. E.g., A makes a bequest of Rs. 10 crores to his son and his Will specifies that the sum is to be invested in the shares of XYZ P. Ltd. The legacy is not specific.

(ii)    Even if a legacy is made out under which a bequest is made in general terms and the testator as on the date of the Will possesses stock of the same or greater amount, the legacy does not become specific. E.g., A bequeaths 8% RBI Bonds worth Rs. 10 lakhs to X. On the date of the Will, A has 8% RBI Bonds worth Rs. 10 lakhs. The legacy is not specific. However, if A were to state that “I bequeath to X all my 8% RBI Bonds”, then this would have been a specific legacy.

(iii)    A legacy of money does not become specific merely because its payment is postponed until some part of the testator’s estate has been reduced to a certain form or remitted to a certain place.

(iv)    A Will may make a specific bequest for some items and a residual bequest for the others. While making a residual bequest, the testator lists down some of the items comprised within the residue. Merely because such items are enlisted they do not become specific legacies.

(v)    In the case of a specific bequest to two or more persons in succession, the property must be retained in a form in which the testator left it even if it is a wasting or a reducing asset, e.g., a lease or an annuity.

(vi)    A property bequest is generally a specific legacy.

Demonstrative Legacy

A Demonstrative Legacy has the following characteristics:

(a)    It means a legacy which comprises a bequest of a certain sum of money or a certain quantity of a commodity but refers to a particular fund or stock which is to constitute the primary fund or stock out of which the payment is to be made. The difference between a specific and a demonstrative legacy is that while in the case of a specific legacy, a specific property is given to the legatee, in the case of a demonstrative legacy, it must be paid out of a specified property.

E.g., A bequeaths Rs. 50 lakhs to his wife and also directs under his Will that his property should be sold and out of the proceeds Rs. 50 lakhs should go to his daughter. The legacy to his wife is specific but the legacy to his daughter is demonstrative.

(b)    In case a portion of a fund is a specific legacy and a portion is to be used for a demonstrative legacy, then the specific legacy stands in priority to the demonstrative legacy. If there is a shortfall in paying the demonstrative legacy, then it is to be met from the residue of the estate of the testator.

(c)    Similarly, in case a portion of a fund is a specific legacy and a portion is to be used for a demonstrative legacy, and if the testator himself receives a portion of the fund with the result that funds are insufficient, then specific legacy stands in priority to the demonstrative legacy. If there is a shortfall in paying the demonstrative legacy, then it is to be met from the residue of the testator’s estate.

E.g., A bequeaths Rs. 20 lakhs, being part of an actionable claim of Rs. 50 lakhs which he has to receive from B to his wife and also directs under his Will that this claim should be used to pay Rs. 10 lakhs to his daughter. During A’s lifetime he receives Rs. 25 lakhs himself from B. The legacy to his wife is specific, but the legacy to his daughter is demonstrative. Hence, the wife will receive Rs. 20 lakhs in priority to the daughter. Since the balance in the claim is only Rs. 5 lakhs, whereas the daughter has to receive Rs. 10 lakhs, she would have to receive the balance from A’s general estate.

General Legacy

A legacy which is neither specific nor demonstrative is known as a general legacy. E.g., A bequeaths all the residue of his estate to B. This is called a general legacy.


ADEMPTION OF LEGACIES
Ademption of a legacy means that the legacy ceases to take effect, i.e., the legacy fails. Ademption of a legacy takes place when the thing which has been legated does not exist at the time of the testator’s death. The rules in respect of ademption of legacies are as follows:

(a)    In the case of a specific legacy, if the subject matter of the item bequeathed does not exist at the time of the testator’s death or it has been converted into some other form, then the legacy is adeemed. Thus, because the bequest is not in existence, the legacy fails. E.g., A makes a Will under which he leaves a gold ring to X. A in his lifetime, sells the ring. The legacy is adeemed. The position would be the same if a stock has been specifically bequeathed and the same is not in existence at the testator’s death.

However, in case the bequest undergoes a change between the date of Will and the death of the testator and the change occurs due to some legal provisions, then the legacy is not adeemed. E.g., A bequeaths 10,000 equity shares in Z Ltd. to B. Z Ltd. undergoes a demerger under a court-approved reconstruction scheme and the shares of A are split into 5,000 2% Preference Shares of Y Ltd. and 4,000 equity shares of Z Ltd. The legacy is not adeemed.

Another exception to the principle of ademption is if the subject matter undergoes a change between the date of the Will and the death of the testator without the testator’s knowledge. In such a case since the change is not with the testator’s knowledge, the legacy is not adeemed. One of the instances where such a change may occur is if the change is made by an agent of the testator without his consent.

(b)    Unlike a specific legacy, a demonstrative legacy is not adeemed merely because the property on which it is based does not exist at the time of the testator’s death or the property has been converted into some other form. In such a case the other general assets of the testator would be used to pay off the legacy.

(c)    In some specific bequests, debts, receivables, actionable claims, etc., which the testator has to receive from third parties may be bequeathed. In such cases, if the testator receives such dues himself, then the legacy adeems because there is nothing left to be received by the legatee.

However, where the bequest is money or some other commodity and the testator receives the same in his lifetime, then the same is not adeemed unless the testator mixes up the same along with his general property.

(d)    If a property has been specifically bequeathed to a person and he receives a part or a portion of the property, then the bequest adeems to the extent of the assets received by the legatee. However, it continues for the balance portion of the bequest.

As opposed to this, if only a portion of the entire fund or property has been specifically bequeathed to a legatee and the testator receives a part or a portion of this fund or property, then there is an ademption to the extent of the receipt. The balance fund or stock shall be used to discharge the legacy.

(e)    If a stock is specifically bequeathed to a person and it is lent to someone else and accordingly replaced, then the legacy is not adeemed. Similarly, if a stock which is specifically bequeathed is sold and afterwards before the testator’s death, an equal quantity is replaced, then the legacy is not adeemed.

CONCLUSION

It is important to bear in mind the above principles while drafting a Will so that the bequest does not become void and so that the beneficiaries can receive what the testator intended that they receive!

Taxability of Subscription to Database Paid to Non-Resident

Digitalisation has changed the way we conduct business in the last few years. In this article, the authors seek to analyse the tax implications arising from paying a subscription to a database to a non-resident.

1. BACKGROUND

Payment for the subscription to an online database is one of the most common remittances for businesses in India. The taxability of this payment has been a litigative issue, especially when it comes to TDS. The nature of the payment is such that one would need to look at various provisions under the Act and the DTAA to determine its taxability. The issue of whether payments for the use of an online database constitute royalty has been covered in the May, 2017 edition of BCAJ in the ‘Controversies’ feature. Further, the authors also covered this issue in the March, 2007 edition of BCAJ.

However, in the context of payment for the use of the software, the Hon’ble Supreme Court has laid down the law in its recent decision in Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence (P.) Ltd vs. CIT (2021) 432 ITR 471. Further, India has introduced Equalisation Levy provisions for E-commerce operators as well as extended the definition of ‘income deemed to accrue or arise in India’ with the introduction of the Significant Economic Presence provisions (Explanation 2A to section 9(1)(i)) and extended source rule provisions (Explanation 3A to section 9(1)(i)). Therefore, the authors have sought to provide an overview of the taxability of such payments in view of the recent amendments in law and the judicial precedents.  

A database is an organised collection of data and information. From a business-user perspective, it can broadly cover the publicly available information provided in an organised manner, such as the price of certain commodities, a legal database covering various judgements, business information reports etc., or cover opinions on various issues provided by various experts or a mix of both.

When subscribing to a database, one generally gets access to view various reports/ data available on the database. Such a database may further, in some cases, be modified in a certain manner (such as granting access to only certain modules) depending on the need of the user organisation. In most End User Licence Agreements (‘EULA’) granting  access to the database, the right to view the information is provided. The main copyright of the database and the data in the database continue to be with the database owner (except in cases where the data in the database is publicly available information).

Some aspects that one needs to consider while determining the taxability of payment for subscription of an online database, especially in a cross-border transaction and which the authors have sought to analyse in this article are as follows:

  • Whether the payment would constitute  Royalty under the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’) or the relevant Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement (‘DTAA’)?

  • Whether the payment constitutes ‘Fees for Technical Services’ under the provisions of the Act or the relevant DTAA?

  • Whether the provisions of Explanation 2A to section 9(1)(i) of the Act, i.e. Significant Economic Presence (‘SEP’) would, apply to such a payment?

  • Would the Equalisation Levy on E-commerce Operators, introduced by the Finance Act, 2020, apply to such a payment?

2. TAXABILITY UNDER THE ACT

In the ensuing paragraphs, we have analysed the provisions of the Act. The activities of the database service provider are generally undertaken outside India, and therefore, arguably, income earned from granting access to the database may not be considered as accruing or arising in India u/s 5 of the Act. One needs to consider if the income would be considered ‘deeming to accrue or arise in India’ u/s 9 of the Act. Under the domestic tax provisions of the Act, one would also need to evaluate whether the payment qualifies as ‘royalty’ or ‘fees for technical services’ or whether the SEP provisions are attracted.

2.1. Whether taxable as royalty?

The term ‘royalty’ has been defined in Explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Act. In this regard, we would like to bring the attention of the readers to the feature in BCAJ in May, 2017, mentioned above, wherein the applicability of the definition of the term to the payment for access to an online database has been analysed. In the said feature, the authors have concluded that the payment towards the use of the database would not constitute royalty under the provisions of the Act as well as the relevant DTAA. While, to give a holistic view on the matter, in this article, we have covered the applicability of the provisions of the term ‘royalty’, the reader may refer to the May, 2017 article for further in-depth analysis.

The term ‘royalty’ is defined to mean consideration for the following:

“(i) the transfer of all or any rights (including the granting of a licence) in respect of a patent, invention, model, design, secret formula or process or trade mark or similar property;

(ii) the imparting of any information concerning the working of, or the use of, a patent, invention, model, design, secret formula or process or trade mark or similar property;

(iii) the use of any patent, invention, model, design, secret formula or process or trade mark or similar property;

(iv) the imparting of any information concerning technical, industrial, commercial or scientific knowledge, experience or skill;

(iva) the use or right to use any industrial, commercial or scientific equipment but not including the amounts referred to in section 44BB;

(v) the transfer of all or any rights (including the granting of a licence) in respect of any copyright, literary, artistic or scientific work including films or video tapes for use in connection with television or tapes for use in connection with radio broadcasting ; or

(vi) the rendering of any services in connection with the activities referred to in sub-clauses (i) to (iv), (iva) and (v).”

In the ensuing paragraphs, we have sought to analyse each and every aspect of the above definition.  

2.1.1. Whether software?

Explanation 4 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Act further extends the definition to include consideration in respect of any right, property or information and also includes the transfer of right for use or right to use computer software (including granting of a licence).

Explanation 3 to section 9(1)(vi) defines the term ‘computer software’ as follows:

“For the purposes of this clause, “computer software” means any computer programme recorded on any disc, tape, perforated media or other information storage device and includes any such programme or any customized electronic data.”

As the expression ‘means’ has been used for defining ‘computer software’, one would need to interpret the provisions strictly within the confines of the definition. In other words, a database would be considered ‘computer software’ only if it falls within any of the aspects covered above.

In the case of an online database, it is not a computer programme recorded on any disc, tape, perforated media or other information storage device. The question that arises is whether it would be considered as ‘customized electronic data’. In this regard, one may refer to the decision of the Chennai ITAT in the case of ITO vs. Accurum India Pvt Ltd (2010) 126 ITD 69, wherein this term was analysed, albeit in the context of section 80HHE for the definition of ‘computer software’1. The ITAT held that for the data to be ‘customised’ it would need to be suitable for a specific customer only. In the present case, the data is available to all subscribers to the database and, therefore, cannot be considered customised.


1. Taxation of Copyright Royalties in India – Interplay of Copyright Law and Income Tax by Ganesh Rajgopalan published by Taxsutra and Oakbridge, 2nd edition.

Therefore, a database cannot be considered ‘computer software’, and the provisions of Explanation 3 and 4 of section 9(1)(vi) shall not apply in this case.

2.1.2. Whether patent, invention, model, design, secret formula or process or trade mark or similar property?

While the online database would not be considered a patent, invention, model, design or trade mark (the process is discussed in ensuing paragraphs), the question arises what does one mean by ‘similar property’.

Various Courts have referred to the Copyright Act, 1957 (‘CA 1957’) in this regard to determine whether ‘software’ can be considered copyright and, therefore, payment for the use of the same be considered as ‘royalty’ under the Act. The Karnataka High Court in the case of CIT vs. Wipro Ltd. (2013) 355 ITR 284, held that payment for the use of the database would constitute royalty. In this case, the Court relied on its earlier ruling in the case of CIT vs. Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd (2012) 345 ITR 494,  and after relying on the definition of copyright under the CA 1957 had held that the payment for the use of computer software would constitute payment towards the use of copyright and therefore, taxable as ‘royalty’.

Section 2(o) of the CA 1957 provides as follows:

“‘literary work’ includes computer programmes, tables and compilations including computer databases;”

Further, section 14 of the CA 1957 provides as follows:

“For the purposes of this Act, “copyright” means the exclusive right subject to the provisions of this Act, to do or authorise the doing of any of the following acts in respect of a work or any substantial part thereof, namely:—

(a) in the case of a literary, dramatic or musical work, not being a computer programme,—

(i) to reproduce the work in any material form including the storing of it in any medium by electronic means;

(ii) to issue copies of the work to the public not being copies already in circulation;

(iii) to perform the work in public, or communicate it to the public;

(iv) to make any cinematograph film or sound recording in respect of the work;

(v) to make any translation of the work;

(vi) to make any adaptation of the work;

(vii) to do, in relation to a translation or an adaptation of the work, any of the acts specified in relation to the work in sub-clauses (i) to (vi);

(b) in the case of a computer programme,—

(i) to do any of the acts specified in clause (a);

(ii) to sell or give on commercial rental or offer for sale or for commercial rental any copy of the computer programme:

Provided that such commercial rental does not apply in respect of computer programmes where the programme itself is not the essential object of the rental;”

Recently, we had the landmark ruling in the context of the taxability of computer software as royalty. The Supreme Court in the case of Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence (P.) Ltd vs. CIT (2021) 432 ITR 471, held that payment towards the use of the computer software would not constitute ‘royalty’ under the relevant DTAA, effectively overruling the decision of the Karnataka High Court in the case of Samsung Electronics (supra).

The relevant paragraphs of this landmark decision of the Apex Court, applicable to our analysis of taxability of online database, have been reproduced below:

“46. When it comes to an end-user who is directly sold the computer programme, such end-user can only use it by installing it in the computer hardware owned by the end-user and cannot in any manner reproduce the same for sale or transfer, contrary to the terms imposed by the EULA.

47. In all these cases, the “licence” that is granted vide the EULA, is not a licence in terms of section 30 of the Copyright Act, which transfers an interest in all or any of the rights contained in sections 14(a) and 14(b) of the Copyright Act, but is a “licence” which imposes restrictions or conditions for the use of computer software. Thus, it cannot be said that any of the EULAs that we are concerned with are referable to section 30 of the Copyright Act, inasmuch as section 30 of the Copyright Act speaks of granting an interest in any of the rights mentioned in sections 14(a) and 14(b) of the Copyright Act. The EULAs in all the appeals before us do not grant any such right or interest, least of all, a right or interest to reproduce the computer software. In point of fact, such reproduction is expressly interdicted, and it is also expressly stated that no vestige of copyright is at all transferred, either to the distributor or to the end-user. A simple illustration to explain the aforesaid position will suffice. If an English publisher sells 2000 copies of a particular book to an Indian distributor, who then resells the same at a profit, no copyright in the aforesaid book is transferred to the Indian distributor, either by way of licence or otherwise, inasmuch as the Indian distributor only makes a profit on the sale of each book. Importantly, there is no right in the Indian distributor to reproduce the aforesaid book and then sell copies of the same. On the other hand, if an English publisher were to sell the same book to an Indian publisher, this time with the right to reproduce and make copies of the aforesaid book with the permission of the author, it can be said that copyright in the book has been transferred by way of licence or otherwise, and what the Indian publisher will pay for, is the right to reproduce the book, which can then be characterised as royalty for the exclusive right to reproduce the book in the territory mentioned by the licence. ….

52. There can be no doubt as to the real nature of the transactions in the appeals before us. What is “licensed” by the foreign, non-resident supplier to the distributor and resold to the resident end-user, or directly supplied to the resident end-user, is in fact the sale of a physical object which contains an embedded computer programme, and is therefore, a sale of goods, which, as has been correctly pointed out by the learned counsel for the assessees, is the law declared by this Court in the context of a sales tax statute in Tata Consultancy Services (supra) (see paragraph 27).”

The Supreme Court has distinguished the rights in the software and held that the right to use the software is different from the right in the copyright in the software, and the former would not constitute royalty.

Using the same analogy for an online database, one does not get a right to use the copyright in the database itself but only the right to use the database and therefore, such a payment would not constitute royalty under the first limb of the definition.

Similar principles, that payment for the use of database would not constitute payment for the use of copyright in the database and therefore not royalty, are also emanating from the following recent decisions (albeit rendered before the above-referred decision of the Supreme Court):

  • Mumbai ITAT in the case of American Chemical Society vs. DCIT (2019) 106 taxmann.com 253.

  • Delhi ITAT in the case of Dow Jones & Company Inc vs. ACIT (2022) 135 taxmann.com 270.

  • Ahmedabad ITAT in the cases of DCIT vs. Welspun Corporation Ltd (2017) 183 TTJ 697 and ITO vs. Cadila Healthcare Ltd (2017) 184 TTJ 178.

Further, there are various rulings such as that of the AAR in the cases of Dun & Bradstreet Espana, S.A., In re (2005) 272 ITR 99, Factset Research System Inc. and In re (2009) 317 ITR 169 or the Delhi ITAT in the case of McKinsey Knowledge Centre India (P.) Ltd. vs. ITO (2018) 92 taxmann.com 226, wherein it has been held that payment towards the use of database which only collates publicly available information, cannot be considered as ‘royalty’ under the Act or the DTAA.

2.1.3. Whether Process Royalty?

The term ‘process’ has been defined in Explanation 6 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Act as follows:

“For the removal of doubts, it is hereby clarified that the expression “process” includes and shall be deemed to have also included transmission by satellite (including up-linking, amplification, conversion for down-linking of any signal), cable, optic fibre or by any other similar technology, whether or not such process is secret;”

In the view of the authors, process would mean the way a particular activity is undertaken, and Explanation 6 merely extends the meaning of the term to cover the various modes of transmission of the process and to overrule certain judicial precedents which held that under the Act, for payment towards the process to be considered as ‘royalty’, such process should be secret.

In this scenario, the payment is not towards any process relating to the database. Therefore, this limb of the definition of ‘royalty’ is also not satisfied in the case of payment towards access to an online database.

2.1.4. Whether Equipment Royalty?

The term ‘royalty’ includes payment for the use or right to use industrial, commercial or scientific equipment.

In this regard, one may refer to the decision of the AAR in the case of Cargo Community Network (P.) Ltd, In re (2007) 289 ITR 355 wherein it has been held that amounts received towards the access granted to use an internet-based air cargo portal would constitute payment towards the use of ‘equipment’ and therefore, taxable as royalty under the Act. In the said case, the AAR concluded that it is not possible to use the portal without the server, and therefore, payment was made towards an integrated commercial-cum-scientific equipment, being the server on which the portal operates.

A similar view was also taken by the AAR in the case of IMT Labs (India) (P.) Ltd, In re (2006) 287 ITR 450.

However, in a subsequent decision of Dell International Services India (P) Ltd, In Re (2009) 305 ITR 37, the AAR has held that payment towards the use of a facility which uses sophisticated equipment would not be considered as payment towards the use of the equipment itself.

In the view of the authors, the decision of the AAR in the case of Dell (supra) presents a better view of the matter, and if one pays for access to the database, it cannot be said that one is paying for the use of the server on which such database is operated. Therefore, such a payment would not be considered towards the use or right to use industrial, commercial or scientific equipment.

2.1.5. Whether Experience Royalty?

Clause (iv) of Explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vi), defining the term ‘royalty’ includes payment towards the imparting of any information concerning technical, industrial, commercial or scientific knowledge, experience or skill.

The OECD Model Commentary on Article 12 explains the term as follows:

“11. In classifying as royalties payments received as consideration for information concerning industrial, commercial or scientific experience, paragraph 2 is referring to the concept of “know-how”. Various specialist bodies and authors have formulated definitions of know-how. The words “payments … for information concerning industrial, commercial or scientific experience” are used in the context of the transfer of certain information that has not been patented and does not generally fall within other categories of intellectual property rights. It generally corresponds to undivulged information of an industrial, commercial or scientific nature arising from previous experience, which has practical application in the operation of an enterprise and from the disclosure of which an economic benefit can be derived….

11.1 In the know-how contract, one of the parties agrees to impart to the other, so that he can use them for his own account, his special knowledge and experience which remain unrevealed to the public. It is recognised that the grantor is not required to play any part himself in the application of the formulas granted to the licensee and that he does not guarantee the result thereof……”

There is further guidance on this subject in the UN Model Commentary on Article 12, which provides as follows:

“16. Some members from developing countries interpreted the phrase “information concerning industrial, commercial or scientific experience” to mean specialized knowledge, having intrinsic property value relating to industrial, commercial, or managerial processes, conveyed in the form of instructions, advice, teaching or formulas, plans or models, permitting the use or application of experience gathered on a particular subject. “

The term ‘knowledge, experience or skill’ has been held to be referring to those intangibles or know-how which are acquired on undertaking a particular activity, but which may not necessarily be registered as an intangible.

If one refers to the meaning of the term, there are various decisions, such as the Hyderabad ITAT in the case of GVK Oil & Gas Ltd vs. ADIT (2016) 158 ITD 215, Mumbai ITAT in the case of Dy. DIT vs. Preroy AG (2010) 39 SOT 187, the AAR in the case of Real Resourcing Ltd, In re (2010) 322 ITR 558 and the Bombay High Court in the case of Diamond Services International (P) Ltd vs. Union of India (2008) 304 ITR 201, wherein the distinction between a contract for imparting know-how, experience or skill has been differentiated from a contract where such know-how, experience, skill has been used to provide services. There are various decisions which have been referred to above wherein the Courts have held that payment towards the use of publicly available information would not amount to imparting of any knowledge, experience or skill and, therefore, would not be considered ‘royalty’.

In this regard, it would be important to highlight the decision of the AAR in the case of ThoughtBuzz (P.) Ltd, In re (2012) 21 taxmann.com 129, wherein it has been held that income of a social media monitoring service, providing a platform for a subscription for users to engage with their customers, brand ambassadors, etc., would constitute payment for the use of commercial or industrial knowledge and therefore, taxable as royalty. In the said case, the taxpayer obtained information from blogs, forums, social networking sites, review sites, questions and answers sites and Twitter and collated the same for its users. The AAR did not provide detailed reasoning for arriving at this conclusion.

However, in the authors’ view, this may not be the better view as the information, which is collated by the database in question, was public information.

In most cases, the payment towards access to the database would not be considered ‘royalty’ as the payment would be towards information which is publicly available, but collated for the benefit of the users. However, one may need to evaluate, on the basis of the facts, if any knowledge or experience (whether belonging to the database service provider or otherwise) is imparted through the database, payment towards the use of such database, and if such experience is imparted, the transaction may be considered as ‘royalty’.

In view of the above, one may be able to take the view that the payment towards access to an online database would not constitute royalty under the Act.

2.2. Whether taxable as Fees for Technical Services?

The term ‘fees for technical services’ has been defined in Explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vii) of the Act to mean the following:

“For the purposes of this clause, ‘fees for technical services’ means any consideration (including any lump sum consideration) for the rendering of any managerial, technical or consultancy services (including the provision of services of technical or other personnel) but does not include consideration for any construction, assembly, mining or like project undertaken by the recipient or consideration which would be income of the recipient chargeable under the head “Salaries”;”

The first question which arises is whether such a payment would constitute ‘towards services’. While the term is not specifically defined in the Act, one may look at the general meaning of the term and such payment would constitute ‘towards services’. Arguably, such services would not be considered managerial or consultancy services. Further, such services do not involve any human intervention, and therefore, following the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. Kotak Securities Ltd (2016) 383 ITR 1, such services would not be considered ‘technical services’.

In the specific context of online databases, a similar view was taken by the Mumbai ITAT in the case of Elsevier Information Systems GmbH vs. DCIT (2019) 106 taxmann.com 401, wherein it was held that in the absence of any interaction between the customer/user of the database and the employees of the assessee, or any other material on record to show any human intervention while providing access to the database, such a payment could not be considered towards technical services.

Therefore, a subscription to an online database would not be considered as ‘fees for technical services’ u/s 9(1)(vii) of the Act.

2.3. Applicability of SEP provisions

The Finance Act, 2018 has introduced  Significant Economic Presence (‘SEP’) provisions in India. Explanation 2A to section 9(1)(i) extends the definition of business connection to include SEP and SEP has been defined to mean the following:

(a) transaction in respect of any goods, services or property carried out by a non-resident with any person in India including provision of download of data or software in India, if the aggregate of payments arising from such transaction or transactions during the previous year exceeds such amount as may be prescribed; or

(b) systematic and continuous soliciting of business activities or engaging in interaction with such number of users in India, as may be prescribed.

Further, the Proviso to the Explanation also provides that the transactions or activities shall constitute SEP, whether or not:

(i) the agreement for such transactions or activities is entered in India; or

(ii) the non-resident has a residence or a place of business in India; or

(iii) the non-resident renders services in India.

In other words, the SEP provisions would apply even if such services are rendered outside India, if it is undertaken with any person in India and if the aggregate payments during the year exceed the threshold prescribed.

The CBDT vide Notification No. 41/2021/F.No.370142/11/2018-TPL dated 3rd  May, 2021, has notified the thresholds to mean Rs. 2 crores in the case of payments referred to in clause (a) above and 3 million users in clause (b) above.

In the case of an online database, the question first arises is which of the above clauses of the Explanation would apply – whether the payment threshold or the number of users. As discussed above, the provision of access to the database may be considered a service, even if no human intervention is involved. Therefore, such services, not being FTS and rendered by a non-resident to any person in India, would trigger the SEP provisions if the payment threshold is exceeded. Further, if the number of users in India of such a database exceeds the number prescribed, SEP provisions could apply.

In other words, both the clauses of Explanation 2A could apply simultaneously, and even if one of the conditions prescribed is met, SEP provisions may apply to the said transactions.

2.4. Applicability of Explanation 3A of section 9(1)(i)

The Finance Act, 2020 extended the Source Rule for income attributable to operations carried out in India by inserting Explanation 3A to Section 9(1)(i), which reads as under:

“Explanation 3A.—For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that the income attributable to the operations carried out in India, as referred to in Explanation 1, shall include income from—

(i) such advertisement which targets a customer who resides in India or a customer who accesses the advertisement through internet protocol address located in India;

(ii) sale of data collected from a person who resides in India or from a person who uses internet protocol address located in India; and

(iii) sale of goods or services using data collected from a person who resides in India or from a person who uses internet protocol address located in India.’’

At the outset, in the authors’ view, and as explained in detail in our article in the March 2021 issue of BCAJ, Explanation 3A does not create a new source or nexus for the income of a non-resident in India, but it merely extends the source, which a non-resident may already have to tax the income specified above. Therefore, if the non-resident is otherwise not having a business connection in India, Explanation 3A would not impact the income of such taxpayers in India. On the other hand, if a non-resident has a business connection in India, say on account of the SEP provisions, the income as mentioned above would also be considered attributable to operations undertaken in India irrespective of whether they are attributable to the business connection or not.

In the case of an online database, income from providing access of database would not be covered under clause (i) above. Further, one may also be able to argue that the database is not selling the data but merely providing access to view the data, and therefore, clause (ii) may also not apply.

The database service provider is providing services and if the data used in those services from a person who resides in India or from an ISP located in India, clause (iii) may trigger and if such non-resident already has a business connection in India, the income from the provision of such services (even to other non-residents) may be taxed in India. However, if the database collects information from all over the world (say for example, a global legal database covering judicial precedents on a particular issue from all over the world including India), it may not be possible to attribute a particular value to the data collected from India.

3. TAXABILITY UNDER DTAA

In the above paragraphs, we have analysed that the payments received towards the provision of access to database would not be taxable as Royalty or FTS under the domestic provisions of the Act itself. Generally, the definition of ‘Royalty’ or FTS in a DTAA is similar or narrower than the definition of the term under the Act, and therefore, such payments would also not be taxable as Royalty or FTS under the DTAA.

Further, even if the SEP provisions are triggered on account of the payments received from persons in India or the number of users in India, such online database service provider, in the absence of any physical presence in India, may also not have a Permanent Establishment (PE) in India under the DTAA and therefore, may not be liable to tax in India under the DTAA.

4. TAXABILITY UNDER EQUALISATION LEVY PROVISIONS

The Finance Act, 2020 introduced Equalisation Levy (‘EL’) in the hands of a non-resident E-commerce operator on E-commerce supply or services (‘EL ESS’). The earlier provisions of EL applied in the case of online advertisement services, which would not apply in the case of payment for access to a database. However, one may need to evaluate whether the provisions of EL ESS may apply in this scenario.

Section 165A of the Finance Act, 2016 (inserted vide Finance Act, 2020 with effect from 1st April, 2020) provides that EL ESS provisions shall apply at the rate of 2% on the amount of consideration received or receivable by an E-commerce operator (‘EOP’) from E-commerce supply or services (‘ESS’) made or provided or facilitated by it if the turnover or sales from such ESS exceeds Rs. 2 crores during the previous year. The first question which arises is whether an online database service provider would be considered  an EOP.

4.1. Whether database service provider would be considered as an E-commerce operator

Section 164(ca) of the Finance Act, 2016 (inserted vide Finance Act, 2020 with effect from 1st April, 2020) defines an EOP to mean as follows:

“‘e-commerce operator’ means a non-resident who owns, operates or manages digital or electronic facility or platform for online sale of goods or online provision of services or both;”

In the case of an online database service provider, the database would constitute an electronic facility or platform. The issue to be addressed is whether such a platform would be for the online provision of services. In this regard, we have discussed above, that provision of an online database would constitute a service, and such services are provided through the database and hence would be considered as having been provided online.

Therefore, an online database service provider would be considered an EOP.

4.2. Whether services would qualify as E-commerce supply or services

As discussed above, as the services rendered by the EOP would be considered an online provision of services, such services would also satisfy the definition of ESS u/s 164(cb) of the Finance Act, 2016.

Section 165A of the Finance Act, 2016 provides as follows:

“On and from the 1st day of April, 2020, there shall be charged an equalisation levy at the rate of two per cent of the amount of consideration received or receivable by an e-commerce operator from e-commerce supply or services made or provided or facilitated by it—

(i) to a person resident in India; or

(ii) to a non-resident in the specified circumstances as referred to in sub-section (3); or

(iii) to a person who buys such goods or services or both using internet protocol address located in India.”

Having concluded that the services qualify as ESS and the database service provider would be considered as EOP, the EL ESS provisions would apply if the access to the database is provided to a person resident in India, a person using an IP address located in India.

In this regard, it would be important to highlight that in the case of EL ESS, the liability to discharge the tax is on the non-resident recipient, and no deduction of EL is required to be undertaken by the resident payer.

The specified circumstances, as provided in clause (ii) above, would apply only in case the data is collected from a person resident in India or a person who uses an IP address located in India. If the data is not collected from such a person, and if the access is provided to a non-resident, the EL ESS provisions will not apply even if the data collated is in respect of India.

5. CONCLUSION

In view of the above discussion, payment for subscription of an online database may not be considered  Royalty or FTS under the Act or the DTAA. If the amount of payment or the number of users in India is exceeded, SEP provisions may be triggered, and the online database service provider may be considered as having a business connection in India. However, the income from subscription to the database would not be taxable in the absence of a PE in India under the relevant DTAA. Further, if the income from Indian users exceeds Rs. 2 crores, the EL ESS provisions may apply to such an online database service provider.

Critical Analysis

A recent decision of the Supreme Court in All India Haj Umrah Tour Organizer Association Mumbai vs. UOI1 (‘AIHUTO’ case) did not prima-facie seem to unsettle legal positions framed over the history of indirect tax legislation. Probably, the limited macro scope failed to generate enough traction for the decision to be scrutinised further. Yet, a more critical analysis of the decision would suggest a missed opportunity to decide on certain basic tax principles which could have resolved fundamental issues of the law. To appreciate this viewpoint, we may delve into the details and respectfully examine the missed pointers.

BACKGROUND

The issue cropped up on account of a tax exemption being granted to Haj pilgrims who availed services through the ‘State Run Haj committees’ and hence having a visible saving compared to the services being offered by Private Tour Operators (HGOs/PTOs). The simple grievance of the PTOs was that they are being discriminated against despite all the services provided by Haj Committees and PTOs being identical. The PTOs approached the Courts on this matter and were rightly directed to the GST council for making appropriate representations on such policy matters, which was rejected by the GST council based on the recommendation of the Fitment committee. Petitions were filed by PTOs before the Apex Court challenging the said decision.

CASE SUMMARY

PTOs render Haj package services to pilgrims, which involve (a) return air ticket booking; (b) hotel accommodation at Saudi Arabia; (c) catering activity during the Haj; (d) ancillary services such as foreign exchange, local travel, etc. India and Saudi Arabia, through a bilateral agreement, agreed to regulate the Haj pilgrimage for smooth conduct of the Haj by Indian pilgrims. A limited quota of families is permitted to perform the Haj on a yearly basis based on the bilateral arrangement. Internally, India has enacted the Haj Committee Act, 2002 and set up the Haj Committee to allocate the seats to the Haj and assign licenses to PTOs to render private tour operator services based on their allotted quota. Haj Committee itself provides Tour operator services on a nonprofit basis to pilgrims through a lottery system, thereby enabling pilgrims to perform their Haj. The only difference between the tour operator services provided by Haj Committee and PTOs is that while the former is a non-profit organisation, the latter conducts business with the profit motive.

1. 2022-VIL-39-SC

CONCLUSION
The Court held as follows:

–    Question of whether the service is extra-territorial cannot be examined as the matter is pending before another Bench;

–    The list of decisions on the beneficial or strict interpretation of exemptions need not be examined since there is no ambiguity on the scope of the exemption. The exemption is limited to either (a) religious ceremonies or (b) a specified list of organisations; Tour operator services do not fall into either of the above;

–    Exemptions being a matter of policy, the exclusion of other organisations (PTOs in this case) from the exemption list does not make the law discriminatory; and

–    Tour operator services are not ‘event-based/ performance-based services’, and the place of supply is based on the default rule of ‘ordinary residence of recipient’, and hence a domestic service.

OUR ANALYSIS

The decision could be analysed under four heads (a) Extra-territoriality, (b) Place of Supply, (c) Discrimination, and (d) Scope of exemption. Detailed arguments under each of these heads have been documented below. The relevant legal provisions are extracted for ready reference:

GST exemption entry2 under contention was as follows:

Heading
9963;

9972;
9995;

Services
by a person by way of- (a) conduct of any religious
ceremony
………..

Heading
9991

Services
by a specified organisation in
respect of a religious pilgrimage facilitated by the Government of India,
under bilateral arrangement.


Place of Supply (‘POS’) Entry – The relevant POS entries before the Court:

Default Rule (2) The place of supply of services, except the services specified in sub-sections (3) to (14), …………. shall be the location of the recipient

Event Based Rule (7) The place of supply of services provided by way of,—

(a) organisation of a cultural, artistic, sporting, scientific, educational or entertainment event including supply of services in relation to a conference, fair, exhibition, celebration or similar events; or

(b) services ancillary to organisation of any of the events or services referred to in clause (a), or assigning of sponsorship to such events:
…………
(ii) to a person other than a registered person, shall be the place where the event is actually held and if the event is held outside India, the place of supply shall be the location of the recipient.

Passenger Transportation Service (9) The place of supply of passenger transportation service to, ………..

(b) a person other than a registered person, shall be the place where the passenger embarks on the conveyance for a continuous journey


2. Service Tax exemption entry in Notification 25/2012-ST dt. 20.06.2012 is pari materia with GST exemption entry except to the extent of SAC numbering and inter-relation with the SAC schedule.

Extra-territoriality

The taxpayer contended that Haj Pilgrimage commences from India; involves organising the activity of the Haj at an overseas location; is substantially performed outside India, and hence extra-territorial in nature. The Bench declined to consider this argument since a similar issue was pending before another Bench.

One may perceive that the Court could have addressed this submission to a certain extent since this would have formed the foundation of the entire decision. Alternatively, the Court could have kept the matter pending until the referred Bench resolved the territoriality issue. A tax levy can be crystallised only after crossing the jurisdictional threshold. The Court has ventured into ‘place of supply’ provisions oriented towards ascertainment of India’s tax jurisdiction. Deciding on the place of supply after settling the territoriality subject may have induced some more robustness into the decision.

We know that Article 269 provides levy and collection of taxes on goods or services supplied in the course of inter-state trade or commerce, including the importation into India. Parliament has been empowered to formulate the principles for ascertainment of supply which takes place in inter-state trade or commerce. One could interpret the provisions of sections 7 to 13 to ascertain the place of supply (i.e. legal situs) for ascertainment of India’s taxing jurisdiction. The overall fabric of the provisions indicates that the taxes would be payable depending on the likely consumption of goods or services. Time and again, Courts3 and Government FAQs have stated that GST/ service tax is intended to be a ‘destination-based consumption tax’ – implying that the attempt should be to reach the destination of consumption of the economic activity proposed to be taxed.


3. AIFTP vs. UOI 2007 (7) S.T.R. 625 (S.C.); AL&FS vs. UOI 2010 (20) S.T.R. 417 (S.C.)

In the present facts, the Court could have considered applying this principle to tour operators whose services are conducted across jurisdictions. The special feature of a tour operator service is that while the service could be agreed upon in India, the actual performance and benefit of the service taxes place both in and outside India. Thus, such services have the possibility of multiple situs for each element (e.g. boarding/ catering outside India, overseas travel, etc.).

The Act has already adopted the attribution mechanism in certain cases. Special provisions have been made for attribution of value of Government advertisement contracts to each state to which the advertisement relates. The IGST Rules have attempted to closely approximate the consumption based on certain public information – e.g. advertisement through internet has been guided by TRAI4 published information of internet subscribers in concerned states; television has been guided by BARC4 published subscriber base; and train advertisements are apportioned based on distance travelled in each state and published by Indian Railways. The target consumers in each state have been adopted as the basis of likely consumption in a State. Moreover, the GST council, in its 47th meeting, made changes in the rate notification by acknowledging that tour operators rendering services to foreign tourists are liable to be taxed only on the appropriate portion of the tour conducted in India.

Thus, there was reasonable guidance within the law to apportion the consumption of a single service into various jurisdictions based on reasonable parameters. While the law has provided similar parameters for a limited category of services (such as immovable property, event-related and some performance-based services), the provisions do not address the entire gamut, especially the services which are governed by the default rule (i.e. place of recipient).

The taxpayer’s expectation from the Court is whether a direction could have been made to the Council to develop logical parameters or alternatively mandate the taxpayer to provide a reasonable parameter for examination, subject to approval by the Revenue. This would have formed a precedent of approximating the value of service rendered at multiple locations and limiting the powers of a state to tax activities only within its geographical jurisdiction. Other sectors would have benefitted from an established principle and taken a cue to adopt reasonable parameters to affix the place of supply of such multi-locational services.

The extra-territoriality issue could also have been addressed based on the decision in the recent Mohit Mineral’s case5. In that case, the Court adopted the presence of ultimate beneficiary of ocean freight service and/or destination of import goods as having sufficient nexus with India to extend its tax net. The Court went on to state that the recipient of service should be understood in the backdrop of the location of consumption of the goods/ services and not by strict application of contractual understanding of the recipient. The Court implied that economic consumption of a service should be identified based on location of the person who benefits from the service rather than the person who has demanded the service (which could be different persons). Thus, the Apex Court itself enforced the consumption principle through a nexus theory and diluted the literal definition of ‘recipient’ under law.


4. Telecom Regulatory Authority of India; Broadcast Audience Research Council
5. 2022 (61) G.S.T.L. 257 (S.C.) UOI vs. Mohit minerals Pvt. Ltd.

In the current case, the Court could have relied upon the said theory and ascertained whether the transaction between Indian residents (Tour operator and pilgrim) for services/ events occurring substantially outside India is liable to tax ‘entirely’ in India. Though section 12 of the Act applied to such transaction, the fact of rendition of service outside India (e.g. lodging, catering, local travel) could have had a bearing on the consumption of the service. Applying the analogy from Mohit Mineral’s case, the interpretation of the recipient and its locational benefit across multiple jurisdictions could have been taken up with the Court. The perspective of cross-border dual taxation on account of foreign jurisdiction taxing them as per local laws could have also been examined (refer to subsequent discussions under POS). Either way, the taxpayers would have rejoiced with answers to these issues for application in their respective sectors.

Place of Supply

This issue is a fall-out from the extra-territorial subject, and its analysis would have two facets – (i) Whether the Court could have elaborated on the ‘location of recipient’ and ‘POS rule’; and (ii) Whether certain important concepts could have been addressed prior to applying the POS rule.

The taxpayer contended that substantial activities in respect of the Haj were performed outside India. Since the event was for unregistered persons, the location of the recipient ought to be ascertained at the time of performance of the Haj, which is outside India. The recipient’s location at the time of consumption of the service plays an important role in fixing the location and assess the territoriality of the subject. The literal wording of the definition of ‘location of recipient’ fixes the situs to the ‘usual residence’ of the person. Section 12 does not address cases where supplier and recipient contract to render/ receive a service at a foreign location. It merely fixes the location of both parties and assumes that in all cases that the service is rendered at the usual place of residence in India. Similarly, section 13(6) artificially taxes the entire services in India despite a minuscule proportion of the service being rendered in India and a substantial portion being outside India.

The Counsel may have persuaded the Court to assess the provisions in the context of the type of service being rendered. Consumption of certain one-time services (such as catering, foreign travel, etc.) at foreign location would be misconstrued by mere literal application of wordings. The preceding rules of location of service recipient and provider attempt to identify the location in multi-locational entities to the establishment which is consuming the service (directly concerned). If this is the case, then in a hierarchical provision, the residual rule ought to have also been interpreted in the same light. The Court could have been persuaded to look through the literal wordings to address the consumption principle underlying the law.

The Counsel probably hinted at the larger impact of such a literal application. Foreign jurisdictions would apply the consumption principle and tax those services in their jurisdiction, while India would simultaneously tax the same on the residence principle. While direct tax laws applied the source/ residence principle, they were protected through the double taxation agreements, which minimised dual taxation; VAT laws across nations are not governed by such bilateral arrangements. It is therefore even more imperative to be guided strictly by source / consumption rules so that tax economies do not trespass each other’s territories. These critical concepts (on economic double taxation, fixation of situs, etc.) could have formed part of the reasoning of the Court.

On certain other arguments, the Court rejected the application of the event-based rule on the ground that ‘religious events’ are not specified in the list therein. The Court stated that even by application of the rule of ejusdem generis, the performance of Haj is not an ‘event’ and hence not falling within the domain of event-based rule. The default rule would be applicable since the individual is a resident of India, and the location of such service recipient would necessarily be in India. The taxpayers cannot dissect each step or service task and claim that the location of the recipient during the Haj is outside India and the place of supply is outside India.

The rule of ejusdem generis is applicable when a term is not specified in the series of terms but is intended to be encompassed in a more generic term. It attempts to identify a common thread in a series of terms under a common family. An event (sports, cultural, etc.) is generally a congregation of persons with a common purpose. Haj is a religious event when Muslims across the world visit the holy place, offering their prayers at the said location. Respectfully, the Court could have made a liberal conclusion to the generic term under this rule. However, it turned out that the Court stated that ‘religious events’ are not specified in the provision, and hence the rule of event-based activities cannot be applied to such Haj ceremonies.

While one may be critical of the Court rejecting the event-based rule to religious events, the end conclusion seems to be correct in the overall scheme. The appropriate rationale of the Court could have been that the provisions of event-based services are applicable only to ‘Event organisers’ and not to associated persons who provide services to the participants. PTOs are neither organisers of the event nor render services to the organisers of the event. They render services only to the participants of the events. Eventually, the rule would be held inapplicable but with a different analogy. Going by the current analogy, Revenue may contend even in cases of ‘Event organisers’ of religious events, that they are entirely out of the said event-based rule and hence liable to tax under the residence rule.

The intriguing concept which could have been placed before the Court was the interplay of composite supply with the POS provisions. The Court relied on the default rule and the passenger transportation rule for ascertainment of the POS for the tour operator service. Now section 8 of CGST law r.w.s.20(ii) of the IGST Act clearly directs the tax liability to be ascertained based on the concept of composite/ mixed supply (i.e. either principal supply or highest taxed rate supply, respectively). Tour operator services are classifiable as an individual supply under HSN 99855 though it involves elements of travel, accommodation and other ancillary services. The POS provisions are not strictly aligned with the HSN scheme of classification and adopt a more descriptive approach to services.

Therefore, two contrasting theories could exist while interplaying the POS and composite supply provision (A) one theory could be that composite supply principles are applicable for the entire enactment and once the principal supply has been identified, all legal consequences including POS would follow the principal supply with other ancillary supplies being irrelevant – applying this analogy, the Court rightly applied the default rule of location of recipient since tour operator services are not specifically mentioned in the subsequent rules; (B) the other theory could be that composite supply principles are independent of POS, the POS should be examined independently for identifiable elements (i.e. travel, accommodation, etc.) and the transaction should be segregated for each of these elements. While this dissection would certainly create some chaos on valuation, taxability and other procedural challenges, it would represent an accurate application of the consumption theory. The Counsel pursued this argument, but the Court rejected any kind of dissection of the tour package.

There appears to be a simultaneous application of both theories in the decision. The Court, after application of the residence rule, also went ahead with applying the POS rule for passenger transportation services. It conveys that both theories could be applied simultaneously for ascertaining the POS of services, i.e. once as a Tour operator under the default rule and another as passenger transportation activity (being an ancillary element of the tour operator activity). This gives the reader an impression that elements of a service could be dissected, and POS provisions could be applied independently to them. The Court could have addressed this concept with some more detail to assist the entire trade on this critical subject.

Discrimination

This has probably been the most vehemently argued point of the taxpayer. The exemption was applicable only to tours conducted by Haj Committee, being the ‘specified organisation’ under the entry. Consequently, PTOs which also operated under the same enactment were denied this exemption since they did not feature in the specified list. The PTO’s main contention was that all the tour activities organised by them and the Haj Committee in respect of Haj pilgrims are identical, except to certain minor features such as pricing, catering and proximity of boarding to the Haj. These activities not being significant in the whole scheme of the tour and by themselves do not disentitle them from the exemption. The points of similarity recorded in the decision were:

a. The tours were conducted by both organisations under the Bilateral arrangement with Saudi Arabia.

b. 70% quota was allotted to be organised by Haj Committee, and the balance 30% was allotted to PTOs.

c. All sub-activities of the Haj are identical (i.e. travel, accommodation, tour planning, etc.).

d. Haj ceremony was common under the Holy Quran, and both organisations were to abide by the entire procedure.

Thus, being an indirect tax legislation, the object of the entry is to provide cost-effective travel to the Haj Muslims and this object would be defeated if exemption is limited only to Haj Committees and not extended to PTOs. Hence, the said exemption entry was violative of Article 14 of the Constitution.

The Court provided a very thorough reasoning to refute this line of argument. The Court examined the Haj Act and the roles / responsibilities assigned to the Haj Committee under the enactment. It was acknowledged that the said committee operated with a democratic set-up with the objective of a smooth Haj operation under the bilateral arrangement and overall welfare of the pilgrims. Though Haj Committee operated as tour operators, other responsibilities were entrusted upon them, and the funds generated from such tour operations were to be used for the very same purpose. PTOs, on the other hand, operated as a commercial venture as against Haj Committees, which were non-profit organisation under the control and supervision of the Government. Thus, the Government was justified in limiting the exemption only to specified service providers rather than giving a blanket exemption. There was clearly an intelligible differentia in classifying the Haj committee under a separate basket and limiting the exemptions only to Government controlled entities or instrumentalities. The GST council’s deliberation established a rational basis of differential treatment and could not be found fault with. The legislature and/ or the Government have wider latitude on economic matters, and the ‘sufficiency of the satisfaction’ of the Government in granting exemption in the public interest is not the domain of Courts and is a policy matter left best to the Government to decide.

The question of discrimination is a constitutional issue and could have multiple facets. For tax laws, benefits could be extended by law on account of nature/composition of activity, the status of supplier/ recipient, location of the supply, end use etc. Each benefit could be touching upon a particular facet of the service. In the subject exemption entry, the taxpayer vehemently argued that the taxation being on the service activity, discrimination based on the class of service provider is not permissible and amounts to treating equals as unequal. The Counsel probably implied that supply being the core subject matter, differential treatment based on other parameters such as status of the supplier, etc. would be discriminatory treatment.

The Court rightly stated that the Government has the prerogative to decide the organisation to which the exemption is granted, especially if there is an intelligible differentia and reasonable classification has been attributed to the said decision. In the context of Haj committees, the Court relied upon a decision of the Customs law which upheld the exemptions to State Trading houses and denied the same to other importers. The Court upheld that PTOs and the Haj Committee as separate classes since the latter were Government controlled organisations with a non-profit motive and aimed at furthering the cause of the statute under which they were constituted.

Another discriminatory point which could have been placed before the Court was whether an Indian resident availing services through an operator for hotel accommodation by making a booking from India vis-à-vis the very same Indian resident availing the accommodation services at the hotel counter, be treated differently. This differentiation will be applicable to all overseas services which are booked from India. The service provider, nature of service and location of the service are identical in both scenarios. Yet, the mode of booking makes the former taxable and the latter nontaxable in India. Similarly, the GST council has recently proposed the introduction of a mechanism to assess the tax only on a portion of the tour of foreign tourists conducted in India. This apportionment has not been extended to converse scenarios where an Indian tourist makes a foreign tour which is naturally conducted outside India. Couldn’t this be a point of discrimination to an Indian tourist who conducts a tour outside India and yet taxed on the entire overseas leg?

One may note that while taxpayers can raise these as grievances of discrimination, the Court has been sceptical on this subject. Ideally, a ruling considering the overall economic and legal impact may have paved for some clarity on this principle. The takeaway has been that Article 14 cannot be adopted in a straitjacket manner, and persistent inclination to argue discrimination should be cautiously adopted in tax legislations.


Scope of Exemption

The taxpayer argued that the exemption should be interpreted to state that Haj is a religious ceremony and hence the consumer should not bear the burden of tax. It was also submitted that Supreme Court’s decision in Dilip Kumar’s case6 was placed in the right perspective in the latter decision in Mother Superior Adoration Convent7. The Supreme Court in Dilip Kumar’s case, did not just state that exemption entries are an exception and hence should be interpreted strictly. The Court also acknowledged that the beneficial purpose should not be lost sight of while interpreting such entries. The taxpayer argued that the entire activity was being conducted with the ultimate objective of performing a ‘religious ceremony’. Since all the services are directed towards this religious ceremony, the exemption entry should be accordingly extended to preparatory activities including Haj tours. A tax impost would be passed on to Haj pilgrims; therefore, the object of granting exemption and reducing the financial burden on religious pilgrimage, would not be fulfilled. Beneficial exemptions are to be interpreted to further achieve the beneficial object of performing the religious ceremony. Thus, the exemption should be granted to PTOs who were assisting in the entire Haj tour.


6. 2018 (9) SCC 1 – 2018-VIL-23-SC-CU-CB

7. 2021 (5) SCC 602 – 2021-VIL-43-SC
The Court subtly acknowledged that beneficial exemption entries should be examined from the perspective of the beneficial object. But this approach should be adopted only when the exemption entry is ambiguous, leading to alternative interpretations. Where the exemption entry itself is restrictive, it would be impermissible for the Court to expand the said entry. In the current case, the exemption entry is crystal clear that the same would be limited to ‘specified organisations’. If the intention and object were to provide an exemption to services provided by PTOs in respect of religious pilgrimage, the notification would have specifically provided so. Moreover, the exemption as regards ‘religious ceremony’ has been confined only to persons conducting the ceremony, and PTOs are not rendering the service of ‘conducting religious ceremony’. They are assisting in making a travel package and completing the Haj but are not themselves conducting the religious ceremony. Thus, the exemption entry was targeted to a particular ‘service provider’ rendering a ‘specific service’. Both conditions were essential ingredients of the exemption, and the Court rightly rejected any attempt to dilute the former condition. There did not exist any ambiguity in the exemption entry for one to seek applying the beneficial object principle cited in earlier decisions of the Court.

CONCLUSION/ WAY FORWARD
To reiterate, the outcome of the decision may have been commensurate with the overall position in law. Courts are burdened with a huge pendency, and matters reach finality only after certain decades. In this scenario, taxpayers expect legal clarity rather than falling victim to ambiguity. The never-ending dilemma of applying literal wordings or legal intent has haunted taxpayers and professionals. With such a background, it is generally expected that any opportunity of clarifying the law should not be missed and a decisive verdict be rendered so that Courts/ businesses are not further burdened with litigation on tax demands.

S. 148A(d) – Reopening of assessment – Impugned SCN as well as the impugned order u/s 148A(d) of the Act are based on distinct and separate grounds – Information referred in SCN not provided to Assessee

11 Best Buildwell Private Limited vs. Income Tax Officer, Circle 4 (2), Delhi & Anr.
W.P.(C) 11338/2022
Date of order: 1st August, 2022
Delhi High Court

S. 148A(d) – Reopening of assessment – Impugned SCN as well as the impugned order u/s 148A(d) of the Act are based on distinct and separate grounds – Information referred in SCN not provided to Assessee

The petitioner challenged the order dated 30th March, 2022 passed u/s 148A(d) and notice dated 31st March, 2022 issued u/s 148 as well as show cause notice (SCN) dated 16th March, 2022 issued u/s 148A(b) for A.Y. 2018-19.

The petitioner states that the petitioner had filed its return of income for A.Y. 2018-19 declaring an income of Rs. 6,32,45,180 and a loss of Rs. 74,36,185. He states that the case of the petitioner was picked up for scrutiny, and after examination of all the submissions of the petitioner, an assessment order dated 27th April, 2021 u/s 143(3) r.w.s 144B was passed assessing the income of the petitioner at Rs. 6,41,76,500. He points out that one of the points for selecting the petitioner’s case for scrutiny was ‘Business Purchases’, and after analysing the documents submitted by the petitioner, no additions were made by the Assessing Officer on account of business purchases.

The petitioner states that the impugned SCN dated 16th March, 2022 issued u/s 148A(b) did not provide any information and/or details regarding the income that has been alleged to have escaped assessment. He states that the petitioner filed a response to the impugned SCN dated 16th March, 2022, specifically requesting the respondent to provide the details of the transaction and vendors from whom the petitioner had made purchases and raised invoices which respondent No.1 considered bogus. He further states that respondent No.1 failed to consider the fact that the petitioner had made purchases from vendors who were registered under GST and had claimed an input tax credit of GST on the purchases made from them as per statement 2A reflected on the GST portal based on the invoices raised by the vendors. He points out that the credit claimed by the petitioner has not been rejected.

The petitioner states that the impugned order dated 30th March, 2022 u/s 148A(d) merely relies on an alleged report prepared against the assessee company. He emphasises that no such report was ever furnished to the petitioner.

On behalf of the respondents, it was stated that notice u/s 148A(b) had been issued in the present instance as the petitioner’s ITR and GST Data did not reconcile. He also states that the analysis of GST information of third parties reveals substantial routing of funds by way of bogus purchases.

In rejoinder, the petitioner states that the impugned order passed u/s 148A(d) does not refer to any lack of reconciliation between the ITR and GST data of the petitioner. He also states that no GST information showing substantial routing of funds was ever furnished to the petitioner.

The Court observed that the impugned SCN, as well as the impugned order u/s 148A(d), are based on distinct and separate grounds.

The SCN primarily states that “it is seen that the petitioner has made purchases from certain non-filers”. However, no details or any information about these entities was provided to the petitioner. It is not understood as to how the petitioner was to know which of the entities it dealt with were filers or non-filers!

Further, the impugned order states that a report was prepared against the petitioner-company, which concludes that the assessee had shown bogus purchases from bogus entities to suppress the profit of the company and reduce the tax liability from 2015-16 to 2020-21. However, no such report which forms the basis for the ‘information’ on which the assessment was proposed to be reopened had been provided to the petitioner. In fact, there are no specific allegations in the SCN to which the petitioner could file a reply.

Keeping in view the aforesaid, the impugned order dated 30th March, 2022 passed u/s 148A(d) and notice dated 31st March, 2022 issued u/s 148 are quashed, and the respondents are given liberty to furnish additional materials in support of the allegations made in the SCN dated 16th March, 2022 within three weeks including reports, if any. Thereafter, the AO shall decide the matter in accordance with the law. The writ petition was disposed.

S. 148A r.w.s. 149 – Reopening of assessment – A.Y. 2014-15 – Effect of SC Judgement in case of Ashish Agarwal dated 4th May, 2022 and Board’s Circular dated 11th May, 2022 – Where the income of an assessee escaping assessment to tax is less than Rs. 50,00,000 – Reopening not justified

10 Ajay Bhandari vs. Union of India & 3 Ors.
Writ Tax No. 347 of 2022
Date of order: 17th May, 2022
Allahabad High Court

S. 148A r.w.s. 149 – Reopening of assessment – A.Y. 2014-15 – Effect of SC Judgement in case of Ashish Agarwal dated 4th May, 2022 and Board’s Circular dated 11th May, 2022 – Where the income of an assessee escaping assessment to tax is less than Rs. 50,00,000 – Reopening not justified

The impugned notice u/s 148 of the Income Tax Act, 1961, for A.Y. 2014-15 was issued to the petitioner by respondent no. 3 on 1st April, 2021. The “reasons to believe” recorded by respondent no. 3 for issuing the impugned notice, read as under:

“I have reason to believe that an income to the tune of Rs. 2,63,324 has escaped assessment for the aforesaid year”.

The reassessment order dated 31st March, 2022 has been passed by respondent no. 4, i.e. National Faceless Assessment Centre, Delhi u/s 147 r.w.s.144B.

The Additional Solicitor General (ASG) of India relied on the judgement of Hon’ble Supreme Court under Article 142 of the Constitution of India in Civil Appeal No. 3005 of 2022 (Union of India and others vs. Ashish Agarwal) decided on 4th May, 2022 and reported in 2022 SCC OnLine SC 543 and submitted that the notices issued after 1st April, 2021 u/s 148 are liable to be treated as notices u/s 148A of the Act, 1961 as substituted by the Finance Act, 2021.

He further relied on Instruction being F.No 279/Misc./M-51/2022-ITJ, Ministry of Finance, Department of Revenue, CBDT, ITJ Section dated 11th May, 2022, paragraph 7.1 of the aforesaid instruction and stated that the notices u/s 148 relating to A.Ys. 2013-14, 2014-15 and 2015-16 shall not attract the judgement of Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Ashish Agarwal (supra). Lastly, the ASG submitted that since the notice was issued on 1st April, 2021 for A.Y. 2014-15, therefore, it shall be covered by a Division Bench’s judgement of this Court in the case of Daujee Abhushan Bhandar Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India and 2 others (Writ Tax No. 78 of 2022) decided on 10th March, 2022.

The petitioner referring to paragraphs 23 and 25 of the judgement of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Ashish Agarwal (supra) submitted that the impugned notice u/s 148 issued by respondent no. 3 is wholly without jurisdiction inasmuch as jurisdiction cannot be assumed after the expiry of the limitation period. He further submits that conferment of jurisdiction is essentially an act of the legislature, and the jurisdiction cannot be conferred by any circular or even by Court orders. He submits that even under the amended provisions, which have no application on facts of the present case, impugned notice u/s 148 would be without jurisdiction and barred by limitation inasmuch as for A.Y. 2014-15, the limitation under the amended provisions of sections 148A and 149 had expired on 31st March, 2018 inasmuch as the allegation of evaded income is Rs. 2,63,324 which has been provided to be read as Rs. 26,33,324 by notice dated 17th March, 2022 u/s 142(1), which is much below Rs. 50 Lacs.

The Hon. Court observed the judgment of Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Ashish Agarwal (supra) and Circular F.No 279/Misc./M-51/2022-ITJ, dated 11th May, 2022 issued by the Ministry of Finance, Department of Revenue, CBDT, ITJ Section, New Delhi. Section 147, as it existed till 31st March, 2021, empowers the Assessing Officer to assess or reassess or recompute loss or depreciation allowance or any other allowance, as the case may be, for the concerned assessment year in the case of an assessee if he has reason to believe that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment, subject to the provisions of sections 148 to 153. A pre-condition to initiate proceedings u/s 147 is the issuance of notice u/s 148. Thus, notice u/s 148 is a jurisdictional notice. Section 149 provides a time limit for issuance of notice u/s 148. The time limit is provided under the unamended provisions (existed till 31st March, 2021) and the amended provisions (effective from 1st April, 2021) as amended by the Finance Act, 2021.

The judgment of Hon’ble Supreme Court under Article 142 of the Constitution of India, in the case of Ashish Agarwal (supra) has been explained for implementation/clarified by Instruction No.01/2022 being F.No 279/Misc./M-51/2022-ITJ, dated 11th May, 2022 issued by the Ministry of Finance, Department of Revenue, CBDT, ITJ Section, New Delhi, in exercise of powers u/s 119.

The ASG has made a statement before the Court, that as per Clause-7.1 of the Board’s circular dated 11th May, 2022, the notices u/s 148 relating to A.Ys. 2013-14, 2014-15 and 2015-16, shall not attract the judgment of Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Ashish Agarwal (supra) and the impugned notice u/s 148 issued on 1st April, 2021 for A.Y 2014-15 is, therefore, clearly barred by limitation and consequently without jurisdiction. Therefore, in view of the admission made by the learned ASG on behalf of the respondents, all other questions, including the question of conferment of jurisdiction etc., are left open and not dealt with by the Hon. Court.

The Court further observed that as per clauses 6.2 and 7.1 of the Board’s Circular dated 11th May, 2022, if a case does not fall under clause (b) of sub-section (i) of section 149 for the A.Ys. 2013-14, 2014-15 and 2015-16 (where the income of an assessee escaping assessment to tax is less than Rs. 50,00,000) and notice has not been issued within limitation under the unamended provisions of section 149, then proceedings under the amended provisions cannot be initiated.

The impugned notice u/s 148 of the Act, 1961 issued on 1st April, 2021 for A.Y. 2014-15 and the impugned notice dated 13th January, 2022 u/s 144 and the reassessment order dated 13th January, 2022 u/s 147 r.w.s 144B for A.Y. 2014-15 passed were quashed. The writ petition was allowed.

Transfer of case — Notice — Both assessee and firm wherein assessee was partner assessed in Mumbai — Pending of case before additional chief metropolitan magistrate in Bengaluru could not be reason for transfer of assessee’s assessment from Mumbai — Order transferring case quashed and set aside

41 Divesh Prakashchand Jain vs. Principal CIT
[2022] 445 ITR 496 (Bom.)
Date of order: 1st December, 2021
S.127(2) of ITA, 1961

Transfer of case — Notice — Both assessee and firm wherein assessee was partner assessed in Mumbai — Pending of case before additional chief metropolitan magistrate in Bengaluru could not be reason for transfer of assessee’s assessment from Mumbai — Order transferring case quashed and set aside

The assessee was a partner in a firm, SSJ, which manufactured and sold gold ornaments having its principal place of business in Mumbai. The firm had a branch in Bengaluru. The assessee stated that he had sent samples of jewellery to Bengaluru to be displayed to customers and two of his employees were intercepted by the Bengaluru police and gold jewellery belonging to the firm was found on them and investigations commenced and a case before the Additional Chief Metropolitan Magistrate, Bengaluru was pending. The Deputy Director of Income-tax (Investigation) Bengaluru was a respondent in the pending case. The Principal Commissioner issued a show-cause notice u/s 127(2) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 and transferred the assessee’s case to Bengaluru for completing the assessment proceedings.

The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the assessee challenging the order of transfer and held as under:

“i) The pendency of a case before the Additional Chief Metropolitan Magistrate could not be accepted as reason for transfer of the assessee’s assessment from Mumbai to Bengaluru. Though the assessee was given a show-cause notice u/s. 127(2) and personal hearing was granted before passing the order for transfer of the case the reasons recorded in the order were subject to judicial scrutiny and must be reasonable.

ii) The assessee was assessed in Mumbai and the firm of which the assessee was a partner was also assessed in Mumbai. In the order, the Principal Commissioner had only narrated the facts but had not given any reasons why in the facts and circumstances, the assessee’s case had to be transferred to Bengaluru. The order of transfer was quashed and set aside.

iii) The assessee was to fully co-operate with the authorities in Bengaluru, provide all the required documents for the purpose of investigation or assessment and also appear for recording his statement in Bengaluru or Mumbai as and when called for (subject to giving a reasonable notice in advance of the date and time to be present) and co-operate in every possible way with the Bengaluru Office of the Department.”

Accounting of Production-Linked Incentives (PLI)

INTRODUCTION
To incentivise and promote production, growth and capital investment in the country, the Indian government introduced PLI schemes for various industries.  Under the scheme, a cash incentive is given each year for a certain number of years (e.g., five years in the case of the white goods industry), basis fulfilment of specific conditions and the incentive amounts are determined as a percentage of incremental sales. There are several conditions, but the two most important conditions relate to cumulative investment and incremental sales (over the base year).  

The qualifying investments include plant and machinery and capital investment in research and development but exclude, for example, land.  Incremental sales are determined basis consolidated financial statements, including global sales; however, the capital investment and production should occur in India.  

The grant is provided each year, provided the conditions relating to cumulative investment and incremental sales are met for that year. In the case of white goods, if the grant for Year 1 is earned because the entity fulfilled the cumulative investment and incremental sales condition in that year, but the entity subsequently exits from the scheme, the grant earned in earlier years is clawed back.  However, in the case of pharmaceutical sector, the requirements are not free from doubt. For example, consider the following FAQ regarding the PLI scheme, which applies to pharmaceutical companies.

Q – “What if part assets are purchased initially and then later after two years these were sold by the company (reason could be new technology, new equipment with better capacity is available)

A – Gross Investment value of the said sold assets would be deducted from the Cumulative Investment for that year in which sale is made.”

While the above FAQ suggests that if part assets are sold subsequently, it will not result in a clawback of grant earned in earlier years, there is no clarity on what happens if the entire cumulative investment is disposed of.  

In the analysis below, both scenarios have been covered, i.e., grants earned in earlier years may or may not be clawed back if the cumulative investment is subsequently disposed of or the entity exits from the PLI scheme. Additionally, the analysis below will equally apply to whether the investment is entirely front-loaded or staggered over time.

QUESTIONS

Assuming for simplicity, the entity avails the PLI grant by making the qualifying investment in plant and machinery for manufacturing eligible products, the following questions arise:

1. Is the PLI grant a capital (fixed asset) or revenue-related grant?

2. The conditions related to cumulative investment and incremental sales are tested on an annual basis.  How is the grant recognised each quarter?

TECHNICAL REFERENCES

Ind AS 20, Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance

Paragraph 3

Grants related to assets are government grants whose primary condition is that an entity qualifying for them should purchase, construct or otherwise acquire long-term assets. Subsidiary conditions may also be attached restricting the type or location of the assets or the periods during which they are to be acquired or held.

Grants related to income are government grants other than those related to assets.

Paragraph 12

Government grants shall be recognised in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the periods in which the entity recognises as expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate.

Paragraph 19

Grants are sometimes received as part of a package of financial or fiscal aids to which a number of conditions are attached. In such cases, care is needed in identifying the conditions giving rise to costs and expenses which determine the periods over which the grant will be earned. It may be appropriate to allocate part of a grant on one basis and part on another.

Paragraph 7

Government grants, including non-monetary grants at fair value, shall not be recognised until there is reasonable assurance that:

(a) the entity will comply with the conditions attaching to them; and

(b) the grants will be received.

Illustrative Examples for IAS 34, Interim Financial Reporting

Paragraph B23     

Volume rebates or discounts and other contractual changes in the prices of raw materials, labour, or other purchased goods and services are anticipated in interim periods, by both the payer and the recipient, if it is probable that they have been earned or will take effect. Thus, contractual rebates and discounts are anticipated but discretionary rebates and discounts are not anticipated because the resulting asset or liability would not satisfy the conditions in the Conceptual Framework that an asset must be a resource controlled by the entity as a result of a past event and that a liability must be a present obligation whose settlement is expected to result in an outflow of resources.


ANALYSIS

Is the PLI grant a capital (fixed asset) related grant or revenue related grant?

The equivalent international standard to Ind AS 20, namely, IAS 20, Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance, was adopted in April, 2001.  The standard is archaic and does not deal with complex grants presently given across the globe. Therefore, applying the standard is not a straightforward exercise, particularly when there are multiple conditions that need capital investment as well as production and sales to take place. With regards to the PLI scheme, whether the grant is a capital or revenue grant, there could be multiple views, which are discussed below:

View A – PLI is a capital (fixed asset) grant

One may argue that the PLI grant is a capital grant, basis the following arguments:

  • Without the acquisition of the plant and machinery, the grant would not have been available. The condition relating to incremental sales is only incidental, as the acquisition of plant and machinery would ensure that there would be production and incremental sales that logically follows the capital investment. Only an irrational entity would acquire plant and machinery and not use them for the production of goods.

  • Paragraph 3 of Ind AS 20 states that grants related to assets are government grants whose primary condition is that an entity qualifying for them should purchase, construct or otherwise acquire long-term assets. Subsidiary conditions may also be attached, restricting the type or location of the assets or the periods during which they are to be acquired or held. One may argue that the starting point is the acquisition of the plant and machinery, and therefore that is a primary condition. The requirement relating to incremental sales is merely a subsidiary condition; therefore the grant qualifies as a capital grant, basis the definition in paragraph 3.

  • Paragraph 12 of Ind AS 20 states that government grants shall be recognised in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the periods in which the entity recognises as expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate.  Since the grant is production-linked, it could be assumed that the grant compensates for the depreciation incurred on the plant and machinery.

  • In some PLI schemes, for example, in the white goods industry, the grant is clawed back if the entity exits the scheme. Therefore, it is necessary not only to acquire the plant and machinery but also to use and hold it for a certain number of years.

The counterargument to the above is as follows:

  • There is no requirement in some of the PLI schemes to hold on to the plant and machinery for the entire period of the grant. Additionally, if the capital investment is sold or disposed of in subsequent years, the grant relating to earlier years is not clawed back. For example, subsequent disposal of part assets in the case of pharmaceutical companies does not result in a clawback of grants earned in earlier years. Consequently, it may be argued that the grant is not a capital grant.

  • Though the standard defines what a primary condition is, from the PLI scheme, it is not clear whether the asset acquisition is indeed the primary condition. Therefore, it would not be appropriate to conclude that acquisition of the plant and machinery is the primary condition, and incremental sales is a subsidiary condition.

  • The grant is not specifically meant to subsidise depreciation. The grant conditions require conditions to be fulfilled each year and are not a straightforward grant provided for the acquisition of an asset.  The grant conditions require the plant to operate and the manufactured goods to be sold at a certain level, fuelling economic buoyancy.  

View B – PLI is a revenue grant

One may offer the following arguments to support the view that the grant is a revenue grant.

  • Very often, the acquisition and use of plant and machinery may not translate into incremental sales because the demand for the underlying products may have diminished, or a catastrophe such as Covid may restrict economic activity. Hence it is not appropriate to trivialise the condition relating to incremental sales, and one may argue that incremental sales is the primary condition.  In other words, incremental sales could be a very constraining condition and hence could be treated as a primary condition.

  • Each year, the grant is received only if the entity is able to achieve incremental sales. The grant amount is determined as a percentage of incremental sales, thereby suggesting that incremental sales are a very important condition for determining the grant amount and qualifying for the grant.  Because prominence is given to incremental sales for earning the grant each year, the grant is treated as a revenue grant.

  • Each year is treated as a separate unit for the purposes of determining and receiving the grant amount. For example, in the case of the pharmaceutical industry, the grant received each year is not clawed back in subsequent years if the conditions in those years are not met or the investment already made is partly sold or disposed of. Because the grant is meant to operate for each year, the most appropriate accounting would be to record the grant for each year if the eligibility conditions for those years are fulfilled.

The counterargument for this view is the same arguments provided in support of View A.

View C – PLI is a combination of capital and revenue grant

The grant seems to be a mixture of both capital and revenue conditions, and hence in accordance with paragraph 19, the same would be allocated between capital and revenue grant.  However, the counterargument for this view is that there is no clear basis for allocating the grant between capital and revenue grant, and any forced allocation may be arbitrary and highly subjective.

HOW IS THE GRANT RECOGNISED EACH QUARTER?

At each quarter end, the entity will not know whether it would fulfil all the conditions relating to the grant by the end of the year or over the grant period, unless the conditions are all met by that quarter end.  Applying Paragraph B23 of IAS 34, the entity will have to anticipate each quarter end, whether it would achieve all the grant-related conditions by the end of the year or over the grant period.  Though Illustrative Examples are not included in Ind AS 34, the example in IAS 34 can be treated as authoritative literature in the absence of any contrary requirement under Ind AS. Applying Paragraph 7 of Ind AS 20 and Paragraph B 23 of IAS 34, the entity would recognise the grant in each quarter, provided there is reasonable assurance and probability that the grant would be received and would not have to be reversed in a subsequent quarter/year.

CONCLUSION

For arguments already provided above, the author believes that on the first question, View C is not advisable. In the absence of clear guidance in the standard, there could be a choice between View A and View B. In making such an evaluation, the entity needs to carefully evaluate all the conditions relating to the grant, as well as its ability to fulfil all the conditions, particularly where non-fulfilment of such conditions may result in a clawback of the grant earned in earlier years.  Additionally, different considerations may apply when the cumulative investment is made in other than plant and machinery, for example, in research and development.

The entity should recognise the grant at each quarter end, provided the probability criterion is met. The entity should be careful while recognising the grant at each quarter end and ensure that the grant recognised in a quarter does not have to be reversed in a subsequent quarter or a subsequent year because the conditions that were anticipated to be fulfilled are not eventually fulfilled or the entity decides to exit the scheme, resulting in a clawback of grant earned in earlier years.

Disallowance u/s 14A Where No Exempt Income and Effect of Explanation

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION
S.14A, introduced by the Finance Act, 2001, provides for disallowance with retrospective effect from 1st April, 1962 of an expenditure incurred in relation to income which does not form part of the total income under the Income-Tax Act. The expenditure to be disallowed is required to be determined in accordance with Rule 8D of the Income-Tax Rules provided the AO, having regard to the accounts, is not satisfied with the correctness of the claim of the assessee, including the claim that no expenditure has been incurred in relation to an exempt income.

The provision of s.14A r.w. Rule 8D has been the subject matter of unabated litigation since its introduction, which continues despite various amendments made thereafter. The subjects of litigation involve a variety of reasons and many of them have reached the Apex Court. One such subject is about the possibility of disallowance in a case where the assessee has not earned any exempt income during the year for which expenditure is incurred.

Applying the law prior to the recent insertion of the Explanation and the non-obstante clause in s. 14A, the Delhi High Court in the case of Cheminvest Ltd., 61 taxmann.com 118, ruled that no disallowance could be made u/s 14A if no exempt income had been earned during the year. The Supreme Court has dismissed the SLP against the Madras High Court ruling that s.14A could not be invoked where no exempt income was earned by the assessee in the relevant assessment year. Chettinad Logistics (P) Ltd., 95 taxmann.com 250 (SC).

The legislature, for undoing the impact of the law laid down by the Supreme Court, has introduced an Explanation to s.14A by the Finance Act, 2022, w.e.f 1st April, 2022. The said Explanation reads as under: “Explanation-For the removal of doubts, it is hereby clarified that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Act, the provisions of this section shall apply and shall be deemed to have always applied in a case where the income, not forming part of the total income under this Act, has not accrued or arisen or has not been received during the previous year relevant to an assessment year and the expenditure has been incurred during the said previous year in relation to such income not forming part of the total income.”

The Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Bill, 2022, relevant parts, reads as:

“4. In order to make the intention of the legislation clear and to make it free from any misinterpretation, it is proposed to insert an Explanation to section 14A of the Act to clarify that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Act, the provisions of this section shall apply and shall be deemed to have always applied in a case where exempt income has not accrued or arisen or has not been received during the previous year relevant to an assessment year and the expenditure has been incurred during the said previous year in relation to such exempt income.

5. This amendment will take effect from 1st April, 2022.”

Simultaneously a non-obstante clause is introduced in s. 14A(1) which reads as: Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in the Act, for the purposes of ………………” The Explanatory Memorandum, relevant parts, read as:

“6. It is also proposed to amend sub-section (1) of the said section, so as to include a non-obstante clause in respect of other provisions of the Income-tax Act and provide that no deduction shall be allowed in relation to exempt income, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Act.

7. This amendment will take effect from 1st April, 2022 and will accordingly apply in relation to the assessment year 2022-23 and subsequent assessment years”.

Ironically, an amendment made to settle a raging controversy has itself become the cause of another fresh controversy. An issue has arisen whether the Explanation now inserted, is prospective in its nature and therefore would apply to A.Y. 2022-23 onwards or would apply retrospectively to cover at least the pending assessments and appeals. While the Mumbai Bench of the Tribunal, has held the Explanation to be prospective in its application, the Guwahati Bench of the Tribunal has held the same to be retrospective in nature and has applied the same in adjudicating an appeal before it for A.Y. 2009-10 and onwards. The Delhi High Court, however, has in a cryptic order recently held the Explanation to be prospective. The Guwahati Bench has passed a detailed order for holding the Explanation to be retrospective for a variety of reasons which are required to be noted and may require examination by the Courts to arrive at a final conclusion on the subject.

BAJAJ CAPITAL VENTURES (P) LTD.’S CASE

The issue first came up for consideration of the Mumbai bench of the ITAT in the case of ACIT vs. Bajaj Capital Ventures (P.) Ltd. 140 taxmann.com 1. In the cross appeals filed, one of the grounds raised by the assessee company was “On the facts and in the circumstances of the case and in law, the respondent prays that no disallowance ought to be made in absence of earning of any exempt income.”

During the course of the scrutiny assessment proceedings, it was noticed that the assessee was holding investments in shares, which were for the purpose of earning dividend income, but no disallowance was made u/s 14A for expenses incurred to earn this tax exempt income. The AO disallowed an amount of Rs. 11,87,85,293 under rule 8D r.w. Section 14A. Aggrieved, the assessee carried the matter in appeal before the CIT(A), who restricted the disallowance to Rs. 9,87,978, as was claimed by the assessee, with observations, inter alia, as follows:

6.2 I have considered the assessment order and the submission of the appellant. The issue regarding applicability of section 14A read with rules 8D of the Income Tax Rules,1962 has been the subject matter of incessant litigation on almost every issue, involved, i.e. whether a disallowance can be made when no exempt income has been earned during the year, whether the satisfaction has been correctly recorded by the AO regarding the correctness of the claim and in respect of such expenditure incurred in relation to exempt income, whether share application money is to be considered as investment, whether investment in subsidiary company or joint ventures can be said to be made with a view of earn exempt income etc. In the present case the admitted fact is that no dividend income or any other exempt income has been earned during the year under consideration. The present legal position established by the Delhi High Court in the case of Cheminvest Ltd. (61 taxmann.com 118), which has also been relied upon by the appellant, is that no disallowance can be made if no exempt income has been earned during the year. Recently, in the case of Commissioner of Income Tax, (Central) 1 v. Chettined Logistics (P) Ltd. [(2018) 95 taxmann 250 (SC)1, the Hon’ble Supreme Court have dismissed the SLP against High Court ruling that section 14A cannot be invoked where no exempt income was earned by assessee in relevant assessment year. The ITAT Mumbai [jurisdictional ITAT] has recently in the case of ACIT v. Essel Utilities Distribution re affirmed the same.”

On further appeals by the assessee and the revenue, to the Tribunal, the bench on due consideration of the rival contentions and facts, passed the following order in light of the applicable legal position;

“7. We find that there is no dispute about the fact that the assessee did not have any tax exempt income during the relevant previous year and that the period before us pertains to the period prior to insertion of Explanation to section 14A. In this view of the matter, and in the light of consistent stand by co-ordinate benches, following Hon’ble Delhi High Court’s judgment in the case of Cheminvest Ltd v. CIT [(2015) 61 taxmann.com 118 (Del)], we uphold the plea of the assessee that no disallowance under section 14A was and in the circumstances of the case. The plea of the Assessing Officer is thus rejected. As regards the disallowance of Rs. 9,87,978/- it is sustained on the basis of computation given in the alternative plea of the assessee, but given the fact that the basic plea of non-disallowance itself was to be upheld, there was no occasion to consider the computation given in the alternative plea. This disallowance of Rs. 9,87,978/- must also be deleted.

8. In view of the above discussions, we hold that no disallowance under section 14A was justified on the facts, and the remaining disallowance of Rs. 9,87,978/- must be deleted. Ordered, accordingly.

9. In the result, appeal of the Assessing Officer is dismissed and appeal of the assessee is allowed. Pronounced in the open court today on the 29th day of June, 2022.”

It is clear from the reading of the order that the bench did notice that the period involved in appeal pertained to a period for which the Explanation inserted by the Finance Act, 2022 was not applicable and in view of the same had thought it fit to not to invoke application of the Explanation on the understanding that the said Explanation had no retrospective application, though this part has not been expressly noted in the body of the order.

The catch words by Taxmann read as: “The assessee did not have any tax exempt income during the relevant previous year (P.Y. 2016-17/A.Y. 2017-18) which pertains to the period prior to insertion of Explanation to section 14A (by Finance Act, 2022 w.e.f. 1st April,). As the new Explanation applies with effect from A.Y. 2022-23 and does not even have limited retrospective effect even to proceedings for past assessment years pending on 1st April, 2022, no disallowance u/s 14A shall apply in the absence of any tax-free income in the relevant assessment year prior to A.Y. 2022-23.”

WILLIAMSON FINANCIAL SERVICES LTD.’S CASE

Back to back, the issue came up again in the case of ACIT vs. Williamson Financial Services Ltd. 140 taxmann.com 164 (Guwahati – Trib.) relating to the A.Ys. 2009-10 and 2012-13 to 2014-15. In assessing the income for A.Y 2013-14, the AO noted that the assessee during the year had earned an exempt dividend income of Rs. 3,70,80,750 on the investments made by the company. He also noticed that the own funds of the company were not sufficient to meet the investments in question and therefore, applied the provisions of s.14A read with Rule 8D and computed the expenditure relatable to the exempt dividend income at Rs. 10,62,10,110. Since the assessee in its computation of income had suo moto disallowed an amount of Rs. 2,25,48,285 on account of expenditure relatable to the tax exempt dividend income earned by it, the AO disallowed the balance amount of Rs. 8,36,61,625 and added back the same to the income and computed the taxable income accordingly.

Being aggrieved by the same, the company filed an appeal before the CIT(A) who, relying upon the decision in the case of Moderate Leasing and Capital Services Private Limited ITA 102/(2018) dated 31/01/2018, held that the disallowance u/s 14A could not exceed the total tax exempt income earned during the year. He accordingly restricted the disallowance to the extent of exempt income earned by the company.

Being aggrieved by the above action of the CIT(A), the revenue has appealed to the ITAT. The Revenue contested the decision of the CIT (Appeals) on the ground that he was not justified in facts as well as in law in restricting the disallowance u/s 14A to the extent of income claimed exempt for the assessment year under consideration.

The Revenue invited the attention to the newly inserted Explanation to s. 14A to submit that it had now been clarified that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Act, the provisions of s.14A should apply and be deemed to have always applied in a case where the income, not forming part of the total income had not accrued or arisen or had not been received during the year and the expenditure had been incurred during the year in relation to such income. It was contended that the Explanation was declaratory and clarificatory in nature, therefore, the same would apply with retrospective effect, and that the action of the CIT(A) in restricting the disallowance to the extent of exempt income earned by the assessee was not as per the mandate of the amended law.

The Revenue supported its contentions with the following submissions:

  • The CBDT Circular No. 5/2014 dated 11th February, 2014, had clarified that disallowance of the expenditure would take place even where the taxpayer in a particular year had not earned any exempt income.

  • Ignoring the circular, the Courts had held that where there was no exempt income during the year, no disallowance u/s 14A of the Act could be made. Such an interpretation by the Courts, ignoring the expressed intent stated in the circular, in the opinion of the legislature was not in line with its intent and defeated the legislative intent of s.14A of the Act.

  • In order to make the intention of the legislation clear and to make it free from misinterpretation and to give effect to the CBDT’s Circular No. S/2014 dated 11th February, 2014, the Legislature had made two changes to s. 14A through the Finance Act, 2022, which are (a). Insertion of non-obstante clause by way of substitution and, (b). Insertion of an Explanation to reinforce, by way of clarification, the intents of the CBDT’s Circular No.05/2014 dated 11th February, 2014.

  • The main objective to insert a non-obstante clause in sub-section (1) of s.14A which read as “Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Act, for the purpose of…” was to overcome the observations made in the case of Redington (India) Ltd vs. Addl.CIT, 392 ITR 633, 640 (Mad), wherein it was observed that an assessment in terms of the Act was specific to an assessment year and related previous year as per s.4 r.w.s. 5 of the Act. The Madras High Court in that case had further held that any contrary intention, if there was, would have been expressly stated in s.14A and in its absence, the language of s. 14A should be read in the context such that it advanced the scheme of the Act rather than distort it. Such interpretation of the Court had made the Circular No.05/2014 dated 11th February, 2014 infructuous. To address the misunderstanding, the legislature had inserted the Explanation to clarify its intentions.

  • The Explanation inserted contained another non-obstante clause, to overcome the past judicial observations and it was clarified the intention of the legislature that the Explanation should always be deemed to have been in s.14A for disallowance of any claim for deduction against expenditure incurred to earn an exempt income, irrespective of the fact whether or not any income was earned in the same financial year.

  • Further, in general parlance, whenever a clarificatory amendment with the use of words such as “for the removal of doubts”, and “shall be deemed always to have meant” etc. was made, the amendment was to have a retrospective effect, even if it was made effective prospectively.

  • Circular No 5/2014 dated 11th February, 2014 was still in force, and for invoking disallowance u/s 14A of the Act, it was not material that the assessee should have earned such exempt income during the financial year under consideration.

  • The decision of the CIT(A) holding that the disallowance u/s 14A read with Rule 8D could not exceed the income claimed exempt appeared to be perverse.

In reply, on behalf of the assesse, it was submitted that the Explanation to s. 14A introduced vide the Finance Act 2022, was prospective in nature and could not be applied to the pending appeals, and that the law settled prior to the insertion of the Explanation, holding that the disallowance of expenditure u/s 14A could not exceed the exempt income earned by the assessee during the year, alone should apply. It was further contended that:

  • Even after the issue of the CBDT Circular No. 5/2014 dated 11th February, 2014, the Courts held that when there was no exempt income, then disallowance u/s 14A was unwarranted, following a simple rule that when there was no exempt income, there was no necessity to disallow the expenditure. CIT vs. Corrtech Energy Pvt. Ltd., 223 Taxman 130 (Guj); CIT vs. Holcim India Pvt. Ltd., 57 taxmann.com 28 (Del); Marg Ltd vs. CIT,120 taxmann.com 84 (Madras).

  • The Delhi High Court, in the case of CIT vs. Moderate Leasing and Capital Services Pvt. Ltd in ITA 102/2018 order dated 31/01/2018 had held that disallowance u/s 14A should not exceed the exempt income itself. The SLP filed by the Revenue was dismissed by the Supreme Court of India Special Leave Petition (Civil) Diary No(s). 38584/2018 dated 19/11/2018.

The Guwahati bench of the ITAT, in deciding the issues in favour of the Revenue on due consideration of the contentions of the opposite parties, observed as under:

  • In determining the effective date of the application of an amendment, prospective or retrospective, the date from which the amendment was made operative did not conclusively decide the question of its effective date of application.

  • The Court had to examine the scheme of the statute prior to the amendment and subsequent to the amendment to determine whether an amendment was clarificatory or substantive.

  • An amendment which was clarificatory was regarded by the Courts as being retrospective in nature and its application would date back to the date of introduction of the original statutory provision which it sought to amend. Clarificatory amendment was an expression of intent which the Legislature had always intended to hold the field with retrospective effect.

  • A clarificatory amendment might be introduced in certain cases to set at rest divergent views expressed in decided cases on the true effect of a statutory provision.

  • Where the Legislature expressed its intent, by declaring the law as clarificatory, it was regarded as being declaratory of the law as it always stood and was therefore, construed to be retrospective.

  • A perusal of the Explanation revealed that it started with the words “For the removal of doubts, it is hereby clarified ……”. Then the wording in the body of the provision expressly stated: “…..the provisions of this section shall apply and shall be deemed to have always applied……”

  • The opening words of the Explanation revealed in an unambiguous manner that the said provision was clarificatory and had been inserted for removal of doubts. Further, as provided in the Memorandum explaining the provision, the Explanation had been inserted to make the intention clear and to make it free from any misinterpretation.

  • The said Explanation being clarificatory in nature was inserted for the purpose of removal of doubts and to make the intention of the legislature clear and free from misinterpretation and thus the same, obviously, would operate retrospectively.

  • Any contrary interpretation holding that the said Explanation shall operate prospectively would render the words “shall apply and shall be deemed to have always applied” as redundant and meaningless, which was not the intention of the legislature.

  • The Explanation did not propose to levy any new taxes upon the assessee but it only purported to clarify the intention of the legislature that actual earning or not earning of the exempt income was not the condition precedent for making the disallowance of the expenditure incurred to earn an exempt income.

  • The legal position was declared by the Supreme Court in the case of Walfort Share & Stock Brokers Pvt. Ltd., 326 ITR 1 (SC), that the expenses allowed could only be those incurred for earning the taxable income; that the basic principle of the taxation was to tax the net income and on the same analogy, the exemption was also in respect of net income.

  • The Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. Rajendra Prasad Moody 115 ITR 519 had held that even if there was no income, the expenditure was allowable. Income included loss, as was held by the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. Harprasad & Co. P Ltd. 99 ITR 118, and as such only the net income was taxable, i.e. gross income minus expenditure, and as such the net income might be a loss also.

  • Since the earning of positive net income was not a condition precedent for claiming deduction of expenditure, on the same analogy, the earning of exempt income was also not a condition precedent for attracting a disallowance of expenditure incurred to earn exempt income. This position had only been reiterated and clarified by the Explanation to s.14A, so as to remove the doubts and to make clear the intention of the legislature and to make the provision of s. 14A free from any other interpretation. Therefore, it could not be said that the Explanation proposed or saddled any fresh liability on the assessee.

  • The contention of the assessee that the Explanation applied only to those cases where no exempt income had been earned at all and that the said Explanation was not applicable to cases where the assessee had earned some exempt income was not acceptable; such a proposition might place different assessees in inequitable position. In such a scenario, in a case where an assessee did not earn any exempt income, he might suffer disallowance as per the formula prescribed under Rule 8D, whereas, in a case where an assessee earned some meagre exempt income, the disallowance in his case would be restricted to such meagre exempt income and the assessee having no exempt income, would have to suffer more disallowance than the assessee having meagre exempt income. Even otherwise, the Explanation sought to clarify the position that the disallowance of expenditure relatable to exempt income was not dependent upon actual earning of any exempt income.

  • The legal position that the AO must first record satisfaction as to the correctness of the claim of the assessee in respect of expenditure incurred in relation to exempt income before invoking rule 8D for disallowance of expenditure u/s 14A continued to apply and should still be adhered to and the aforesaid Explanation introduced vide Finance Act 2022 did not in any manner change that position. There was no change of the legal position even after introduction of the Explanation.

The Guwahati bench of the tribunal in conclusion held that the:

  • Explanation to s. 14A, inserted by Finance Act, 2022 w.e.f. 1st April, 2022, shall apply retrospectively even for periods prior to 1st April, 2022.

  • Disallowance of expenditure incurred in relation to exempt income shall apply in terms of the Explanation even in those cases where assessee has earned no exempt income during the relevant assessment year.

  • Application of the amendment shall not be restricted to those cases where assessee had earned some exempt income which was less than expenditure incurred in relation to exempt income.

  • The disallowance could not be limited to the amount of exempt income of an year.

The decision of the Mumbai bench of the Tribunal in the case of ACIT vs. Bajaj Capital Ventures (P.) Ltd. (supra), holding a contrary view that the Explanation to s.14A inserted w.e.f. 1st April, 2022 has no retrospective applicability, was not expressly considered by the bench as the same might not have been cited by the assessee.

OBSERVATIONS

Section 14A of the Act was introduced in 2001, with retrospective effect from the year 1962, to state that no deduction shall be granted towards an expenditure incurred in relation to an income which does not form part of the Total Income. The method for identifying the expenditure incurred is prescribed under Rule 8D of the Income-tax Rules,1962. Further, by the Finance Act, 2006, sub-sections (2) and (3) have been inserted w.e.f. 1st April, 2007.

A Proviso was inserted earlier by the Finance Act of 2002 with retrospective effect from 11th May, 2001. It reads: “Provided that nothing contained in this section shall empower the Assessing Officer either to reassess under section 147 or pass an order enhancing the assessment or reducing a refund already made or otherwise increasing the liability of the assessee under section 154, for any assessment year beginning on or before the 1st day of April, 2001”.

The CBDT has issued a Circular No. 5 dated 11th February, 2014, clarifying that Rule 8D r.w.s. 14A provides for disallowance of the expenditure even where taxpayer in a particular year has not earned any exempt income. The circular noted that still some Courts had taken a view that if there was no exempt income during a year, no disallowance u/s 14A could be made for that year. The Circular had stated that such an interpretation by the Courts was not in line with the intention of the legislature.

Over the years, disputes have arisen in respect of the issue whether disallowance u/s 14A can be made in cases where no exempt income has accrued, arisen or received by the assessee during an assessment year. From its inception, the applicability of this provision has always been a subject matter of litigation and one such point that has been oft-debated is regarding the disallowance of expenditure in the absence of exempt income. In 2009, a Delhi Special Bench of the Tribunal in Cheminvest Ltd. vs. CIT, 121 ITD 318, took a view that when an expenditure is incurred in relation to an exempt income, irrespective of the fact whether any exempt income was earned by the assessee or not, disallowance should be made, a position that has not been found acceptable to the Courts, including the Apex Court.

An interesting part is noticed on reading of the Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Bill, 2022 which clarifies that the Explanation has been inserted in s. 14A w.e.f. 1st April, 2022, while the non-obstante clause in sub- section (1) of s. 14A has been inserted w.e.f A.Y. 2022-23. This inconsistent approach has led one to wonder whether the insertion of the Explanation is prospective and is applicable to A.Y. 2022-23 and onwards, while the amendment in s.14A(1) made applicable w.e.f. 1st April, 2022 has a retrospective applicability to pending proceedings on 1st April, 2022.

The amendment, by insertion of non-obstante clause in sub-section (1), is expressly made effective from 1st April, 2022; whereas in respect of the Explanation, as noted vide paragraph 5 of the Memorandum, it is written that the amendment will take effect on 1st April, 2022 and will accordingly apply in relation to A.Y. 2022-23 and subsequent assessment years.

The Explanation inserted in the section is worded as: ‘Section 14A shall apply and shall be deemed to have always applied in a case where exempt income has not accrued or arisen or has not been received during the financial year and the expenditure has been incurred in relation to such exempt income.’ The provision seems to apply to past transactions as well, but the Memorandum makes it effective from A.Y. 2022-23 only.

Whether the provisions of s. 14A will have a retroactive application? Will the Explanation apply retrospectively even where the same has been expressly made affective from A.Y. 2022-23? Can the Explanatory Memorandum override the language of the law amended? Can there be a mistake in the Memorandum and if yes, can it be overlooked? Can it be said that the amendment in s. 14A by the Finance Act, 2022 by inserting an Explanation to s. 14A alters the position of law adversely for the assessee and hence, such an amendment cannot be held to be retrospective in nature? These are the questions that have arisen in a short span that have a serious impact on the adjudication of the assessments and appeals, and may lead to rectification, revision and reopening of the completed assessments.

The Delhi High Court, in the case of Moderate Leasing and Capital Services Pvt. Ltd in ITA 102/2018 dated 31/01/2018 held that disallowance u/s 14A should not exceed the exempt income itself; the SLP filed by the Revenue against this judgment was dismissed by the Supreme Court of India Special Leave Petition (Civil) Diary No(s). 38584/2018 dated 19/11/2018. Can such a finality be disturbed and reversed by the Explanation now inserted, even where the Explanation is not introduced with retrospective effect?

A proviso to s.14A inserted by the Finance Act, 2002, with retrospective effect from 11th May, 2001, prohibits an AO from reassessing an income u/s 147 or passing an order enhancing the assessment or reducing the refund u/s 154 for any assessment year up to 2001-02. No such express prohibition is provided for in respect of the application of the Explanation in question.

The CBDT vide Circular No. No. 5/2014, dated 11th February, 2014, had clarified the stand of the Government of India that the expenditure, where claimed, would be liable for disallowance even where the assessee has not earned any taxable income for the year. The Courts, in deciding the issue, have not followed the mandate of the Circular.

The incidental issue that has come up is about the application of Explanation to cases where some exempt income is earned during the year. It is argued that the Explanation would have no application in such cases in as much as the Explanation can apply only to cases where no exempt income has accrued or arisen or been received during the year.

It is important to appreciate the true nature of the Explanation; does it supply an obvious omission or does it clear up the doubts as to the meaning of the previous law. If yes, it could be considered as declaratory or curative and its retrospective operation is generally intended. Venkateshwara Hatcheries Ltd., 237 ITR 174 (SC). The other aspect that has to be considered in deciding the effective date of application is to determine whether the amendment levies a tax with retrospective effect; if yes, it’s retrospective application should be given only if the amendment is made expressly retrospective and not otherwise. Retrospectivity, in such a case, cannot be presumed. Thirdly, an amendment which divests an assessee of a vested right should be applied retrospectively with great discretion even where such an amendment is made expressly retrospective.

An explanatory, declaratory, curative or clarificatory amendment is considered by Courts to be retrospective. Allied Motors, 224 ITR 677 (SC). This is true so far as there prevailed a doubt or ambiguity and the amendment is made to remove the ambiguity and provide clarity. However, an amendment could not be retrospective even where it is labeled as clarificatory and for removal of doubts where there is otherwise no ambiguity or doubt. Vatika Township P. Ltd., 367 ITR 490 (SC). In provisions that are procedural in nature, it is not difficult to presume retrospective application. Even in such case the retrospectivity would be limited to the express intention. National Agricultural, 260 ITR 548 (SC).

Article 20 of the Constitution imposes two limitations on the retrospective applicability. Firstly, an act cannot be declared to be an offence for the first time with retrospective effect, and secondly, a higher penalty cannot be inflicted with retrospective effect.

A declaratory act is intended to remove doubts regarding the law; the purpose usually is to remove a doubt as to the meaning of an existing law or to correct a construction by Courts considered erroneous by the legislature. Insertion of an Explanation where intended to supply an obvious omission or clear up doubts as to the true meaning of the Act is usually retrospective. However, in the absence of the clear words indicating that the amendment is declaratory it would not be so construed when the pre-amended provision was clear and unambiguous. A curative amendment is generally considered to be retrospective in its operation. Lastly, the substance of the amendment is more important than its form. Agriculture Market Committee, 337 ITR 299 (AP) and Brij Mohan, 120 ITR 1 (SC).

The sum and substance emerging from the above discussion is that an amendment in law is retrospective when it is so provided and it is prospective when it is not so provided in express terms. Even a declaratory or a clarificatory amendment requires an express intention to make it retrospective. In other words, there is no presumption for an amendment to be considered as retrospective in nature, unless the amendment is procedural in nature.

The power of the legislature to make a retrospective amendment is not in question here. It is a settled position that an amendment can be made by the legislature with retrospective effect and when so made, it would always be presumed to have been made w.e.f. the date specified in the amendment, and would be enforced by the authorities in applying the law as amended. In many cases of amendments, it may be necessary to examine the scheme of the Income-Tax Act prevailing prior to the amendment and also subsequent to the amendments. Vijayawada Bottling Co. Ltd., 356 ITR 625 (AP).

The issue under consideration as noted is more complex or different; the Explanation inserted in s.14A is expressly made to be effective from 1st April, 2022 and is intended to apply to A.Y. 2022-23, onwards. Under the circumstances, on a first blush it would be correct to concur with the decisions of the Mumbai Bench and of the Delhi High Court, but for the fact that these decisions have not considered the intention of the legislature behind the amendment in detail, which is expressed in so many words in the Explanatory Memorandum. Importantly, they have not considered the express language of the Explanation, which reads as ‘the provisions of this section shall apply and shall be deemed to have always applied’.

The challenge here is to resolve the conflict that is posed on account of two contrasting expressions and terms used in the Explanation and in the Explanatory Memorandum. The Explanation in clear words provides for a retrospective application, while the Explanatory Memorandum applies the amendment prospectively. In such circumstances, the issue for consideration is whether the effect should be given to the express language of the Explanation or to the Explanatory Memorandum for determining the date of its application. The Guwahati Bench, is of the view that in such circumstances the Court should examine the true legislative intent instead of simply being swayed by the express mention of the effective date and assessment year in the Explanatory Memorandum. For this, the Bench has relied upon the decision in the case of Godrej & Boyce, Mfg. Co. Ltd., 328 ITR 81 (Bom.). The view that is canvased is that the mention of the date or the year in the Explanatory Memorandum is not sacrosanct or conclusive of the retrospective nature or otherwise of the amendment.

The Bombay High Court, in the case of Godrej & Boyce, Mfg. Co. Ltd., (supra.), relying on several decisions of the Supreme Court, had held that in determining the effective date of applying an amendment, the date from which the amendment was made operative did not conclusively decide the question and the Court has to examine the scheme of the statute prevailing prior to and subsequent to the amendment to determine whether an amendment was clarificatory or substantive and further, if it was clarificatory, it could be given a retrospective effect, and if it was substantive, it should be prospectively applied.

It further held that a clarificatory amendment was an expression of intent which the legislature had always intended to hold the field; such an amendment might be introduced in certain cases to set at rest divergent views expressed in decided cases on the true effect of a statutory provision. The Court accordingly held a legislative intent when clarified was to be regarded as declaratory of the law as it always stood and therefore be construed as retrospective provided the amendment did not bring about a substantive change in legal rights and obligations of the parties.

The Guwahati Bench of the Tribunal, taking a leaf from the above referred decision in the case of Godrej & Boyce, Mfg. Co. Ltd., 328 ITR 81 (Bom.), held that simply because the Explanatory Memorandum provided that the Explanation would apply from A.Y. 2022-23, the Explanation did not become prospective in nature and the adjudicating authorities were required to examine the true legislative intent for deciding the effective date of application of an amendment.

The Delhi High Court however, in the case of Pr CIT vs. ERA Infrastructure (India). Ltd. 327 CTR (Del) 489, has, in a cryptic order, recently held the Explanation to be prospective, holding that the amendment cannot be held to be retrospective if it changes the law as it earlier stood.

In our considered opinion, the effective date of application specified by the Explanatory Memorandum may not be taken as sacrosanct and final in all cases, unless the amendment has the effect of adversely disturbing the rights and obligations of the parties with retrospective effect. In other words, an attempt should be made by the Courts to determine independently the effective date of application where the law has been amended for removal of doubts or is expressly provided to be declaratory or clarificatory. In the case of the Explanation, on a bare reading of the language thereof, it is gathered that in express language it is provided that the amendment should always be read as if the same was always there by use of words ”the provisions of this section shall apply and shall be deemed to have always applied”. It is therefore, very respectfully noted that the Courts were required to examine whether the Explanation in question was retrospective or not without being summarily swayed by the effective date specified in the Explanatory Memorandum for holding that the amendment was prospective in nature and would not apply to assessment years up to A.Y. 2021-22. Having said that, it is fair to await the final view of the highest Court that is obtained on due consideration of the views expressed here. The situation is unique and demands discretion for conclusive views of the Apex Court.

TDS — Compensation received on acquisition of land for public project under an agreement — Provisions of s. 96 of Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 providing that no income-tax or duty shall be levied on any award or agreement made under Act except u/s 46 — Assessee not specific person u/s 46 — Compensation received by assessee not liable to deduction of tax at source — Deductor to file correction statement of tax deducted — Department to process statement — Tax deducted at source to be refunded accordingly

40 Seema Jagdish Patil vs. National Hi-Speed Rail Corporation Ltd. and Ors
[2022] 445 ITR 382 (Bom.)
Date of order: 9th June, 2022
Ss. 139, 194-IC, 194L, 200(3) proviso, 200A(d) and 237 of ITA, 1961 and ss. 46, 96 of Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013

TDS — Compensation received on acquisition of land for public project under an agreement — Provisions of s. 96 of Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 providing that no income-tax or duty shall be levied on any award or agreement made under Act except u/s 46 — Assessee not specific person u/s 46 — Compensation received by assessee not liable to deduction of tax at source — Deductor to file correction statement of tax deducted — Department to process statement — Tax deducted at source to be refunded accordingly

NHRCL acquired the land of the assessee purportedly under an agreement and deducted tax at source from the compensation paid. Thereafter, a supplementary deed was entered into between the assessee, and NHRCL under which some additional amount was paid to the assessee and tax was deducted from that part of the compensation also. The assessee requested NHRCL to reverse the tax deducted on the ground that no tax was deductible. NHRCL replied that tax exemption did not apply to the compensation on the land acquired from the assessee and that the tax deducted from the payment made to the assessee was duly deposited with the Department. According to the assessee, her income was exempted from tax, and she could not fill Schedule TDS-2 and hence could not make an application u/s 199 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 read with rule 37BA(3)(i)
of the Income-tax Rules, 1962 whereas according to NHRCL the assessee had to file a return and claim the refund.

The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i) The CBDT under Circular No. 36 of 2016, dated October 25, 2016 ([2016] 388 ITR (St.) 48) has clarified that “the matter has been examined by the Board and it is hereafter clarified that compensation received in respect of award or agreement which has been exempted from levy of Income-tax by section 96 of the Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 shall not be taxable under the provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961”. It also recognizes acquisition by award or agreement. Section 96 of the 2013 Act unequivocally provides that no Income-tax or duty shall be levied on any award or agreement made under the Act except u/s. 46 of the 2013 Act which applies to the specified persons. Specified person includes any person other than (i) appropriate Government (ii) Government company (iii) association of persons or trust or society as registered under the Societies Registration Act, wholly or partially aided by the appropriate Government or controlled by the appropriate Government.

ii) The proviso to section 200(3) of the 1961 Act provides that the person may also deliver to the prescribed authority the correction statement for rectification of any mistake in the statement delivered under the sub-section in such form and verified in such manner as may be verified by the authority. Clause (d) of sub-section (1) of section 200A of the 1961 Act, inter alia, provides for determination of the sum payable by or the amount of refund due to the deductor.

iii) The income received by the assessee on account of the property acquired by NHRCL by private negotiations and sale deed was exempted from tax. According to the public notice issued for acquisition of land through direct purchase and private negotiations by the office of the Sub-Divisional Officer for implementing the project, while purchasing the land directly for the project the compensation would be fixed by giving 25 per cent. enhanced amount of the total compensation being calculated for the land concerned in terms of the provisions of sections 26 to 33 and Schedule I to the 2013 Act. Undisputedly, the land was acquired for a public project. A policy decision had been taken by the State Government under its Government Resolution dated May 12, 2015 for acquiring the property by private negotiations and purchases for implementation of public project. The methodology was also provided. The computation of compensation had to be under the provisions of the 2013 Act which was introduced to expedite the acquisition for the implementation of the project. If the parties would not agree with the negotiations and direct purchase, then compulsory acquisition under the provisions of the 2013 Act had to be resorted to. The 2013 Act also recognised the acquisition through an agreement. NHRCL was not a specified person within the meaning of section 46 of the 2013 Act and the provisions of the section would not be attracted. Therefore, since the exemption u/s. 96 of the 2013 Act would apply and no tax can be levied on the amount of compensation NHRCL should not have deducted tax from the amount of compensation paid to the assessee.

iv) It was not possible for the court to arrive at a conclusion as to whether the assessee was required to file return or not. NHRCL had already deducted tax which it ought not to have been deducted. Therefore, (i) NHRCL should file a correction statement as provided under the proviso to sub-section (3) of section 200 of the 1961 Act to the effect that the tax deducted by it was not liable to be deducted, (ii) the Department shall process the statement including the correction statement that might be filed u/s. 200A more particularly clause (d) thereof and (iii) the parties should thereafter take steps for refund of the amount in accordance with the provisions of the 1961 Act and the 1962 Rules.”

Survey — Impounding of documents — Retention of such documents — Effect of s. 131 — Retention beyond fifteen days only after approval of higher authority named in provision — Decision should be communicated to assessee

39 Muthukoya T. vs CIT
[2022] 445 ITR 450 (Ker.)
A.Ys.: 2007-08 to 2011-12
Date of order: 18th May, 2022
S. 131 of ITA, 1961

Survey — Impounding of documents — Retention of such documents — Effect of s. 131 — Retention beyond fifteen days only after approval of higher authority named in provision — Decision should be communicated to assessee

As part of Income-tax survey operations, the petitioner’s premises was inspected on 17th February, 2010, and on issuing summons to him to produce books of account and other original documents, the petitioner produced various documents which were impounded u/s 131(3) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. Subsequently, the petitioner filed his returns and cleared the entire Income-tax dues in 2010 itself. However, the authorities did not return the original documents impounded by them. The petitioner, therefore, filed a writ petition requesting a direction for returning the documents. It was pleaded that despite the request for the return of the original document of title, the respondents have, under one pretext or the other, delayed returning the document. The petitioner also asserted that the respondents had informed that they misplaced the documents and that the same would be returned after tracing it out. According to the petitioner, the respondents cannot hold on to the documents indefinitely and that such an action is illegal and contrary to the principles of equality enshrined under article 14 of the Constitution of India.

The Kerala High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) U/s. 131(3) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, the documents impounded can be retained in the custody of the Income-tax Department beyond 15 days only after obtaining the approval of the Principal Chief Commissioner or other officers named in the sub-section. Apart from obtaining orders of approval from the officers to retain the documents, there is an added obligation upon the Department to communicate the orders to the assessee to enable retention of documents beyond the period specified in the said sub-section.

ii) Documents impounded u/s. 131 had been retained beyond the period of fifteen days. No approval had been obtained by the Department from any of the officers mentioned in section 131(3) of the Act. Therefore, the respondents could not under any circumstances retain the documents of title of the assessee.

iii) In view of the above, the respondents have acted illegally and with material irregularity in retaining the documents of title belonging to the petitioner. Accordingly, the respondents are directed to return the original sale deed bearing No. 3561 of 2008 executed before the Sub-Registrar’s office, Ernakulam to the petitioner within an outer period of 30 days from the date of receipt of a copy of this judgment.”

Reassessment — Notice u/s 148 — Limitation — Law applicable — Constitutional validity of provisions — Effect of enactment of s. 148A with effect from 01/04/2021 — Notifications extending time limit for notices u/s 148 up to 30/06/2021 — Notifications not valid — Notice u/s 148 issued on 30/06/2021 — Not valid

38 Mohammed Mustafa vs. ITO
[2022] 445 ITR 608 (Kar.)
A.Y.: 2016-17
Date of order: 18th April, 2022
Ss. 148 and 148A of ITA,1961

Reassessment — Notice u/s 148 — Limitation — Law applicable — Constitutional validity of provisions — Effect of enactment of s. 148A with effect from 01/04/2021 — Notifications extending time limit for notices u/s 148 up to 30/06/2021 — Notifications not valid — Notice u/s 148 issued on 30/06/2021 — Not valid

The petitioner filed the return of income for A.Y. 2016-17 on 30th July, 2016 and declared a total income of Rs. 7,84,730. The petitioner thereafter received a notice dated 30th June, 2021 u/s 148 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 for A.Y. 2016-17.

The petitioner assessee filed a writ petition and challenged the validity of the notice. The Karnataka High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) It is a cardinal principle of law that the law which has to be applied is the law in force in the assessment year unless otherwise provided expressly or by necessary implication. When the statute vests certain power in an authority to be exercised in a particular manner, the authority is required to exercise such power only in the manner provided therein.

ii) Substitution of a provision results in repeal of the earlier provision and its replacement by the new provision. Substitution thus combines repeal and fresh enactment. Therefore, the amended provisions of section 148A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 would apply in respect of notices issued with effect from April 1, 2021 and the erstwhile provisions of sections 147 to 151 of the Act, cannot be resorted to as, they have been repealed by the amending Act, viz., the 2020 Act. Even otherwise, no saving clause has been provided in the Act for saving the erstwhile provisions of sections 147 to 151 of the Act.

iii) The CBDT issued Notification No. 20 of 2021 dated March 31, 2021 ([2021] 432 ITR (St.) 141) and extended the time limit for issue of notice u/s. 148 of the Act from March 31, 2021 to April 30, 2021. Another Notification No. 38 of 2021 dated April 27, 2021 ([2021] 434 ITR (St.) 11) was issued u/s. 3(1) of the Act by the Central Government, by which time limit for issuance of notice u/s. 148 of the 1961 Act was further extended from April 30, 2021 to June 30, 2021.

iv) The notifications dated March 30, 2021 and April 27, 2021, are clearly beyond the authority delegated to the Central Government under the 2020 Act to issue notifications extending time limits for various actions and compliances. By means of the Explanations, the Central Government extended the operation of sections 148, 149 and 151 prior to their amendment by the Finance Act, 2021 and sought to revive the non-existent provisions which is clearly beyond its authority. Therefore, the Explanations contained in the notifications dated March 30, 2021 and April 27, 2021 are liable to be struck down as ultra vires the 2020 Act.

v) The validity of a notice has to be adjudged on the basis of law as existing on the date of notice. The notice u/s. 148 dated June 30, 2021 was invalid and had to be struck down. The notice was not valid.”

Offences and prosecution — Wilful attempt to evade tax — Presumption of culpable mental state u/s 278E — Self-assessment return filed — Delay in paying tax — Tax and interest thereon paid before complaint filed — Prosecution malicious and invalid

37 Mrs. Noorjahan and Ors. vs. Dy. CIT
[2022] 445 ITR 17 (Mad.)
A.Y.: 2017-18
Date of order: 26th April, 2022
Ss. 276C and 278E of ITA, 1961

Offences and prosecution — Wilful attempt to evade tax — Presumption of culpable mental state u/s 278E — Self-assessment return filed — Delay in paying tax — Tax and interest thereon paid before complaint filed — Prosecution malicious and invalid

M/s. AMK Solutions Pvt. Limited is the assessee. For A.Y. 2017-18, the assessee company filed a return of income on 31st October, 2017. However, the tax admitted to be payable was not remitted by the assessee along with the return, which is the requirement of the law u/s 140A of the Income-tax Act, 1961. Thereafter, after a delay of 4½ months, the assessee remitted a sum of Rs. 6,85,462 towards the tax and interest payable. However, the Income-tax Department filed complaints against the assessee company and the directors for prosecution for offences u/s 276C(2), alleging that the petitioners have wilfully attempted to evade payment of Income-tax for A.Y. 2017-18.

The assessee company and the directors filed criminal writ petitions challenging the validity of complaints and requesting discharge. It was pointed out that the tax payable by the petitioners for A.Y. 2017-18 was paid well before the issuance of show-cause notice, and the same was intimated to the authorities. Without applying mind and not considering the payment of tax with interest, sanction to prosecute was granted, and the private complaint came to be filed suppressing the factum of tax payment much prior to sanction to prosecute. That, there is a lack of ingredients to prosecute the petitioners u/s 276C(2), besides suppression of fact and non-application of mind. The Madras High Court allowed the writ petitions and held as under:

“i) Wilful attempt to evade any tax, penalty or interest chargeable or imposable u/s. 276C of the Income-tax Act, 1961, is a positive act on the part of the assessee which is required to be proved to bring home the charge against the assessee. A “culpable mental state” which can be presumed u/s. 278E of the Act would come into play only in a prosecution for any offence which requires a culpable mental state on the part of the assessee. Section 278E of the Act is really a rule of evidence regarding existence of mens rea by drawing a presumption though rebuttable. That does not mean that the presumption would apply even in a case wherein the basic requirements constituting the offence are not disclosed. More particularly, when the tax is paid much before the process for prosecution is set into motion. The presumption can be applied only when the basic ingredients which would constitute any offence under the Act are disclosed. Then alone would the rule of evidence u/s. 278E of the Act regarding rebuttable presumption as to existence of culpable mental state on the part of accused come into play.

ii) There was no concealment of any source of income or taxable item, inclusion of a circumstance aimed to evade tax or furnishing of inaccurate particulars regarding any assessment or payment of tax. What was involved was only a failure on the part of the assessee to pay the tax in time, which was later on paid after 4½ months along with interest payable. So, it would not fall under the mischief of section 276C of the Act, which requires an attempt to evade tax and such attempt must be wilful. If the intention (culpable mental state) of the assessees was to evade tax or attempt to evade tax, they would not have filed the returns in time disclosing the income and the tax liable to be paid. They would not have remitted the tax payable with interest without waiting for the authorities to make demand or notice for prosecution. Thus, except a delay of 4½ months in payment of tax, there was no tax evasion or attempt to evade the payment of tax.

iii) To invoke the deeming provision, there should be a default in payment of tax in true sense. The Principal Commissioner who had accorded sanction on March 14, 2019 had not considered the payment of tax with interest by the assessee on February 15, 2018. Further the Principal Commissioner had conspicuously omitted to record the fact of payment of tax with interest except to record that the tax was not paid within time. Thus, the suppression of material facts, intentional suggestion of falsehood and non-application of mind went to show that this was a malicious prosecution initiated by the Income-tax authorities by abusing the power. When the mala fides were patently manifested, the assessees need not be forced to undergo the ordeal of trial. The complaint was quashed.”

Income from other sources — Deductions — Scope of s. 57(iii) — Not necessary that expenses should have resulted in income — Sufficient if nexus is established between expenses and income

36 West Palm Developments LLP vs. ACIT
[2022] 445 ITR 511 (Kar.)
A.Y.: 2009-10
Date of order: 19th November, 2021
S. 57(iii) of ITA, 1961

Income from other sources — Deductions — Scope of s. 57(iii) — Not necessary that expenses should have resulted in income — Sufficient if nexus is established between expenses and income

The assessee was engaged in development and purchased, sold, constructed and leased properties. The assessee was sanctioned a loan on 26th September, 2008 for a sum of Rs. 35 crores from the Union Bank of India. The assessee paid a sum of Rs. 33,50,00,000 to P as an advance towards the purchase of properties by cheques dated 30th September, 2008 and 13th October, 2008. However, because of adverse market conditions, the assessee withdrew from the transaction and requested P to refund the earnest money. P refunded the earnest money by cheques dated 23rd October, 2008 and 29th October, 2008. The assessee thereafter lent money to other shareholders and made inter-corporate deposits to the tune of Rs. 35,62,450 for which total interest earned was to the extent of Rs. 2,02,52,131 as against the interest of Rs. 2,84,47,557 paid on loans. The assessee filed the return of income for A.Y. 2009-10, declaring income of Rs. 5,34,23,338 after claiming a loss of Rs. 81,95,426 under the head “Income from other sources”, which was arrived at after reducing the interest payable on the loan of Rs. 2,84,47,557 against the interest income of Rs. 2,02,52,131 earned from inter-corporate deposits and loans to shareholders u/s 57(iii) of the Act. The Assessing Officer disallowed the claim for deduction/set-off of the loss of Rs. 81,95,426.

The Commissioner (Appeals) upheld the order. The Tribunal dismissed the assessee’s appeal.

The Karnataka High Court allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i) Section 57(iii) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, mandates that income chargeable under the head “Income from other sources” shall be computed after making a deduction of any other expenditure (not being in the nature of capital expenditure) laid out or expended wholly and exclusively for the purpose of making or earning such income. Section 57(iii) of the Act does not require that the expenditure incurred is deductible only if the expenditure has resulted in actual income. As long as the purpose of incurring expenditure is to earn income, the expenditure would have to be allowed as a deduction u/s. 57(iii) of the Act. U/s. 57(iii) of the Act a nexus between the expenditure and income has to be established.

ii) On the facts and circumstances of the case, the assessee was entitled to deduction u/s. 57(iii) of the Act. In any case, the Tribunal exceeded its jurisdiction in disallowing the entire interest expenditure as the power of the Tribunal was limited to passing an order in respect of subject matter of the appeal.”

Capital gains — Transfer — Law applicable — Effect of amendment of Transfer of Property Act in 2001 — Agreement for sale of property which is not registered — No transfer of property within meaning of s. 2(47) of Income-tax Act — No liability to pay capital gains tax

35 Principal CIT vs. Shelter Project Ltd.
[2022] 445 ITR 291 (Cal.)
A.Y.: 2009-10
Date of order: 4th February, 2022
S. 2(47) of ITA, 1961 and s. 53A of Transfer of Property Act, 1882

Capital gains — Transfer — Law applicable — Effect of amendment of Transfer of Property Act in 2001 — Agreement for sale of property which is not registered — No transfer of property within meaning of s. 2(47) of Income-tax Act — No liability to pay capital gains tax

Pursuant to an unregistered agreement, possession of the property was handed over by the assessee to a company engaged in developing housing projects wholly owned by the State of West Bengal. The question before the Assessing Officer (AO) was as to whether this amounted to transfer u/s 2(47)(v) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 and whether capital gain tax was attracted? The AO held that the transaction amounted to transfer and assessed capital gains to tax.

The Tribunal took note of the factual position and, more particularly, that the case arose much after the amendment to section 53A of the Transfer of Property Act which was amended by the Amendment Act, 2001, which stipulates that if an agreement like a joint development agreement is not registered, then it shall have no effect in law for the purposes of section 53A of the Transfer of Property Act. Accordingly, the assessee’s appeal was allowed, and the addition was deleted.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Calcutta High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i) The Transfer of Property Act, 1882 was amended by the Registration and Other Related Laws (Amendment) Act, 2001 which stipulates that if an agreement such as a joint development agreement is not registered, it shall have no effect in law for the purposes of section 53A of the 1882 Act. The Supreme Court in CIT vs. BALBIR SINGH MAINI [2017] 398 ITR 531 (SC), held that in order to qualify as a “transfer” of a capital asset u/s. 2(47)(v) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 there must be a ”contract” which can be enforced in law u/s. 53A of the 1882 Act. The expression “of the nature referred to in section 53A” in section 2(47)(v) was used by the Legislature ever since sub-clause (v) was inserted by the Finance Act of 1987, with effect from April 1, 1988. All that is meant by this expression is to refer to the ingredients of applicability of section 53A to the contracts mentioned therein. This expression cannot be stretched to refer to an amendment that was made years later in 2001, so as to then say that though registration of a contract is required by the 2001 Act, yet the aforesaid expression “of the nature referred to in section 53A” would somehow refer only to the nature of contract mentioned in section 53A, which would then in turn not require registration. There is no contract in the eye of law in force u/s. 53A after 2001 unless the contract is registered.

ii) Since the development agreement was not registered, it would have no effect in law for the purposes of section 53A which bodily stood incorporated in section 2(47)(v) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. Thus, the Tribunal was right in allowing the assessee’s appeal and granting the relief sought for, namely deletion of the addition to income of the consideration received on transfer of land for development.”

Late payment charges and service tax do not attract TDS and consequently payment of these amounts without deduction of tax at source does not attract provisions of s.40(a)(ia).

27 Prithvi Outdoor Publicity LLP vs. CIT(A)
ITA No. 1013/Ahd./2019 (Ahd.-Trib.)
A.Y.: 2013-14
Date of order: 29th June, 2022
Section: 40(a)(ia)

Late payment charges and service tax do not attract TDS and consequently payment of these amounts without deduction of tax at source does not attract provisions of s.40(a)(ia).

FACTS
The Assessee incurred advertisement expenditure and made a payment of Rs. 2,27,56,222 to Andhra Pradesh Road Transport Corporation (APRTC). Out of Rs. 2,27,56,222, the Assessee deducted TDS on Rs. 2,17,08,097 and balance Rs. 10,48,125 was paid without deduction of tax. Payment of Rs. 10,48,125 on which no tax was deducted comprised Rs. 9,77,429 paid towards late fees and the balance of Rs. 1,16,155 towards service tax. The Assessee contended that since there is no provision to deduct tax on late fees and service tax, the said amount could not be disallowed u/s 40(a)(ia). Further, since the amount was penal in nature, no tax could be deducted on the same. Lastly, the Assessee contended that the recipient, i.e. APRTC, had included the said payment of Rs. 10,48,125 in its income and offered the same for tax; no disallowance could be made u/s 40(a)(ia).

The Assessing Officer, however, invoked the provisions of s.40(a)(ia) with respect to the payment of Rs. 10,48,125 made without deduction of tax at source.

Aggrieved, the Assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A), who confirmed the action of the AO.

Aggrieved, the Assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD
The Tribunal held that the TDS provisions did not apply to late fees and service tax, and therefore disallowance u/s 40(a)(ia) could not be made.

Conditions imposed by CIT, at the time of registration, with respect to conduct of the trust and circumstances in which registration can be cancelled, vacated by the Tribunal on the ground that the scheme of law does not visualise these conditions being part of the scheme of registration being granted to the applicant trust.

26 Bai Navajbai Tata Zoroastrian Girls School vs. CIT(E)
[2022] 141 taxmann.com 62 (Mum.-Trib.)
A.Ys.: 2022-23 to 2026-27
Date of order: 29th July, 2022
Section: 12A

Conditions imposed by CIT, at the time of registration, with respect to conduct of the trust and circumstances in which registration can be cancelled, vacated by the Tribunal on the ground that the scheme of law does not visualise these conditions being part of the scheme of registration being granted to the applicant trust.

FACTS
The Assessee is a charitable trust who had applied for registration u/s 12A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”). The CIT granted registration to the Assessee u/s 12A subject to certain conditions. That is, while passing the order granting registration to the Assessee, the CIT imposed certain conditions, which, inter alia, are as follows:

  • The Trust/Institution should quote the PAN in all its communications with the Department.

  • The registration does not automatically confer any right on the donors to claim deduction u/s 80G.

  • No change in the terms of Trust Deed/Memorandum of Association shall be effected without the due procedure of law, and its intimation shall be given immediately to the Office of the Jurisdictional Commissioner of Income Tax. The registering authority reserves the right to consider whether any such alteration in objects would be consistent with the definition of “charitable purpose” under the Act and in conformity with the requirement of continuity of registration.

  • The Trust/ Society/Non-Profit Company shall maintain accounts regularly and get these accounts audited in accordance with the provisions of s.12A(1)(b) of the Act.

  • Separate accounts in respect of profits and gains of business incidental to attainment of objects shall be maintained in compliance with s.11(4A) of the Act.

  • All public money received including for Corpus or any contribution shall be routed through a bank account whose number shall be communicated to the Office of the Jurisdictional Commissioner of Income Tax.

The Assessee observed that all the conditions imposed in the order granting registration were the conditions which formed the reasons for which registration of the trusts is cancelled, and therefore the conditions were not valid. The Assessee challenged the said order of the Commissioner on the ground that the provisions of the Act do not provide for conditional registration u/s 12A, and in the absence of such provision under the Act, the Commissioner was not justified in imposing conditions upon the Assessee.

HELD

On appeal, the Tribunal held as follows:

  • The finding regarding the objects of the trust and the genuineness of the trust’s activities cannot be conditional.
  • The expression “compliance of the requirements under item (B), of sub-clause (i) (i.e. the compliance of such requirements of any other law for the time being in force by the trust or institution as are material for the purpose of achieving its objects)” is applicable to conditions precedent, say for example obtaining under FCRA which is under process, the Commissioner may grant registration subject to FCRA registration being obtained by the Assessee.

  • The conditions which the Commissioner imposed had the sanction of the law. That is, irrespective of such conditions being imposed by the Commissioner, the conditions found place in the law and the conditions imposed by the Commissioner could not be said to have the force of the law.

  • The Commissioner has a limited role, and can call for documents or information or make inquiries. The Commissioner cannot decide how and for what reasons the registration has to be cancelled, that too at the time of registration. The Commissioner, therefore, could not have supplemented the conditions by laying down conditions at the time of granting the registration.

  • Conditions attached to registration must be tested on the scheme of law, and the conditions imposed by the Commissioner did not find the force of law.

The observations of the Commissioner regarding the conduct of the Assessee trust could not be construed as legally binding in the sense that non-compliance with such guidance will not have any consequence beyond what is stated under the provisions of the Act. Further, the Tribunal also held that the implications of not doing what is set out in the conditions imposed by the Commissioner would not remain confined to the cancellation of registration when the law stipulates much harsher consequences.

Revised Code of Ethics

INTRODUCTION AND OVERALL STRUCTURE OF THE REVISED CODE OF ETHICS

ICAI recently issued the 12th edition of the Code of Ethics, in convergence with the changes to the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA) Code of Ethics. In this article, we shall discuss certain significant changes in the revised Code of Ethics and their relevance in the contemporary professional world.

For the first time, the Code of Ethics has been segregated into different volumes, i.e. I, II and III. These volumes became applicable with effect from 1st July, 2020.

Volume–I of the Code of Ethics (12th edition) is the revised Counterpart of Part-A of Code of Ethics, 2009. It is based on International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA) Code of Ethics, 2018 edition.

Volume–II of the Code of Ethics is the revised counterpart of Part-B of the Code of Ethics, 2009. It is based on domestic provisions.

Volume–III of the Code of Ethics contains Case Laws segregated and updated from the Clauses under Part-B of Code of Ethics, 2009.

The Code of Ethics, 2009, and the revised Code of Ethics are a convergence (and not an adoption) of the provisions of the International Federation of Accountants (IFAC) IESBA Code of Ethics.

It is a well-known maxim that “Ignorance of Law is No Excuse”. The revised Code of Ethics (Volume–I) has been issued as a Guideline of the Council. Further, there is change from “should” to “shall”, and requirements are clearly demarcated. As a result, the non-compliance with provisions of the Code will be deemed as a violation of Clause (1) of Part-II of the Second Schedule of the CA Act, 1949-

A member of the Institute, whether in practice or not, shall be deemed to be guilty of professional misconduct, if he-

(1) contravenes any of the provisions of this Act or the regulations made thereunder or any guidelines issued by the Council.

Thus, the revised Code of Ethics, 2019, is mandatory to be followed.


VOLUME-I – STRUCTURE

Volume-I of the Code of Ethics is based on the IESBA Code of Ethics and is structured as follows:

Part 1- which applies to all Professional Accountants, is Complying with the Code, Fundamental Principles and Conceptual Framework.

Part 2- pertains to provisions applicable to Professional Accountants in Service.

Part 3- pertains to provisions applicable to Professional Accountants in Public Practice.

The Code further contains International Independence Standards (Parts 4A and 4B):

• Part 4A- Independence for Audits & Reviews (Sections 400 to 899)

• Part 4B- Independence for Other Assurance Engagements (Sections 900 to 999).

The Code also contains a Glossary of terms used in the Code of Ethics applicable to all Professional Accountants, whether in practice or service.


DEFERRED PROVISIONS OF VOLUME I

There are certain provisions of Volume-I of the Code of Ethics deferred till further notification:

(a) The provision relating to Non-Compliance of Laws and Regulations, popularly called NOCLAR is the new provision in Volume-I. It was not there in the Code of Ethics, 2009. It has been made applicable to members in practice and service both.

(b)  Fees- Relative Size- These deal with the restriction of fees from any single client.

(c) Taxation Services to Audit Clients- the earlier edition of the Code had no prohibition on Taxation Services to Audit Clients. However, the revised Code has certain restrictions on taxation services provided to audit clients.


CERTAIN SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE REVISED CODE OF ETHICS

(a)  Independence Standards- While the 2009 edition of the Code has Section 290, i.e., “Independence – Assurance Engagements”, Volume–I of the Revised Code, based on the 2018 IESBA Code, has “Independence Standards” in the form of Parts- 4A and 4B as mentioned above.

All members are expected to comply with these Independence Standards while conducting various professional assignments.

The segregation of the existing Section 290 into Parts- 4A and 4B represents the bulkiest change. Most provisions/compliances are common to both Parts 4A and 4B but are given separately in the Code under both parts.

(b)  Breaches of the Code- This is regarding the Accountant’s duty in case of breach of Independence Standards, where nobody, except the member knows that there has been breach on his part. There was no such corresponding provision in the earlier Code of Ethics.

This may be said to be a mechanism of self-correction prescribed in the Code in case the Chartered Accountant on his own discovers an unintentional violation.

Examples

A Chartered Accountant who identifies a breach of any other provision of the Code shall evaluate the significance of the breach and its impact on the chartered accountant’s ability to comply with the fundamental principles. The chartered accountant shall also: (a) take whatever actions might be available, as soon as possible, to address the consequences of the breach satisfactorily; and (b) determine whether to report the breach to the relevant parties.

(c) Firm Rotation Requirements- The 2009 edition of the Code of Ethics contained requirements relating to partner rotation. It does not contain Firm rotation requirements.

However, in line with the Companies Act, 2013, the Code being the immediately subsequent edition after coming into force of Companies Act, 2013, Section 550 on Firm rotation has been incorporated in Volume-I over and above the provisions of partner rotation appearing in the IESBA Code.

Accordingly, it is clarified in the Code that partner rotation will co-exist along with Audit Firm rotation (wherever prescribed by a statute).

The 2019 Code (i.e., Volume-I) incorporates Firm rotation requirements to make the guidance comprehensive for members.

(d) Introduction of Key Audit Partner and changes in Rules of Partner Rotation- Key Audit Partner was not defined in the earlier Code of Ethics. In Volume-I of the revised Code of Ethics, Key Audit Partner has been defined as “The Engagement partner, the individual responsible for the engagement quality control review, and other audit partners, if any, on the engagement team who make key decisions or judgments on significant matters with respect to the audit of the financial statements on which the firm will express an opinion. Depending upon the circumstances and the role of the individuals on the audit, “other audit partners” might include, for example, audit partners responsible for significant subsidiaries or divisions.”

The time or period of partners in the Firm remains the same, i.e., 7 years.

However, there is a change with regard to the difference in cooling-off periods. As against the cooling-off period of 2 years, now there will be a cooling-off period of:

  • 5 years for Engagement Partners;

  • 3 years for Engagement Quality Control Review; and

  • 2 years for all other Key Audit Partners of the Firm.

This change is important, as it makes stricter rules on partner rotation.

Further, there are certain restrictions on Activities During Cooling-off w.r.t partner rotation as contained in Section 540 of Volume-I of the Code of Ethics.

The Chartered Accountant will have to maintain the relevant documentation regarding the Key Audit Partner, Cooling-off provisions etc.

(e) Changes in Professional Appointments- The Council of ICAI approved the KYC Norms, which are mandatory in nature and shall apply in all assignments pertaining to attest functions. These became mandatory with effect from 1st January, 2017.

In the revised Code, in paragraph R320.8, the incoming auditor shall request the retiring auditor to provide known information regarding any facts or other information of which, in the retiring auditor’s opinion, the incoming auditor needs to be aware before deciding whether to accept the engagement. There was no such corresponding duty in the earlier Code.

(f) Periodical Review with respect to Recurring Client Engagements-
As per Volume-I of the Code of Ethics, for a recurring client engagement, a professional accountant shall periodically review whether to continue with the engagement.

In view of the same, potential threats to compliance with the fundamental principles might be created after acceptance which, had they been known earlier, would have caused the professional accountant to decline the engagement.

(g) Introduction of the term “Public Interest Entity”-
The Revised Code 2019 edition contains a new term, “Public Interest Entity” (PIE). It had not been used in the Code of Ethics, 2009.

PIE is defined as-

(i) A listed entity; or

(ii) An entity-

  • Defined by regulation or legislation as a public interest entity; or

  • For which the audit is required by regulation or legislation to be conducted in compliance with the same independence requirements that apply to the audit of listed entities. Such regulation might be promulgated by any relevant regulator, including an audit regulator.

For the purpose of this definition, it may be noted that Banks and Insurance Companies are to be considered Public Interest Entities.

Other entities might also be considered by the Firms to be public interest entities, as set out in paragraph 400.8.

There are enhanced independence requirements for PIE clients in the new Code.

(h) Management Responsibilities- The provisions on Management Responsibilities occur for the first time in the ICAI Code of Ethics and appear in Sections 607 – 608.

The feature did not find mention in the Code of Ethics, 2009. In Volume-I, there is a new section dealing with ‘Management Responsibilities’. As per the same, the Firm shall not assume management responsibility for an audit client.

Determining whether an activity is a management responsibility depends on the circumstances and requires the exercise of professional judgment. Examples of activities that would be considered management responsibility include:

  • Setting policies and strategic direction.

  • Hiring or dismissing employees.

  • Directing and taking responsibility for the actions of employees in relation to the employees’ work for the entity.

However, providing advice and recommendations to assist the management of an audit client in discharging its responsibilities is not assuming a management responsibility.

  • Providing administrative services to an audit client does not usually create a threat. Examples of administrative services include:

  • Word processing services.

  • Preparing administrative or statutory forms for client approval.

  • Submitting such forms as instructed by the client.

  • Monitoring statutory filing dates and advising an audit client of those dates.

Members may note another term known as “Management Services” as appearing in Section 144 of Companies Act, 2013. These are not defined in the Companies Act or the Rules framed thereunder. Since these will be defined by Government, there is no finality of views on the Management Services being or not being at par with Management Responsibilities as appearing in Volume-I of the Code.

(i) Documentation Requirements- The 2009 Code required Firms to document their conclusions regarding compliance with independence requirements.

In the 2019 Code, the requirements of documentation have been given in greater detail. NOCLAR requires all steps in responding with NOCLAR to be documented.

The Chartered Accountant is encouraged to document:

  • The facts.

  • The accounting principles or other relevant professional standards involved.

  • The communications and parties with whom matters were discussed.

  • The courses of action considered.

  • How the accountant attempted to address the matter(s).

  • Requirements for NOCLAR have to be sufficient to enable an understanding of significant matters arising during the audit, the conclusions reached, and significant professional judgments made in reaching those conclusions. Thus, documentation is of critical importance in manifesting compliance with NOCLAR.

CONCLUSION
The Code of Ethics has been developed to ensure ethical behaviour for members while retaining the long-cherished ideals of ‘excellence, independence, integrity’, protecting the dignity and interests of members and leading our profession to newer heights.

Major Changes in Overseas Investment Regulations under FEMA

INTRODUCTION
A revamp of the Overseas Direct Investment regulations of the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 (FEMA) was under process for quite some time. Draft Overseas Investment Rules and Overseas Investment Regulations were also in the public domain for consultation. The Finance Ministry, in consultation with RBI, has now finalised the Rules and Regulations, overhauling the outward investment provisions substantially. The new rules supersede the Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Any Foreign Security) Regulations, 2004, and the Foreign Exchange Management (Acquisition and Transfer of Immovable Property Outside India) Regulations, 2015.

This article highlights the significant changes in Overseas Direct Investment provisions in a simplified manner. While there are open issues due to the language adopted in the rules and regulations, such analysis of issues is beyond the scope of this article.

1. WHAT ARE THE MAJOR CHANGES BROUGHT ABOUT BY THE NEW PROVISIONS?

The new provisions have liberalised a few important areas concerning overseas investments and, more importantly, clarified quite a few aspects regarding the older provisions. Some of the significant changes brought about by the new rules and regulations are summarised below:

(i) The new provisions provide enhanced clarity to various terms, including:

  • Bonafide business activity
  • Foreign entity
  • Overseas Direct Investment (ODI)
  • Overseas Portfolio Investment (OPI)
  • Strategic Sector
  • Subsidiary or Step-down subsidiary (SDS),
  • Financial services activity
  • Revised pricing guidelines

(ii) The provisions also dispense with approval for:

  • Deferred payment of consideration.
  • Investment/disinvestment by a person resident in India under investigation by any investigative agency/regulatory body if conditions are met.
  • Issuance of corporate guarantees to or on behalf of Second or subsequent level Step Down Subsidiary (SDS).
  • Write-off on account of disinvestment.
  • Round-tripped investment if conditions are met, etc.

The provisions have also brought in revised set of compliances and ‘Late Submission Fee’ (LSF) for reporting delays.

2. HOW WOULD THE REVISED OVERSEAS INVESTMENT RULES OPERATE?

In line with amendment to Section 6 of FEMA in 2015, the changes are brought about both by the Government and RBI in the following manner on 22nd August, 2022:

Title

Content

Notified by

FEM (Overseas Investment) Rules,
2022

Dealing with Non-Debt
Instruments

Central Government [Notification
No. G.S.R. 646(E).
]

FEM (Overseas Investment) Regulations,
2022

Dealing with Debt
Instruments

RBI [Notification No.
FEMA 400/2022-RB.
]

FEM (Overseas Investment) Directions,
2022

Directions to be
followed by Authorised Dealer-Banks

RBI [Annexed to AP DIR
Circular No. 12.
]

Consequential amendments have also been made to the Master Direction on Reporting under FEMA and the Master Direction on Liberalised Remittance Scheme (LRS).

3. WHAT IS COVERED BY OVERSEAS INVESTMENT?

Overseas Investment (“OI”) means Financial Commitment (“FC”) and Overseas Portfolio Investment (“OPI”) by a person resident in India.

FC, in turn, means the aggregate amount of investment made by a person resident in India by way of:

– Overseas Direct Investment (“ODI”),

– Debt (other than OPI) in a foreign entity or entities in which ODI is made, and

 – Non-fund-based facilities to or on behalf of such foreign entity or entities.

The total FC made by an Indian entity in all the foreign entities taken together at the time of undertaking such commitment cannot exceed 400% of its net worth as on the date of the last audited balance sheet or as directed by RBI.

It should be noted that the erstwhile regulations allowed unexhausted limit of holding as well as subsidiary for reckoning the limit of 400% of the net worth of the ‘Indian Party’. Now, only the net worth of the investor entity (Indian Entity) is to be
considered.

Corporate guarantees by specified group companies are allowed. However, they will be counted towards the utilisation of such group companies’ financial commitment.

4. WHAT DOES ODI COVER?

Rule 2(1)(q) of the OI Rules defines ‘Overseas Direct Investment’. Accordingly, ODI means investment by way of:

a.    Acquisition of unlisted equity capital of a foreign entity, or

b.    Subscription as a part of the Memorandum of Association of a foreign entity, or

c.    Investment in 10% or more of the paid-up equity capital of a listed foreign entity, or

d.    Investment with control, where investment is less than 10% of the paid-up equity capital of a listed foreign entity.

Control and Equity Capital are important terms, explained later in this article.

Further, once an investment is classified as ODI, the investment shall continue to be treated as ODI even if the investment falls below 10% of the paid-up equity capital of the foreign entity or if the investor loses control of the foreign entity.

5. WHAT ARE THE CHANGES IN ODI RULES AS COMPARED TO EARLIER?

The erstwhile regulations referred to ODI as Direct investment outside India by an Indian Party in a Joint Venture (JV) and Wholly Owned Subsidiary (WOS). All these terms have undergone a change.

JV/WOS is substituted under the new regime with the concept of ‘foreign entity’, which means an entity formed or registered or incorporated outside India with limited liability. By implication, investment cannot be made in any foreign entity with unlimited liability. It includes an entity in an International Financial Services Centre (IFSC) in India.

The concept of Indian Party (IP), where all the investors from India in a foreign entity were together considered as IP, has been substituted under the new regime with the concept of ‘Indian entity’, which shall mean a Company or a Limited Liability Partnership or a Partnership Firm or a Body Corporate incorporated under any law for the time being in force. Each investor entity shall be separately considered an Indian entity.

Further, there was lack of clarity between ODI and portfolio investment under the erstwhile regulations. ODI and OPI have now been demarcated into distinct baskets of investments which is explained below.

6. WHAT IS THE CRITERIA TO DETERMINE AN ODI INVESTMENT VIS-À-VIS LISTED AND UNLISTED ENTITIES?

One of the major clarifications emerging in the new rules is that any investment (even one share) in an unlisted entity would be considered as ODI. This was not clear in the erstwhile regime, and each AD Bank was applying different criteria for the same.

Further, an investment in a listed entity of over 10% will now be considered as ODI even if there is no control, while an investment of any limit in a listed entity which provides control would be considered as ODI.

The following flow-chart depicts the difference between ODI and OPI in the case of investment in equity capital:

Control has become a key factor in determining whether an investment is ODI. ‘Control’ has been defined to mean:

– the right to appoint a majority of the directors, or

– to control management or policy decisions exercisable by a person or persons, acting individually or in concert, directly or indirectly,

– including by virtue of their shareholding or management rights or shareholders’ agreements or voting agreements that entitle them to 10% or more of voting rights or in any other manner in the entity.

The above wording makes it clear that ‘Control’ should be looked at in substance and not on a technical basis.

As per the new rules, ODI covers investment in ‘Equity Capital’ which is defined to mean equity shares or perpetual capital; or instruments that are irredeemable; or contribution to non-debt capital of a foreign entity in the nature of fully and compulsorily convertible instruments. What is meant by perpetual capital is not clarified – but it seems to suggest that equity capital would be capital which is for the long term and not a specific period as it would be in the case of redeemable instruments.

7. WHAT ARE THE IMPORTANT CHANGES AS FAR AS STRUCTURING OF OVERSEAS INVESTMENTS GO?

One of the important changes brought about relates to subsidiary or step-down subsidiary (SDS) of the foreign entity. Subsidiary means a first-level subsidiary of a foreign entity. SDS means second and further level subsidiaries beneath the first level subsidiary. Subsidiary or SDS of a foreign entity is defined as an entity in which the foreign entity has ‘Control’. It should be noted that ‘Control’ is the only criterion for determining whether an entity is a subsidiary/ SDS of the foreign entity. Hence, where the foreign entity does not have ‘Control’, it will not be treated as SDS. The rules provide that in such a case, even no reporting is required.

However, it has been provided that the subsidiary and SDS shall comply with the structural requirements of the foreign entity, i.e., it should have limited liability. At the same time, it has been provided that only ‘subsidiaries and SDS’ are required to comply with the structural requirements of the foreign entity. Hence, it can be inferred that the foreign entity may invest in an entity with unlimited liability if the entity does not fall within the definition of subsidiary/ SDS, i.e., the foreign entity does not have control over such underlying entity.

Another important change is the introduction of ‘strategic sector’. The above requirement of limited liability for a subsidiary / SDS has been exempted for a foreign entity hiving its core activity in a ‘strategic sector’ which shall include energy and natural resources sectors such as Oil, Gas, Coal, Mineral Ores, submarine cable system and start-ups and any other sector or sub-sector as deemed fit by the Central Government. ODI in these sectors can also be made in unincorporated entities as well as part of consortiums (in the case of the submarine cable systems sector).

As can be noticed above, strategic sectors include startup sector. However, any ODI in startups shall not be made out of funds borrowed from others in accordance with Rule 19(2) of OI Rules.

8. WHAT DOES OPI MEAN?

OPI means investment in foreign securities other than ODI. It does not include investment in any unlisted debt instruments, or any security issued by a person resident in India (except for those in an IFSC).

More importantly, FC does not include OPI investment; hence the overall limit of 400% of net worth does not apply to OPI investments.

Thus, any investment less than 10% in a listed entity without control would be outside the ambit of FC and its limits. However, there are caps on OPI investments which are given below:

An Indian entity can invest only 50% of its net worth as on the date of its last audited balance sheet under the OPI route. A resident individual can invest up to the limit as per LRS, i.e., $ 250,000 per financial year.

OPI by a resident in India in the equity capital of a listed entity, even after its delisting, shall continue to be treated as OPI until any further investment is made in the entity.

Minimum qualifications shares, or shares or interest acquired by resident individuals by way of sweat equity shares or under Employee Stock Ownership Plan or Employee Benefits Scheme up to 10% of the equity capital of a foreign entity, whether listed or unlisted and without control shall be considered as OPI.

Any investment made overseas under Schedule IV of the OI Rules in securities as stipulated by SEBI, Mutual Funds (MFs), Venture Capital Funds (VCFs) and Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs) registered with SEBI shall also be considered as OPI.

9. WHAT CHANGES HAVE COME IN FOR INVESTMENTS THAT CAN BE MADE IN FOREIGN ENTITIES UNDERTAKING FINANCIAL SERVICES ACTIVITIES?

For an Indian entity engaged in financial services activity in India, there are no significant changes. Such an entity can make ODI in a foreign entity which is directly or indirectly engaged in financial services activity subject to the erstwhile conditions of a) a 3-year profit track record; b) being registered or regulated by a financial services regulator in India and c) having obtained the required approval for the activity from the regulators both in India and the host country. However, as per the new rules, in the case of an ODI made in an IFSC, such approval would have to be provided within 45 days from the date of application; else, it would be considered that such approval has been granted. Banks and NBFIs regulated by RBI are not included in these regulations and would need to follow the conditions laid down by RBI in this regard.

Further, until now, only Indian entities in the financial services sector were allowed to invest in foreign entities engaged in financial services. As per new ODI Rules, Indian entities which are not involved in financial services activities are also permitted to invest in foreign entities engaged in financial services (except banking and insurance) subject to only one condition – that such entities have earned net profits during the last three financial years.

This single condition also has been removed for Indian entities that invest in an entity in an IFSC engaged in financial services activity.

Even Resident Individuals (RI) are allowed to make ODI in a foreign entity in an IFSC, including in an entity engaged in financial services activity (except for banking and insurance). However, in such a case, where the RI controls the foreign entity, such entity cannot have a subsidiary or SDS outside the IFSC.

Further, what activities would constitute ‘Financial services activity’ was not clear in the erstwhile regulations as the term was not defined. However, the new rules provide that a foreign entity shall be considered to be engaged in the business of financial services activity if it undertakes an activity which, if it were carried out by an entity in India, would require registration with or is regulated by a financial sector regulator in India.

10. CAN A GIFT OF OVERSEAS SHARES BE RECEIVED OR MADE BY A RESIDENT INDIVIDUAL?

Foreign securities can be acquired by a Resident Individual (RI) as a gift from another person resident in India who is a relative as per clause (77) of section 2 of the Companies Act. Gift of shares can also be received from a person resident outside India, but only in accordance with provisions of the Foreign Contribution (Regulation) Act, 2010 (FCRA) and the rules and regulations made thereunder.

At the same time, RIs are not allowed to gift an overseas investment to a person resident outside India.

11. WHAT ARE THE CHANGES FOR OVERSEAS INVESTMENT BY A RESIDENT INDIVIDUAL?

Apart from changes in acquiring shares by way of gift and in a foreign entity in an IFSC as explained above, the following are the other main changes for overseas investment by a RI:

a. Step-down subsidiary (SDS) in case of ODI

Under FEMA 120, individuals investing under the ODI Route were not allowed to invest in a structure which would have a subsidiary or an SDS. Under the new regulations, a subsidiary or SDS of a foreign entity is allowed where RI does not have control of the foreign entity.

Moreover, in case of acquisition by way of inheritance or sweat equity shares or qualification shares or shares or interest under ESOP or Employee Benefits Scheme, ODI can be in a foreign entity engaged in financial services activity or can also have a subsidiary or SDS even if RI has control in such foreign entity.

b. Certain investments deemed to be OPI

Acquisition of sweat equity shares or qualification shares or shares or interest under ESOP or Employee Benefits Scheme, amounting to less than 10% of equity capital of a foreign entity without control, will be classified as OPI even if such entity is unlisted.

Similarly, a contribution by an RI to an investment fund or vehicle set up in an IFSC would be considered an OPI.

c. Inheritance of foreign securities under the ODI route is also now expressly provided.

12. IS ROUND TRIPPING ALLOWED UNDER THE NEW RULES?
Round tripping was not allowed earlier without prior approval of the RBI. It was not considered a bona fide business activity by RBI, which was the prerequisite for an ODI investment. While this condition continues, bona fide business activity has now been exhaustively defined under the new rules. It simply means an activity permissible under any law in force in India and in the host jurisdiction.

Rule 19(3) now prohibits investment back into India in cases where the resultant structure has more than two layers of subsidiaries.

The combined reading of the definition of bona fide business activity and limitation in restriction under Rule 19(3) above suggests that round tripping is now allowed. However, it has not been expressly provided for in the Rules.

13. ARE THERE ANY CHANGES IN THE ACQUISITION OF IMMOVABLE PROPERTY OUTSIDE INDIA?

While the rules for the acquisition of Immovable Property (IP) outside India have remained largely the same, the following changes need to be noted as per Rule 21 of the OI Rules read along with amendments in the LRS Master Direction:

a.    IP can be purchased under the LRS Scheme as earlier. Further, funds can also be consolidated in respect of relatives as earlier. However, the requirement for such relatives to be co-owners has been removed now.

b.    A person resident in India can acquire IP now out of income or sale proceeds of assets (other than ODI) acquired overseas as per the provisions of the FEMA.

c.    Earlier only a company having an office outside India could acquire IP outside India for the business and residential purposes of its staff. This has now been allowed for an Indian Entity which has a wider meaning now, as explained earlier.

d.    In the erstwhile regulations for buying IP outside India, it was permitted to acquire property jointly with a relative who is a PROI, given that there should be no remittance from India. This condition (of no remittance) seems to have now been removed.

14. WHAT ABOUT INVESTMENTS MADE UNDER THE ERSTWHILE REGULATIONS?

Rule 6 prescribes that any investment or financial commitment outside India made in accordance with the Act or the Rules or Regulations made thereunder and held as on the date of publication of these new rules shall be deemed to have been made under the new Rules and Regulations.

Conversely, it has been provided that if any investment was in violation of the earlier regulations it will remain a violation and may attract consequences as if the old rules are still applicable.

15. WHAT ARE THE CHANGES MADE FOR INVESTMENT IN IFSC?

There are several relaxations made under the new OI Rules in respect of investment in an IFSC. Fundamentally a foreign entity is defined to include an entity set up in an IFSC. Thus, investment into an entity in an IFSC would be considered ODI. At the same time, overseas investment by a financial institution in an IFSC is outside the ambit of the OI Rules.

Specific relaxations have also been made for investment by an Indian entity and RI in an entity engaged in financial services activity in an IFSC, as explained in reply to query 9 above. Such an investment is now allowed by an Indian entity not engaged in financial services activity within India without any attendant conditions.

16. ARE THERE ANY CHANGES IN THE PRICING GUIDELINES?

Earlier the pricing guidelines stated that investment in a JV/WOS outside India could happen at the value arrived at as prescribed by FEMA 120 or even at a value lower than that. Also, the transfer of investment in a JV/WOS could happen at the fair valuation as per FEMA 120 or even at a value higher than that. However, the new OI Rules prescribe that the pricing for investment as well as transfer shall be subject to a price arrived at on an arm’s length basis, taking into consideration the valuation as per any internationally accepted pricing methodology. Further, AD Banks are required to put in a board-approved policy with respect to the documents that need to be taken by them with respect to the pricing and also provide for scenarios where such valuation may not be insisted upon.

17. WHAT ARE THE MODES AVAILABLE FOR FINANCIAL COMMITMENT BY AN INDIAN ENTITY OTHER THAN BY WAY OF EQUITY CAPITAL?

Separate Regulations have been issued by RBI (OI Regulations) for investment in Debt Instruments issued by a foreign entity or to extend non-fund-based commitment to or on behalf of a foreign entity, including the overseas step-down subsidiaries of such Indian entity, subject to the following conditions:

i) The Indian entity is eligible to make ODI,

ii) Such an entity has made ODI in the foreign entity,

iii) The Indian entity has acquired control in such a foreign entity at the time of making such FC.

FC by an Indian entity by way of debt, guarantee, pledge or charge and by way of enabling deferred payment are covered in Regulations 4, 5, 6 and 7 of the OI Regulations. Further, FC under all these regulations would be considered part of the overall limit for FC as stipulated by the OI Rules.

18. IS DEFERRED PAYMENT ALLOWED NOW? WILL IT ALSO COVER CONDITIONAL PAYMENT?

Regulation 7 of OI Regulations now allows acquisition or transfer through deferred payment. This was earlier under the approval route. The deferred consideration shall be treated as part of non-fund-based commitment till the final payment is made. It is provided that payment of consideration may be deferred provided:

i)    Deferment is for a definite period,

ii)    Deferment should be provided for in the agreement,

iii)    Equivalent amount of foreign securities shall be transferred or issued upfront, and

iv)    Full consideration shall be paid finally as per applicable pricing guidelines.

Under conditional payment, the amount of payment may vary, or payment may not be made at all. Whereas the above-mentioned conditions for deferred payment require upfront transfer/issue and valuation and also eventual payment of full consideration as per pricing guidelines. Hence, conditional payment may not be allowed as part of deferred payment.

19. OTHER CHANGES

Apart from the above changes, the new OI Rules have also brought in changes with respect to the following:

a. Requirement of a NOC as per Rule 10 of the OI Rules by an Indian entity under investigation or having an account termed as NPA or classified as a willful defaulter.

b. Restructuring of the Balance Sheet of the foreign entity has been allowed subject to conditions as provided in Rule 18 of the OI Rules.

c. Reporting for OI has been changed, and new forms have been issued – ODI has to be reported in Form FC, while OPI has to be reported in Form OPI by a person resident in India other than individuals.

One must keep in mind the above changes before entering into a Financial Commitment in respect of a foreign entity. As mentioned earlier, there are certain issues with regard to the new regulations and an analysis of all such issues is beyond the scope of this article.

PMLA – Magna Carta – Part 1

BACKGROUND
On 27th July, 2022, the Supreme Court of India gave a landmark ruling in the case of Vijay Madanlal Choudhary vs. Union of India [2022] 140 taxmann.com 610 (SC) on various aspects and concepts involving dicey provisions of The Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 (“PMLA”). This decision put to rest raging controversies on various issues agitated in a huge batch of petitions, appeals and cases.

DICEY ISSUES
The issues agitated before and examined by the Supreme Court covered as many as twenty significant aspects of PMLA. Some of these had arisen from decisions of various High Courts rendered a long time ago and were pending the final decision of the Apex Court. Few crucial aspects related to parameters of the concept of money-laundering, punishment for money-laundering, confirmation of provisional attachment, search and seizure, arrest, the burden of proof, bail, powers of authorities regarding summons, production of evidence and Special Courts.

These aspects were agitated before the Supreme Court in as many as over 240 civil and criminal writ petitions, appeals and special leave petitions (SLPs) including transferred petitions and cases.

APPROACH OF THE SUPREME COURT

The Supreme Court was seized of various civil and criminal writ petitions, appeals, SLPs, transferred petitions and transferred cases raising various questions of law. Such questions pertained to constitutional validity and interpretation of certain provisions of the other statutes, including the Customs Act, the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, the Companies Act, the Prevention of Corruption Act, the Indian Penal Code and the Code of Criminal Procedure (CrPC). However, the Apex Court decided to focus primarily on the challenge to the validity of certain important provisions of PMLA and their interpretation.

In addition to ‘challenge to constitutional validity’ and ‘interpretation of provisions of PMLA’, there were SLPs filed against various orders of High Courts and subordinate Courts all over the country. In all such SLPs, prayer for grant of bail or quashing or discharge was rejected by the Supreme Court. The government of India, too, had filed appeals and SLPs. There were also a few transfer petitions filed before the Supreme Court under Article 139A(1) of the Constitution of India.

Instead of dealing with facts and issues in each case, the Supreme Court confined itself to examining the challenge to the relevant provisions of PMLA, being a question of law raised by parties.

The question as to whether some of the amendments to the PMLA could not have been enacted by the Parliament by way of a Finance Act was not examined by the Supreme Court. The same was left open for being examined along with the decision of the Larger Bench (seven Judges) of the Supreme Court in Rojer Mathew (2020) 6 SCC 1.

Consistent with the approach of the Supreme Court, the author, too, has decided merely to give here the gist of the conclusions reached by the Supreme Court on crucial aspects, as follows.

DEFINITIONS
Certain substantive aspects of the following important definitions in PMLA were examined by the Supreme Court.

  • “investigation”
  • “proceeds of crime”

As regards the definition of “investigation”, it was concluded that the term “proceedings” [section 2(1)(na) of PMLA] is contextual and is required to be given expansive meaning to include the inquiry procedure followed by the Authorities of Enforcement Directorate (ED), the Adjudicating Authority, and the Special Court.

Likewise, it has been held that the term “investigation” does not limit itself to the matter of investigation concerning the offence under PMLA and is interchangeable with the function of “inquiry” to be undertaken by the Authorities under PMLA.

As regards the definition of “proceeds of crime”, it was held that the Explanation inserted w.e.f. 1st August, 2019 does not travel beyond the main provision predicating tracking and reaching up to the property derived or obtained directly or indirectly as a result of criminal activity relating to a scheduled offence.

OFFENCE OF MONEY-LAUNDERING

The concept of “money-laundering” is pivotal to all other provisions of PMLA. This concept was rationalised by inserting an Explanation w.e.f. 1st August, 2019. The Supreme Court examined all nuances of “money-laundering” and held that “money-laundering” has a wider reach so as to capture every process and activity, direct or indirect, in dealing with the proceeds of crime and is not limited to the happening of the final act of integration of tainted property in the formal economy. The Supreme Court opined that the Explanation does not expand the purport of Section 3 (Offence of money-laundering) but is only clarificatory in nature.

The Supreme Court clarified that the word “and” preceding the expression “projecting or claiming” occurring in Section 3 must be construed as “or”, to give full play to the said provision so as to include “every” process or activity indulged into by anyone. According to the Supreme Court, “projecting or claiming the property as untainted property” would constitute an offence of money-laundering on a stand-alone basis, being an independent process or activity. Being a clarificatory amendment, it would make no difference even if the Explanation was introduced by Finance Act or otherwise.

The Supreme Court very aptly rejected the interpretation suggested by the petitioners, that only upon projecting or claiming the property in question as untainted property that the offence of money-laundering would be complete. According to the Supreme Court, after insertion of the Explanation to section 3, this suggestion was not tenable. Indeed, it was explained that the offence of money-laundering is dependent on the illegal gain of property as a result of criminal activity relating to a scheduled offence. This proposition was elaborated by the Supreme Court with the observation that the Authorities under PMLA cannot prosecute any person on a notional basis or on the assumption that a scheduled offence has been committed unless it is so registered with the jurisdictional police and/or pending enquiry/trial including by way of criminal complaint before the competent forum. In view of the Supreme Court, if the person is finally discharged/acquitted of the scheduled offence or where the criminal case against him is quashed by the Court of competent jurisdiction, there can be no offence of money-laundering against him or anyone claiming such property being the property linked to the stated scheduled offence through him.

CONFIRMATION OF PROVISIONAL ATTACHMENT
In various appeals and petitions, the constitutional validity of section 5 of PMLA authorising provisional attachment was challenged. After examining the relevant legal position, it was held by the Supreme Court that section 5 is constitutionally valid. According to the Supreme Court, provisional attachment provides for a balancing arrangement to secure the interests of the person and also ensures that the proceeds of crime remain available to be dealt with in the manner provided by PMLA. Elaborating this, it was observed by the Supreme Court that the procedural safeguards as envisaged by law are effective measures to protect the interests of the person concerned.

The challenge to the validity of section 8(4) of PMLA authorising seizure of property attachment which is confirmed, was also rejected by the Supreme Court subject to Section 8 being invoked and operated in accordance with the meaning assigned to it.

SEARCH AND SEIZURE
In several petitions, PMLA authorities’ powers of search and seizure were challenged as unconstitutional to the extent of deletion of the Proviso to section 17 which dispensed with report or complaint to the Magistrate. This challenge was also rejected by the Supreme Court on the ground that there are stringent safeguards provided in section 17 and the rules framed thereunder.

A similar challenge to the deletion of Proviso to section 18(1) dealing with the search of persons was also rejected on the ground that there are similar safeguards provided in section 18. Accordingly, it was held that the amended provision does not suffer from the vice of arbitrariness.

ARREST
The challenge to the constitutional validity of section 19 providing powers to arrest was rejected on the ground that there are stringent safeguards provided in section 19. Accordingly, the Supreme Court held that section 19 does not suffer from the vice of arbitrariness.

BURDEN OF PROOF
Section 24 of PMLA mandates a reverse burden of proof. In respect to the challenge to the validity of this provision, the Supreme Court held that section 24 has reasonable nexus with the purposes and objects sought to be achieved by PMLA and cannot be regarded as manifestly arbitrary or unconstitutional.

SPECIAL COURTS TO TRY OFFENCE OF MONEY-LAUNDERING
Section 44 of PMLA provides for trial of the offence of money-laundering and scheduled offence by Special Courts.

As regards the challenge to the validity of section 44, the Supreme Court did not find merit in such a challenge (that was based on the premise that section 44 was arbitrary or unconstitutional). However, it observed that the eventualities referred to in section 44 shall be dealt with by the Court concerned and by the Authority concerned in accordance with the interpretation given in this judgement.

OFFENCES TO BE COGNISABLE AND NON-BAILABLE
Section 45 of PMLA deals with this aspect. Earlier, in Nikesh Tarachand Shah vs. UoI (2018) 11SCC 1, the Supreme Court had declared the twin conditions in section 45(1) of PMLA, as it stood at the relevant time, as unconstitutional. However, now the Supreme Court has held that the said decision did not obliterate section 45 from the statute book; and that it was open to the Parliament to cure the defect noted by the Supreme Court in the earlier decision to revive the same provision in the existing form.

To elaborate this, the Supreme Court observed that it does not agree with the observations in Nikesh Tarachand Shah distinguishing the ratio of the Constitution Bench decision in Kartar Singh, and other observations suggestive of doubting the perception of Parliament in regard to the seriousness of the offence of money-laundering including about it posing a serious threat to the sovereignty and integrity of the country. It was further elaborated by the Supreme Court that section 45, as applicable post-2019 amendment, is reasonable and has direct nexus with the purposes and objects to be achieved by PMLA and does not suffer from the vice of arbitrariness or unreasonableness.

As regards the prayer for grant of bail, it was explained by the Supreme Court that irrespective of the nature of proceedings, including those under section 438 of CrPC or even upon invoking the jurisdiction of Constitutional Courts, the underlying principles and rigours of section 45 may apply.

It was also explained that the beneficial provision of section 436A of CrPC (which provides a maximum period for which an undertrial can be detained) could be invoked by the accused arrested for an offence punishable under PMLA.

POWERS OF AUTHORITIES REGARDING SUMMONS AND PRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS AND EVIDENCE

Section 50 of PMLA deals with the powers of authorities regarding summons, compelling production of records, etc.

In this connection, the Supreme Court held that the process envisaged by section 50 is in the nature of an inquiry against the proceeds of crime and is not an “investigation” in the strict sense of the term for initiating prosecution; and the authorities under PMLA referred to in section 48 are not police officers as such.

It was explained by the Supreme Court that the statements recorded by the Authorities under PMLA are not hit by Article 20(3) (no person accused of any offence shall be compelled to be a witness against himself) or Article 21 of the Constitution of India (Protection of life and personal liberty).

ENFORCEMENT CASE INFORMATION REPORT (ECIR)

In respect of the plea that a copy of ECIR should be supplied to the arrested person, the Supreme Court held that in view of the special mechanism envisaged by PMLA, ECIR cannot be equated with an FIR under CrPC. It was explained that ECIR is an internal document of the ED and the fact that an FIR in respect of a a scheduled offence has not been recorded does not come in the way of the authorities referred to in section 48 to commence inquiry/investigation for initiating “civil action” of provisional attachment of property being proceeds of crime.

It was held that the supply of a copy of ECIR in every case to the arrested person is not mandatory and it is sufficient that at the time of arrest, ED discloses the grounds of such arrest.

Indeed, the Supreme Court observed that, when the arrested person is produced before the Special Court, it is open to the Special Court to look into the relevant records presented by the authorised representative of ED for answering the issue of the need for his/her continued detention in connection with the offence of money-laundering.

On this issue, it was suggested by the Supreme Court that even though the ED manual is not to be published, being an internal departmental document issued for the guidance of the ED officials, the department ought to explore the desirability of placing information on its website which may broadly outline the scope of the authority of the functionaries under the Act and measures to be adopted by them as also the options and remedies available to the person concerned before the Authority and the Special Court.

PUNISHMENT
As regards the plea about the proportionality of punishment with reference to the nature of the scheduled offence, it was held by the Supreme Court that such plea is wholly unfounded and stands rejected.

WAY FORWARD
What next after the pronouncement of the Supreme Court ruling?

Indeed, in terms of Article 141 of the Constitution, the propositions affirmed by the Supreme Court are now binding on all courts in India.

That calls for clear direction for the way forward. The way forward post 27th July, 2022 is outlined by the Supreme Court by way of following interim measures for four weeks from 27th July, 2022.

  • The private parties in the transferred petitions are at liberty to pursue the proceedings pending before the High Court. The contentions other than those dealt with in this judgement, regarding validity and interpretation of the concerned PMLA provision, are kept open, to be decided in those proceedings on their own merits.

  • Writ petitions which involve issues relating to Finance Bill/Money Bill are to be heard along with the Rojer Mathew case.

  • In the writ petitions in which further relief of bail, discharge or quashing was prayed, the private parties are at liberty to pursue further reliefs before the appropriate forums, leaving all contentions in that regard open, to be decided on its own merits.

  • The writ petitions in which validity and interpretation of other statutes (such as Indian Penal Code, CrPC, Customs Act, Prevention of Corruption Act, Companies Act, 2013, CGST Act) were challenged, were directed to be placed before appropriate Bench “group-wise or Act-wise”.

  • The parties are at liberty to mention for early listing of the concerned case including for continuation/vacation of the interim relief.

[Some of the interesting questions and answers arising from reading of this judgment will be dealt with by the Author in the next issue of the BCAJ]

References:

[Readers are advised to read the following two articles published in the BCAJ in 2021 written by Dr. Dilip K. Sheth about PMLA for more insight. The said articles can be accessed on bcajonline.org]

1.    OFFENCE OF MONEY-LAUNDERING: FAR-EACHING IMPLICATIONS OF RECENT AMENDMENT – Published in January, 2021.

2. ‘PROCEEDS OF CRIME’ – PMLA DEFINITION UNDERGOES RETROSPECTIVE SEA CHANGE – Published in February, 2021.  

Editor’s Note: At the time of going to press, the Supreme Court, on 26th August 2022, stated that two aspects of its 27th July 2022 judgement required reconsideration (i.e. (i) the finding that ECIR is not FIR and hence no mandatory need to provide it to the accused; and (ii) the negation of the cardinal principle of “presumption of innocence”).

Digitalisation of Form 10F – New Barrier To Claim Tax Treaty?

BACKGROUND
The Income-tax Act 1961 (‘Act’) grants an option to a Non-Resident (‘NR’) to be
governed by the provisions of the Act or the Double Tax Avoidance Agreement
(DTAA), whichever is beneficial. Section 90(4) mandates non-residents to obtain
a Tax Residency Certificate (TRC) from the country of residence to take benefit
of the DTAA by virtue of section 90 of the Act. In addition, section 90(5)
requires non-residents to furnish information in Form 10F. In practice, NRs
used to furnish TRC and Form 10F either in physical form or an electronic copy
to the payer of income to avail of DTAA benefits at the time of withholding.
Now, Notification No. 3/2022 dated 16th July, 2022 (‘Notification’), requires
Form 10F to be furnished electronically and verified in the manner prescribed.
This article deals with nuances and implications arising from this
Notification.

PROCESS OF OBTAINING FORM 10F IN DIGITALISED FORM
The Notification came into effect on 16th July, 2022. Form 10F in digitalized
form can be generated from the income tax e-filing portal by logging into the
assessee’s account for the Financial Year (F.Y.) 2021-22 and F.Y. 2022-23.
Thereafter, the NR is required to fill in information prescribed in Form 10F,
upload a copy of TRC and verify the same by affixing the digital signature
(DSC) of the person authorized to e-verify Form 10F.

Incidentally, when logging in, the portal states, “This Form is applicable
to an assessee who is a citizen of India living in another country and earning
foreign Income”
. It is submitted that this statement is incorrect. In any
case, instruction on the portal has no statutory force.

CONSEQUENCES OF DIGITALISED FORM 10F
Obtaining Form 10F in the digitalised form will require a NR to obtain PAN in
India, as without PAN, Form 10F in digitised form is not accepted. In addition,
the authorized signatory must register his DSC in the NR tax login. It is
possible that such an authorized signatory may be a non-resident. Consequently,
the authorized signatory will also be required to submit KYC documents to
procure DSC.

This requirement can be complied with by NR assessees, generally Associated
Enterprises (AEs) who receive taxable income in India and regularly file a tax
return in India or report international transactions in Form 3CEB. These AEs,
irrespective of technical reading of Rule 21AB(2), are likely to comply with
new norms1. However, there are numerous business payments made to NR
which are not recurring in nature and are not chargeable to tax in India
pursuant to a favorable tax treaty. NR vendors are not comfortable obtaining
PAN and therefore undertake submission of 10-F electronically. Section 195
creates parallel liability on the deductor to withhold tax. The Notification is
expected to give rise to uncertainty in the following illustrative situations:

  • Payment for technical services which does not fulfil
    the requirement of make available condition in India-US DTAA.

 

  • Software license payments which are not taxable
    pursuant to royalty article in DTAA read with Supreme Court decision in
    case of Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence (P.) Ltd vs. CIT2.

 

  • Import of goods in India may result in Significant
    Economic Presence under Explanation 2A to section 9(1)(i). Since SEP
    provisions are subject to DTAA, importers obtain TRC and Form 10F from
    NRs.

 

  • Interest payment on rupee-denominated loans which are
    not entitled to concessional tax rate u/s 194LC or section 194LD / where
    payer wishes to obtain TRC and Form 10F on the conservative basis (should
    the benefit of section 194LC or section 194LC is denied by tax authority).

 

  • Equipment rental payment to Netherland NR and payment
    for aircraft leasing to Ireland NR.

 

  • Transfer of shares of an Indian Company by NR seller
    being tax resident of Mauritius, Singapore entitled to capital gain
    exemption3.

 

  • Indirect transfer of shares of an overseas company
    deriving substantial value from India taxable under Explanation 4 and
    Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i).


This Notification is effective from 16th July, 2022. No prior intimation or
time gap is given to the assessee to comply with the law. It is likely to
impact ongoing contracts where Indian payers based on a bonafide understanding
of the law would have agreed to bear tax liability under the net of tax
contract on the premise that NR will provide TRC, Form 10F (either in physical
or an electronic copy), and other usual declarations. The Notification may
result in a change in the law that was not envisaged at the time of entering
into the contract. Equally, NR may not agree to obtain PAN and furnish Form 10F
digitally. They may continue the present practice of giving Form 10F in
physical or an electronic copy. In such cases, if the Law is read literally, it
may mean that Form 10F is not furnished by NR in the prescribed manner and
accordingly condition of section 90(5) of the Act is not complied with.
Consequently, tax may be required to be deducted in accordance with Act. This
is likely to create friction between the deductor and the NR vendor. In cases
where the contract is on the net of tax basis, the deductor will be responsible
for paying tax which will escalate the cost of services.

Considering the aforesaid, it is necessary to evaluate whether the Notification
which requires digitalization of Form 10F is valid and is likely to stand the
test of law. This needs to be evaluated considering the propositions which are
discussed hereunder.


1. Non-corporate FPIs do not need DSC for signing tax
returns. Non-corporate entities can electronically transmit the ITR and
subsequently submit the physically-signed acknowledgment copy with CPC. Using a
DSC only for electronically furnishing Form 10F is likely to create a practical
challenge.
2. [2021] 125 taxmann.com 42 (SC)
3. Article 13(3A) of India-Mauritius DTAA; Article 13(4A) of India-Singapore
DTAA subject to satisfaction of specified conditions in DTAA.

 

FORM 10F – WHETHER REQUIRED IN ALL
CIRCUMSTANCES?

Section 90(4) provides that NR shall not be entitled to the benefit of DTAA
unless TRC is obtained. Section 90(5) provides that NR referred to in
subsection (4) shall provide other information as may be prescribed. This
linkage gives the inference that subsection (5) needs to be read as an integral
part of sub-section (4), and noncompliance of same can result in denial of DTAA
benefit.

Rule 21AB(1) of the Income-tax Rules, 1961 (“the Rules”) (prescribed u/s 90(5))
requires NR to furnish the following information in Form 10F:

(i) Status (individual, company, firm, etc.) of the assessee;

(ii) Nationality (in case of an individual) or country or specified territory
of incorporation or registration (in case of others);

(iii) Assessee’s tax identification number in the country or specified
territory of residence and in case there is no such number, then, a unique
number based on which the person is identified by the Government of the country
or the specified territory of which the assessee claims to be a resident;

(iv) Period for which the residential status, as mentioned in the certificate
referred to in subsection (4) of section 90 or sub-section (4) of section 90A,
is applicable; and

(v) Address of the assessee in the country or specified territory outside
India, during the period for which the certificate, as mentioned in (iv) above,
is applicable.

The information prescribed in item number (i) above should be read “as
applicable” even though such words are not found in Rule 21AB(1). This is
because the status of the assessee is a concept under Indian law. Section 2(31)
ascribes status to a person, which may not be a concept in overseas countries.
Further, the tax identification number may not be issued by the country to a
tax-exempt entity (e.g. Abu Dhabi Investment Authority or pension trust).

The Notification requires NR to fill in aforesaid information in its tax login
account and verify the same using the DSC of the person authorized to sign the
income-tax return. Rule 21AB(2) creates carve out to sub-rule (1). It reads as
under:

“The assessee may not be required to provide the information or any part
thereof referred to in sub-rule (1) if the information or the part thereof, as
the case may be, is contained in the certificate
referred to in sub-section
(4) of section 90 or sub-section (4) of section 90A.”

The exception carved out in Rule 21AB(2) is important. It states that Form 10F
is not required if all information in Rule 21AB(1) is already forming part of
TRC. In the view of the authors, typically, TRC issued by major treaty partners
(e.g. Germany, Netherlands, Singapore, Japan, Mauritius, Australia, France
etc.) reveals that it contains all the information as stipulated in Rule
21AB(1). Accordingly, Rule 21AB(1) and consequently section 90(5) is not
applicable in so far as TRC issued by such countries are concerned. Thus, NRs
resident of such countries are not impacted by the Notification requiring Form
10F to be issued digitally.

However, TRC issued by countries like Hong Kong, Ireland, etc., does not
contain information such as addresses. Thus, the safe harbour of Rule 21AB(2)
does not apply in such cases. Accordingly, NR from such treaty countries will
be required to submit Form 10F in digitalized form.

PROVISIONS IN ACT AND RULE GOVERNING THE APPLICATION OF PAN

Section 139A(1) and Rule 114 requires the assessee to obtain PAN if his income
is chargeable to tax in India. Rule 114B has prescribed such transactions where
PAN is required to be obtained. Transactions listed in Rule 114B are in nature
of investment in shares, debentures, etc., above a particular threshold. None
of the provisions requires NR to obtain PAN in India, where income is exempt
from tax pursuant to favourable DTAA. In fact, section 206AA and Rule 37BC
(dealt subsequently) give further force to this argument.

The Notification is issued in exercise of powers conferred in sub-rule (1) and
sub-rule (2) of Rule 131 of the Income-tax Rules, 1962. Rule 131 was, in turn,
inserted by the Income-tax (first twenty-first Amendment) Rules, 2021, w.e.f.
29th July, 2021 (21st Amendment). The 21st Amendment, in turn, was in the
exercise of powers conferred in section 295 of the Act. The process of
obtaining Form 10F in digitalised form requires the NR assessee to obtain PAN
in India. Thus, indirectly, the Notification is inconsistent with section
139A(1) / Rule 114. It is trite law that subordinate legislation must conform
to the parent statute and any subordinate legislation inconsistent with the
provisions of the parent statute is liable to be set aside. It is equally well
settled that circulars being executive / administrative in character cannot
supersede or override the Act and the statutory rules4. In Godrej
& Boyce Mfg. Co. Ltd. vs. State of Maharashtra
5, the
Apex Court held that circulars are administrative in nature and cannot alter the
provisions of a statute, nor can they impose additional conditions.


4. Federation of Indian Airlines vs.
Union of India (WP (C) No. 8004/2010); In Additional District Magistrate
(Rev.), Delhi Administration vs. Shri Ram AIR 2000 SC 2143; In B.K. Garad vs.
Nasik Merchants Co-op. Bank Ltd, AIR 1984 SC 192.
5. (2009) 5 SCC 24


NOTIFICATION – WHETHER OVERRIDES TAX TREATY?
This issue will arise in a situation where a non-resident who is otherwise
entitled to beneficial treatment under DTAA is denied treaty benefit as Form
10F is not furnished in a digitalised format. This is primarily because NR does
not have a PAN in India, or his authorized signatory does not have a DSC. The
following arguments support Notification indirectly overrides tax treaty which
is not permissible:


  • Article 31 of the Vienna Convention provides that a
    treaty is to be interpreted “in good faith in accordance with the ordinary
    meaning to be given to the terms of the treaty in their context and in the
    light of its object and purpose. Every treaty in force is binding on the
    parties to it and must be performed by them in good faith”. What it
    implies is that whatever the provisions of the treaties, these provisions
    are to be given effect in good faith. Therefore, no matter how desirable
    or expedient it may be from the perspective of the tax administration when
    a tax jurisdiction is allowed to amend the settled position with respect
    to a treaty provision by an amendment in the domestic law and admittedly
    to nullify the judicial rulings, it cannot be treated as the performance of
    treaties in good faith. That is, in effect, a unilateral treaty over-ride
    which is contrary to the scheme of Article 26 of Vienna Convention on Law
    of Treaties6.

 


6. DIT vs. New Skies Satellite BV
[2016] 382 ITR 114 (Mad); ACIT vs. Reliance Jio Infocomm Ltd [2019] 111
taxmann.com 371 (Mumbai – Trib.).


  • The Andhra Pradesh High Court in Sanofi Pasteur
    Holding SA
    cautioned against the use of legislative power to
    unilaterally amend domestic law in the following words:


“Treaty-making power is integral to the exercise of sovereign legislative or
executive will according to the relevant constitutional scheme, in all
jurisdictions. Once the power is exercised by the authorized agency (the
legislature or the executive, as the case may be) and a treaty entered into,
provisions of the such treaty must receive a good faith interpretation by every
authorized interpreter, whether an executive agency, a quasi-judicial authority
or the judicial branch. The supremacy of tax treaty provisions duly
operationalised within a contracting State [which may (theoretically) be
disempowered only by explicit and appropriately authorized legislative
exertions], cannot be eclipsed by the employment of an interpretive stratagem,
on the misconceived and ambiguous assumption of revenue interests of one of the
contracting States.”


  • Failure on part of NR to obtain Form 10F in digitalised
    form impairs the right of NR to claim treaty benefit. The information
    prescribed under Rule 21AB(1) obtained in a physical or an electronic copy
    does not become invalid merely because it is not furnished in electronic
    form through the income tax e-filing portal. The Notification, to this
    extent, has the vice of treaty override, which may not be permissible. The
    requirement of obtaining Form 10F is under domestic law and is not forming
    part of the treaty. Accordingly, section 90(5), as also the impugned
    Notification may be considered a treaty override.

 

  • As per section 90(2), the provisions of DTAA to the
    extent more beneficial to the assessee shall prevail over the Domestic Law
    and if the legislature wants to make any provision of Domestic Law to
    override the Treaty, a specific provision is required to be made in the
    Statute to that effect as made in sub-section (2A) of section 90 to give
    overriding effect to GAAR provisions. A proposition that treaty benefit
    can be denied for non-digitalised Form 10F seems untenable as there is no
    corresponding amendment in section 90 to permit treaty override or in
    section 139A to obtain PAN by specified class of assessee. In fact,
    Notification is inserted pursuant to Rule 131, which was inserted vide
    21st amendment to the Rules in exercise of power u/s 295.

 

  • In the context of section 90(4), which requires an
    assessee to obtain TRC, Tribunal7 has held that an eligible
    assessee cannot be denied the treaty protection u/s 90(2) on the ground
    that the said assessee has not been able to furnish a TRC in the
    prescribed form. The Tribunal8 read section 90(4) as resulting
    in treaty override and did not accept Revenue’s contention of the
    superiority of section 90(4) over section 90(2). The ratio of these
    decisions should equally apply in the present context.


7. Skaps Industries India (P.) Ltd
vs. ITO [2018] 94 taxmann.com 448 (Ahmedabad – Trib.); Ranjit Kumar Vuppu vs.
ITO [2021] 127 taxmann.com 105 (Hyderabad – Trib.)
8. Supra


SECTION 206AA – LEGISLATIVE HISTORY

Section 206AA provides for withholding of tax at 20% if PAN is not furnished by
the recipient of income. In the context of DTAA, the question arose whether
section 206AA overrides the treaty rate where NR does not have PAN in India.

In under noted decisions9, the supremacy of tax treaty was upheld.
This view is based on the premise that the purpose of the DTAA provision will
get defeated if tax is withheld at a higher rate in the absence of PAN which
subsequently needs to be refunded by the filing of the tax return in India. The
Delhi High Court in Danisco India (P.) Ltd. vs. Union of India10
read down the provision of section 206AA in the following words:

“Having regard to the position of law explained in Azadi Bachao Andolan
(supra) and later followed in numerous decisions that a Double Taxation
Avoidance Agreement acquires primacy in such cases, where reciprocating states
mutually agree upon acceptable principles for tax treatment, the provision in
Section 206AA (as it existed) has to be read down to mean that where the
deductee i.e. the overseas resident business concern conducts its operation from
a territory, whose Government has entered into a Double Taxation Avoidance
Agreement with India, the rate of taxation would be as dictated by the
provisions of the treaty.”


9. Infosys Ltd. vs. DCIT [2022] 140
taxmann.com 600 (Bangalore – Trib.); Nagarjuna Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd.
vs. Asstt. CIT [2017] 78 taxmann.com 264 (Hyd.);
10. [2018] 90 taxmann.com 295/253 Taxman 500/404 ITR 539


Parliament amended law by introducing sub-section (7) to section 206AA, making law
inapplicable to non-residents for interest, dividend, royalty, fees for
technical service income who furnishes information prescribed in Rule 37BC.

Rule 37BC(2) makes section 206AA inapplicable to non-residents who furnish the
following information:

i)    name, e-mail id, contact number;

ii)    address in the country or specified territory outside
India of which the deductee is a resident;

iii)    a certificate of his being resident in any country or
specified territory outside India from the Government of that country or
specified territory if the law of that country or specified territory provides
for the issuance of such certificate;

iv)    Tax Identification Number of the deductee in the country
or specified territory of his residence and in case no such number is
available, then a unique number based on which the deductee is identified by
the Government of that country or the specified territory of which he claims to
be a resident.

The aforesaid information is identical to information contained in Form 10F. It
can be contended that information under self-declaration can be considered
valid for the purpose of Rule 37BC; it cannot be considered invalid for the
purposes of Form 10F merely because it is not submitted in the electronic form
on the income tax e-filing portal.

Since the information in Rule 37BC is akin to Form 10F, the Notification can be
viewed as contrary to or overriding Rule 37BC. The Notification will result in
denial of treaty benefit even though the condition of Rule 37BC has complied.
If by Notification, the Act itself stands affected, the Notification may be
struck down11.


11. Kerala Samsthana Chethu
Thozhilali Union vs. State of Kerala, (2006) 4 SCC 327


CONCLUDING REMARKS
The Notification has an impact on cross-border payments for F.Y. 2021-22
compliance as well as on ongoing transactions. Payer will have to factor in
this Notification while entering into new / renewal of existing business
contract, especially when payment is on a net of tax basis. Law regarding Form
10F was settled and well understood by non-residents dealing with India. In
practice, it is unlikely that vendors will obtain PAN in India and furnish Form
10F in electronic form on the income tax e-filing portal. This will require the
industry to take decisions on merits.

GLoBE Rules: Determination of Effective Tax Rate (ETR) and Top-Up Tax (TUT) – Part 2

1. TO REFRESH ON THE FIRST PART

1.1 In the first part of this article (“Pillar 2: An Introduction To Global Minimum Taxation”, August, 2022 BCAJ), we discussed the evolution and policy objectives of GloBE Rules. The article also discussed different inter-locking mechanisms of GloBE Rules, which ensure that a large MNE Group (turnover as per CFS is = € 750 mn in 2 out of 4 preceding fiscal years) pays at least 15% tax on profits earned in each jurisdiction where it has a presence (in the form of a subsidiary or a permanent establishment (PE)). This is achieved by the imposition of a “top-up tax” (TUT), wherever the effective tax rate (ETR) computed at a jurisdictional level for all subsidiaries/PEs in a jurisdiction is below 15%. For this purpose, each subsidiary or PE is referred to as a “constituent entity” (CE) of the MNE Group.

As a first priority, such TUT can be imposed by the same jurisdiction whose ETR is < 15%. If such jurisdiction fails to impose TUT, it can be imposed by the jurisdiction of the ultimate parent entity (UPE) of the MNE Group or, failing that, by the jurisdiction of the lower tier intermediate parent entities of the MNE Group.

Assuming none of the aforesaid mechanisms can collect TUT, as a last resort, it can be imposed by other jurisdictions where the MNE Group has a presence (in the form of a subsidiary or a PE) which have implemented GloBE Rules.

While the above is to broadly recap different inter-locking mechanisms of GloBE Rules, which are discussed more elaborately in the first part, in this second part, we shall discuss the calculation of ETR. It is computed at a jurisdictional level as a factor of tax expense (numerator) upon GloBE income (denominator) of all CEs in a single jurisdiction. For this purpose, chapters 3 and 4 of GloBE Rules specify detailed rules to compute the numerator and denominator, which are explained in this article. An attempt has also been made to contextualise the provisions as if an overseas MNE Group is computing the TUT liability for a CE in India. However, the discussion may equally apply to computing TUT liability in respect of Indian in-scope MNE having a CE abroad. Of specific attention to readers are those situations where, surprisingly, even a high-tax jurisdiction such as India, can trigger TUT liability under GloBE Rules.

2. START POINT FOR ETR – ‘FIT FOR CONSOLIDATION’ ACCOUNTS

The UPE prepares consolidated financial statements (CFS) by calling for ‘data pack’ or ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts of each CE. Such ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts are based on accounting standards applicable to the CFS of the UPE, which may differ from accounting standards applicable to local statutory accounts of the CE. These ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts may also include profit/loss on account of intra-group transactions, which are subsequently eliminated in preparing CFS.

In the GloBE Rules, the start point for computing the numerator and denominator of jurisdictional ETR formula is tax expense and profit after tax as per ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts of each CE. As the numerator and denominator is initially computed for each CE, profit/loss on intra-group transactions (both domestic and cross-border) is factored in the start point. To address certain policy issues and to take care of specific considerations, GloBE Rules have introduced certain adjustments to the start point. Some adjustments are mandatory, while others are optional. Once the tax expense and book profit for each CE is adjusted for GloBE, both these parameters are aggregated for all CEs in a jurisdiction. The ETR is determined by dividing aggregate adjusted tax expense upon aggregate adjusted book profit. In this article, the numerator is termed “adjusted covered tax” and the denominator “GloBE income”.

3. COMPUTATION OF DENOMINATOR OF ETR – GLoBE INCOME

Assuming, instead of adjusted book profit, ETR would have been determined by adopting taxable income (for local tax purposes) as the denominator, which could have reflected the impact of all tax incentives (such as those available under the Indian Income-tax Act – IFSC, s.80-IA, s.10AA, agricultural income or weighted deductions such as s.80JJAA), it would not have achieved the GloBE Rules objective. As a result, the denominator is reckoned w.r.t. adjusted book profit.

Some adjustments in computing GloBE income, as enumerated below, are clearly on account of policy considerations such as disallowing payments on account of bribes or penalties. As against that, exclusion in respect of dividend and capital gains on equity shares in computing the GloBE income is primarily to ensure that the rules remain restricted to operating profits of a CE while dividend and capital gains are a derivative reflection of operating profits of the underlying CE. In addition, some adjustments are made to ensure that intra-group cross-border transactions are at ALP, and certain other adjustments are in the form of a SAAR to target abusive arrangements, such as disallowing intra-group finance expenditure, which may have the impact of reducing GloBE liability.

4. ILLUSTRATIVE MANDATORY ADJUSTMENTS

The mandatory adjustments to profit after tax include:

(a)    Add back provision for current tax and deferred tax expense1.

(b)    Add back fines and penalties (only if amount = € 50,000 per CE), and bribes and illegal expenses2.

(c)    Deduct provisions on account of contributions to pension fund only on actual payment3.

(d)    Adjustments to align transaction value in respect of intra-group cross-border transactions with ALP adopted for local tax purposes, if book treatment is at variance from such ALP (discussed further below)4.

(e)    Exclude dividend or capital gain/loss on equity interests (discussed further below).

(f)    Include effect of prior period errors or change in accounting policy, which is otherwise routed directly through the balance sheet (these are considered only if the amounts pertain to periods after applicability of GloBE Rules)5.

(g)    Expenses attributable to intragroup financing arrangement (discussed further below).

(h)    Exclusion for income from international shipping and qualifying ancillary activities (discussed further below).


1. Article 3.2.1(a)
2. Article 3.2.1(g)
3. Article 3.2.1(i)
4. Article 3.2.3
5. Article 3.2.1(h) – however, where prior period expense results in tax refund of > € 1 mn, GloBE requires reworking of prior year’s ETR by adopting reduced tax expense in numerator and such prior period expense in denominator.


5. ILLUSTRATIVE ELECTIVE ADJUSTMENTS

Some adjustments are at the option of the taxpayer. These are:

(a) Deduct Employee Stock Option Plan (ESOP) cost as per local tax rules instead of as per books6.

(b) Ignore fair valuation/impairment gain/loss and consider such gain/loss only on actual realisation7.


6. Article 3.2.2
7. Article 3.2.5 – if realisation method is elected, such option applies qua jurisdiction (cannot pick and choose for one of the CE) – also, such option can be exercised either qua all assets or only qua all tangible assets.


6. EXCLUSION OF DIVIDEND AND CAPITAL GAIN/LOSS ON EQUITY INTERESTS8

6.1. As indicated above, one of the adjustments to arrive at GloBE income is exclusion in respect of dividend and gain/loss on sale of equity shares. The rationale behind such exclusion is:

a. Dividend is generally paid out of retained earnings that have already been subject to corporate tax or GloBE TUT in the hands of the company9.

b. Similarly, gain on equity shares represents retained earnings which may have already been subject to corporate tax or GloBE TUT in the investee company’s jurisdiction and/or represents unrealised gains in assets held by the investor company which may be subject to corporate tax or GloBE TUT in future as these gains are realised10.


8. Article 3.2.1(b) and (c)
9. Para 179 to 189 of Blueprint
10. Para 190 to 196 of Blueprint

6.2. The exclusion ensures that no TUT is levied on such income which is exempt across most jurisdictions (while not in India). The following are excluded in computing GloBE income of corporate shareholder:

Classification
in CFS

What is
excluded

Conditions for
exclusion

Subsidiary, joint venture, associate

• Dividend

• Capital gain/loss (includes fair
valuation gain/loss)

• Gain/loss recognised as per equity method

N/A

Any other entity, where MNE holds = 10%
ownership interest as on date of distribution or disposition

• Dividend

• Capital gain/loss (includes fair
valuation gain/loss)

N/A

Any other entity, where MNE holds < 10%
ownership interest

• Dividend

Holding should be long-term i.e. held for
at least a year as on the date of distribution

From the discussion hereabove, in respect of the last category above, where MNE holds < 10% ownership interest, only dividend is excluded, and that too, only if such holding is long-term, whereas capital gain/loss is subject to TUT liability.

Separately, although local tax rules typically disallow deductions for expenses associated with income excluded from taxable income, for simplicity, while dividend is excluded from GloBE income, there is no specific requirement to disallow expenses related to such dividend11.


11. Para 45 of commentary

While dividend and capital gain/loss are excluded in computing GloBE income, there is no such exclusion in computing taxable income or book profit for the purposes of s.115JB. This can have an interesting interplay as illustrated here in the context of ICo, which is owned by an overseas MNE Group:

  • ICo enjoys 100% tax holiday on operating profits u/s. 10AA, and hence does not have any normal tax liability. However, ICo is subject to MAT at ~15%.

  •  During the year in question, particulars of ICo’s income are as below:
  1. Operating profit eligible for S.10AA deduction is 1,00,000.
  2. Loss on sale of shares of associate is 60,000.

  •  Accordingly, book profit for MAT is 40,000 and tax liability @ 15% as per MAT provisions is 6,000.

  •  In computing ETR of ICo under GloBE, gain/loss on sale of shares of an associate (and related tax effects) are excluded. Thus, denominator is 1,00,000 and numerator is 6,000. ETR is 6,000/1,00,000 = 6%, resulting in shortfall of 9% as compared to 15%.

  •  TUT liability in respect of ICo = 9,000 namely 9% on operating profits of 1,00,000 (subject to reduction on account of substance-based carve out).

7. ALP ADJUSTMENTS IN COMPUTING GLoBE INCOME

7.1. Article 3.2.3 provides that, in computing GloBE income, any intra-group cross-border transaction recognised at a value that is not consistent with ALP as adopted for local tax purposes must be adjusted to be consistent with such ALP.

7.2. As per commentary, it is “generally expected” that an intra-group cross-border transaction is recognised at ALP in books. In the absence of any bilateral/unilateral TP adjustment for local tax purposes, Article 3.2.3 is not triggered, and the value recognised in the books is accepted to be ALP.

7.3. Impact of bilateral TP adjustment – For bilateral TP adjustment, where the taxable income of both transacting CEs is at variance from book income, the impact of such TP adjustment should also be considered in computing GloBE income.

Article 3.2.3 makes no distinction based on the point of time that such ALP is determined, namely whether the bilateral TP adjustment is made before or after GloBE returns are filed. Article 3.2.3 can apply irrespective of whether ALP is determined as part of self-assessment or pursuant to assessment by tax authorities. It can apply pursuant to bilateral APA or MAP.

Assuming information regarding bilateral TP adjustment is available at the time of filing GloBE return (i.e. return for self-assessment of GloBE tax liability), it is possible to give effect to Article 3.2.3 at the time of filing such GloBE return itself. However, questions may arise when bilateral TP adjustment is finalised many years after filing GloBE return. To illustrate,

  • Assume ICo of India (subject to a local tax rate of 25%) has received services in Year 1 from FCo (which is in a zero-tax jurisdiction).
  • FCo has raised an invoice of 1,000 on ICo.
  • Bilateral APA is concluded after 5 years where ALP for the transaction is computed at 800.
  • Giving effect to such ALP increases ICo’s GloBE income by 200, whereas FCo’s GloBE income decreases by 200.

  • If such adjustment is given effect retrospectively by revising GloBE return of Year 1, TUT liability in respect of FCo reduces by 30 (200 x 15%), resulting in a refund of previously paid GloBE TUT12. As per commentary, article 3.2.3 adjustment cannot result in the refund of previously paid GloBE tax, and in this example, the impact of article 3.2.3 should be given in GloBE return of year 5 and not of year 1. As a result, FCo’s GloBE income for year 5 decreases by 200 in respect of the transaction concluded in year 1, resulting in an increase in ETR for year 5.

12. ICo, being in HTJ, may not trigger any GloBE TUT liability as a result of ALP adjustment.

  • While article 3.2.3 cannot result in a refund of GloBE tax paid for a past year, article 3.2.3 can result in additional demand of GloBE tax for a past year. In this example, assuming FCo procured services from ICo at 1,000 in year 1 whose ALP is determined at 800 in year 5 pursuant to bilateral APA, FCo’s GloBE income can be retrospectively increased by 200, such that, in year 5, the taxpayer can be exposed to an additional demand of GloBE tax in respect of transaction concluded in year 1. To clarify, in this scenario, ETR of year 1 is recomputed to give effect to ALP adjustment, although resultant TUT liability may be collected in year 5. This may be contrasted with the earlier scenario above, where the ETR of year 5 itself was impacted.

7.4. Impact of unilateral TP adjustment – As aforesaid, for bilateral TP adjustment, the GloBE income of both transacting CEs needs to be adjusted to align with the taxable income mandatorily. However, for unilateral TP adjustment (affecting the taxable income of only one of the transacting CEs), special rules are provided to compute GloBE income based on whether unilateral TP adjustment is triggered in a high-tax jurisdiction (HTJ) vs. under-taxed jurisdiction (UTJ). The concepts of HTJ and UTJ are explained in later paras.

At a conceptual level,  when unilateral TP adjustment is initiated in HTJ, an adjustment must be made in computing the GloBE income of both transacting CEs, regardless of whether the counterparty is in HTJ or UTJ.

When unilateral TP adjustment is initiated in UTJ, no adjustment is needed in computing GloBE income of both transacting CEs – and book value is respected for such computation of both transacting CEs.

This can be explained with help of the following example:

  • Assume ICo of India (subject to a local tax rate of 25%) has received services from FCo (which is in a zero-tax jurisdiction).

  • FCo has raised  an invoice of 1,000 on ICo.

  • While ICo is unlikely to trigger TUT under GloBE, FCo may trigger TUT of 150 based on invoice value (15% of 1,000).

  • If, based on TP documentation, ICo determines ALP at 800 and makes voluntary TP adjustment while filing local tax return, ICo’s local tax liability increases by 50 (i.e. 200 x 25%).

  • As per commentary, if FCo’s GloBE income is not adjusted to 800, there is not only an increase in ICo’s local tax liability (by 50 as aforesaid) but also  an increase in the GloBE tax liability in respect of FCo – because GloBE income of 200 would be doubly counted in India as also in FCo’s jurisdiction. As a result, the commentary requires a downward adjustment to FCo’s GloBE income to the extent of 200.

  • Accordingly, GloBE TUT liability in respect of FCo is 120 (15% of 800). The commentary justifies this to avoid “double taxation”.

While the above illustrates a simple scenario, difficult questions may arise where unilateral TP adjustment may happen many years after GloBE returns are filed. Unlike the guidance for bilateral TP adjustment, there is no guidance for unilateral TP adjustment. In this example, assuming the transaction between ICo and FCo pertains to year 1 while unilateral TP adjustment attains finality with the conclusion of the assessment of ICo in year 5, questions will arise as to how FCo may be able to get its GloBE income corrected in terms of Article 3.2.3 and the basis on which it may effectively enjoy refund/reduction of GloBE TUT paid in earlier years as may arise on account of downward adjustment to FCo’s GloBE income.

Coming to the concepts of HTJ and UTJ for Article 3.2.3, the following alternate conditions are prescribed to determine whether or not a jurisdiction is UTJ:

a. Nominal tax rate of the jurisdiction is < 15%, (or)

b. GloBE ETR of the jurisdiction in each of the 2 preceding fiscal years is < 15%.

As the above are alternative conditions, it is possible that even a country like India may become UTJ for a given MNE Group, though the applicable headline tax rate may be > 15%.

7.5. Also, it is unclear how Article 3.2.3 will be applied where unilateral TP adjustment is made in computing taxable income of both transacting CEs, resulting in each CE adopting a different ALP for the same transaction. The commentary acknowledges that the GloBE implementation framework will give further consideration to appropriate adjustments when tax authorities in different jurisdictions disagree on ALP determination.

7.6.
While the above rules apply to intra-group cross-border transactions, there is limited applicability of ALP mandate for intra-group domestic transactions. Article 3.2.3 states that loss on account of sale/other transfer of an asset to another CE of the same jurisdiction is to be recognised at ALP – only if such loss is otherwise cognisable in computing GloBE income (i.e. such loss has been debited to P&L). As per the commentary, this is a tax avoidant measure to prevent manufacturing loss through intra-group asset transfers. Additionally, for cross-border and domestic transactions, Article 3.2.3 requires both transacting CEs to record a transaction in the same amount in computing GloBE income13.


13. As per para 109 of commentary, this result is anyways expected if a common accounting standard is applied to both transacting CEs.


8. INTRA-GROUP FINANCING

8.1. Article 3.2.7 provides that, in computing GloBE income of a CE in a low-tax jurisdiction (namely low-tax entity), the expense attributable to intra-group financing availed directly or indirectly from another CE in a high-tax jurisdiction (namely high-tax entity) shall be disallowed, if:

a. in the absence of Article 3.2.7, such expense would have reduced GloBE income of the low tax entity,

b. without resulting in a commensurate increase in “taxable income” (as per domestic tax laws) of high tax entity.

For the purpose of Article 3.2.714, a jurisdiction is LTJ if the jurisdiction’s effective tax rate (as per GloBE Rules, ignoring the impact of Article 3.2.7) is < 15% (and vice versa for HTJ).


14. Guidance in Article 3.2.3 to determine whether a jurisdiction is UTJ is not relevant for article 3.2.7.

To illustrate, assume ICo of India (in HTJ) provides an interest-free loan of 10,000 to FCo in zero tax jurisdiction. In fit for consolidation accounts (as per IndAS/IFRS), the lender (ICo) records a loan receivable of 10,000 at the net present value (NPV) of 6,000 by discounting at the prevalent interest rate. Over the life of the loan, ICo recognises notional interest income by credit to P&L and a debit to loan receivable. Likewise, the borrower (FCo) recognises corresponding and matching notional interest expenditure.  

In terms of Article 3.2.7, intra-group finance expenditure debited to P&L of FCo is disallowed in computing GloBE income of the borrower (FCo) in LTJ if there is no corresponding increase in “taxable income” (as per domestic tax laws) in the hands of the lender (ICo) in HTJ.

In the present case, notional interest income is not includible in the taxable income of the lender (ICo) in HTJ. Hence, Article 3.2.7 requires disallowance of notional interest expense in computing the GloBE income of the borrower (FCo) in LTJ.

Article 3.2.7 may not have applied in the hands of FCo if, in this example:

a. the loan was provided at prevalent market rate, as ICo would have included actual interest income in taxable income and paid local tax thereon; or

b. ICo was subject to MAT provisions and notional interest income has been included in book profit (namely taxable income computed as per MAT provisions); or

c. ICo was subject to TP adjustment in respect of interest free loan, resulting in imputing notional interest income while determining taxable income of ICo.

The scope of intra-group financing arrangement is not confined to loans. It can apply where there is any credit or investment made, and the other conditions are satisfied. In the above example, it can apply where ICo provides capital infusion as Redeemable Preference Shares (RPS) in FCo which is accounted under IndAS/IFRS as a loan, in a manner as specified above.

8.2. Additionally, for Article 3.2.7 to apply, all conditions (namely borrower is in LTJ, the lender is in HTJ, borrower debiting financing expense in P&L, no commensurate increase in taxable income of lender) should be reasonably anticipated to be fulfilled, over the expected duration of such intra-group financing arrangement.

8.3. Article 3.2.7 has strict conditions to determine whether there is an increase in the taxable income of the lender in HTJ. For example, if such lender is able to immediately set off interest income against brought forward loss or unabsorbed interest expenditure – which is not expected to be used otherwise – it is deemed that there is no increase in the taxable income of such lender, and therefore, the limitation of Article 3.2.7 applies while computing GloBE income of the borrower.

9. INTERNATIONAL SHIPPING SECTOR EXCLUSION

9.1. In terms of sector exclusion, net income from international shipping activities and qualifying ancillary activities are excluded from GloBE income. This is because special features of the shipping sector (such as capital-intensive nature, level of profitability and long economic life cycle) have led to special tax rules across jurisdictions (such as tonnage tax), often operating outside the scope of corporate income tax.

9.2. While detailed rules for shipping sector exclusion are not covered in this article, there is one important aspect that deserves to be highlighted. As per Article 3.3.6, in order to qualify for the exclusion of international shipping income, the CE must demonstrate that the strategic or commercial management of all ships concerned is effectively carried on from within the jurisdiction where the CE is located. As per the commentary, the location of strategic or commercial management is determined basis facts and circumstances. The commentary further provides the following indicators for determining the place of strategic or commercial management:

a. Strategic management includes making decisions on significant capital expenditure and asset disposals (e.g. purchase/sale of ships), award of major contracts, agreements on strategic alliances and vessel pooling and direction of foreign establishments.

b. Commercial management includes route planning, taking bookings, insurance, financing, personnel management, provisioning and training.

It is possible that ships are owned by ACo of Country A but are managed by BCo of Country B. ACo and BCo are CEs of the same MNE Group. The ownership is retained in Country A for commercial reasons such as creditor protection. The management is from Country B for commercial reasons such as efficiency, quality/safety, service level, and related factors. Since the location of strategic or commercial management is different from the location of the CE that owns these ships, income earned from these ships may not qualify for exclusion from GloBE income. In this regard, representations are made to provide more clarity on Article 3.3.6.

10. ADJUSTMENT TO BE MADE TO BOOK PROFIT, ONLY IF SPECIFIED BY GLOBE RULES

10.1. Since the calculation of GloBE income is linked to ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts, any item which is either debited or credited to the P&L account cannot be excluded unless there is a specific adjustment warranted by GloBE Rules. To illustrate, no adjustment may be needed in respect of charity donations or CSR expenses which may have been debited to the P&L account irrespective of its deductibility for local tax purposes.

10.2. Similar to expenditure, the amounts credited to the P&L account cannot be excluded from GloBE income unless specifically provided. Dividend and capital gains in respect of equity shares of subsidiary/joint venture/associate need to be excluded from GloBE income, irrespective of whether the jurisdiction of the CE (like India) has a participation exemption regime. Since dividend may trigger local tax in India at a rate higher than the minimum tax rate of 15%, a CE in India may desire that such dividend as also local tax thereon is considered to be a part of ETR calculation for India. However, no such option is available with MNE Group and such dividend and local tax thereon need exclusion while calculating ETR.

10.3. Separately, a significant impact may arise when the entity, pursuant to a settlement of liabilities under IBC or bankruptcy code, gets a significant haircut which in terms of applicable accounting standards may be required to be credited to the P&L account. In the Indian context, while MAT provisions have become academic for entities opting for s.115BAA, in respect of such credits to P&L account, which is accepted to be non-taxable, there could be TUT liability if the haircut is significant as compared to operating profits which MNE Group may earn from Indian entities.

11. DETERMINATION OF DENOMINATOR OF ETR – ADJUSTED COVERED TAX

11.1. As each jurisdiction may have its own corporate tax system, GloBE Rules define “covered tax”, which refers to types of tax that can be included in the numerator. For example, indirect tax or stamp duty cannot be considered as covered tax. At a broad level, covered tax is defined as any tax w.r.t. an entity’s income or profits. The commentary gives additional guidance in determining the scope of the covered tax. Generally, the concept of covered tax is likely to align with conditions to determine if a tax is income-tax as per Ind AS/IFRS.

11.2. To recollect, income tax expense as per ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts is the start point for the numerator of ETR. Once there are adjustments made to book profit in computing GloBE income to ensure that numerator (namely covered tax) represents tax paid in respect of profits forming part of the denominator, certain correlative adjustments are warranted even to calculate the numerator.  

11.3. At a policy level, in blueprint, the proposal was to adopt only current tax expense in the numerator and not to recognise deferred tax expense. This certainly was not acceptable to stakeholders and multiple representations were made to impress upon the OECD that ETR calculation will be skewed and will not represent the real picture if book-to-tax timing differences as dealt with by deferred tax adjustments are not taken into account. Consequently, in GloBE Rules, deferred tax elements are also considered, albeit with multiple safeguards/limitations. To illustrate, while DTL is reckoned in the numerator, to ensure the integrity of calculation is maintained such that DTL provided at a higher tax rate in books is not sheltering other tax incentives, GloBE Rules require calibration of DTL at 15% tax rate. Likewise, there are provisions to ensure that DTL, which is not actually paid within 5 years is recaptured (subject to certain exceptions). As discussed further, the DTA mechanism is also used by GloBE Rules for ensuring that loss incurred in earlier years is set off while computing TUT liability in future years.

To a tax professional, recollecting an understanding of DTA/DTL is crucial for understanding the adjustments of ETR calculation. While we claim no accounting expertise, we have broadly summarized DTA/DTL as relevant for IndAS/IFRS to the extent found pertinent.

11.4. CONCEPT OF DEFERRED TAX EXPENSE – AN ACCOUNTANT’S PERSPECTIVE

The timing of recognising incomes/expenses in books can be different compared to tax. To ensure a true and fair view and to adhere to the matching principle, accounting standard requires that “tax effects” of incomes and expenses should be recognised in the same period in which incomes and expenses are recognised. The tax expense is the aggregate of current tax and deferred tax. While current tax reflects actual tax payable as per tax return, deferred tax reflects the impact of temporary differences.15


15. Under IGAAP, DT is recognised for the timing difference between book profit and taxable income [this concept is also explained in the Supreme Court decision of J. K. Industries vs. UOI [2007] 165 Taxman 323 (SC)]. Under Ind AS, a balance sheet approach is followed, where DT is recognised for the temporary difference between book base and tax base of assets/liabilities. Ind AS does not make the distinction between timing difference and permanent difference – e.g., under Ind AS, DT is recognised even for the difference between book base and tax base on account of revaluation.

A provision for deferred tax liability is recognised when the future tax liability is higher because:

  • Income is recognised in books, and tax is payable only in future (e.g., percentage of completion method is followed to record revenue in books, but project completion method is followed for tax purposes), or

  • Deduction is claimed in the tax return, but the expense is recognised in books only in future (e.g., capital R&D expenditure is fully claimed u/s. 35(1)(iv) of ITA whilst the capital asset is depreciated in books over a period).

Contrarily, a deferred tax asset is recognised when a tax benefit is to arise in future (e.g., s.43B deduction allowable in tax return on actual payment).

Such deferred tax liability or asset is reversed when the temporary difference is reversed in future i.e.

  • Provision for DTL is reversed as tax liability is actually discharged in future, or

  • DTA is reversed as tax deduction is actually claimed in future.

11.5. For calculating ETR, generation of DTA lowers ETR, while reversal of DTA enhances ETR. Likewise, generation of DTL results in enhancing ETR, while reversal of DTL lowers ETR.

Assume, on account of s.35AD deduction, ICo’s local tax liability is nil – but ICo recognises DTL provision reflecting tax payable in future years. For calculating ETR under GloBE, as the DTL provision is included in the numerator, investment-linked incentives such as s.35AD is protected from TUT liability under GloBE.

11.6 ILLUSTRATIVE ADJUSTMENTS TO CURRENT TAX AND DEFERRED TAX, TO ARRIVE AT “ADJUSTED COVERED TAX”

11.6.1. Corelative adjustment: To ensure parity, GloBE requires exclusion from the numerator of current tax and deferred tax that relates to income excluded from the denominator16. For example, since dividend and capital gains on equity interests is typically excluded from the denominator (as discussed above at para 6), the tax effects of such income are also excluded from the numerator.

11.6.2. Recast DTA/DTL to 15% tax rate if recognised at tax rate > 15%: In books, DTA/DTL are measured at tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted as of the balance sheet date. If such tax rate is > 15%, specifically for computing ETR under GloBE, the DTA/DTL is recast to 15% tax rate17. For example, if ICo (subject to corporate tax rate of 25%) claims accelerated depreciation of 1,00,000 in tax return over and above book depreciation, ICo recognises DTL provision of 25,000 @ 25%. For computing ETR, such DTL provision is recast to 15% tax rate i.e. 15,000.


16. Article 4.1.3(a) and 4.4.1(a)
17. Article 4.4.1

This recast ensures that DTL provision in excess of 15% tax rate in respect of a taxable business is not used to shield TUT liability in respect of income of another business that enjoys 100% tax holiday, or other tax incentives that are enjoyed in the jurisdiction.

In a high-tax jurisdiction such as India, assume ICo opting for s.115BAA has a book profit of 1,00,000 but taxable income of nil due to excess of accelerated depreciation over book depreciation of 80,000 and weighted deduction u/s 80JJAA of 20,000. The DTL provision in the books on account of accelerated depreciation is recognised at 20,000 (80,000 x 25%) while in GloBE calculations, this is capped to 12,000 (15% tax rate). ETR of ICo is 12,000/1,00,000 = 12%. As ETR is < 15%, ICo can trigger TUT liability @ 3% – which reflects impact of weighted deduction u/s 80JJAA. This shows that even in high-tax jurisdictions such as India or UK, where taxable income can be significantly impacted by a combination of timing differences and weighted deductions, weighted deductions can result in TUT liability because DTL on account of timing differences is capped to 15% tax rate.

11.6.3. DTL recapture: If DTL provision is included in the numerator in year 1, GloBE Rules require such DTL to reverse within the next 5 years namely actual tax payment should happen within the next 5 years. If this condition is not met, GloBE Rules require such DTL to be re-captured in year 6, which means that, in year 6, ETR of year 1 is recomputed on a retrospective basis after ignoring such DTL – resultant TUT liability of year 1 (based on recomputed ETR of year 1) is payable in year 6. This is in addition to the normal top-up tax (if any) of year 6. It may be noted that the GloBE return of year 1 is not revised in year 6, but there is a separate column in GloBE return of year 6 to recompute ETR of year 1 and pay the resultant TUT liability in year 618. Furthermore, if the actual tax payment of such DTL happens in, say, year 8, the same can be added to covered tax in the the ETR computation of year 8.

However, where the DTL provision is covered by specified exceptions19, there is no recapture. Specified exceptions comprise, for example: DTL due to accelerated depreciation on tangible assets (e.g., s.35AD), DTL due to 100% tax deduction of capital R&D expenditure (e.g., s.35(1)(iv), DTL due to fair valuation gains, etc.)20 The policy rationale behind these exceptions is that: DTL is typically tied to substantive activities in a jurisdiction; (or) DTL is not prone to assessee manipulation; (or) DTL is certain to reverse over time.


18. If, at the time of filing GloBE return of year 1, the entity expects that DTL provision recognised in year 1 is unlikely to reverse in next 5 years, such entity can, in terms of Article 4.4.1(b) r. w. 4.4.7, elect to ignore or disclaim such DTL provision while filing GloBE return of year 1 itself – so as to avoid recapture of such DTL provision in year 6. Such actual tax payment will then form part of the numerator on actual payment basis.
19. Article 4.4.5
20. Under I-GAAP AS-22, DTL was not recognised w.r.t. fair valuation gains, as that represented a permanent difference between book profit and taxable income. Under IndAS, a balance sheet approach is adopted requiring comparison of book base and tax base, which results in recognising DTL on account of fair valuation gains in books.

It may be noted that the exceptions include only accelerated depreciation in respect of tangible assets and not in respect of intangible assets. For an entity focussed on acquiring intangibles with a huge IP base (e.g., a pharma or software company), IP having indefinite life is not amortised in books, but can be amortised for local tax purposes. This can result in recognising DTL provision every year, as the tax base of IP goes on reducing while the book base of IP remains constant. If such IP is sold in future, capital gains tax liability is computed w.r.t. WDV as reduced by accumulated depreciation. This future tax liability is recognised in the form of DTL provision every year as IP is amortised for local tax purposes. DTL provision reverses only on the sale of IP in future. Where DTL provision recognised in books in year 1 does not reverse until year 6 (because IP is not sold until year 6), there can be recapture. As a result, in year 6, ETR of year 1 needs to be recomputed by excluding (or ignoring) DTL provision in respect of IP amortisation. This exclusion of DTL provision from numerator can cause ETR of year 1 (as recomputed) to be < 15%, and trigger GloBE liability in year 6.

11.6.4. DTA in relation to tax credits is ignored: Under IndAS/IFRS, the concept of deferred tax accounting is not restricted to temporary differences between accounting income and taxable income. It also extends to tax credits/losses. It requires creating DTA when tax credits are made available in current year, which is reversed as tax credits are absorbed or offset in future years.

In respect of MAT credit, IndAS/IFRS requires recognising DTA in the year of generation of MAT credit – such DTA is reversed as MAT credit is utilised in future years. In the year of generation of MAT credit, the current tax provision is equivalent to MAT payable for that year, while a corresponding deferred tax asset is recognised of the very same amount, representing MAT credit entitlement. In the outer column of P&L A/c for this year, the net tax expense is zero21. In the year of generation of MAT credit, whether ETR should be computed after reducing DTA on account of MAT credit?

GloBE Rules state that, in computing ETR, DTA with respect to the generation and use of tax credits should be ignored or excluded22. The commentary suggests that the scope of this entry is wide and is not restricted to tax credits which are provided as tax incentives (for example, R&D tax credit, where a percentage of the capital cost of eligible R&D expenditure is set off against tax liability). Hence, in this case, in computing ETR, creation and reversal of DTA on account of generation and utilisation of MAT credit should be ignored. In the year of generation of MAT credit, the numerator should be based on actual MAT payable, ignoring the DTA represented by potential advantage on account of MAT credit entitlement.

11.6.5. Use of DTA to ensure set off for loss-making entities: Ordinarily, taxable income is determined after set off of past loss, and no tax may be payable if profits are insufficient to absorb past loss. As stated at para 2 above, the start point for the denominator is profit after tax as per P&L of the current year, while loss of earlier years is not captured therein. GloBE Rules grant set off of loss of earlier years by making use of DTA. To recollect, under IndAS/IFRS, a DTA is recognised in year of generation of loss, in anticipation of future tax benefit in form of set off of loss while computing taxable income. This DTA is reversed in the year of actual set off. Generation of DTA results in lowering ETR, while reversal of DTA results in enhancing ETR.

For example, assume that an entity (liable to corporate tax rate of 25%, and not enjoying any tax incentives) incurs loss of 1,00,000 in year 1 and earns profit of 1,00,000 in year 2. In books, in year 1, the entity creates DTA of 25,000 (@ 25%). In year 1, there is no GloBE liability because denominator of ETR formula is negative. In books, in year 2 namely generation of profit, DTA of 25,000 is reversed in books. For GloBE, such DTA of 25,000 is recast to 15,000 (@ 15%)23 in terms of discussion at para 11.6.2 above. As a result, ETR for year 2 is 15%, and there is no GloBE liability for year 2.


21. In a future year, when MAT credit is utilised, such DTA pertaining to MAT credit entitlement is reversed.
22. Article 4.4.1(e)
23. Article 4.4.1

It is possible that, under IndAS/IFRS, the entity may not recognise any DTA in books in respect of loss generated in year 1, if there is no reasonable certainty of future taxable profits as of year 1. To ensure that past loss is effectively set off even in this scenario where there is no DTA recognised in books, GloBE Rules provide that the impact of accounting recognition adjustment should be ignored24. The commentary25 explains that, in reckoning DTA/DTL for GloBE purposes, the requirement of reasonable certainty of future taxable profits (which is a pre-condition for recognising DTA in books) is discarded. As a result, despite non-recognition of DTA in books, it is possible to recognise DTA for GloBE purposes in the year of generation of tax loss and use such DTA for enhancing ETR when such tax loss is set off under domestic tax laws.

For jurisdictions having corporate tax rate < 15%:
Assume the same numbers given earlier, except that, the entity is liable to corporate tax rate of 10% instead of 25%. The entity would recognise DTA of only 10,000 in books, and ETR for year 2 would be 10% (namely DTA reversal of 10,000 divided by profit of 1,00,000), which would trigger TUT liability @ 5% (considering shortfall as compared to minimum tax rate of 15%) in year 2, despite the entity effectively not having made any profits. To avoid such results, DTA recognised in books at 10% tax rate can be recast upwards to 15% tax rate, such that DTA for GloBE purposes is considered at 15,000 as against 10,000. This ensures that ETR for year 2 is 15%, and there is no TUT liability in year 2. To claim this benefit, the entity needs to prove that the loss of 1,00,000 pertains to items forming part of GloBE income in the denominator of ETR. For example, if such loss is on account of sale of shares of an associate which is excluded while computing GloBE income, DTA for such loss needs to be excluded from the numerator (on the ground of corelative adjustment).

The discussion in the preceding paras is equally relevant to the loss incurred before applicability of GloBE Rules26.

For zero tax jurisdictions: Where the entity is in a jurisdiction which does not levy any corporate tax (and as a result, there is no potential of recognising DTA in the books) (e.g., Bermuda), GloBE Rules provide an option to the entity to recognise DTA outside the books @ 15% of GloBE loss (i.e. after making all upward/downward adjustments to arrive at the denominator of ETR)27. Such DTA can be utilised in future years to enhance ETR when denominator turns positive. Such option can be exercised only at the jurisdictional level, and only in the first GloBE return filed for that jurisdiction (and not in a later year).


24. Article 4.4.1 (c)
25. Refer para 76 and 77 at page 102.
26. Article 9.1
27. Article 4.5

Importantly, such an option can facilitate recognition of DTA outside the books only for loss incurred after the applicability of GloBE Rules. It does not apply for loss incurred before the applicability of GloBE Rules28. To illustrate, assume the same numbers given earlier, except that, the entity is liable to corporate tax rate of 0% instead of 25%. If year 1 is a pre-GloBE year (i.e. GloBE Rules are inapplicable in year 1), DTA outside the books cannot be recognised for loss of year 1, and TUT liability for year 2 is triggered of 15,000. However, if year 1 is a post GloBE year, TUT liability for both years is nil.

While the aforesaid option can also be exercised for high-tax jurisdictions, as a fallout of exercising such option, DTA/DTL in books is fully ignored in ETR, and only DTA for GloBE loss can be considered in addition to current tax provision in ETR.

11.7. Post filing adjustments29: If, in the current year, there is a change in tax provision for earlier year/s (can be increase or decrease of tax liability for earlier year/s), the impact of such change is always factored in computing ETR of the current year. The earlier year/s ETR is not reworked. Such changes can happen on account of completion of assessment or filing of revised return for earlier years.

As an exception to the above, in the following cases, refund/decrease of tax liability for an earlier year which gets admitted (or recognised in the books) in the current year is given effect to by recomputing earlier year’s ETR (any TUT liability due to such re-computation is recovered separately in current year):

a. Where quantum of refund/decrease of earlier year’s tax liability is > €1 million at jurisdiction level.

b. Where quantum of refund/decrease of earlier year’s tax liability is < € 1 million at jurisdiction level, and the assessee chooses to give effect by recomputing earlier year’s ETR (such being an annual choice).

11.8. Cross-border allocation rules30: GloBE Rules are built on the general principle that tax expense relating to a given income should be allocated to the jurisdiction where the underlying income is considered in GloBE calculations. To illustrate, if withholding tax is paid in source jurisdiction (say, India) in respect of royalty income which belongs to a subsidiary in residence jurisdiction (say, Netherlands), withholding tax paid in India as also tax paid in Netherlands will be included in numerator of Netherlands, while computing the ETR of Netherlands31.


28. Para 8.4 of UK consultation document on Pillar 2, OECD Secretariat’s clarification in virtual public consultation meeting held on 25th April, 2022.
29. Article 4.6.1
30. Article 4.3

31. Like withholding tax, if STTR is also recovered, STTR will also be attributed to the CE whose income suffers STTR.

Similarly,

• Taxes paid in respect of a PE (which is considered as a separate CE for GloBE Rules; and adjusted covered tax and GloBE income of such PE are computed separately from the HO owning such PE) in the PE jurisdiction as well as the HO jurisdiction are considered in the ETR calculation of the PE32.

• CFC tax paid in the jurisdiction of the ultimate parent is allocated to jurisdiction where CFC is located. This is despite CFC being many layers below the ultimate parent33.

In respect of dividend, tax paid on intra-group dividend (namely dividend declared by one CE to another CE) is allocated to the jurisdiction of the CE that has distributed the dividend34. To recollect, for computing ETR of shareholder’s jurisdiction, dividend is excluded from GloBE income, and tax on such dividend is also excluded from adjusted covered tax. But, on the logic that tax follows income, where one CE receives dividend from another CE, tax on such dividend can be allocated to the jurisdiction of the CE which has distributed the dividend. To clarify, tax on dividend borne by entities outside the MNE Group (which are not CEs) is not allocated to the CE which distributes dividend.


32. GloBE Rules have a specific definition of PE and also provide special provisions to deal with such cases. Accordingly, the impact of PE under GloBE Rules requires independent evaluation.
33. Article 4.3.2(c) r.w. 4.3.3
34. Article 4.3.2(e)

Assume a case where, ICo is the ultimate parent of an MNE Group, which holds 100% shares in MauCo, a CE having operations in Mauritius. MauCo pays no corporate tax in Mauritius. If MauCo declares its entire profits as dividend in the same year such profits are earned, dividend tax paid by ICo in India @ 25% is allocated to Mauritius (namely jurisdiction of CE that distributed such dividend) in determining ETR of Mauritius. As a result, although no corporate tax is paid in Mauritius, because of allocation of dividend tax from India to Mauritius, ETR of Mauritius is > 15%. However, assuming no occasion arises for ICo to pay dividend tax (because MauCo does not declare dividend, or because ICo claims deduction u/s 80M), nothing is allocated to Mauritius, and ETR of Mauritius is 0%, resulting in TUT liability @ 15% of profits earned in Mauritius. Dividend tax paid by individuals who are promoters of ICo cannot be allocated to Mauritius, as individuals are not a part of MNE Group under the GloBE Rules.

Let us tweak the facts to assume that ICo holds 100% shares of MauCo indirectly through another holding company namely SingCo of Singapore. The entire profits of MauCo are upstreamed to SingCo, and thereafter to ICo. ICo pays dividend tax @ 25% under ITA. As per GloBE Rules, dividend tax paid by ICo in India is allocated to the jurisdiction of the company that distributed such dividends (namely Singapore) and not to the jurisdiction of the underlying company which earned the profits (namely Mauritius). As a result, the ETR of Mauritius is 0%, and TUT liability in respect of MauCo profits is triggered @ 15%, despite payment of dividend tax in India on such profits. As per the commentary, where there is an intermediate holding company, dividend tax paid by the upper-tier parent (namely ICo) is not allocated to MauCo, considering the inconvenience of tracking and tracing distributions through the ownership chain.

12. COMING UP

This article discussed the charging provisions, recovery mechanism, determination of ETR (including illustrating some India-specific fact-patterns). In this backdrop, the last article of this series will, inter alia, dwell upon special tax rules for business reorganisations and compliance/administrative aspects.

[The authors are thankful to CA Geeta D. Jani, CA Shaptama Biswas and CA Dolly Sharma for their support.]

BCAS Foundation’s Tree Plantation and Eye Camp Drive- 2022

BCAS Foundation is a registered Public Charitable Trust whose principal activities are to undertake various public charitable purposes such as relief of the poor, education and other objects of general public utility.

Last month, the HRD Committee of BCAS, under the aegis of the BCAS Foundation, undertook Tree Plantations and Eye Donation Camps at Pindval and Vansda, respectively. It is heartening to note that such noble activities started in 2011 and have completed 11 years. BCAS Foundation has been instrumental in planting more than 1,00,000 trees in and around Dharampur and conducting more than 1,000 cataract operations for tribals in and around Vansda, Gujarat. Thanks to coordinators CA Meena Shah, CA Utsav Shah, CA Darshan Nathwani and the young brigade of Articled Students and CAs who participated over these years.

This year, being India’s 76th Independence Day, the project visit was specifically planned for 13th and 14th August 2022 to commemorate and celebrate ‘Azadi ka Amrit Mahotsav’ with noble causes of contributing toward Greener India and giving a better vision to the underprivileged tribals of people in and around Vansda. We thank our esteemed BCAS Donors with whose support we could contribute a sum of Rs. 4,80,000 for these noble causes. A Group of 23 enthusiastic volunteers representing BCAS and donors planted trees and witnessed Cataract Eye Camp at the Sant Ranchoddas Eye Hospital in Vansda. The Group visited three different NGOs engaged in many noble activities.

SARVODAYA PARIVAR TRUST (SPT): The Group reached Pindval, Dharampur, to visit the SPT centre. SPT runs two Ashram Schools in Pindval and Khadaki. The trust is an initiative of founders who carried on the vision of Archarya Vinoba Bhave of unconditional service to tribals. SPT works in the areas of Environment, Education, and Water Conservation and follows a holistic approach to poverty alleviation based on Gandhian principles. The Group, and a team of local farmers planted saplings of mango and bamboo trees. The Team had the privilege of Flag hoisting with Farmers and Tribal Children on the field. BCAS contributed to the plantation of about 10,000 trees (@ Rs. 30 per tree, amounting to Rs. 3,00,000). SPT has a nursery wherein they prepare saplings of various fruits and non-fruits bearing trees throughout the year and distribute them to farmers during the monsoon season. The captive plantation ensures a higher survival rate of more than 60%.

Trustee, Shri CA Virendra Shah led the project and briefed about the outcome of the activities that have positively impacted the lives of several people in the hilly region.

DHANVANTRI TRUST (DT):
 Late Dr. Kanubhai Vaidya founded Sant Ranchoddas Eye Hospital, Vansda, which provides free cataract operations and other eye care facilities for needy people. Trustee, Shri Ghanshyambhai briefed about the facilities and Eye Treatment provided at the 100-bed Hospital. With the kind support of doctors and volunteers, till now they have conducted over 85,000 cataract surgeries. The Group got an idea about how ignorance and extreme poverty result in blindness amongst the poor. This year BCAS donated Rs. 1,85,000 sponsoring 185 cataract operations @ Rs. 1,000 per operation.

SHRIMAD RAJCHANDRA ASHRAM, DHARAMPUR (SRMD): SRMD is a spiritual mission for inner transformation through wisdom, meditation, and selfless service. Founded by Pujya Gurudev Shri Rakeshji, the organisation works through 196 centres in five continents. The Group visited the Ashram, the temple of Bhagwan Mahavir Swami and got an idea about various humanitarian activities undertaken by the Mission in the form of Schools, Colleges, Animal hospitals, etc. It was an enriching and enlightening experience witnessing devotion and selfless services by the Mission to upliftt tribals and poor people.

The visit ended with fond memories of the noble organisations and comradeship amongst team members. The visit not only contributes to the environment but also empowers and sensitised youngsters to undertake noble activities in life.

Intricate Issues in Tax Audit

INTRODUCTION
Since the provision for audit u/s 44AB of the Income-tax Act was introduced in 1984, it has occupied centre stage of activity for many CAs in practice. Popularly, it is referred to as Tax Audit. After nearly four decades, while the original provisions and forms may look simple, the task of conducting a tax audit has always been complex. While in earlier years, the complexities revolved around getting the client to prepare proper financial statements from manually maintained accounting records, today, the challenge is getting the client to compile the voluminous details before auditing and reporting these in the complex online utilities.

Before we get into some of the issues one has to tackle while forming a view and reporting on the same; it is important to understand the objective behind the introduction of Tax Audit.  The scope and effect of section 44AB were explained by the CBDT in Circular No. 387, dated 6th July, 1984 [(1985) 152 ITR St. 11] in para 17, as under:

“17.2 A proper audit for tax purposes would ensure that the books of accounts and other records are properly maintained, that they faithfully reflect the income of the taxpayer and claims of deduction are correctly made by him. Such audit would also help in checking fraudulent practices. It can also facilitate the administration of tax laws by a proper presentation of the accounts before the tax authorities and considerably saving the time of assessing officers in carrying out routine verifications, like checking correctness of totals and verifying whether purchases and sales are properly vouched or not. The time of the assessing officers thus saved could be utilised for attending to more important investigational aspects of a case.”

The reporting complexities have been continuously increasing over the years, and it is evident from the fact that after the introduction of the forms in 1984, the first major change in reporting happened in 1999, after almost 15 years. The changes in the law and forms have become more frequent thereafter. At times, the reporting requirements travel beyond mere furnishing of particulars. The most glaring example is clause 30C(a), which requires the auditor to report on whether the assessee has entered into an impermissible avoidance arrangement.

The Institute of Chartered Accountants’ of India has been providing guidance to the members in the form of Guidance Notes and other pronouncements from time to time. The 2022 revised edition of The Guidance Note on Tax Audit under section 44AB of the Income-tax Act, 1961 – A.Y. 2022-23 (the GN) has been recently published.

We may turn our attention to some of the important matters when it comes to reporting in Form Nos. 3CA / 3CB / 3CD.

REPORTING CONSIDERATIONS
As per section 145, an assessee has an option to follow cash or mercantile system of accounting. Under clause 13(a) of Form 3CD, the assessee has to state the method of accounting it follows. As stated in para 11.6 of the GN, Accounting Standards (AS) also apply to financial statements audited u/s 44AB, and members should examine compliance with mandatory Accounting Standards when conducting such audits. Further, as per para 13.9 of the GN, normal Audit Procedures will also apply to a person who is not required by or under any other law to get his accounts audited. Where in the case of an assessee, the law does not prescribe any specific format or requirements for the preparation and presentation of financial statements, the ICAI has recently published ‘Technical Guide on Financial Statements of Non-Corporate Entities’ and ‘Technical Guide on Financial Statements of Limited Liability Partnerships’.

The following matters need to be kept in mind while furnishing an audit report, especially under Form No. 3CB:

(a) Assessee’s responsibility and Tax Auditor’s responsibility paragraphs have to be included at appropriate places in both Form No. 3CA and Form No. 3CB, as the case may be. The illustrations of the same are given in para 13.11 of the GN.

(b)  If an assessee follows the cash system of accounting in accordance with section 145, then the said fact must be mentioned in Form No. 3CB while drawing attention to the notes included in the financial statements, if any.

(c)  In case the financial statements of an assessee are otherwise not required to be prepared or presented in any particular format by any law, and if the ‘Technical Guide on Financial Statements of Non-Corporate Entities’ or ‘Technical Guide on Financial Statements of Limited Liability Partnerships’, as applicable, is not followed, then the said fact should be included as an observation.

PAYMENT OR RECEIPT LESS THAN 5% IN CASH IN CASE OF ELIGIBLE ASSESSEE COVERED BY SECTION 44AD
With effect from A.Y. 2020-21, a proviso was inserted to section 44AB(a), whereby a relaxation from getting accounts audited was provided to certain assessees. Thus, an assessee,  having sales, turnover or gross receipts below Rs. 10 crores, whose aggregate of all receipts or payments in cash (including non account-payee cheques / bank drafts) does not exceed five per cent of the sales, turnover or gross receipts, is not required to get its accounts audited u/s 44AB(a).

U/s 44AD(4) if an eligible assessee, who has declared profit for any earlier year in accordance with section 44AD, chooses to declare profit less than that prescribed in section 44AD(1) in any of the succeeding 5 years and his income exceeds the maximum amount which is not chargeable to tax, then he is liable to get his accounts audited u/s 44AB(e) r.w.s. 44AD(5).

The issue that arises for consideration is whether the benefit provided in the proviso to section 44AB(a) would also apply to assessees covered u/s 44AB(e). The objective of increasing the said limit, as stated, was to reduce the compliance burden on small and medium enterprises. Even the Finance Minister, in her speech, had said – “In order to reduce the compliance burden on small retailers, traders, shopkeepers who comprise the MSME sector, I propose to raise by five times (in Finance Act raised to Rs. 10 crores) the turnover threshold for audit ….”.

However, the stated object of the amendment and law ultimately introduced in this regard are at variance. It does not appear to encompass eligible assessees covered u/s 44AD by not extending the said proviso to section 44AB(e). Thus, reference to small retailers, traders, and shopkeepers in the Finance Minister’s speech is rendered meaningless, as they are the ones who are actually covered as eligible assessees u/s 44AD.

TURNOVER FROM SPECULATIVE TRANSACTIONS AND DERIVATIVES, FUTURES & OPTIONS
Determination of turnover or gross receipts from  Speculative Transactions as well as from Derivatives, Futures & Options has been a subject matter of many lengthy discussions. The GN has dealt with the subject and provided the following guidance in paras 5.14(a) and (b) for determination of turnover for applicability of section 44AB. In either case, the determination would be as under:

(a) Speculative Transactions: These are transactions in respect of commodities, shares or stocks etc., that are ultimately settled otherwise than by actual delivery. In such cases, transactions are recognised in the books of account on net basis of difference earned or loss incurred. According to the GN, the sum total of such differences earned or loss incurred, i.e. total of both the positives and negatives has to be taken into consideration for determination of turnover.

(b)  Derivatives, Futures & Options: These transactions are also settled, on or before the strike date, without actual delivery of the stocks or commodities involved. In such cases, the total of all favourable and unfavourable outcomes should be taken into consideration for determining turnover along with the premium received on the sale of options (unless included in determining net profit from transaction). The GN also states that differences on reverse trades would also form part of the turnover.

INTEREST AND REMUNERATION RECEIVED BY A PARTNER IN A FIRM
The applicability of provisions of section 44AB to receipt of interest and remuneration by a partner in a firm has been a matter of some litigation in the context of levy of penalty u/s 271B. There have been judgements of the ITAT both in favour and against. This issue came up before the Hon. Bombay High Court recently in Perizad Zorabian Irani vs. Principal CIT [(2022) 139 taxmann.com 164 (Bombay)] wherein it is held that:

“Where assessee was only a partner in a partnership firm and was not carrying on any business independently, remuneration received by assessee from said partnership firm could not be treated as gross receipts of assessee and, accordingly, assessee was justified in not getting her accounts audited under section 44AB with respect to such remuneration.”

In coming to the above conclusion, the High Court relied on the judgement of Hon. Madras High Court in Anandkumar vs. ACIT [(2021) 430 ITR 391 (Mad)]. The case before the Madras High Court was of an assessee who had declared presumptive income u/s 44AD at 8% of the remuneration and interest earned from the partnership firm. The Assessing Officer had disallowed the claim of benefit u/s 44AD while holding that the assessee was not carrying on business independently but as a partner in the firm, and receipts on account of remuneration and interest from firms cannot be construed as gross receipts as mentioned in section 44AD.

Thus, two important points emerge from the above discussion:

(a) Remuneration and Interest in excess of Rs. 1 crore would not make a partner of a firm liable to tax audit u/s 44AB, and

(b) Benefit of section 44AD is not available in respect of remuneration and interest received by a partner from a partnership firm.

INCOME COMPUTATION AND DISCLOSURE STANDARDS (ICDS)
Reporting under this clause assumes great significance as, most of the time, assessees are not fully aware of the said standards. Two important matters to note from an auditor’s perspective are:

(i)    If financial statements are prepared and presented by following the Accounting Standards, as discussed in Reporting Considerations herein before, then there might be some items of adjustments under ICDS and accordingly need reporting under clause 13 of Form No. 3CD, and

(ii)    If the ICDS are followed in the preparation and presentation of financial statements, especially in the case of non-corporate assessees or LLPs, then there would be a need for qualifications in Form No. 3CB, where the Accounting Standards are not followed.

Generally, one will have to take into consideration the following important items, amongst others, in respect of the following ICDS:

ICDS

Subject

Matters for consideration

ICDS – I

Accounting Policies

• Impact of changes in accounting policies

• Marked to market profit / losses

ICDS – II

Valuation of Inventories

• Inclusive vs. Exclusive

• Borrowing Costs

• Time value of money

• Clause 14(b)

ICDS – IV

Revenue Recognition

• Performance Obligations

• Provision for sales returns

ICDS – V

Tangible Fixed Assets

• Borrowing Cost

• Forex gain / loss treatment

• Clause 18

ICDS – VI

Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange
Rates

• Cash flow hedges

• Marked to market profit / losses

ICDS – VIII

Securities

• Average cost vs. Bucket Approach

ICDS – IX

Borrowing Costs

• Inventories

• Fixed Assets

Some of the above matters are covered for reporting under other clauses also. At times such multiple reporting results in further adjustments in the intimations received u/s 143(1).

1. Certain adjustments in respect of inventories relating to taxes, duties etc., are reported, as per ICDS II, under clause 13(e), as well as in clause 14(b) for reporting deviation from section 145A. When intimation u/s 143(1) is received, it is noticed that there are double additions made if the same item is reported in two different clauses as per the reporting requirements. It is difficult to prescribe any particular method of reporting in such a matter. However, one may take a practical view and report such adjustments in clause 14(b) as it is directly arising from the provision of law rather than under clause 13(e), which comes  from the requirement of delegated legislation in the form of ICDS. Of course, whatever manner of reporting is adopted by the assessee, it would be prudent to disclose the same in para 3 of Form No. 3CA or para 5 of the Form No. 3CB, as the case may be.

2. In cases of proprietary concerns, along with business affairs, many times other personal details are also reported in the financial statements. If the proprietor is following the mercantile system of accounting and is also earning some other incomes, which are credited directly to the capital account, then clause 13(d) is attracted. It may be remembered that ICDS also apply to the computation of income under the head ‘Income from Other Sources’. Clause 13(d) is attracted if any adjustments are required to be made to the profit or loss for complying with ICDS. The scope of ICDS also extends to the recognition of revenue arising from the use by others of the person’s resources yielding interest, royalties or dividends. Similarly, under clause 16, amounts not credited to the profit and loss account are required to be reported. Under clause (d) of the said clause, ‘any other item of income’ is to be reported.

This particular reporting has been causing some problems again in intimations received where the said amount, though declared as income from other sources, is added to business income.

To deal with such a problem, the correct course of action would be to segregate personal financial affairs from business affairs. However, where such segregation is not possible for some good reasons, then probably the assessee may have to make a choice of reporting or not reporting the same. The auditor, in turn, would have to disclose such fact as a qualification under clause 5 of Form No. 3CB if not reported. If reported, then probably, an explanation would need to be included at the appropriate place, probably along with other documents that are uploaded along with the financial statements.

One may face such situations in respect of other items also. As an auditor, it may be a good practice to disclose such fact/s in clause 3 of Form No. 3CA or clause 5 of Form No. 3CB, as the case may be. Such disclosure may simply be an observation or a qualification, also at times depending on the facts and circumstances of a given case.

CHANGES IN PARTNERSHIP
In clause 9(b), in respect of Partnership Firms or Association of Persons, changes in the partnership or members or in their profit-sharing ratio are required to be reported. There has been a major change in provisions of section 45(4) w.e.f. 1st April, 2021. Any profits or gains arising from receipt of money or capital asset by a partner because of reconstitution of partnership firm is chargeable to tax, and such tax has to be paid by the firm.

While there is no separate reporting required in Form 3CD of such gains, one will have to take the above into account to ensure that due payment or provision for tax is made in the books of account. In such cases, the assessee may have taken legal opinions on some of the issues. If reliance is placed on the same, then necessary audit procedures as also disclosure, if additionally required, may be discussed with the assessee. One would also need to examine the valuation reports in respect of some of the assets that may have been obtained for the determination of amounts payable to any partner on account of reconstitution. Also, the assessee needs to obtain Form No. 5C, where applicable, to determine the nature of capital gains and carried forward cost of assets retained by the firm.

IMPERMISSIBLE AVOIDANCE ARRANGEMENT (IAA)
Clause 30C requires reporting of impermissible avoidance arrangement entered into by the assessee during the previous year under consideration. Reporting under this clause was deferred to 1st April, 2022.

Chapter X-A deals with provisions of General Anti-Avoidance Rules (GAAR) contained in sections 95 to 102. The intent, as per the Explanatory Memorandum of provisions of GAAR is to target the camouflaged transactions and determine tax by determining transactions on the basis of substance rather than form. GAAR applies to transactions entered into after 1st April, 2017. There are elaborate procedures for a transaction to be declared an IAA. For an arrangement to be declared as IAA, its main purpose should be to obtain a tax benefit and should satisfy one or more conditions of section 96, which are as under:

  • it creates rights / obligations which are not ordinarily created between persons dealing at arm’s length,

  • it results, directly or indirectly, in misuse or abuse of the provisions of the Act,

  • it lacks commercial substance or is deemed to lack commercial substance, by virtue of fiction created by section 97, or

  • is entered into or is carried out, by means, or in a manner, which may not be ordinarily employed for bona fide purposes.

There are elaborate steps laid down where a matter travels from Assessing Officer to the CIT or PCIT and to the Approving Panel. The CIT or the PCIT may declare the transaction as IAA if the assessee does not respond to show cause notice. In case the assessee objects to such a treatment, then the matter is referred to the Approving Panel, which may or may not hold the transaction to be IAA.

As per Rule 10U, GAAR is not applicable in certain specified cases thereunder.

Thus, there are various complexities involved in determining whether a transaction is an IAA. It involves determining parties who are to be treated as one and the same person, calculation of tax benefit obtained and if the same is more than Rs. 3 crores and access to records of some or all of the connected parties. This will involve substantial uncertainty, impossibility of computing overall tax effect and involvement of substantial subjectivity. The very fact that, even for administrative purposes, such an elaborate system from AO to Approving Panel is put in place, is a pointer to the difficulties involved. It is well-nigh impossible for a Tax Auditor to come to a conclusion on such a matter. In any case, the first step of furnishing the details under this clause rests on the assessee. Thus, in view of the difficulties arising on account of uncertainty and subjectivity, an auditor would hardly ever be able to come to a true and correct view of the matter. Accordingly, a Tax Auditor should include a disclaimer in respect of reporting under this clause as per para 56.14 of the GN with necessary modification.

The GN also suggests inquiring about pending matters relating to IAA or declaration of any transaction as IAA in respect of any of the earlier years and reporting the facts relating to the same.

THE BREAK-UP OF TOTAL EXPENDITURE AND GST
Clause 44, in pursuance of the information exchange collaboration initiated between CBIC and CBDT, was inserted on 20th July, 2018, but kept in abeyance for reporting prior to 1st April, 2022. While the ultimate objective of this clause is not clear, it appears to be in the nature of data collation for the purposes of GST. It requires reporting of the break-up of expenditure of entities registered or not registered under GST in the following manner:

1. Total amount of expenditure incurred during the year (Column 2)

2. Expenditure in respect of entities registered under GST:

a.    Relating to goods or services exempt from GST (Column 3)

b.    Relating to entities falling under composition scheme (Column 4)

c.    Relating to other registered entities (Column 5)

d.    Total payment to registered entities (Column 6)

3.    Expenditure relating to entities not registered under GST (Column 7)

The first question that arises for the purpose of reporting under this clause is what is the ambit or scope of the term “expenditure”? Oxford dictionary defines it as “the act of spending or using money; an amount of money spent”. It appears that all the expenditures as reported in the Profit and Loss Statement may have to be bifurcated for the purpose of reporting at clause 44. However, there might be certain exclusions or inclusions that may have to be taken care of:

1. Provisions and allowances (e.g., provisions for doubtful debts) are not expenditure and therefore, will have to be excluded.

2. Depreciation and amortisation, not being in the nature of expenditure, will also have to be excluded.

3. Capital Expenditure shall also be treated as expenditure and requires to be reported.

4. Prepaid expenditure incurred in the current year but forming part of the expenditure of the subsequent year will have to be added and conversely, prepaid expenditure of previous year forming part of the expenditure of current year will have to be reduced.

Once the total expenditure incurred during the year is derived under column 2, this requires bifurcation into expenditure in respect of entities registered under GST and those not registered under GST. The expenditure in respect of registered entities requires further bifurcation into exempt goods or services, relating to entities under the composition scheme and those relating to other registered entities.

As per section 2(47) of CGST Act, 2017, exempt supply means “supply of any goods or services or both which attracts nil rate of tax or which may be wholly exempt and includes non-taxable supply”. Exempt supplies shall include the supply of goods or services that have been exempted by way of notification (e.g., interest) or subjected to a nil rate of tax by way of notification. It shall also include supplies which are currently outside the levy of GST, such as petrol, diesel and liquor.

Activities or transactions that are treated as neither supply of goods nor a supply of services under Schedule III do not fall within the ambit of exempt supplies. Thus, expenditure in respect of such activities may have to be reported under the residuary category at column 5, in case of registered entities, or column 7 in case of unregistered entities. However, Para 82.3 of GN states that such activities need not be reported under this clause.

The details of expenses under the reverse charge mechanism (i.e., RCM where the recipient is liable to pay tax) are also required to be reported. In the case of RCM expenses from registered entities, these shall form part of expenditure relating to other registered dealers under column 5. In the case of RCM expenses from unregistered dealers, it shall be reportable under expenditure relating to entities not registered in column 7.

The critical issue here is what should be the source of such details required to be reported under this clause, as currently, there is no return or form in GST that requires mandatory reporting with respect to all expenditures. The reporting in respect of supplies from entities under the composition scheme in Table 16 of Form GSTR-9 (Annual Return) is currently optional up to F.Y. 2021-22. Table 14 of Form GSTR-9C (Reconciliation Statement), which requires expenditure head-wise reporting of Input Tax credit availed, is also optional up to F.Y. 2021-22. Reporting in respect of inward supplies from composition entities and exempt inward supplies is also required in Table 5 of GSTR-3B. However, most taxpayers are not able to report it on a monthly basis.

An inward supplies register, if available, consisting of all the expenditures incurred for the year could be considered as the basis for compiling vendor-wise expense details. Additionally, internal data for vendor master may have to be analysed to obtain details of entities registered under the composition scheme, registered entities, and unregistered entities. All the entries not charged with GST may be analysed to obtain details pertaining to exempt supplies, those pertaining to composition entities and those pertaining to unregistered entities.

The reporting is not required head-wise or vendor-wise. However, it is advisable to separately report revenue and capital expenditure. It is also advisable to maintain detailed head-wise and vendor-wise details as, typically, it may expected to be called for during scrutiny.

GSTR-2A (a statement containing details of inward supplies) may also be considered for reporting details in respect of registered entities. Owing to the dynamic nature of the statement and further requirement of reconciling the same with the books, it may not give desired and accurate details. The details in respect of composition entities and unregistered entities will also have to be separately compiled as these shall not be available from GSTR-2A.

Reporting under clause 44 involves an elaborate exercise, and all the details may not be available in most of the cases. In most cases, it may not be true and correct as required for the purpose of reporting. Therefore, it may be necessary to consider adequate disclosures along with notes, partial disclaimers, and in an appropriate circumstance, a complete disclaimer on reporting in this clause.

CONCLUSION
In this article, some intricate contemporary matters have been touched upon. However, there are some evergreen issues that keep on springing some surprises during the conduct of the audit and teach us something new. While many things have become easy on account of technology, there are matters which also add to our difficulties in terms of submission of data, maintenance and preserving of audit records and, of course, not the least, the challenges posed by the portal at times.

Two things that one has come to realise about tax audit, after practicing for some decades:

  • Assessees and Tax Auditors adapt to reporting on many intricate issues and settle with the same in a couple of years, and

  • When the issues are settled, the law comes up with something new and more complex requirements to be reported.

The tax audit reporting is, therefore, never finally settled, adding to the woes of taxpayers and tax auditors.

TALE OF TWO CLIMATES

Climate change is wreaking havoc in the world. Today we find that many countries, including India, are experiencing torrential rains, resulting in floods in many areas and thereby causing loss of lives, vegetation, and properties. At the same time, Europe and many Western countries are experiencing unprecedented heat and drought. Many rivers have dried up or are on the verge of drying up, resulting in an energy crisis and adversely impacting the global supply chain.

Many forests have caught fire, and millions of hectares of land and vegetation have been destroyed. On 24th August, 2022, Reuters reported that extreme fires have swallowed up vast swathes of land, destroyed homes, and threatened livelihoods worldwide in the first half of 2022. It further reports that wildfires have destroyed over 3.3 million acres of land across the Globe in 2022 alone. This shows the magnitude of the problem.

The Middle East has been disturbed for many years, with continuing fights in Syria, Iraq, and other countries. The war between Ukraine and Russia has been going on for more than six months now, without any end. A large amount of carbon emission due to the use of high-tech weapons in these wars has further aggravated the climatic conditions worldwide. The world is passing through a turbulent time with no immediate relief in sight. The geopolitical situation is very fragile, with increasing tension between China and Taiwan on one side and Russia and NATO on the other. The tension in the Asia Pacific region is also growing, with Indonesia asserting its right in the South China Sea and other Southeast Asian countries.

Under the current scenario, India has a major role to play. However, as stated earlier, not only the natural climatic conditions, but the economic and regulatory climate in India is also changing. India has made notable progress in the recent past and has successfully come out of the economic ill effects of the pandemic. Today, India is poised for a great leap on the economic front. Even the World Bank has predicted impressive growth for India. Under the circumstances, it is imperative that India plays its cards carefully.

Many companies have decided to shift their operations from China, and one of the choicest countries in Asia is India. If India were to gain from these geopolitical developments and touch a five trillion-dollar economy by 2024, then the regulatory requirements should be simple, business-friendly, and with fair administration. There cannot be two views that the country’s revenue base should be protected, and every taxpayer should pay legitimate tax. However, if the regulations are clear and fairly administered, then they will ensure tax certainty and avoid litigations.

Let’s turn our attention to another climatic change in India, i.e., in the area of Tax Audits. Recent amendments under the Tax Audit regime deserve attention. The reporting requirements are such that a Tax Auditor is virtually carrying out the assessment of his client. Tax Audit was introduced with a laudable object of facilitating tax administration by a proper presentation of the accounts such that the time of Assessing Officers could be utilised for attending to more investigational aspects. However, if one were to read the requirements of reporting under Clause 30C, one finds that the Auditor is supposed to do an investigation and report any transaction which is in the nature of an “Impermissible Avoidance Arrangement (IAA)”. Essentially, it requires an Auditor to examine every transaction and report whether it is in the nature of IAA as referred to in section 96 of the Act and quantify the amount of tax benefit resulting from IAA. It requires judgment by an auditor as to whether a particular transaction is impermissible or not. While the Auditor has to certify whether the transaction is in the nature of IAA, it cannot be held so unless a detailed procedure is followed under the Act, and finally, the Approving Panel of experts declares it so after a detailed examination. It also has a danger for the Tax Auditor. What if the transaction was reported by him as IAA and challenged by the taxpayer in higher forums, which ultimately turns out to be a non-IAA? And what happens in the reverse scenario? Is he not in trouble either way?

In a lighter vein, it reminds me of a joke where a student is asking his parents how they expect him to learn all subjects (all by himself), which one teacher cannot teach. Tax Audit, thus, casts onerous responsibility on a Tax Auditor. Ideally, Tax Audit should have provided for merely reporting a transaction without the Auditor’s opinion and/or certification on whether it is an IAA. This Clause, along with Clauses 30A and 30B, requires Tax Auditors to be well versed with Transfer Pricing Regulations and International Taxation (for Interest Deductibility u/s 94B).

Another onerous requirement made applicable from A.Y. 2022-23 is reporting under Clause 44 about the “Break-up of the total expenditure of entities registered or not registered under GST”. It will not only require more time and effort for an Auditor to comply with this requirement but would also need a good amount of knowledge of GST, as is evident from the Guidance Note by the ICAI.

In 38 years of its existence, a tax audit is today as comprehensive as complex.

It requires experts from different fields to do justice. The silver linings are the ability of Chartered Accountants to rise to every occasion, thanks to their rigorous training and faith of the judiciary and revenue department in the profession. The Hon’ble Supreme Court in T.D. Venkata Rao vs. Union of India [1999] 237 ITR 315 (SC) made the following significant observations: “Chartered Accountants, by reason of their training, have special aptitude in the matter of audits. It is reasonable that they, who form a class by themselves, should be required to audit the accounts of businesses whose income (sic: turnover) exceeds Rs.40 lakhs* and professionals whose income (sic: gross receipts) exceeds Rs.10 lakhs* in any given year”.

As rightly observed by the Apex Court, Chartered Accountants are a class by themselves. We are distinct, diligent, dependable, and determined. While new regulations and requirements open new opportunities for practice and growth, we should be mindful of their risks. We should also be mindful of work-life balance in today’s hectic world. Everything comes with a price tag. At the end of the day, we should ask ourselves one question, is it worth?

GOPICHANDAN

We offer Namaskaars to God as part of our worship. It is a mark of our respect and devotion towards Him. I am referring to the Gods of all religions – be it a Hindu God or Allah or Jesus or any form of the Almighty.

A question often asked is why our God does not shower His blessings on us even if we worship Him sincerely and regularly.

The answer is that we do not have blind faith in Him. Our devotion is not uncompromising. We carry doubts and questions about the very existence of God and His powers!

Gopikas of Lord Shrikrishna is the ultimate example of true devotion. Once a Guru told the Gopis that they can even walk on the water and cross the river with true devotion. Gopis did achieve it, but the Guru got drowned!

Chandan means sandalwood. It gives complete coolness to our body if mixed with water and applied. But what is Gopichandan? It is nothing but mud – soil (mitti) mixed with water. It also gives coolness. Gandhiji used to apply it to his forehead. The story behind Gopichandan is beautiful. Once Shrikrishna pretended to have an acute headache. All Gods and others in heaven were extremely worried. No remedy was working! So, they surrendered and asked Him what the real remedy was. The Lord said – please get me the soil (mitti) under the feet of my true devotee from the earth. The task was given to Narad Muni.

He met many sages and rishis and requested them for the soil beneath their feet – to apply to Shrikrishna’s forehead. They got furious. They said they were praying for years to see and fall on Krishna’s feet; and how dare Narad ask for the mitti under their feet to be applied to His forehead? They said it would take them to hell!

Then Narad approached other second-rank sages and disciples who were busy performing ‘yagyas’. At Narad’s request, they also said that if senior sages feared going to hell, how did Narad expect that they would agree? So, they refused.

Finally, Narad reached Vrindavan, where Gopikas were rejoicing in Krishna’s sweet memories. They greeted Narad. They were pained to learn from him that their beloved Kanha was not well! They instantly agreed to give Narad whatever he wanted. Narad cautioned them by telling what senior sages had told him, i.e. going to hell!

Gopis said we are not afraid of going to hell or doing anything for the well-being of their Krishna. They said no matter what happens to us; we cannot digest the idea of Kanha being in trouble! For Him, they were willing to stay permanently in hell; but praying to Him!

Narad took the mitti under their feet, asked them to mix it in water and crush it by their feet, and carried the ‘mud’ to Shrikrishna. Needless to say that Krishna got relief from his headache!

Similar stories may be there in all religions. God loves only true devotees. God will surely bless us when we offer our Namaskaar with this mindset!

Our patriots and martyrs treated our motherland as their God. They were willing to sacrifice anything and everything for her independence and progress. That is why they deserve our Namaskaars.

SOCIETY NEWS – Part 2

14TH JAL ERACH DASTUR CA STUDENTS’ ANNUAL DAY – ‘TARANG 2k22’
It
was three months ago, when the Students’ Team and members of the Human
Resource Development Committee (HRD) met, the day when the success and
grandeur of past thirteen glorious years began reverberating in
everyone’s minds.

The 14th edition of Jal Erach Dastur CA Students’ Annual Day under the brand of ‘Tarang’
had to be bigger and better. With this mission, the Students’ Team
embarked upon the journey with enthusiasm and dedication for Tarang 2k22, led by the student coordinators – Ms. Richi Monani, Ms. Divya Rai and Ms. Anushree Shah.

The
event was organized by the Students’ Committee under auspices of the
HRD Committee of BCAS. It was sponsored by Mr. Sohrab Dastur in memory
of his beloved brother Late Jal Erach Dastur. The Students’ Team
comprised of a group of 33 dedicated and enthusiastic students. It was
truly an event ‘OF CA students, BY CA students and FOR CA students.’ The
dull and monotonous perception regarding CA students was completely
changed when they were witnessed as event managers, anchors, talented
dancers and photographers too!

This year saw a huge enrolment of
550 students despite the delay in CA exams and the various pending due
dates. There were about 260 participants in Tarang 2k22, with the highest number of participants in the Talent Show and the Talk Hawk Competition. This year ‘Tarang’
reinvented its Short Film Making competition into Reel Making
Competition to create a fun-filled and thrilling experience for all the
students.

The 14th Jal Erach Dastur CA Students’ Annual Day – ‘Tarang 2k22’
elimination rounds were held at BCAS Hall on 18th and 19th of June,
2022 and the finale was held at K.C College Auditorium on 25th June,
2022.
 
The grand finale commenced with the lighting of the lamp by the HRD Committee and the student coordinators with the Ganesh Vandana and Saraswati Vandana playing in the background, invoking the blessings of Lord Ganesh (the god of Wisdom) and Maa Saraswati.
 
The three finalist teams of the ‘Antakshari Competition’ named ‘Deewane’, ‘Parwane’ and ‘Mastane’ were the first to compete on the stage. The Antakshari
had fun-filled and innovative rounds to test quick thinking though
tickling the lighter side of the participants. Everyone was quite
surprised to witness the accuracy of CA students, even in the arena of
Bollywood trivia and songs. The event was hosted by CA Hrudyesh Pankhania and CA Utsav Shah. Overall, it provided a great start to the event, and the audience got hooked from the beginning of the show.

The next event to follow was the ‘Debate’, wherein there were 8 finalists. The moderator for this event was CA Jigar Shah
who amazed the audience with his moderation skills. The topic for
Debate was “Content on OTT should not be censored” The jury and the audience were impressed with the debating skills of CA students. There were loud cheers among the audience as well.

The
next event was ‘Talk Hawk’ (sponsored by Smt. Chandanben Maganlal Bhatt
Elocution Fund), wherein the three finalists had to give a 4-minute
talk on any one of the topics. This enabled a level-playing field for
all participants who gave impressive performances on their chosen
topics. It was a close contest and even made it tough for judges to
decide the winner. One could only gasp at the ability of CA students to
give motivational talks with such wit and vigour.
 
Then, the time had ripened for the most awaited event of the evening – CA’s Got Talent. The singers had assembled, guitars, dholkis and
other instruments were in place, dancers were on their feet, and actors
began polishing their lines before they could thrill the audience with
their phenomenal performances. To give a spirited kick start to this
most awaited event, the Students’ Team presented a 4-minute musical
tribute to our beloved singers Lata Didi and KK. This was followed by a
3-minute dance flash mob by the Students’ Team which CA Rishikesh Joshi choreographed.

The
audience could figure that the spectacular flash mob was just a trailer
to what they were going to witness in the Talent Show. And rightly so,
the overall nine performances in various categories like music (which
included singing and instrumental), dancing and other performing arts
category enthralled the audience. The judges were fascinated, rather
bewitched, by the talent of young CA students. They indeed had a
mountainous task of choosing the winner in each category.

Post
the Talent Show, the winning film of Reel making competition –
‘TarangReelsStar’ was played. The reels were so precisely shot that one
could easily imagine CAs as the next social media influencers and
content creators.

Next, the best photographs from the Photography Competition ‘Khinch Le’
were displayed on the stage. For the public choice award, photographs
were put up by the participants on the BCAS Tarang Page, and the
photograph with the maximum likes was declared the winner. Participants
were given themes on which they had to click creative photographs and
post them on the Instagram Page with an innovative tagline based on the
theme selected. This competition saw a record participation of 51
entries which kept the Instagram Page thundering for weeks. With such
mind-boggling photographs, the judges indeed had a herculean task of
selecting the best one here as well.
 
With the clock ticking, the
participants began crossing their fingers as the moment of judgement
was here. The winners of the competition, representing their firms, were
finally announced. The list of winners is as under:

Essay Writing Competition – ‘Awaken the Writer Within!’

Prize

Name of CA Student

Name of Firm

1st
Prize Winner

Pooja
Sanghvi

——————

2nd
Prize Winner

Smit
Jain

BDO
India LLP

3rd
Prize Winner

Ekta
Galani

BDO
India LLP

Talk Hawk
– ‘Aspire to Inspire’

Prize

Name of CA Student

Name of Firm

Winner

Vishesh
Mehta

BDO
India LLP

The Rotating Trophy went to BDO India LLP

Talent
Show ‘CA’s Got Talent’

Prize

Name of CA Student

Name of Firm

1st
Prize
(Music Category)

Mithil
Shirke

——————

1st
Prize
(Dancing Category)

Manasvi
Pandharpatte

——————

1st
Prize
(Other Performing Arts Category)

Sakshi
Chaubey

Shah
Modi Kataudia & Co. LLP

Antakshari
Competition – ‘Suro ke Sartaaj’

Prize

Name of CA Student

Name of Firm

Winning
Team

Smit
Jain

BDO LLP

Gaurang
Shah

——————

Piyush
Jain

Mahajana
& Aibara Chartered Accountants LLP

Best
Individual Performer

Smit
Jain

BDO LLP

Slogan
& Sketch Competition – ‘Leave Your Mark’

Prize

Name of CA Student

Name of Firm

1st
Prize Winner

Aathira
Maniath

Baker
Tilly DHC

2nd
Prize Winner

Jeni
Shah

N.A.
Shah Associates

3rd
Prize Winner

Pooja
Patade

Patade
& Associates

Photography
Competition ‘Khinch Le’

Prize

Name of CA Student

Name of Firm

Judges’
Choice Prize

Priyank
Gosar

GBCA
& Associates LLP

Public
Choice Prize

Harsh
Shah

——————

Reel
Making Competition ‘TarangReelStar

Prize

Name of CA Student

Name of Firm

Judges’
Choice Prize

Sushil
Khubchandani

——————

Public
Choice Prize

Ekta
Singh

S.K.
Rathi & Co.

Debate
Competition – ‘War of Words’

Prize

Name of CA Student

Name of Firm

Winning
Team

Vishesh
Mehta

BDO
India LLP

Ekta
Galani

BDO
India LLP

Harsh
Shah

——————

Jeni
Shah

N.A.
Shah Associates

Best
Debater

Vishesh
Mehta

BDO
India LLP

The Rotating Trophy went to BDO India LLP

Hearty Congratulations to all the winners and their firms.

Judges for the Various Competitions were as follows:

Competition

Elimination Round

Final Round

Essay
Writing

CA
Gracy Mendes and CA Hardik Mehta

Talk
Hawk

CA Khushbu Shah

CA Charmi Shroff

CA Ashish Fafadia

CA Atul Doshi

Talent
Show

CA Jigar Jain

Ms. Ridhima Limaye

CA Nirav Parikh

CA Rishikesh Joshi

CA Kartik Srinivasan

CA Devansh Doshi

Antakshari
Competition

CA Nidhi Shah

CA Mehul Shah

CA Meena Shah

CA Mayur Desai

Debate
Competition

CA Mukesh Trivedi

CA Samarth Patil

CA Mayur Nayak

CA Chirag Doshi

Slogan
& Sketch Competition

CA Jagat Mehta and CA Raman Jokhakar

Photography
Competition

Priyanshi Agarwal and CA Pankaj Singhal

Reel
Making Competition

CA Rimple Dedhia and CA Maitri Ahuja

Master
Of Ceremony Contest

CA Nilay Gokhale and CA Veerti Kothari

The entire evening was marvelously anchored by the Masters of
Ceremony – Mr. Aditya Sharma, Mr. Ankush Chirimar and Ms. Eesha Sawla
with their sheer display of energy coupled with the mind-blowing
performances. Together, they ensured that the audience had no reason to
lose their attention during the entire show.
 
Ms. Labdhi Mehta
proposed the well-deserved vote of thanks to Mr. Sohrab Erach Dastur for
sponsoring the annual day in the fond memory of his brother, late Jal
Erach Dastur, the family of Smt. Chandanben Maganlal Bhatt for
sponsoring the Elocution Competition, the members of the Managing
Committee, HRD Committee, the Coordinators of the Annual Day, the
photographers for the event, BCAS Staff, parents, principals of CA
students, sound technicians, the vibrant team of student volunteers and
all the CA students for participating in big numbers.
 
A
scrumptious dinner was arranged after the event for all those who marked
their presence at the annual day. The underlying purpose of the event
was to not only develop and encourage skills and extracurricular
participation but also to bring together the entire CA fraternity which
was very well achieved this time too. At last, with a sense of
satisfaction, joy of success, lasting motivation and some unforgettable
memories, we had to call it a day.

With the 14th edition scaling new heights and raising the bar, all eyes are now set on what the next edition offers.

Youtube Link:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qz7_sn7aYzQ

QR Code:
POWER OF ATTRACTION
Every year, the Human Resource Development Committee of BCAS organises a 2/3 days residential retreat towards leadership development, wherein even spouses are allowed to join. This year, like last year, due to the pandemic, we decided to conduct this program virtually.

HRD Committee arranged a webinar on Power of Attraction by Naz Chougley on 30th June, 2022 and 1st July, 2022 (between 5.30 pm to 8 pm). Naz Chougley is the co-founder of ‘Asip Rise’ , a wellness company serving to empower lives. She is a life coach, meditation teacher, holistic healer, behaviour analyst and corporate trainer. The purpose of the webinar was to understand the principles of the law of attraction, how to handle stress and the power of working with intentions and practices to stay positive and to forgive.

The webinar was attended by 60 persons. The coach agreed to share some more thoughts for practices through the WhatsApp group. Hence, a WhatsApp group of participants was formed after the webinar. Participants were shared video recordings of the webinar for a recap and better understanding of the subject. The deliberation by Naz Chougleyji was highly appreciated by all the participants. It was felt that very powerful practical tips were shared that could be applied in practical life, and good results can be achieved. To enhance the benefits, it was decided to organise a recap webinar in September, 2022.   

FOUNDING DAY LECTURE BY MR. N. CHANDRASEKARAN


 

The BCAS Founding Day Lecture is a treasured legacy of the last many decades that has culminated into a best-in-class thought-leadership platform witnessing addresses by luminaries and leaders in the fields of profession, industry and government, among others. This year’s Founding Day Lecture further raised the bar with an insightful and engaging lecture by Padmabhushan Shri N. Chandrasekaran, Chairman, Tata Sons.

On 6th July, 2022, at the 74th Founding Day of BCAS, Mr. N. Chandrasekaran addressed the BCAS community on ‘Future Trends, Risks and Opportunities’ in the Indian context. In witness of a packed auditorium at MCA The Lounge at Wankhede Stadium, Mr. Chandrasekaran shared his insights into emerging trends in the near future along with the risks and opportunities that they may propagate.

He set the context in the backdrop of the last two years, emphasising that the change we have seen over the previous two years is almost equal to a decade of experience. The pandemic brought the world economy to its knees, and it was almost unthinkable that the world was at a standstill.

He emphasized that the world witnessed a sharp stock market slump and a sudden rise,  contracting GDP followed by a huge bounce-back, a military conflict and the stock market reaction. He expressed that we would continue to witness turbulence – military conflicts, supply chain constraints, etc., which will remain consistent in the near future.

Coming out of the pandemic waves, the expectations of a high-growth high-inflation economy have withered, and what we are experiencing is a slow-growth and super-high-inflationary economy.

On the positive side, he stated, we experienced a fantastic display of the human spirit, people adapting to the hardship, poor and rich equally, and the phenomenal adaptation of digital technologies – schools, shopping, work everywhere globally went digital. We also witnessed massive innovation, i.e., a vaccine produced in less than a year – probably, the largest effort globally to vaccinate 7 billion people. And in all this, if we look at the future, things are happening which will point to certain directions the world will take for businesses, society and nations. Out of the many such trends, he delved into four trends which he believes are fundamental shifts. He deeply felt that these trends would have a huge impact and are highly favourable for India, significantly increasing our country’s growth velocity.

1. Digital Adoption –  Digital Adoption is here to stay. Through the last two years, we have gained an adoption advantage of 10 years. This is a huge advantage for India as we have peculiar problems that cannot be solved otherwise. From an Indian perspective, our societal issues are surrounded by a lack of access and jobs. During the pandemic, rural kids lost two years. Similar was the case with hospitals. And we can’t solve this problem by building lakhs of schools and thousands of hospitals. The only way is to use digital technology to leverage the impact by creating jobs that can support the experts. So, when you provide access, you can include people in the market who are currently not in it. This will also push the formalization of jobs, change society and bring societal equality to some extent. From a business perspective, every business will be a digital business. On whether bots will take over jobs? He replied that he doesn’t think so, not in India. It will only expand the job landscape.

2. Sustainability – Moving towards a green economy is irreversible. We are seeing this in many western countries. People post-pandemic do not want to come to the office. Fortunately, we don’t have that problem. The pressure on countries to go carbon-free will remain, and the dates we keep hearing for meeting goals will only advance as time progresses.

India has a huge advantage in this as well. Whilst developed countries are required to replace their existing infrastructure with green infrastructure, we in India are still building our infrastructure. This will help us to build green infrastructure directly. Going forward, many jobs and businesses that revolve around sustainability will be created.

3. Supply Chain Resilience-  In all his years at work, he stated that they never had a business plan which was not ‘demand based’. For the first time, business plans are being built on supply availability. So, we are getting used to different ways of working. Earlier businesses required supply chains to be quick and efficient, while today, the need is for supply chains to be fast and ‘resilient’. The element of resilience would mean having alternate manufacturing and supply locations, and India will be a key beneficiary.

4. Talent – The fourth and perhaps the most pertinent trend is how the talent landscape pans out. He expressed that we are in a race and are still learning the future of work. Work from home (WFH) and work from anywhere (WFA) are new models, and modern-day technologies have enabled them. Perhaps, the ‘workplace and the workmen’ have been separated for the first time in human history. This trend is emerging, and we are seeing the gig economy grow on this trend. The adoption of technology will also help enhance women’s participation in India’s workforce.

Shri N. Chandrasekaran continued his thoughts and answered a few queries from the attendees.

CA Anand Bathiya proposed the vote of thanks.

The lecture can be viewed on the following:

YouTube Link:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4BCEXL1Uv-I

QR Code:

 
TRAINING SESSION FOR CA ARTICLE STUDENTS ON “CHANGES IN INCOME-TAX FORMS FOR INDIVIDUALS AND HUFS FOR A.Y. 2022-23”

On 8th July, 2022, the Students Forum under the aegis of the HRD Committee organised an online training session on “Changes in Income-Tax Forms for Individuals and HUFs for A.Y. 2022-23”, led by CA Priyanshu Shah, a proficient speaker on the subject. Ms. Labdhi Mehta, the student coordinator, introduced the speaker to the participants. She was followed by CA Utsav Shah, a HRD Committee member who also addressed the students.

CA Priyanshu Shah, in his detailed presentation, covered Changes in ITRs, Dividends, Residential Status, Special Economic Presence, Taxability of Interest on Provident Fund, Investment in un-incorporated entity and Taxability of ESOPs. He elaborately explained the changes in rules, sections and in schedules in ITR form with illustrations. He meticulously addressed all the relevant amendments.

The session was interactive, whereby the speaker answered all the queries raised by the participants. The session ended with Student Study Circle Co-ordinator, Mr. Harsh Shah, proposing a vote of thanks to the speaker. With the ITR filing due date round the corner, the topic had its own importance which could be easily seen by the tremendous response from the students. Overall, 270+ students participated and benefited from the session.

Youtube Link:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jW6VXxQDz1Q

QR Code:

SOCIETY NEWS – Part 1

“POWER SUMMIT 2022”

The Human Resource Development Committee of BCAS organised a one-day programme, “The Power Summit 2022: Thriving in a Transformed Hybrid World”, on 28th May, 2022 at the Orchid Hotel, Mumbai. The Summit was in continuation of a series of Power Summits organised annually since 2011.

The Power Summit, curated and anchored by a team of 3 faculty members, CA Nandita Parekh, CA Ameet Patel and CA Vaibhav Manek, was attended by 76 members from various cities in India and abroad. The programme was designed and seamlessly coordinated by this team. The presentations were creative, intriguing and intertwined with pointers that provided much food for thought. In addition to the trio, the faculty comprised CA Milin Mehta, CA Nilesh Vikamsey and CA Shariq Contractor.

The Summit raised important issues dealing with succession planning and sustainability of professional practices, merger mathematics and valuation of professional practices, the challenges and opportunities arising due to technological advances and the need to get ready to “thrive” and not just survive in these disruptive times.

The participant’s interest was evident in terms of involved discussions and the incessant questions raised at each session. The Summit was divided into five sessions on different topics, each undertaken by an experienced speaker.

The power-packed panel at the conclusion of the Summit included: CA Ameet Patel, CA Vaibhav Manek, CA Nilesh Vikamsey, CA Milin Mehta, CA Shariq Contractor, CA Druman Patel and CA Anand Bathiya. This diverse and multi-generational panel succeeded in providing thought leadership on various issues relevant to the Management of Professional Services Firms.

The speakers adeptly conducted each session, which kept the audience engaged throughout. The knowledge areas imparted is highlighted in a nutshell below:

–    Change management.

–  Infusing technology in day-to-day professional engagements for efficient management.

–    Valuable leadership qualities.

–    Growth strategies for professional firms in non-metro cities.

–    Succession planning and its invaluable importance.

–    Insights into the management challenges of mid-sized firms.

–    Strategies for accelerated growth for multi-generational firms.

The Summit generated immense interest among the participants in learning the art and science of practice management.

TRAINING SESSION FOR CA ARTICLE STUDENTS’ ON “ICAI NEW SCHEME FOR CA COURSE”

The only constant in life is change, and to keep up with the pace of change happening in our profession, ICAI has come up with New Scheme for CA Course. To address the doubts arising in the minds of students, the Students Forum, under the auspices of the HRD Committee, organised a session on the Topic “ICAI New Scheme for CA Course” on 12th June, 2022 via zoom. The session was led by CA Hrudyesh Pankhania, a proficient speaker on the subject.

Ms Anushree Shah, Student Coordinator, introduced the programme to the participants. It was followed by CA Jigar Shah, Convenor of HRD Committee, who addressed the students. Ms Divya Rai, Student Coordinator, introduced the speaker.

CA Hrudyesh Pankhania, in his detailed presentation, covered various aspects of the ICAI New Scheme.  He spoke about the need for change, online paced modules, new optional subjects, the impact of the new course on existing students and also the timeline for implementation. He meticulously explained the issues with practical examples and provided useful tips to focus upon.

The session was interactive; the speaker answered most of the queries raised by the participants. The session ended with Student Coordinator, Ms Divya Rai, proposing a vote of thanks. The topic’s importance could be easily seen based on the tremendous response to it from students. Overall, 80+ students participated and benefited from the session. For viewing the session,  visit the society’s:

Youtube Link:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Yp7lOu9RUvY

INTERNAL AUDIT CONCLAVE: RE-IMAGINE!

After a long 2-year wait, the Internal Audit Committee held its flagship event – the Internal Audit Conclave, on 16th and 17th June, 2022 via physical mode at the Orchid Hotel in Vile Parle, Mumbai. The event was designed to cover various facets of internal audit with an innovative, interactive and practical approach delving into the event theme– “Internal Audit Conclave: Re-imagine”.

81 enthusiastic Internal Audit (IA) professionals from industry, as well as practice, joined the Conclave, of which 8 participants (10%) were from cities out of Mumbai. 60% of the participants were below the age of 40 years, and 30% of the participants were women professionals.

CA Abhay Mehta, President-BCAS, welcomed the participants on a monsoon morning on Day 1. He shared his views on the BCAS Internal Audit Committee’s vibrant programs and expressed his best wishes to all participants. CA Nandita Parekh, Co-Chair – IA Internal Audit Committee, then addressed participants with a delightful poem on the journey of an Internal auditor, which set the tone for the Conclave.

The keynote address on Day 1 was given by CA Uday Khanna, a well-reputed and seasoned professional with decades of experience. His address focussed on expectations from the IA professionals and Internal auditors, followed by an interactive Q&A session with a zealous audience. The events which followed on Day 1, along with key highlights of each event, is as follows:

Sr. No. Session details Speaker and Panelist details
1 Panel discussion on: “Addressing the expectation gaps: Building Bridges” CA Purvi Malani

CA Milan Mody

CA Mrugesh Shah

CA Jyotin Mehta

CA Ashutosh Pednekar

CA Nandita Parekh (Anchor)

This panel discussion focussed on prevalent expectation gaps between in-house IA team and outsourced IA team. The panel, with a combined experience of more than five decades, provided participants with practical solutions to address this gap and enhance overall IA service. The Q&A session allowed participants to raise real-life challenges faced, to which the panellists provided relevant solutions.
2 “Internal Audit: Acing the Fine Balancing Act” CA Anuja Ramdasi
The session shed light on how the internal auditor should balance resources and nurture an agile and energized audit team ready to serve a global or growing company.
3 “Forensics – Picking up the Early Warning Bells: A short film followed by an interactive session – introducing a new way of learning” CA Chetan Dalal
This session shared an innovative way of learning forensic techniques. All participants very well appreciated the real-life case studies and practical solutions shared by the speaker*.

(*) The session on forensics gave the participants a glimpse into an innovative way of learning. Feedback obtained at the end of Day 1 revealed that at least 92% of the respondents were interested in enrolling on such video and real-life case study based training sessions in future.

On Day 2, CA Murtaza Kachwala, Chairman – WIRC, a seasoned IA professional, gave the keynote address and shared his vision for the IA practice and the impressive agendas planned for IA professionals in upcoming years. The events which followed on Day 2, along with key highlights of each event, was as under:

Sr. No. Session details Speaker and Panelist details
1 “Bridging the Technology Divide: from Terrified to Terrific” CA Nikunj Shah
This session addressed the very pertinent need of internal audit, which is the use of technology. The speaker shared his insights and solutions on how technology can be adopted by Internal Auditors to manage obstacles and move from finding technology “Terrified” to “Terrific”. Practical anecdotes shared by the speaker helped participants envisage their shift into the next stage in technology adoption for internal audits.
2 “Auditing Related Party Transactions – The regulations are getting tighter, are you up to speed” CA Milan Mody
The session took a deep dive into understanding the auditing of RPTs, a space which has been subject to changing regulations and enhanced requirements over recent years. The speaker shared his insights on governance, processes and reporting checks, which an internal auditor should do to meet the Board’s expectations and provide greater degree of assurance.
3 Session followed by a panel discussion on: “Let’s talk Risks – Why an Internal Auditor should understand key risks? A deep dive into Data Risk, Climate Risk and Talent Risk” Mr. Anirban Ghosh

Ms. Shivangi Nadkarni

CA Hersh Shah

CA Prajit Gandhi (Anchor)

CA Hersh Shah kicked off this session by sharing his insights on various types of risks faced by organisations, along with very interesting statistics in today’s scenario. Ms. Shivangi Nadkarni, an expert in data risks and security, shared her thoughts on data privacy and vulnerabilities in today’s scenario. Later, Mr. Anirban Ghosh shared his passion and vision in today’s sustainability drives initiated by top Indian companies and what role various stakeholders, including internal auditors, play in this emerging drive.

After the opening address by the above speakers, a panel discussion was anchored by CA Prajit Gandhi on the importance of focusing on talent, data and climate risk, the role of auditors and key opportunities for IA. An interactive Q&A session was held towards the end of the panel discussion.

The participants made the most of the tea breaks between sessions, interacting with the esteemed speakers, committee members and fellow participants while being equally eager to return and attend the next session. The overall feedback from the participants was very positive and encouraging. The selection of topics, subject matter experts and speakers invited, and the overall event flow were some aspects of the encouraging feedback shared by a majority of the participants.

The closing remarks on Day 2 was given by CA Nandita Parekh, wherein she expressed her gratitude to all esteemed speakers, panellists, committee members and participants for making the Conclave a grand success! The general pulse of the room towards the end revealed that the Conclave delivered on its promise –to ensure that the Internal auditor who walked in at the beginning of Day 1 was different from the one who walked out at the end of Day 2!

FEMA STUDY CIRCLE

BCAS held its second FEMA Study Circle for the year on 24th June, 2022 via Zoom. The meeting was led by Mr. Bharat Sharma, Advocate on Record, Supreme Court. Mr. Sharma took a session on the implications of FEMA on Digital Assets. Needless to say, transactions in digital assets operate in a realm of their own and are more often than not shrouded in mystery.

The session started with an introduction to Digital Assets, their evolution and their background. Pursuant to this, he explained the different types of transactions that can be undertaken using digital assets, namely payment and receipts in cases of import and export, purchase and sale of fiat currency, as well as swap of digital assets and the implications of FEMA. He then touched upon the applicable definitions of FEMA and explained the rationale behind such transactions being considered either as goods or services. During the presentation, he touched upon the validity of digital assets from a legal and tax perspective, as well as the genesis of cryptocurrencies.

The presentation was followed by an intellectual discussion with members who discussed and debated the classification of such transactions from the FEMA perspective, as well as the practical approach taken by bankers while remitting funds abroad for undertaking such transactions. This discussion along with the questions posed by the members further brought out the nuances of such transactions from the FEMA perspective. Hopefully, this session would have helped clear the doubts of members on a topic that till then was something that all had heard a lot about, but a very few took the efforts to delve deep into it and understand its ramifications and it’s regulatory framework. And most rightly so, given the lack of recognition by Indian authorities and the number of transactions being few and far between.

11TH RESIDENTIAL STUDY COURSE (RSC) ON IND AS

The Accounting and Auditing Committee of BCAS organised this eagerly awaited 11th Residential Study Course (RSC) on Ind AS (in physical mode) at Deltin Hotel, Daman from 24th to 26th June, 2022. Attended by more than 60 participants from across India, The RSC comprised 2 engaging papers for group discussion, 3 interesting presentation papers and an excellent panel discussion.

Day 1
The RSC  started with a group discussion on Case Studies related to Impairment of Financial and Non-Financial Assets (paper writer CA Sachin Khopde). It covered the identification of CGUs, determination of discount rates, impairment assessment due to geo-political challenges, ECL provisions and various related matters.

Post the group discussion, the Chairman of the Accounting and Auditing Committee, CA Manish Sampat, gave his opening remarks and traced the history of the previous RRCs. He invited President CA Abhay Mehta to give his welcome address and inaugurate the RRC.

Welcoming the participants, CA Abhay Mehta indicated that the topics selected for the RSC were of great importance to the accounting and auditing fraternity and requested  the participants to derive maximum benefit from the course. Thereafter, Vice President CA Mihir Sheth also addressed the participants and gave his best wishes for the success of the RSC.

This was followed by a presentation on “Case Studies on Impairment of Non-financial and Financial Assets under IND AS 36 and IND AS 109 (including COVID lockdown, international geo-political scenario and market challenges)”. CA Raj Mullick, Chairman of the session, introduced the paper writer CA Sachin Khopde, who thereafter made his presentation on the various case studies and explained the nuances involved. He made the session very interactive and engaging. Thereafter, CA Raj Mullick, in his closing remarks, shared practical insights and challenges on various aspects related to impairment like goodwill impairment, determining CGUs etc. CA Amit Purohit concluded the session by proposing a well-deserved vote of thanks to the paper writer for preparing and dealing with excellent case studies and to the Chairman for sharing his valuable insights.

Day 2

The day commenced with a group discussion on “Case Studies on Revenue Recognition under Ind-AS-115 in case of new age businesses” covering various aspects like loyalty programmes, gift cards, web-based services, telecom and media based services, contract acquisition costs and other related matters.

This was followed by a session on “Learnings from Implementation of Revised Schedule III and CARO 2020” by CA Jayesh Gandhi. CA Shushrut Chitale, Chairman of the session, introduced the speaker who thereafter covered various practical aspects and implementation challenges on the topic.

The speaker concluded the session by indicating that many of the changes are a result of recent irregularities observed, would provide useful information to banks and other regulators and would warrant changes in digital and manpower requirements at audit firms. CA Nikhil Patel proposed a well-deserved vote of thanks to the speaker and the Chairman.

This session was followed by a presentation on case studies on revenue recognition by CA M.P. Vijay Kumar, in which CA Vijay Maniar, Chairman, introduced the speaker, who made an engaging presentation and also satisfactorily answered all the questions raised by the participants. CA Rajesh Mody concluded the session by proposing a well-deserved vote of thanks to the speaker.

In the day’s final session, CA Zubin Billimoria introduced the speaker CA Kishor Parikh, who presented  “Sustainability Reporting – A New Paradigm in Reporting”. The speaker  provided a broad overview, including a pictorial presentation on matters related to ESG / Sustainability Reporting.

CA Gunja Thakrar concluded the session by proposing a well-deserved vote of thanks to the speaker and the Chairman.

Day 3

The day commenced with an interesting presentation by CA Ashutosh Pednekar on the topic of “Non-Compliance with Laws and Regulations (NOCLAR) –  Understanding and Implementation Challenges”.  CA Rajesh Mody introduced the speaker.

CA Nikhil Patel concluded the session by proposing a well-deserved vote of thanks to the speaker.

Then, as a tradition and a happy memory, a group photograph was taken of all the participants, event organisers and speakers.

The final session was a  panel discussion on  “Valuation of start-ups- Bubble or Reality”, moderated by CA Anand Bathiya. The elite panel comprised  CA Paresh Clerk, CA Dipen Mehta, CA Nitesh Bhuta and Shreyas Trivedi, representing the interests of the Auditor, Investor, Valuer and Merchant Banker, respectively. The session involved an interesting discussion on providing a 360-degree view of the entire start-up ecosystem.

The RSC then concluded with closing remarks by the Chairman. He thanked all who contributed to making the RSC a grand success. He invited a few participants (attending the RSC for the first time) to share their experience. The RSC concluded with happy memories and knowledge enrichment for all the participants.

73RD ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING AND 74TH FOUNDING DAY

The 73rd Annual General Meeting of the BCAS was held on Wednesday, 6th
July, 2022 at MCA The Lounge, Wankhede Stadium, Marine Drive,
Churchgate, Mumbai 400 020.

The President, Mr. Abhay Mehta, took
the chair and called the meeting to order. All the business as per the
agenda contained in the notice was conducted, including adoption of
accounts and appointment of auditors.

Mr. Kinjal Shah, Hon. Joint
Secretary, announced the results of the election of the President, the
Vice-President, two Honorary Secretaries, the Treasurer and eight
members of the Managing Committee for 2022-23.

The following members were elected unopposed for the year 2022-23:

Mr.
Raman Jokhakar, Editor of the BCAJ, announced the ‘Jal Erach Dastur
Awards’
for the Best Article and Best Feature appearing in the BCA
Journal
during 2021-22. The ‘Best Article Award’ went to CA Sneh Haresh
Machchhar
for his article ‘Does Transfer of Equity Shares under Offer
for Sale (OFS) During the Process of Listing Trigger any Capital Gains?’

The ‘Best Feature Award’ went to Dr. CA Mayur Nayak, CA Tarun Singhal,
CA Anil Doshi and CA Mahesh Nayak
for ‘International Taxation’. Mr.
Raman then announced the ‘S V Ghatalia Foundation Award’ for the “Best
Article on Audit”
. The award went to CA Zubin Bilimoria for the article
‘CARO 2020’, and to CA Santosh Maller for the article ‘Accounting
Treatment of Cryptocurrencies’.

CA Abhay Mehta, President,
briefed the members on the relentless 42 years of service by Mr. Rajaram
Parwade
to the Society. He was felicitated by CA Pranay Marfatia.
Members appreciated Mr. Rajaram’s services to the Society.

Before
the conclusion of the AGM, members, including Past Presidents of the
BCAS, were invited to share their views and observations about the
Society.

The July 2022 special issue of the BCA Journal on GST@5
was released by Padmabhushan Shri N. Chandrasekaran, Chairman, Tata
Sons.

At the end of the formal AGM proceedings, the 74th Founding
Day lecture
was delivered to a jam-packed auditorium at the MCA The
Lounge. Members and attendees benefitted from the astute deliberation on
Future Trends – Risks and Opportunities by Padmabhushan Shri N.
Chandrasekaran, Chairman, Tata Sons.
The meeting formally concluded with
CA Anand Bathiya thanking the speaker for sharing his visionary
thoughts on a relevant topic with the attendees.

[The video of
the lecture can be accessed on the BCAS YouTube Channel, and a Report on
the Founding Day lecture is provided in the ‘Society News’ section of
this journal.]

OUTGOING PRESIDENT’S SPEECH

ABHAY
MEHTA:
This will be my last address to this august crowd as the
President of the Temple of Knowledge – known as BCAS. My journey
throughout the year has been with lots of learnings which has refined me
as a professional and as a human being too. The experiences which I
have gained shall be etched in my memory forever. I was guided through
this journey with constant reminder of my GURU Mahatria Ra’s following
sentence:

What should we do to inherit the fragrance
of the rose?
Just be in the rose garden long enough.

For
me, BCAS has been like a garden of rose, and the longer one is inside
the garden, one will be able to inculcate qualities preached at BCAS.
There were manifold responsibilities with which I commenced my journey
as the President. I had to ensure that the confidence which was reposed
in me by the torchbearers of BCAS is not belied by my performance. I was
also conscious of the rich legacy of BCAS which was not to be
compromised in any manner by any of the action initiated at my or my
committee’s behest.

I cannot judge and comment as to whether I
have been able to perform and execute my duties in a diligent manner. I
shall leave that judgment to the wisdom of the seniors and my colleagues
on various committees, who have been pillars of strength in each
initiative conceptualized and executed at BCAS.

I embarked on
this journey with an aim to implement some of the initiatives which I
had visualized for the profession, and which would be able to contribute
to the development of the profession thereby enhancing the image of
BCAS.

BCAS has always played the role of spotting upcoming areas
of professional opportunities and acting as a transformational
association, training pool of professionals to serve the trade, industry
and government as part of Nation Building.

Keeping all the
above aspects in mind, the theme for the year was finalized with the
acronym “ESG”. This acronym is a fancied one of late for businesses,
professionals, capital markets and economists as part of Sustainability
Opportunities, Compliance and Reporting. I too am very much focused to
assimilate knowledge on Sustainability themed ESG. However, the theme
ESG
for us at BCAS was with a different meaning and purpose.
Individually, each word in the acronym is of critical importance to our
profession as well as country as a whole. For us, ESG stood for:

 EMPOWERING
SCALING
GLOBALISING

To
meet the objectives of Empowering, there were concerted efforts during
the year at BCAS to be an enabler of showcasing latest knowledge on the
upcoming areas of professional opportunities to SMPs and young CAs.
Efforts were also steered in the direction of creating a platform for
networking amongst members of BCAS from all over India.

Under the
objective of Scaling, the approach during the year was to bring
professionals who are considered thought leaders in their domain on BCAS
platform.
This enables to guide SMPs by providing vision for scaling up
their offerings. A concerted effort was also made to bring on board CA
chapters from other parts of the country on a common platform for
seminars and representations.
This has ensured dissemination of
knowledge to remote areas of India through BCAS. The participants from
such regions have benefitted from rich content and experts in enriching
their knowledge and vision. Another mode of scaling up services was to
make the professional aware of the latest technologies available for
effective execution of services.

To meet the objectives of
Globalising, efforts were initiated to create awareness of the
professional services
which can be offered by members at the global
level.
Speakers of international repute have also been invited to
deliver lectures and share their views with our members thereby
increasing their horizon for services.

I have purposely
restricted myself to provide a broad indication of the theme-based
activities which were carried out during the year by BCAS. The reason
for the same, is that I presume that the detailed listing of the
activities which are carried out under each theme have been read by the
members from the Annual Report. If not, then I request members to please
go through the Annual Report, as it provides a bird’s eye view of the
humongous efforts
put in through the 10 committees for organizing events
throughout the year.

Another reason is that I want to keep my
message brief (though many of you may not feel so) and provide enough
time to the Incoming President Mihirbhai to share his vision for the
next year and ahead. It is the future in which members would be
interested more than what has already been executed.

Along with
the theme for the year, there was a conscious call taken by the Office
Bearers to have an effort towards Internal Goal Setting for the BCAS as
an Organisation. This was coined as LEAP:

Leadership for BCAS
Excellence at BCAS
Accountability to BCAS members
Professionalism in BCAS

Again,
to save on time, I am not elaborating the various projects and
initiatives which have enabled us to progress quite satisfactorily to
achieve the objectives of internal goal setting. They have been
elaborately described in the Annual Report. The unfinished agenda, I am
sure, will be executed with equal zeal during the ensuing year.

I
would like to make a particular reference to the initiative to
professionalise the organisation was a step in the direction of
implementing Quality Management System (ISO 9001-2015). The first round
of internal audit
by the consultants before inviting the certification
authorities
to test the implemented processes has been completed and
they have provided observations which have to be complied or addressed. I
am hopeful that by 15th August, 2022, BCAS should be an ISO 9001-2015
compliant organisation.
I should acknowledge the efforts of Anand
Bathiya, Zubin Billimoria and the staff of BCAS in driving this
initiative diligently.

There are some memorable events which I
consider landmark events during the year. These shall be remembered by
me for my lifetime.

  • Hon. CBDT Chairman Mr. J B Mohapatra
    giving BCAS an opportunity to visit his office to discuss Post Budget
    Representation on Direct Tax Provisions of Finance Bill, 2022.

  • Hon. Chairman, CBDT, Shri. J B Mohapatra addressing from BCAS platform on the topic “Direction of Tax Policy in India”.

  • Recognition by BMC of BCAS’ contribution of disseminating knowledge
    and adding values in professionals by naming the junction where BCAS
    office is situated as “BCAS Chowk”.

  • BCAS got an opportunity to share views on the upcoming budget and post budget views on ET Now Swadesh Channel.

  • Diamond Jubilee Edition of BCAS Referencer, 2022-23 was released with
    much fanfare. This event was made even more memorable by felicitating
    Past President Mr. Pranay Marfatia for his passionate contribution for
    more than two decades in ensuring quality content and printing of the
    BCAS Referencer.

  • Release of “Law and Practice of Transfer
    Pricing in India – A Compendium”. This Compendium has contribution from
    more than 150 authors. This Compendium has the Foreword by Mr. Pascal
    Saint –Amans, Director, Centre for Tax Policy & Administration at
    the OECD.

  • Revival of TAXCON, after a gap of 7 years, with 6
    professional associations coming on a common platform. This was the
    first event held in Hybrid Mode.
  • Revival of physical events – 55th RRC, 16th GST RSC and 11th IndAS RSC
  • The event for youth and students – 9th YRRC and Tarang 2022, were really electrifying.

Whatever
I have stated as the progress or efforts in the direction of progress
at BCAS has been made possible due to efforts of many whom I would like
to acknowledge. First of all, the rock-solid support of the Chairmen,
Co-Chairpersons and Convenors of the 10 Sub-Committees has ensured
delivering more than 5,00,000 hours of education during the year
through
seminars, workshops, residential courses, lecture meetings and study
circle meetings.

BCAS’ vibrancy is also due to the active involvement of the Past Presidents. Throughout the year, they were easily accessible for any guidance for the new initiatives and resolving vexatious issues. They, with their vast experience, come up with many suggestions for the image building initiatives of BCAS. Their contribution
in making representations to various regulatory authorities for better
governance and easing of difficulties faced by the citizens and
taxpayers is tremendous.

I was truly blessed to have a very
dynamic and young Managing Committee, where each and every member had
taken up individually or jointly projects identified at the commencement
of the year for effective execution. Some have already reached its
fruition and I am sure the unfinished ones will be executed during the
term of Mihirbhai.

My team of Office Bearers also provided
tremendous support in all the suggestions put forth for execution and
they were the real backbones for the co-ordination and monitoring of the
events and projects under ESG theme as well as the LEAP initiative.

In
Vice President, Mihirbhai, I had an ever charming person, who along
with the Jt. Secretary, Kinjal Shah, ensured to fine tune the ERP and
accounting software integration. Mihirbhai, also ensured the smooth
functioning and effective allocation of work within the BCAS staff. Jt.
Secretary, Chirag Doshi is the go-to person for the young members and he
ensured that we get enough mileage and visibility through Social Media
coverage. His contribution in designing programs for young CAs is worth
appreciating. Jt. Secretary, Kinjal Shah along with ERP related work
also effectively ensured digitization of journals and other website
related developments. In Treasurer Anand Bathiya, we had an able vendor
selector for various projects undertaken as well as a tough negotiator
for rates. He meticulously monitored progress of various projects with
effective coordination with the respective teams.

I would take
this opportunity to thank the Heads of Departments at BCAS as well as
all the staff members, who have always stood with me over the journey of
five years as Office Bearer and provided unstinted support at every
point of time.

On my professional life front too there had been
lot of adjustments to be made for professional commitments. I am
fortunate to have understanding partners who ensured that my absence did
not have much difference. A special mention of my partner Chetan Shah,
with whom there are many joint projects we work on. He ensured to deal
on many of them most effectively in my absence too. Looking at the way,
they have handled the assignments, I am worried that they would be
thinking “Arre iske bagair to kaam chal raha hai. Ab kya jaroorat hai
iski?”
Well, I eagerly await to resume full-fledged and then wait for
their reactions!!!!

Lastly, turning to my personal life, the
year has been full of adjustments for my wife Nipa and my son Udit. They
are the real energy boosters for my journey. They ensured that whenever
I had some meeting clashing with some social commitments, they tried to
defer or accommodated by relieving me from attending those functions.
At residence also, there were times when I would be drafting some
messages, announcements or checking emails of BCAS. They would ensure
that I was provided my space to carry out work diligently. I am sure,
now they would be ready with the demand for the time which has been
sacrificed for BCAS be returned “Sud Samet”. Yes, I also feel they
deserve more time and attention from my end after the end of the
Founding Day Celebrations.

Before I end, I will bow to Lord
Shriji Bawa and thank him for giving me a chance to serve the Society
and profession. I am sure my Father and Mother, wherever they are, will
shower their blessings to continue to serve the Society and be on the
righteous path in my life.

I will end with a Gujarati quote
relating to dream by noted poet and writer Shri. Ankit Trivedi. I had
dreamt of becoming President of this august Society and when I have
lived the dream, I can say:

So, I have taken satisfaction of my dream even if it may be partly successful. Thank you all.


INCOMING PRESIDENT’S SPEECH

 

MIHIR
SHETH:
As I stand here today what resonates in my mind is this
incredible and defining journey of mine at the BCAS. It has not only
shaped my thinking but also my life over the last few years that I have
been associated. What an awesome institution this is! How do you
describe it? – Perhaps words from an ordinary mortal like me may not be
able to express the intensity of the appreciation and respect I have and
I will have to borrow from a literary genius of Shakespeare to describe
it like how he described Cleopatra. He said… “Age cannot whither her,
nor can customs stale her infinite variety of charm, while others cloy
the hungers they feed she feeds where she is most hungered”. You can see
how aptly this description fits verbatim to the BCAS. While there are
institutions where members yearn and covet for the leadership position,
here is one institution that can pick up even an ordinary soul and
convert him into a leader just by its fine traditions, work ethics,
culture and values. This, I believe, is the hallmark of a great
institution.

Samuel Johnson, who was a prolific English writer
and an architect of modern English language said ‘Knowledge is of two
types – One you know the subject yourself and other.. you know the
people from where you can acquire it”. Admitting candidly how little I
know by myself; I am going to draw heavily from the knowledge pool of
BCAS members. I draw my comfort from the epitaph on Andrew Carnegie’s
grave which says, “Here lies the man who knew how to work and learn from the people far more capable and knowledgeable than he was”. I am deeply aware how eager each member
is to share his knowledge and expertise with others and personally,
this is what I have come to truly appreciate about BCAS. Each of my
predecessors, colleagues and friends at the BCAS have contributed so
much
to widen my canvass, open my eyes to the possibilities I did not
see, and shift the paradigm to view things differently. It has been a
sheer delight to experience it. No wonder William Blake said ‘Knowledge
is an eternal delight’

Before I share my theme for the year, let
me briefly share my journey at the BCAS. Though I had been a member for
long time, my active association started only many years later when I
enrolled as participant in one of the HRD leadership camp. Soon thereafter, that one time association became an onward journey. Never once did I aspire nor dreamt -that one day this great institution will catapult me to the august position of
the President. Position which was once held by a few of my seniors like
Chinubhai Chokshi, B N Pardiwalla, N V Iyer, Ratanshaw Damanwaala. Past
Presidents of BCAS and partners at my alma-matter C. C. Chokshi &
Co.

I am deeply thankful to those who have made this journey
possible. I thank my late parents who would have been very proud to see
me here today. I thank them for giving me the right value system. I
thank Late Shri Pradeepbhai Shah for who demonstrated through his own
living example the virtues of humane leadership. Thank you, Awani, my
wife who has stood behind me for your rock-solid support in this
journey. Thanks CA Ambrish Mehta, my brother-in-law for your counselling
right from my college days, thank you Devang, my senior colleague at
work for taking over many responsibilities to make me free for BCAS.
Thanks to the immediate past presidents Abhay, Suhas, Manish, Sunil and
Narayan who have hand-held me in my journey with their extremely useful
guidance. Thanks to the HRD Committee with which I share a deep
emotional connect- where its respective Chairmen Rajesh Muni, Mayur
Nayak and Nitin Shingala groomed me to traverse this journey. And
lastly, but not the least, there is one person whom I cannot thank
enough. He is the person because of whom I could clear my CA exams.
Ladies and Gentlemen I am sure- like me there may be thousands of CAs
today who will share this deep rooted gratitude for the person I am
referring to. Ladies and Gentlemen- he is none other than our beloved,
adorable, one and only Shri N. P Sarda sir. Sir- I bow to you with
utmost humility and seek your blessings. But for your lessons on Holding
Company and Standard Costing, CA qualification would have only been a
distant dream for me. I can only pay my tributes through this subhashita
in Sanskrit which says:

What
it means is that there is nothing greater than Guru Tatva and no
service (Seva) greater than Guru Seva. There is no Knowledge (Gyan)
greater than Guru Gyan. I Bow to you, as I have gained everything in
life because of you.

Let me turn to my theme for the year.

Benjamin
Franklyn once said that it is so simple to be effective, but so
difficult to be simple. Therefore, in deciding my theme for the year, I
have tried to make things simple by focusing on systemic improvements.
So much has been already done by my predecessors that justice would not
be served if I abandoned the good work done under those initiatives and
tried to reinvent the wheel, creating complications. Therefore in my
opinion the wisdom is in
continuing with some of those initiatives with
renewed vigour, ease and simplicity to be effective. Last year under
Abhay’s able leadership,
number of initiatives were taken. In the next
2-3 years all these would have positively transformational effect for
the BCAS. Most relate to the adoption of new technology and syncing the
trajectory of plans with the demand of current times.
My effort is to
continue in that direction and take forward the great work. Hence, I
have integrated in my theme many of those trend setting initiatives.
Ladies and Gentlemen- with this preamble, let me have the pleasure of
unveiling my theme for the year 2022-23….. It is named ‘EASE’.

What are the focus areas where this Ease is sought to be provided? Let me briefly explain.

i. Ease of Access to the knowledge.

ii. Ease of Embracing Emerging Opportunities.

iii. Ease of Reskilling.

iv. Ease of Networking and Reach.

Ease of access to the Knowledge is planned to be provided by conducting Hybrid programmes and expanding
the technology footprints by encouraging podcasts, short videos, and
promotion of archived programmes on course-play as also digitizing and
cataloguing the library

Ease of Embracing Emerging Opportunities
is planned to be provided by planning LM and workshops on Data
Analytics, MSME incentives, Finance & Capital Markets, AI,
Valuations, Digital assets, and PLI etc.

Ease of Networking is
planned to be provided by expanding the geographical reach of the
lecture meetings, workshops and Study Circles in Mumbai suburbs,
collaborations with local associations especially in non-metro cities,
felicitation programme for new CAs, mobile app and its messaging feature
and job fair in addition to the regular programmes being conducted.
Ease of Reach is sought to be provided through fine tuning of website,
SEO and active social media campaigning for the programmes and
activities of the BCAS and focusing on students’ programmes.

Ease
of Reskilling
is planned to be provided by reinitiating Professional
Accounting Course through active back up of HRD Committee, programmes on
soft skills, digital orientation for senior citizens and short
certification programmes for management skills and other current areas.

What does EASE signify?

EASE
is an acronym for Excellence Achieved by Systemic Empowerment.
Empowerment comes out of Excellence. Excellence is achieved when
Knowledge is backed by an appropriate Skill and applied in the right
context. For the purpose a few systemic improvements may be required to
provide ‘Ease’. The result will Empower people.

You may have a question as to how this is going to be accomplished. The answer is simple.

Visualize,
Virtualize and Actualize and Globalize. All that we need to do is to
visualize, by brainstorming with the think- tanks of the BCAS, the
activities covering the above areas. Next step is to plan how they can
be virtualized so that the benefits can be multilateral. Finally, we
form an action committee to oversee each area of the initiative under
OBs to actualize and globalize it. I am sure a lot could be achieved
with your blessings, cooperation, guidance and most importantly shared
pool of knowledge.

I started my speech with an ode to this great
institution. Let me end my speech also in the same context. We will be
celebrating our 75th year shortly. This is one voluntary institution
that has stood the test of times despite the fact that the Profession
today is passing through interesting times. On one hand there is an
identity crisis while on the other hand there are host of opportunities.
While the enlightened lot is availing themselves of the opportunities
with catalytic support of institutions like BCAS, there are cynics who
proclaim that the CA profession is finished, and nobody can do anything.
In their perception, institutions like BCAS have outlived their
utility. I would like to give fitting reply to those dooms-day seekers
by way of a poem…….The name of the poem is…

And
that is why… that is why Ladies and Gentlemen… that is why… every time I
read this quote by Winston Churchill about great English king Alfred, I
cannot help but relate it to BCAS. With due apologies to Churchill I
have modified it to substitute King Alfred by BCAS. Here is the quote…

“That
sublime ability to rise above the whole force of circumstance, to
remain unbiased by the extremes of success and failure, to persevere in
the teeth of challenges and yet greet returning fortune with a cool eye,
to have faith in its team despite repeated setbacks raises BCAS far above the turmoil of tumultuous setbacks to its pinnacle of deathless
glory”.

With that Ladies and Gentlemen I conclude my acceptance speech seeking your blessings and best wishes for the year ahead.

THE SOCIETY OF TOMORROW

[This essay won the Best Essay Prize at Tarang 2k22 (CA Students Annual Day), organised by BCAS]

Where the mind is without fear,
And the head is held high!

These are the very words that come to my mind when I dream about tomorrow’s society. How would it be? Sustainable, all-encompassing, filled with glad acceptance and eco-friendly! Ah! These are just a few words for the beautiful society of tomorrow.

Let us but retrospect first. Society is not other people, as we often look at it as a distant bird of a different tree. Bursting this bubble and accepting that society is not ‘them’, but it’s ‘us’; it’s made of you and me shall be the first step to improving our lives. As our Bapu, a human with impeccable foresight, had said “Be the change you want to see”. Yes! You and I can make a difference. The butterfly effect is logical, and the ripples of kindness we make in our society shall prove to be big waves for the nation.

The society of tomorrow cares for a clean environment as much as it cares for a clean grid on its Instagram. Because honestly, ‘What are you doing? Why are you even doing it when it is harming the Earth, our true home in the widest of senses’. A society that is conscious about its choices saves water and cycles to work to ensure lesser pollution, does not mindlessly pump factory poison into rivers, carpools and rekindles the joy of candle lights on a rooftop and views stars to relax!

The society of tomorrow is one that knows about being psychologically advanced as much as it knows to be technologically sound. A society that throws away prickly thorns of judgement, hugs change and innovation as if they were the cutest of teddy bears and dances to the rhythm of mutual respect and support. A society that changes its perspective from: “Huh, she’s like that!” To Why is she like that? How can I help? A society that treats mental diseases as simply diseases and not a hullabaloo of whacky thoughts and shame.

Imagine this point of view: The whole society is a safe space. This simple thought makes you breathe a little deeper, smile a little wider and live a little better! A society that has freedom, not just independence, but also free from the humdrum!

The society of tomorrow is free in the true sense, free from opinions and biases and free from fear. As they rightly say – “Duniya Ka Sabse Bada Rog, Kya Kahenge Log.” A society whose subjects don’t shy away from being themselves. Where education and knowledge and kindness and personality reflect a person’s status and not just a façade that social media has created. Superficial beauty standards are broken, and disguised glass ceiling spells are cancelled. Where women support women and life is good. Support and care, invest in skill and ideas and support start-ups they create.

A society of tomorrow is free from politics. I laugh as I write this. I’m sure you laugh as you read this because how can that be? We have all experienced, at least once, the powerplay of powerful individuals. How an influential person bends all rules! How a politician takes and makes bribes! How a common man pays taxes, or shall I say, finances gold biscuits and diamond tiaras for the politicians and their wives. You may ask, how do I still have the guts to say “without” and “politics” in the same lines!? Because I have the bird of hope in my heart, fluttering and singing – Hum Honge Kaamyaab! Today let’s promise that we won’t pay bribes, come what may, not even when the traffic police catches us! Not even when we want to offer our tender! Let us promise to use our voices for good and to raise our voices for the better!

And a society that knows to respect our farmers, the real Annadaata’s, who work relentlessly, be it in scorching heat or pouring rains. So many times, their produce earns next to nothing, yet their love for Mother Earth is priceless. A society that supports fair trade policies and ensures that the farmers get their true and fair share. A society that knows the difference they can make by buying from local businesses instead of multinational brands. A society that supports not just “Make in India” but also “Buy from Indians”.

The society of tomorrow, as I see, is the one that idolises heroes! The true heroes! Indian soldiers, their own fathers and mothers, their teachers. The heroes that truly do heroic acts and add value to life. A society that does not confuse glamour and glitz with genuineness and humility. A society that knows rights comes with duties and does not fear doing hard work for the right things.

My society of tomorrow is not a foreign concept. It’s the innate desire of ‘us’, of ‘you and me’, and the place we would like to call our home. The Sanskrit concept of Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam, to strive for a better tomorrow, not ‘them’ but ‘you and me’ need to start today. Why even call it the Society of Tomorrow when it can be the Society of Today!

Trust me, it’s all about baby steps, and you can start now! Maybe by deciding to assist your house help’s kids, by choosing to carpool, by offering food to stray animals, by choosing to stay with the farmer for a day (Yes, such eco-tourism exists!) instead of lounging at a five-star, by setting up e-payments for that old uncle’s shop, by just being kind, by simply taking accountability, by not blaming the society! Because now you know, society is not them, it is you and me!

Care for your environment, kindness is free!

On your birthday, promise to plant a fruit tree!

Don’t care for wasteful trends, important is your degrees!

Because, an educated person is a wise resident,

For this society of tomorrow.

CORPORATE LAW CORNER PART B : INSOLVENCY AND BANKRUPTCY LAW

5 Vidarbha Industries Power Limited vs.
Axis Bank Limited
Supreme Court of India Civil Appellate Jurisdiction
Civil Appeal No. 4633 of 2021

FACTS
This case is an appeal u/s 62 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016, against a judgment and order dated 2nd March, 2021 passed by the NCLAT, New Delhi in Company Appeal (AT) (Insolvency) No. 117 of 2021, whereby the ld. Tribunal refused to stay the proceedings initiated by the Respondent, Axis Bank Limited, against the appellant for initiation of the Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (CIRP) u/s 7 of the IBC as the Tribunal was of the opinion that the appellant has no justification in stalling the process and seeking a stay of CIRP, which in essence has manifested in blocking the passing of the order of admission of application of the respondent u/s 7 of I&B Code.

QUESTION OF LAW
Is section 7(5)(a) of IBC a mandatory or a discretionary provision?

RULING
In this case, the Adjudicating Authority (NCLT) and the Appellate Tribunal (NCLAT) proceeded on the premise that an application must necessarily be entertained u/s 7(5)(a) of the IBC if a debt existed and the Corporate Debtor was in default of payment of debt. In other words, the Adjudicating Authority (NCLT) found Section 7(5)(a) of the IBC to be mandatory, with which the Appellate Tribunal (NCLAT) agreed since the Adjudicating Authority (NCLT) did not consider the merits of the contention of the Respondent Corporate Debtor. In other words, is the expression ‘may’ to be construed as ‘shall’, having regard to the facts and circumstances of the case?

Even though Section 7(5)(a) of the IBC may confer discretionary power on the Adjudicating Authority, such discretionary power cannot be exercised arbitrarily or capriciously. If the facts and circumstances warrant the exercise of discretion in a particular manner, discretion would have to be exercised in that manner.

The existence of financial debt and a default in payment thereof only gave the financial creditor the right to apply for initiation of CIRP. The Adjudicating Authority (NCLT) was required to apply its mind to the relevant factors, including the feasibility of initiation of CIRP against an electricity generating company that operated under statutory control, the impact of MERC’s appeal pending in this Court, the order of APTEL and the overall financial health and viability of the Corporate Debtor under its existing management.

HELD
In the present case, the Supreme Court has set aside the verdicts of NCLT and NCLAT, refusing to stay the insolvency proceedings sought to be initiated by Axis Bank. The Court held that the power of the NCLT to admit an application for initiation of the CIRP by a financial creditor u/s 7(5)(a) of IBC is discretionary and not mandatory.

THE WIDE NET CAST BY THE STRINGENT ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING LAW – COVERS CORPORATE FRAUDS AND SECURITIES LAWS VIOLATIONS

BACKGROUND
Hardly a week (or less) goes by when we read/hear news about cases being launched under the Prevention of Money-Laundering Act, 2002 (“the Act”) on company promoters/executives, politicians, celebrities, apart from various other groups. Arrests often accompany these. The dreaded Enforcement Directorate (ED) is seen as the lead organisation carrying out such action. This may rightly be seen as strange. It may appear that serious crimes that were seen to be covered by this Act may have been happening regularly, and this does not match with one’s understanding of events generally or even in the specific case if one reads the news report in detail.

More particularly, in the context of the topic of this feature, the situation sounds very surprising since action under this Act is taken for insider trading, stock market price manipulation, corporate frauds, etc. This is in parallel and in addition to the action that SEBI may have initiated.

As one would remember, and this is written right in the preamble of this Act, this law has been enacted pursuant to the fact that our country is part of the UN Political Declaration on this matter. Furthermore, the core focus of this declaration is use of anti-money laundering laws to tackle drug trafficking. This has been extended to money laundering relating to terrorism, armed action against the state and similar very serious and heinous acts. Considering the seriousness of the crime, the powers given to the authorities, as we will see in more detail later herein, are also wide and even peremptory. The punishment is also very severe. The question is whether such powers and punishment should be applied even to relatively far less severe crimes. And more so when there are already provisions in law to punish such crimes. More focus has been made herein on violations of securities laws and corporate laws.

SCHEME OF THE ACT
While a detailed analysis of this law and its background is beyond the scope of this feature, an overview of some relevant provisions is given herein to see the implications to violations of securities laws and corporate laws.

The preamble, as stated earlier, states that the law has been enacted pursuant to the Political Declarations of UN of 1990 and 1998 to the member states. There are several definitions, but the most relevant for this discussion are two. The definition of “scheduled offences” refers to the various offences listed in the Schedule to the Act. The Schedule consists of 3 Parts (A-C), and it is specified that in respect of offences listed in Part B, which consists only of certain offences under the Customs Act, the Act would apply only if the total value involved in such offence is Rs. 1 crore or more. By implication, all the remaining offences do not have any minimum amount for the law to apply.

Then comes the more substantial definition which is “proceeds of crime”. The definition is fairly elaborate but in substance, it covers those properties derived from the scheduled offences or the value of such property. Properties derived even from criminal activities relatable to the scheduled offences are also covered.
 
Section 3 defines what constitutes the offence of money laundering. The section is very widely worded. It covers any activity related to the proceeds of crime and includes its “concealment, possession, acquisition or use and projecting or claiming it as untainted property”. Every person involved in any such activity relating to the proceeds of crime is deemed to have committed the offence of money laundering. While we will not go into more details, suffice here to emphasise that it is very widely worded. To repeat, mere possession of proceeds of crime, is deemed to be money laundering.

Section 4 delves on punishment for money laundering, which is minimum of three years of rigorous imprisonment and can extend to seven/ten years. A fine is also leviable. Note that there are no provisions for the compounding of the offence. No minimum amount needs to be involved (except for the lone exception of specified offences under the Customs Act) for the punishment to be attracted.

There are detailed provisions for attachment, retention and confiscation of the property involved in money laundering.

Then there are provisions on how the guilt of money laundering is determined. There is certain presumption made with respect to records or property found during a survey or a search. There is a presumption that the proceeds of crime are involved in money laundering. The conditions of grant of bail after arrest are stricter than otherwise. It is clarified that “the officers authorised under this Act are empowered to arrest an accused without warrant” subject to the satisfaction of specified conditions.

Finally, the non-obstante provision in Section 71 says that the Act will have effect notwithstanding anything inconsistent contained in any other law.

The above overview should be sufficient to indicate that wide powers are given to authorities, that the crimes are defined widely, that there is almost a ‘presumed guilty’ unless proven innocent stance in the law, and finally, the punishment is very stringent and unforgiving.

Now let us see what are the scheduled offences, i.e. the offences in respect of which properties are derived from are deemed to be “proceeds of crime” and the money laundering in respect of which is then punishable under law. While the Schedule is very long, the focus here is on offences under securities laws and certain corporate laws.

SCHEDULED OFFENCES
The Schedule to the Act lists down, in three parts, the offences that are deemed to be scheduled offences. To reiterate, the properties derived from such offences are deemed to be proceeds of crime. Money laundering, which includes mere possession apart from concealment and even use, would be in respect of such proceeds of crime. For example, paragraph 2 of Part A deals with various offences under the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985. The property derived from such offences would be proceeds of crime, and their concealment, use, possession, etc., are treated as money laundering and punishable under the Act.

The Schedule contains many other offences. There are offences relating to terrorism and also under the Arms Act. Several offences under the Indian Penal Code are covered. But many relatively lesser serious crimes are covered, such as those under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, Prevention of Corruption Act, Trademarks Act, etc.

However, let us specifically reproduce those offences under the securities/corporate laws, which we can focus on in a little more detail. These are as follows:

1. Section 447 of the Companies Act, 2013 dealing with frauds.

2. Section 12A (r.w.s. 24) of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992, dealing with manipulative and deceptive devices, insider trading and substantial acquisition of securities and control.

While it may appear that only two offences are covered, a closer look at the provisions shows that the list of acts contained in these provisions may be much wider.

Section 447 deals with acts of various kinds in relation to a company that are deemed to be fraud and that, provided that the fraud is of at least a minimum amount, are severely punishable. This provision is wide enough. But it is also seen that several other provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 deem certain other acts to be fraud for the purposes of Section 447. Furnishing of false or incorrect particulars or suppression of material information in relation to the registration of a company is liable for action u/s 447. Misstatements of the specified kind in a prospectus, Section 34 states, is liable for action u/s 447. Then there are Section 448 false statements, etc. in returns, reports, certificates, etc., under the Act or rules made thereunder are liable for punishment u/s 447. There are several such other provisions. There could be two views on whether these other provisions which make respective acts/omissions liable u/s 447 can be deemed to be also offences u/s 447 and hence become a scheduled offence for the purposes of the Act on money laundering.

But Section 12A of the SEBI Act lists several acts in the section itself. Various forms of manipulative and fraudulent acts, insider trading, etc., are covered. Section 12A(a) states that the various manipulative and other acts that are in contravention of the Act or even the ‘rules or the regulations made there under’ are covered. The regulations contain offences of a very wide range. Similar is the case of insider trading. These regulations could apply not just to listed companies and intermediaries but practically every person associated with the capital market.

What is more interesting is that the acquisition of control or securities more than the specified percentage of equity share capital are also covered. The SEBI (SAST) Regulations specify various percentage which include 2%, 5%, 25%, etc.

Thus, a wide range of corporate and securities law violations are covered. Dealing with the proceeds of crime from such violations would amount to money laundering and would result in the heavy hand of the law coming down on them. Now let us consider how these provisions could apply to such offences under securities/corporate laws.

APPLICATION TO SECURITIES/CORPORATE LAWS AND CONCERNS
As discussed, a wide variety of violations under the SEBI Act and the Companies Act, 2013 have been included as scheduled offences. Some questions and concerns arise as to their application.

The punishment under the Act would be over and above the penal action under the respective SEBI Act and the Companies Act. For example, a fraud u/s 447 would be punished (and quite severely at that) under that section as also under the Act. This also applies to all the other violations.

A question may arise whether this amounts to punishing the same offence twice? As a matter of principle, it is not. For example, insider trading is a contravention under the SEBI Act read with the relevant SEBI Regulations. However, when it comes to money laundering, it is about the act of concealment of the property, projecting or claiming the property as untainted, etc. So, strictly viewed, these are two different offences. However, in reality, the line is very thin and perhaps non-existent under most circumstances.

Take an example of an inside trader. Mr. A, using unpublished price-sensitive information (UPSI), deals in securities and makes profits of, say, Rs. 10 lakhs. This makes him liable for penal and other actions under the SEBI Act, which action may include disgorgement of the profits made, penalty, debarment and even prosecution. However, the Rs. 10 lakhs profits are also the proceeds of crime. And owing to the wide wording of the offence of money laundering, mere fact of possessing such profits, without doing anything further would make him liable under the Act. Even its use is deemed to be money laundering.

The same concern arises in the case of, say, price manipulation and making profits therefrom. SEBI would act against such persons in various ways, but the mere fact of possessing or using such profits makes him liable under the Act too.

Curiously, acquisition of shares beyond specified limits and acquisition of control of a listed company is also a scheduled offence. It is often difficult to ascertain the gains, if any, on the acquisition of shares beyond specified limits. In case of acquisition of control or takeover, the person who violates the requirement of open offer avoids acquiring the specified percentage of shares at the specified price, and hence there is ostensible gain.

The question still remains. When the person is already punished for committing the original offence, should the same be also punished under the Act? This question indeed applies to the numerous other scheduled offences, which too are relatively of lesser seriousness than, say, drug trafficking and terrorism.

Arguably, the intention of the law against money laundering is to ‘follow the money’ and punish those who hide proceeds of crime or convert them into untainted money and those who help them in the process. But the fact the definition of money laundering is widely worded, the fact that the scheduled offences now cover a wide variety of violations and also the fact that the authorities are given very wide powers, and punishment is very serious, makes the law near draconian, it is submitted. Such a fear factor can only inhibit business activity. Also, the authority’s resources get diluted and spread over instead of focussing on very serious crimes. It is time that the law is taken a close second look and rewritten.

BEQUESTS AND LEGACIES UNDER WILLS – PART I

MEANING
A bequest may be defined as the property / benefits which flow under the Will from the testator’s estate to the beneficiary. A legacy also has the same meaning. Thus, they are a gift of a personal estate under a Will. Interestingly, while these terms are used extensively in the Indian Succession Act, 1925 (which governs the making of Wills in India), neither has been defined under this Act. Since making a Will is all about making a bequest or a legacy, it is important to understand the principles regarding a valid bequest, the time when it vests, etc.

VOID BEQUESTS

Although a testator can bequeath his property in any manner whatsoever, certain bequests are treated as void under the Indian Succession Act. This is to prevent an embargo upon the free circulation of property. These bequests are as follows:

(a) A bequest made to a person of a particular description who is not in existence at the time of the testator’s death. E.g., A bequeaths land to B’s eldest son. At A’s death, B has no son. The bequest is void subject to certain exceptions to this rule.

(b) A bequest made to a person not in existence at the time of the testator’s death subject to a prior bequest contained in the will. In such cases, the latter bequest would be void unless it comprises the whole of the remaining interest of the testator in the property bequeathed. E.g., X bequeaths property to B for life and after B’s death to B’s son for life. At the time of X’s death, B has no son. The bequest made to B’s son for life is not for the whole interest that remains with X. Hence, the bequest to B’s son is void.

It needs to be noted that a bequest would be void only if all the following conditions are satisfied:

(i) A prior life-interest bequest is created in favour of a person;

(ii) After the life-interest, another interest is created in favour of some other person;

(iii) That other person is not in existence at the time of the testator’s death; and

(iv) Such interest created in favour of the unborn person is not the entire remainder interest of the testator.

Thus, if any of the four conditions is not satisfied, then the bequest remains valid. For instance, if in the above illustration, B has a son at the time of X’s death, then the life-interest bequest in his favour is valid.

(c) One of the situations where a bequest is void is known as the rule against perpetuity which is almost similar to s.14 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882. A bequest made whereby the vesting of the property is delayed beyond the lifetime of one or more persons living at the testator’s death and the minority of some person who shall be in existence at the expiration of that period, and to whom if he attains full age, the thing bequeathed is to belong. E.g., a property is bequeathed to A for his life and after his death to B for his life; and after B’s death to such of B’s sons who shall first attain 25 years of age. A and B survive the testator. The son of B who attains 25 years may be a son born after the testator’s death, and he may not attain 25 years till more than 18 years have passed from the death of longer liver of A and B. Thus, the vesting is delayed beyond the lifetime of A and B and the minority of the sons of B. The bequest made after B’s death is void.     

(d) Where a bequest is made in favour of a class of persons and the bequest to some of the legatees is hit by the conditions specified in (b) and (c) above, then the remaining legatees would not be hit by such void conditions.

(e) If a bequest in favour of someone is void because of the conditions specified in (b) and (c) above, then any bequest contained in the same Will and which is intended to take effect upon the failure of such prior bequest would also be void. E.g., a property is bequeathed to X for his life and after his death to B for his life; and after B’s death to such of B’s sons for life who shall first attain 25 years of age and after that, to all the children of that son. Since the bequest in favour of B’s son is hit by the rule of perpetuity and hence, is void, the subsequent bequest in favour of his children is also void.

(f) A Will cannot give a direction for the accumulation of the income from a property of the testator for a period longer than eighteen years. If it contains any such direction, then at the end of eighteen years, it would be treated as if there is no such direction, and the property and the income would be disposed of. The exception to this rule is applicable for an accumulation made for the following purposes:

(i) The payment of the debts of the testator or any person who takes an interest under the Will; or

(ii) The provision of portions for the children of the testator or any person who takes an interest under the Will; or

(iii) The preservation or the maintenance of any property bequeathed.

(g) One of the interesting situations, when a bequest would be void, is a case of a bequest for charitable or religious uses. If any person, who is not a Parsi, has a nephew or a niece or any nearer relative, then he does not have any power to bequeath his property for religious or charitable uses, except under certain conditions. Thus, this provision seeks to prohibit people with close relations from bequeathing all their property to charity unless a prescribed procedure is followed.

VESTING OF LEGACIES
    
The Act also contains specific provisions in relation to the time of the vesting of the legacies. These are as under:

(a) Vested Interest: There may be situations where the possession of a legacy is postponed for certain time. In such cases, unless the Will demonstrates a contrary indication, the vesting of the bequest is immediate upon the testator’s death, although its possession or payment may be postponed. The consequence of this vesting is that even if the legatee dies without receiving the bequest, his estate would be entitled to receive the bequest. This is known as a vested interest in a legacy.

In the case of a bequest made to a class of people of a certain age, only those persons who have attained that age can claim a vested interest. E.g., if a will provides for a bequest to all persons above the age of 21, then only those persons who are above 21 have a vested interest.

(b) Contingent Interest: A contingent interest is the opposite of a vested interest. In the case of a vested interest, only the possession of the legacy is postponed, but in the case of a contingent interest, the legacy itself is in doubt, i.e., it may or may not come to the legatee. Thus, in a vested interest, the vesting is unconditional, while in a contingent interest, it is dependent upon the fulfilment of a future uncertain condition.

CONDITIONAL BEQUESTS

Conditional bequests are those bequests which take effect only if certain conditions are fulfilled. Conditional bequests should be distinguished from contingent bequests. While contingent bequests are dependent upon the happening of some events, conditional bequests require the doing or abstinence from doing certain acts.

Conditions may be of two types: conditions precedent and conditions subsequent. While conditions precedent must be fulfilled prior to the vesting of the estate, the conditions subsequent can be fulfilled even after the vesting of the estate. If the conditions are not satisfied, then the vested estate is divested. Thus, in the first case, the estate does not vest itself till compliance with the condition, while in the second case, the estate vests immediately till such time as the condition is broken, after which it is divested. The rules in relation to conditional bequests are as under:

(a) Condition Precedent

(i) A bequest conditional upon an impossible condition is void. E.g., A makes a bequest to P provided he marries his (A’s) daughter S. S is dead at the time of making the will. The bequest is void ab initio as the condition is impossible to be fulfilled. Thus, if a condition precedent is impossible to be fulfilled, then the bequest is void.

(ii) If the condition precedent is either illegal or immoral, then it results in a void bequest. E.g., A leaves Rs. 10 lakhs to C under a will if C robs a bank. The condition precedent is illegal, and hence, the bequest is void.

(iii) In the case of a condition precedent, if the condition is substantially complied with, then the condition is treated as complied with. E.g., S bequeaths Rs. 1 crore to W provided he marries with the prior consent of all his 4 uncles. At the time of W’s marriage, only 3 uncles are alive, whose consent W obtains. The condition is substantially complied. The bequest is valid.

However, if there is a condition precedent and if it is provided that in case the condition is not complied with, the property passes over to another beneficiary, then the condition must be complied with strictly.

(iv) If a bequest is made to a beneficiary only if a prior bequest fails, then the latter bequest takes effect upon failure of the prior bequest even if the failure was not in the manner contemplated by the will. E.g., A makes a bequest to C if she remains unmarried forever, and if she marries, then the bequest would go to X. If C dies unmarried, the bequest to X takes effect.

However, if the latter bequest is only made if the former bequest fails in a particular manner, then the latter bequest does not take effect unless the prior bequest fails in the manner specified.

(v) Where a particular time has been prescribed for the performance of the condition and the same cannot be fulfilled in time due to a fraud, then further time would be allowed to make up for the time lost due to the fraud.        

(b) Condition Subsequent

(i) A bequest may be made to any person with the condition superadded that in case of a specified uncertain event occurring or a specified uncertain event not occurring, the bequest shall go to another person. E.g., a sum of money is bequeathed to C with the condition that if he dies before he attains the age of 40 years, then B will get the estate. In this case, C takes a vested interest which may be divested and given to B in the event that he dies before 40 years. However, in such a case, the condition must be strictly fulfilled; it is not adequate if the condition is substantially complied with. Thus, unlike a condition precedent which is deemed to have been complied with if substantially complied with, a condition subsequent must be strictly complied with in the manner laid down. This is because it divests an already vested interest and hence, deprives a legatee of an estate that he was hitherto enjoying. E.g., a bequest is made to B with the condition superadded that if he does not marry with the consent of all his brothers, the legacy would go to X. B marries with the consent of 3 of his 4 brothers. The legacy to X does not take effect.

(ii) In the case of a condition precedent, if the condition is void on the grounds of illegality or immorality or impossibility, then the bequest itself fails. However, in the case of a condition subsequent, if the condition is void on any of these grounds, then the original bequest does not fail, and it continues. E.g., A gets a bequest with the condition that if he does not murder C, then the legacy would go to P. The condition is void, but the bequest continues.

(iii) One type of a condition subsequent could be a condition requiring a legatee to do something after receiving the bequest, failing which the bequest passes on to another person or the bequest ceases to have effect. However, in many cases, no specific time is specified for performing the act. In such cases, if the legatee takes any steps which either render the act impossible to be performed or indefinitely postpones the act, then the legacy would fail as if the legatee had died without performing the act in question. Thus, the act must be completed within a reasonable time. What is a reasonable time is a matter of fact which needs to be ascertained on a case-to-case basis. E.g., A makes a bequest to his niece W with a proviso that her husband would look after his business or else the bequest would go to his nephew X. W becomes a nun and thereby takes a step which renders the act impossible. The bequest goes over to X.

(iv) Where a particular time has been prescribed for the performance of the condition and the same cannot be fulfilled in time due to a fraud, then further time would be allowed to make up for the time lost due to the fraud.
         
DIRECTIONS AS TO APPLICATION / ENJOYMENT

There may be bequests which lay down specific directions as to the application or the enjoyment of the fund bequeathed. Such conditions restrict the free usage of the estate bequeathed and thereby act as a clog on the property. Hence, the Act lays down certain prohibitions and certain exceptions relating to such restrictive directions in a Will. The provisions in respect of directions as to application and enjoyment of an estate are as follows:

(a) If assets are bequeathed for the absolute benefit of a person but it contains restrictions on the manner in which it can be applied or enjoyed, then the condition is void, and the legatee can enjoy the fund as if there was no such condition. However, for the restriction to be void, it is necessary that the legatee is absolutely entitled to enjoy the property. If the interest created is not absolute, then the condition is valid. For instance, a father bequeaths a large sum of money to his son, which is to be used only for his business. The son buys a house from the money. He is entitled to disregard the restrictive condition. However, if the bequest is not absolute, say, it is a life-interest, then the condition would be valid.

(b) If a testator leaves a bequest absolutely to the legatees but restricts the mode of enjoyment or application of the property in a certain manner which is for the specific benefit of the legatees, and if the legatee is not able to obtain such a benefit, then the estate belongs to the legatee as if the fund contained no such direction. E.g., A gives a fund to his son for life and after him to his son. The son dies without a child. His heirs are entitled to the fund.

(c) If a bequest has been made which is not absolute in nature and is for a specific purpose, but some of those purposes cannot be fulfilled, then such portion of the fund would remain a part of the testator’s estate. This provision applies only when the interest is not absolute but is, say, a life-interest.

[To be Continued Next Month]

Author’s Note: This month marks the 20th Year of this Feature, ‘Laws and Business’, that started in September, 2002 as an experiment to educate readers about certain laws impacting a business. I have thoroughly enjoyed exploring the labyrinth of Indian laws and regulations, and I hope the readers also have!

QUAGMIRE OF EMPLOYER – EMPLOYEE RELATIONSHIP

UNDERSTANDING THE DISPUTE
In a landmark decision, the Larger Bench of the Hon’ble Supreme Court has dealt with the issue of taxability of secondment transactions under service tax in the case of Commissioner vs. Northern Operating Systems Private Limited (NOS) [2022-VIL-31-SC-GST].

The brief facts of the case were that NOS is a company incorporated in India to provide various back-office support services to its group companies across the globe on a cost-plus basis, for which separate agreements are also entered into. In the course of providing the said services, NOS requests its group company to “second” skilled managerial and technical personnel to assist in NOS’s business activities under a secondment agreement entered into with its foreign group companies. This is a separate agreement between the two parties, important terms of which are summarised below (as referred to in the judgment):

a.    Upon request from NOS, the foreign group company shall select employees who possess the expertise required by NOS based on the description of skills and competencies required by NOS.

b.    Foreign group company shall second the employees to NOS for the time period.

c.    The employees seconded to NOS shall continue to be remunerated through the payroll of foreign group company only for the continuation of social security, retirement and health benefits. However, for all practical purposes, NOS shall be the employer.

d.    Foreign group company shall ensure that during the secondment period, the employee shall act in accordance with the instructions and directions of NOS and devote their time, attention and skills to the duties of their secondment.

e.    The seconded employees shall be reportable and responsible to NOS, and all the responsibility and risk for work undertaken by the employees shall remain with NOS during the secondment period.

f.    NOS shall have the right at any time to approve or reject the employee selected for secondment and to request the foreign group company the replacement of any employees who, in their opinion, are not qualified or do not meet the necessary requirements to fulfil their secondment.

g.    During the period of secondment, the terms and conditions of employment between the foreign group company and the seconded employee shall cease to be in force, and the terms and conditions, as stated in the employment agreement, between the employees and NOS will remain in force.

The consideration clause of the above agreement is equally important. Apart from specifically mentioning that during the secondment period, the role of the foreign group company shall be restricted to that of a payroll service provider only, it requires NOS to reimburse foreign group company the following amounts:

a.    All remuneration of employees, including but not limited to salary, incentives and employment benefits paid by the foreign group company.

b.    All out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the seconded employees and reimbursed by the foreign group company, including but not limited to business travel expenses and other miscellaneous expenses directly related to the secondment of the employee.

c.    In addition, NOS shall also pay the administrative cost to the foreign group company, which shall be 1% of actual costs incurred.

NOS believed that an employer – employee relationship existed with the seconded employees, and NOS exercised control over them. The employees also devoted all their time and efforts under the direction of the assessee and their remuneration was also fixed by NOS.

Further, NOS was also of the opinion that the above activity could be taxed under ‘manpower supply services’ only if the same was provided by a manpower recruitment or supply agency, which the foreign group company was not. They were engaged in providing personal financial services and corporate and institutional services along with investment products. Therefore, the foreign group company could not be considered a ‘manpower supply agency’.

Therefore, the reimbursement made to the foreign group company, to the extent of payroll costs and OPE reimbursement, was not a ‘manpower supply service’ (upto June, 2012) and a service (post July, 2012), and therefore, there was no liability to pay service tax under the reverse charge mechanism.

The above view was supported by the following decisions of the CESTAT, affirmed by the High Court on a couple of occasions:

a.    In Arvind Mills Ltd. vs. CST, Ahmedabad [2014 (34) STR 610 (Tri. – Ahmd.)], the Tribunal had set aside the demand of service tax on employee cost recovery from domestic group companies on the grounds that the assessee was not a ‘manpower supply agency’. This view was affirmed by the HC in 2014 (35) STR 496 (Guj), wherein the HC not only upheld the Tribunals’ view that the assessee was not a manpower supply agent to be liable to pay service tax, it also held that the deputation was in the interest of the assessee and they did not exclusively work under the direction or supervision or control of the subsidiary. Further, the HC also observed that since the actual cost incurred was recovered from the group companies, there was no profit element or financial benefit.

b.    In a case involving similar facts where the salary to seconded employees was paid by the foreign company, the Tribunal had in the case of Volkswagen India (Pvt.) Ltd. vs. CCE, Pune [2014 (34) STR 135 (Tri.-Mum.)] held that in such cases also, the seconded employees were working as employees and an employer – employee relationship existed, and therefore, there was no liability to pay tax under reverse charge. An appeal filed against this decision was dismissed by the Supreme Court, though not on merits, but on non-condonable delay, as reported in 2016 (42) STR J145 (SC).

c.    The Delhi Bench of Tribunal has in the case of Computer Science Corporation India Pvt. Ltd. vs. CST, Noida [2014 (35) STR 0094 (Tri. – Del.)] held that no service tax was liable even in cases where the salary was paid directly to the seconded employees and only the social welfare expenses incurred by the foreign company were reimbursed to the foreign company. This decision was also upheld by the Allahabad HC as reported in 2015 (037) STR 0062 (All).

d.    The Tribunal again in Nissin Brake India Pvt. Ltd. vs. CCE, Jaipur [2019 (24) GSTL 563 (Tri. – Del.)] again dealt with a similar issue. In this case, the Tribunal held that merely because the payment of salary and perks was made by the foreign company would not alter the fact that an employer – employee relationship existed between the seconded employee and the domestic employer. An appeal filed against this decision has also been dismissed by the Supreme Court on grounds that the same was without any merits as reported in 2019 (24) GSTL J171 (SC).

e.    In Ivanhoe Cambridge Investment Advisory (India) Private Limited vs. CST, Delhi [2019 (21) GSTL 553 (Tri. – Del.)], the Tribunal dealt with the levy of service tax under RCM in a transaction involving cross-border secondment where the seconded employees were paid the salary by the domestic company. In this case, the Tribunal held that there was an employer – employee relationship between the domestic company (assessee) and the seconded employee, and therefore, no service tax was payable under reverse charge. An appeal against this decision is pending before the Supreme Court.

CESTATS’ TAKE ON THE ABOVE ARRANGEMENT
This matter first reached before the Hon’ble CESTAT, Bangalore, wherein vide judgment reported in 2021 (52) GSTL 292 (Tri. – Bang.), the Tribunal allowed their appeal on the following grounds:

  • There existed an employer – employee relationship between NOS and the seconded employee. The Tribunal relied on its decision in the case of Honeywell Technology Solutions Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commissioner [2020-TIOL-1277-CESTAT-BANG.].

  • The method of disbursement of salary cannot determine the nature of the transaction, as held in Volkswagen India Pvt. Ltd. vs. CCE, Pune-I [2014 (34) STR 135 (Tri. – Mumbai)] and upheld 2016 (42) STR J145 (SC). In this case, facts were similar as the salary to the seconded employees was paid by the foreign company and reimbursed by the assessee.

  • The Tribunal also relied on the decision in the case of Computer Sciences Corporation India Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Service Tax, Noida [2014 (35) STR 94 (Tri. – Del.)] and affirmed in [2015 (37) STR 62 (All.)].

  • The Tribunal also followed the decision of Gujarat HC in the case of Arvind Mills Ltd. [2014 (35) STR 496 (Guj.)], wherein the Court has held that even if the actual cost incurred by the appellant in terms of salary remuneration and perquisites is only reimbursed by group companies, there remains no element of profit or finance benefit. The arrangement is that of the continuous control and the direction of the company to whom the holding company has deputed the employee, and such an arrangement is out of the ambit to be termed ‘manpower supply service’.

REVENUE APPEAL AGAINST SUPREME COURT DECISION
Being aggrieved by the above Tribunal Order, the Revenue had preferred an appeal before the Supreme Court. The primary ground raised by the Revenue was that the conclusion of the Tribunal that there existed an employer – employee relationship merely because the domestic company exercised control over the seconded employees was erroneous. They highlighted on various decisions wherein it has been held that the existence of control is not the conclusive factor in determining whether an employer – employee relationship exists or not, key being the decision in the case of Silver Jubilee Tailoring House vs. Chief Inspector of Shops & Establishments [1974 (1) SCR 747] and the recent decision in the case of Sushilaben Indravadan Gandhi vs. New India Assurance Co Ltd [(2021) 7 SCC 151].

The Revenue further emphasised the fact that the terms of the secondment were also decided by the foreign company, including salary, allowances, the duration of secondment, etc., and that upon completion of the assignment, the seconded employees were to revert to their original positions in the parent company. Therefore, the control, if any of NOS was for a very limited period which also did not enable NOS to take actions against the seconded employee, if it was unsatisfied with his/ her performance. The only recourse available with NOS in such a case was to terminate the secondment of such employees who would return to their original positions upon termination. In view of the same, the Revenue concluded its argument that the entire transaction of secondment agreement was to provide service by the foreign company to NOS and therefore, it was a taxable service.

COUNTER SUBMISSION ON BEHALF OF NOS
The position of law, prior to June, 2012 and post July, 2012 as well was the same. The category of supply of manpower by an agency covers those cases where the manpower so supplied comes under the direction and control of the recipient without contractual employment, a view clarified by CBIC vide circulars B1/6/2005-TRU dated 27th July, 2005 and Master Circular No. 96/7/2007-ST dated 23rd August, 2007. It was also reiterated that the intention of the legislature, not only in India but also globally was to not levy indirect tax on employer – employee relationship.

It was also argued that an employer – employee relationship existed between NOS and the seconded employees on account of the following:

  • The seconded personnel are contractually hired as NOS’s employees.
  • Control over them is exercised by NOS.
  • The employees devote their time and effort exclusively to NOS, under the direction of NOS.
  • The remuneration of employees is also fixed by NOS.
  • The employees are required to report to NOS’s designated offices and are accountable to NOS.

The various decisions of the Tribunals on a similar issue were relied upon. Emphasis was placed on the decisions of the Tribunal in the case of Nissin Brake and Volkswagen India, revenue appeals against which were dismissed by the SC.

It was also argued that the foreign group company were not in the business of supply of manpower and, therefore, cannot be considered a ‘manpower supply agency’.

The following alternate arguments were also raised:

  • The salary costs were reimbursed to foreign group company, and therefore, relying on the decision in the case of UOI vs. Intercontinental Consultants & Technocrats Private Limited [2018 (10) GSTL 401 (SC)], the amounts reimbursed as salary cost was to be excluded from the gross value of taxable services provided.

  • The ground of revenue neutrality was also raised, and reliance was placed on the decision in the case of SRF Ltd. vs. Commissioner [2016 (331) ELT A138 SC] and CCE vs. Coca Cola India Private Limited [2007 (213) ELT 490 (SC)]. It was highlighted that if the tax was paid under reverse charge, they would have been eligible to claim as CENVAT credit and, further, claim the same as a refund.

SUPREME COURT DECISION
The Supreme Court has summarized the issue to determine who should be reckoned as the employer of the seconded employee? While doing so, the Court has resorted to a co-joint reading of the two agreements between NOS and the foreign group company to discern the true nature of the relationship between the seconded employees and the assessee, and the nature of service provided by the foreign group company to NOS.

In determining this question, the Court has first referred to the decision in the case of Director Income Tax vs. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc [(2007) 7 SCC 1]. The Court has also referred to the decision in the case of Commissioner of Income Tax vs. Eli Lily & Co India Pvt. Ltd. [(2009) 15 SCC].

The Court has then referred to various decisions which dealt with the issue of determining whether an employer – employee relationship existed or not in the following order:

  • Firstly, the Court has referred to the decision in the case of Dharangadhara Chemical Works Ltd. State of Saurashtra [1957 SCR 158], wherein the Supreme Court has held that it was well settled that the prima facie test of such relationship was the existence of the right in the employer not merely to direct what work was to be done but also to control the manner in which it was to be done, the nature or extent of such control varying in different industries and being by its nature, incapable of being precisely defined. The correct approach, therefore, was to consider whether, having regard to the nature of the work, was there due control and supervision of the employer or not?

  • The Court then referred to the decision in the case of D C Dewan Mohideen Sahib & Sons vs. Secretary, United Beedi Workers Union [1964 (7) SCR 646] in a matter pertaining to the applicability of Factories Act, 1948 as the decision where the control test was diluted by the Courts while determining the existence of employer – employee relationship.

  • The Court has then referred to the decision in the case of Silver Jubilee Tailoring House vs. Chief Inspector of Shops & Establishments [1974 (1) SCR 747], wherein the Court has diluted the applicability of the test of control while determining the existence of employer-employee relationship and held that it cannot be used as a conclusive factor while deciding on the same.

  • The Court then referred to its recent decision in the case of Sushilaben Indravadan Gandhi vs. New India Assurance Co Ltd [(2021) 7 SCC 151], wherein the decision in the case of Silver Jubilee was reiterated, and it was held that the test of control was not a determining factor for employer-employee relationship and referred to the Courts’ observations at para 24 to this effect.

Basis this, the Court has arrived at a conclusion that the control test is not the decisive factor for employer – employee relationship and proceeded to determine if the foreign group company has provided any services to NOS.

The Court has then proceeded to analyse all the agreements in totality by concluding that an overall reading of the agreement and its effect is to be seen by the Courts. This means that the two agreements between NOS and the foreign group company, i.e., the service agreement and the secondment agreement, are read collectively while determining the nature of the transaction in the secondment agreement. The Court has, thereafter, concluded that the foreign group company has a pool of highly skilled employees at their disposal and are seconded to the group companies for the use of their skills. This deployment is in relation to the business of the foreign group company. Lastly, the Court has held that there is a quid pro quo in the secondment agreement, wherein NOS has received the benefit of experts for a limited period for a consideration being paid to the foreign group company in the form of reimbursement.

The Court also rejected the reliance placed on the decisions in the case of Volkswagen India (where revenue appeal on a similar issue was rejected) and SRF Limited (on revenue neutrality) on the grounds that there was no independent reasoning in this judgment and therefore, the same had no precedential value. The Court has, however, held that the extended period of limitation was not invocable in this case as there was a substantial question of law involved.

IMPORTANT POINTS EMANATING FROM THE JUDGMENT

Implications on reading multiple agreements jointly

The decision very succinctly brings out the journey of factors which needs to be looked into while determining the existence of an employer – employee relationship. It also explains the need to look into the agreements as a whole, and at times, the need to read the agreements together to determine the intention of the transacting parties. However, such an approach may have a direct bearing on the recent decision of the Gujarat HC in the case of Munjaal Manish Bhatt vs. Union of India [2022-TIOL-663-HC-AHM-GST], wherein the HC had refused to link two separate agreements, one for sale of developed land and another for construction of bungalow on the said land and held that only the later was to be included for the purpose of determining the value of supply.

Dual employment: Which contract is superior?

However, when one looks into the intention of the parties, it is apparent that this is a case where NOS intended to use the services of employees employed by foreign group company and therefore, the flow of contract somewhere stood as under:

1)    Employment contract between the the foreign group company and the employee.

2)    Letter of secondment to be issued by foreign group company to its employee selected for secondment.

3)    Letter of Understanding between NOS and the seconded employee.

The above events occur sequentially and if the agreement at 1 fails, the resultant agreements also become void. In other words, though the seconded employee would be under dual employment, his agreement with the foreign group company always remains superior as compared to the agreement with NOS, which was more of a nature of understanding with the seconded employee of the terms of the secondment. An important point which also needs to be kept in mind is that NOS had no right to dismiss an employee. The only right available with NOS was to terminate the secondment, which would mean that the employee would revert to the foreign group company, his original and perhaps, the full-time employer. More importantly, even in the event of misconduct of an employee, this is the only recourse which would have been available with NOS. The right to fire the employee would vest only with the foreign group company.

Morgan Stanley case

The SC has in this judgment relied on the decision in the case of Morgan Stanley, though in the context of Income-tax, wherein it has been held as under:

15. As regards the question of deputation, we are of the view that an employee of MSCo when deputed to MSAS does not become an employee of MSAS. A deputationist has a lien on his employment with MSCo. As long as the lien remains with the MSCo the said company retains control over the deputationist’s terms and employment. The concept of a service PE finds place in the U.N. Convention. It is constituted if the multinational enterprise renders services through its employees in India provided the services are rendered for a specified period. In this case, it extends to two years on the request of MSAS. It is important to note that where the activities of the multinational enterprise entails it being responsible for the work of deputationists and the employees continue to be on the payroll of the multinational enterprise or they continue to have their lien on their jobs with the multinational enterprise, a service PE can emerge. Applying the above tests to the facts of this case we find that on request/requisition from MSAS the applicant deputes its staff. The request comes from MSAS depending upon its requirement. Generally, occasions do arise when MSAS needs the expertise of the staff of MSCo. In such circumstances, generally, MSAS makes a request to MSCo. A deputationist under such circumstances is expected to be experienced in banking and finance. On completion of his tenure he is repatriated to his parent job. He retains his lien when he comes to India. He lends his experience to MSAS in India as an employee of MSCo as he retains his lien and in that sense there is a service PE (MSAS) under Article 5(2)(l). We find no infirmity in the ruling of the ARR on this aspect. In the above situation, MSCo is rendering services through its employees to MSAS. Therefore, the Department is right in its contention that under the above situation there exists a Service PE in India (MSAS). Accordingly, the civil appeal filed by the Department stands partly allowed.

(emphasis added)

The above decision was followed by the Delhi HC in the case of Centrica India Offshore Private Limited vs. Commissioner of Income Tax [W.P. (C) No. 6807/2012], wherein it has been held as under:

35. The concept of a legal and economic employer, as considered by Vogel (relied upon by CIOP), is when “a local employer wishing to employ foreign labour for one or more periods of less than 183 days recruits through an intermediary established abroad who purports to be the employer and hires the labour out to the employer.” In this case, the temporal element of the three-way employment relationship is crucial. The secondees were – originally – employees of the overseas entities. They were not hired by that entity as a false façade, whose productivity is to be ultimately traced to CIOP. Rather, the secondees were regular employees of the overseas entities. There is no dispute with this fact. They have only been seconded or transferred for a limited period of time to another organization, CIOP, in order to utilize their technical expertise in the latter. The secondment agreement between CIOP and the overseas entity, and the agreement WP(C) No. 6807/2012 Page 41 between CIOP and the employees, envisages an end to this exception, and a return to the usual state of affairs, when the secondees return to the overseas entities. The employment relationship between the secondee and the overseas organization is at no point terminated, nor is CIOP given any authority to even modify that relationship. The attachment of the secondees to the overseas organization is not fraudulent or even fleeting, but rather, permanent, especially in comparison to CIOP, which is admittedly only their temporary home. Today, CIOP attempts to cast that employment relationship as a tenuous link because, for the duration of the secondment, CIOP pays the salary of these. Even here, the salary is ultimately paid through the overseas entity, which is not a mere conduit. Crucially, the social security, emoluments, additional benefits etc. provided by the overseas entity to the secondee, and more generally, its employees, still govern the secondee in its relationship with CIOP. It would be incongruous to wish away the employment relationship, as CIOP seeks to do today, in the face of such strong linkages. Whilst CIOP may have operational control over these persons in terms of the daily work, and may be responsible (in terms of the agreement) for their failures, these limited and sparse factors cannot displace the larger and established context of employment abroad.

The SLP against the above decision was dismissed by the Supreme Court. It, therefore, appears that the Supreme Court has already settled the dispute in the context of secondment transactions that there does not exist an employer – employee relationship between the domestic company and the seconded employee, but rather it is a contract for service between the foreign company and the domestic company.

Interestingly, very recently (after the decision in the case of NOS was pronounced), the Karnataka HC has in the case of Flipkart Internet Private Limited vs. Dy. Commissioner of Income Tax [2022-VIL-156-KAR-DT] dealing with secondment transactions, held as under:

37. Accordingly, the findings in the impugned order and the conclusion regarding the employer-employee relationship is based on a wrong premise and is liable to be set aside. As observed by this Court in Director of Income Tax (International Taxation) vs. Abbey Business Services India (P.) Ltd.((2020) 122 Taxmann.Com 174 (Kar)), “it is also pertinent to note that the Secondment Agreement constitutes an independent contract of services in respect of employment with assessee.” Hence, the DCIT in the impugned order has missed this aspect of the matter and has proceeded to consider the aspect of rendering of service as to whether it was ‘FIS’.

(emphasis added)

In this case, the HC has distinguished the NOS judgment as under:

(x) It needs to be noted that the judgment rendered was in the context of service tax and the only question for determination was as to whether supply of manpower was covered under the taxable service and was to be treated as a service provided by a Foreign Company to an Indian Company. But in the present case, the legal requirement requires a finding to be recorded to treat a service as ‘FIS’ which is “make available” to the Indian Company.

It, therefore, remains to be seen if the decision in Flipkart survives before the Supreme Court or not on appeal, if preferred by the Revenue.

Valuation: Does pure agent apply?

The decision is also glaringly silent on the valuation point raised by NOS. It was argued on behalf of NOS that the costs reimbursed to the foreign group companies should be excluded from the value of taxable service in view of Rule 5 of Service Tax (Determination of Value) Rules, 2005. They had also relied upon the decision in the case of Intercontinental Consultants.

It is imperative to note that in the current case, NOS makes the following payments to the foreign group company:

a) Reimbursement towards various payments made to the seconded employees by the foreign group company at cost.

b) Administrative cost, being 1% of the total payment made by the foreign group company to the seconded employees.

As such, there is a strong basis to argue that the value of service, if any provided by the foreign group company, should have been restricted to 1% of the service fees and the reimbursement component should have been excluded from the value of taxable supply, especially for the period upto 13th May, 2015.

The conclusion in the case of Centrica Offshore on the valuation front may also bear relevance to the current case. The SC has held as under:

38. The mere fact that CIOP, and the secondment agreement, phrases the payment made from CIOP to the overseas entity as reimbursement? cannot be determinative. Neither is the fact that the overseas does not charge a mark-up over and above the costs of maintaining the secondee relevant in itself, since the absence to mark-up (subject to an independent transfer pricing exercise) cannot negate the nature of the transaction. It would lead to an absurd conclusion if, all else constant, the fact that no payment is demanded negates accrual of income to the overseas entity. Instead, the various factors concerning the determination of the real employment link continue to operate, and the consequent finding that provision of employees to CIOP was the provision of services to CIOP by the overseas entities triggers the DTAAs. The nomenclature or lesser-than-expected amount charged for such services cannot change the nature of the services. Indeed, once it is established, as in this case, that there was a provision of services, the payment made may indeed be payment for services – which may be deducted in accordance with law – or reimbursement for costs incurred. This, however, cannot be used to claim that the entire amount is in the nature of reimbursement, for which the tax liability is not triggered in the first place. This would mean that in any circumstance where services are provided between related parties, the demand of only as much money as has been spent in providing the service would remove the tax liability altogether. This is clearly an incorrect reasoning that conflates liability to tax with subsequent deductions that may be claimed.

One may interpret the above as under:

a) If the reimbursement is on a pure cost basis, without there being any element of charges for the “service” rendered, the claim of reimbursement may fall through.

b) However, if there is a service charge levied along with the reimbursement of cost, a taxpayer may claim the benefit of excluding such reimbursement from the scope of value of supply provided the pure agent conditions are satisfied to do so.

Other points

The judgment is also silent on the reliance placed on the decision in the case of Nissin Brake, where the revenue appeal was dismissed as being without merits. While admittedly, the Volkswagen India appeal was delayed on account of delay in filing, which was not condoned and, therefore, could not be said to have precedential value, the same logic may not extend to the Nissin Brake decision.

IMPLICATIONS UNDER GST
Coming to GST, the first question that may arise is the applicability of this decision under GST. This may need analysis from the perspective of cross-border transactions as well as domestic transactions.

In the case of cross-border transactions, it can be said that the decision in the context of NOS will squarely apply since the provisions under service tax and GST, so far as pertaining to the import of service, are identical. Further, it should be kept in mind that the SC has dismissed the plea of revenue neutrality, i.e., tax paid under RCM was eligible for credit, and therefore, demand fails. In such a circumstance, when a person is entitled to claim credit, a prudent tax position would be to pay tax under reverse charge and claim credit, even if the same leads to a temporary cash flow issue.

When it comes to domestic transactions, there are two scenarios which may prevail, one being inter-company and the second being intra-company in view of the deeming fiction provided under Schedule I, Entry 2, which deems supply of services between related persons or distinct persons as supply, even if made without consideration. This deeming fiction creates a liability on the supplier to pay tax on the value to be determined as per the prescribed Rules. However, not all cases will fall under secondment in the case of domestic transactions.

For example, a holding company handles the administrative aspect of all its group companies through its staff. This may not be treated as “secondment” or “deputation”. When can the case of “secondment” arise may be understood with the help of the following example.

A hospital chain, having a presence in multiple states, may deploy its specialist doctor who is based in a particular state (say Maharashtra) to its hospital in another state (Gujarat) for an emergent case and returns after completion of treatment. This may not qualify as manpower supply service, but rather health care services. However, when an employee stationed in Maharashtra is sent to Gujarat for a specified period and treats all the patients there, it may be said that the Maharashtra branch has actually supplied manpower to the Gujarat branch, and the same may be perhaps treated as manpower supply services. The following decisions under service tax may be relevant for this discussion:

a) In Future Focus Infotech India (P) Ltd. vs. CST, Chennai [2010 (18) STR 308 (Tri.-Che.)], the Tribunal has, while determining if a particular service constitutes manpower supply service or IT Software Service, held as under:

11. The learned special counsel further points out that the manpower supplied have to work under the guidance and control of TCS and Infosys. The appellants have no mandate to execute any work independently as normally a consulting engineer would do. He also brings it to our notice that if a person leaves, the appellants are required to provide suitable substitute. This indicates that the appellants are responsible only for supplying manpower, and they are not responsible for completion of any software project per se.

13. No doubt there are clauses relating to deliverables and quality of work in the contracts but these by themselves do not indicate that the appellants are providing information technology software services to TCS and Infosys. Any person or organization obtaining skilled personnel has to ensure that such men deliver work of standard quality. No one would employ a person who is not skilled enough and no one would pay for shoddy work even if done by a skilled man. The relevant clauses in the contract in this regard on which much emphasis was sought to be put by the learned senior counsel for the appellants have to be viewed in the light that TCS and Infosys are merely seeking to obtain personnel from the appellants with necessary skill who will work diligently on the projects undertaken by TCS and Infosys.

b) Interestingly, on the very same day, the same bench has in another case, Cognizant Tech Solutions (I) Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commissioner, Chennai [2010 (18) STR 326 (Tri.-Che.)], has held in a case involving slightly different facts, that services provided would not constitute manpower supply services, as under:

10. We find force in the contentions made by the appellants that the work force recruited and retained by the appellants are required to work under a project manager appointed by the appellants who has to act as single point of contact being responsible for overall management of the project. From the arguments advanced from both sides, it is clear that the learned special counsel for the Department is not disputing that in the second stage of the project, the appellants would be providing functional service to Pfizer. It is also not in dispute that such functional service relating to data management, bio statistics and reporting will be provided through the very same manpower which has been recruited, retained and trained during the first phase. It has to be appreciated that recruitment and training precedes provision of specialized services. If it is accepted that the same manpower will be providing specialized functional services to Pfizer in the second phase of the contract, it is logical to conclude that the manpower has been retained with the appellants during the first phase and not supplied to Pfizer though recruitment of manpower has no doubt been done at the instance of Pfizer. The assistance in recruitment provided by Pfizer to select suitable personnel and subsequent training provided by Pfizer is also understandable considering the strict standards Specified by FDA of USA, the export market for the pharmaceutical products of Pfizer. The assistance in recruitment and imparting of specialized training for the recruited personnel cannot be held against the appellants’ claim that they have not supplied the manpower but have merely recruited and retained the same for providing specialized services to Pfizer utilizing such manpower. Moreover, we find that the nature of services required to be provided by the appellants are in the nature of information technology services as the same relates to data management. Consequently, we hold that the appellants are not liable to pay Service tax in respect of the services provided by them to Pfizer under the impugned contract. Therefore, we also hold that they are eligible for the small scale exemption in respect of the small value of services provided by them to M/s. SAP LABS India Pvt. Ltd. which is below the exemption limit of Rs. 4 lakhs.

c) Lastly, in a recent decision, the Supreme Court dealt with the issue of whether a particular activity constituted job-work or manpower supply in the case of Adiraj Manpower Services Private Limited vs. CCE, Pune [2022-VIL-12-SC-ST] and held as under:

16. The substratum of the agreement between the appellant and Sigma deals with the regulation of the manpower which is supplied by the appellant in his capacity as a contractor. The fact that the appellant is not a job worker is evident from a conspicuous absence in the agreement of crucial contractual terms which would have been found had it been a true contract for the provision of job work in terms of Para 30(c) of the exemption notification.

There is a complete absence in the agreement of any reference to:

(i) the nature of the process of work which has to be carried out by the appellant;

(ii) provisions for maintaining

(a) the quality of work;

(b) the nature of the facilities utilised; or

(c) the infrastructure deployed to generate the work;

(iii) the delivery schedule;

(iv) specifications in regard to the work to be performed; and

(v) consequences which ensue in the event of a breach of the contractual obligation.

It can always be argued in the case of intra-company supplies that the employer – employee relationship exists between the employee and the legal entity, and therefore, even if there is intra-company secondment, the same cannot be treated as supply. However, it should be noted that for the purpose of GST law, the branches in different states/ UT of the same entity are deemed to be distinct persons. Generally, for the purpose of accounting as well as profession tax compliances, an employer is required to tag each employee to a particular branch. Therefore, if an employee in one branch is deputed to another branch, there would be a supply, and therefore, if the cost is booked in one branch, the same should also be factored in determining the value of intra-branch supplies. This aspect has also been clarified by AAAR in the case of Columbia Asia Hospitals Private Limited [2019 (20) GSTL 763 (AAAR-GST-Kar.)]. However, when the benefit of proviso to Rule 28 is available, i.e., the receiving branch is entitled for full input tax credit, since the transaction value is to be accepted, inclusion/exclusion of employee cost from the value of supply may not matter.

CONCLUSION

With the Supreme Court negating the revenue–neutrality argument, which was considered a strong response to demands for cases where credit was available, this decision will trigger the need to re-look at positions not only in the case of cross-border transactions, but also in domestic transactions, where the GST law deems existence of a supply and need to pay tax. Especially, where the input tax credit is available, it is always prudent that businesses pay the tax upfront and avail the credit, rather than awaiting a confrontation with the tax authorities.

S. 254(2) – Rectification of mistake apparent on record – ITAT –- Not following coordinate bench decision in assessee’s own case

8 Omega Investments and Properties Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income Tax- 3
[Income Tax Appeal No. 127 of 2021 & W.P. No. 1217 of 2020 (Bombay High Court); Arising out of ITA No. 868/M/2016 order of Mumbai Tribunal dated 9th April, 2018 and Third Member decision of Mumbai ITAT MA No. 282/Mum/2018 order dated 13th November, 2019]
Date of order: 7th June, 2022
A.Y.: 2007-08
 
S. 254(2) – Rectification of mistake apparent on record – ITAT –- Not following coordinate bench decision in assessee’s own case

The Assessee had undertaken a Slum Rehabilitation Project at Parel, Mumbai namely ‘Kingston Tower’. According to the Assessee, the project was initially approved by the Slum Rehabilitation Authority on 7th October, 2002. However, due to F.S.I. related issues, the Assessee filed an amended plan which was approved subsequently. A Letter of Intent for approval was issued on 16th April, 2004 and an amended intimation of approval for the project was issued on 4th June, 2004. The Assessee had filed a return of income for A.Y. 2007-08 declaring a total income of Rs. 22,050. The Assessee had claimed deduction u/s 80-IB(10) of Rs. 2,05,33,831. The assessment was completed on 15th May, 2009, and the deduction under particular provisions were granted. Subsequently, the case for A.Y. 2007-08 was reopened u/s 148 vide notice dated 17th December, 2012, and an order was passed by the AO on 7th March, 2014 against which the Assessee filed an Appeal before the CIT (Appeals), which was allowed by the CIT (Appeals) by order dated 30th November, 2015. The Revenue filed an Appeal before the Appellate Tribunal which was allowed by the impugned order dated 9th April, 2018. After the order was passed, the Assessee filed a rectification application on 17th April, 2018 u/s 254 (2). The rectification application was rejected by order dated 29th November, 2019.

Against the order of the Tribunal dated 9th April, 2018, the Assessee has filed the Income Tax Appeal No. 127 of 2021, and against the order rejecting the Rectification Application dated 29th November, 2019, the Assessee has filed Writ Petition No. 1217 of 2020.
     
The Hon. Court observed that before the Tribunal, the Assessee had made reference to the orders passed in favour of the Assessee for A.Ys. 2009-10 and 2010-11, in which it was held that the approval was given to the Assessee’s project on 4th June, 2004, which being beyond the relevant date of 1st April, 2004, as per the provisions u/s 80-IB(10), the Assessee was entitled to the benefit of the said provisions. The Tribunal in the impugned order sought to distinguish the earlier orders passed by the Tribunal for A.Ys. 2009-10 and 2010-11 on the ground that the Tribunal and the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals), in respect of A.Ys. 2009-10 and 2010-11 had proceeded on erroneous factual premise as regards the relevant date when the correct date of approval of the project was 7th November, 2002, and this error goes to the root of the matter. Having observed so, the Tribunal held that it would not be bound by the order passed by itself in respect of Assessee’s own case for A.Ys. 2009-10 and 2010-11. It also relied upon the decision of the Tribunal in the case of Bhavya Construction vs. ACIT – (2017) 77Taxmann.com 66 (Mum.-Tri.). Accordingly by the impugned order, the Tribunal allowed the Appeal.

In the rectification application, the Assessee, sought to point out that in respect of A.Y. 2009-10, the decision of the Tribunal holding in favour of the Assessee, but the view of the Tribunal for A.Y. 2009-10 (ITA No. 997/M/2013) was approved by this Court by dismissing the appeal filed by the Revenue ITA No. 159 of 2015 by the order dated 25th July, 2017. The Assessee also sought to point out that the decision of the Tribunal in the case of Bhavya Constructions vs. ACIT, this Court by order dated 30th January, 2020 in Income Tax Appeal No. 1009 of 2017 had set aside the same and remanded the matter to the Tribunal for a fresh hearing. However, the Tribunal did not consider the rectification application and dismissed the same.

The Assessee contends that if the Tribunal wanted to differ from the earlier view, the matter ought to have been referred to the Larger Bench. The Assessee contends that the date of approval of the project referred to in the earlier order was not a mistake or oversight but it was a specific finding on the issue and simpliciter taking a different view was improper on the part of the Tribunal. The Assessee also contends that when the fact that the orders of Tribunal for A.Ys. 2009-10 and 2010-11 were confirmed by this Court was pointed out, it ought to have been taken into consideration and the application for rectification was, without any reasons, erroneously rejected. Apart from this position, the learned Counsel for the Assessee has also placed on record a copy of the order passed by this Court in Income Tax Appeal No. 265 of 2017 in respect of the Assessee’s own case for A.Y. 2010-11. The Revenue supported both the impugned orders.

The Hon. Court observed that the Tribunal has proceeded on the premise that there was an error in the orders passed by the Tribunal for A.Ys. 2009-10 and 2010-11 in respect of the Assessee’s case which goes to the root of the matter, and therefore, the Tribunal is entitled to take a different view. However the fact that the orders passed by the Tribunal for the A.Ys. 2009-10 and 2010-11 were challenged by the Revenue by filing appeals in this Court, and they were dismissed, confirming the findings rendered therein was the material aspect which ought to have been considered by the Tribunal. If it was missed out when the Tribunal passed the impugned order dated 9th April, 2018 when it was sought to be placed on record through rectification application at that time, the Tribunal should have considered the implications of the order. The order passed by this Court in respect of A.Y. 2010-11 has been rendered thereafter on 9th April, 2018. Even the order setting aside the decision in the case of Bhavya Construction Co. and remanded the proceedings to the Tribunal was rendered on 30th January, 2020.

Therefore, on the aspect of what will be the relevant date in the facts of the Assessee’s case, the orders passed by this Court dismissing the Revenue’s appeals would be relevant and the implication of the same ought to be considered by the Tribunal before deciding whether the Assessee is entitled to the benefit of provisions u/s 80-IB(10) in respect of the relevant assessment year.

In these circumstances the Hon. Court held that the impugned order passed by the Tribunal dated 9th April, 2018 is required to be quashed and set aside. The appeal filed by the Revenue being ITA No. 868/ Mum/2016 is required to be restored and considered on its own merits after considering the documents/orders sought to be placed on record through rectification application.

The appeal and Writ Petition were accordingly disposed.

Natural Justice – opportunity of hearing – Personal hearing through video conferencing denied – Matter Remanded

7 LKP Securities Ltd. vs. The Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax Circle-4(3)(1)g & Ors.
[Writ Petition No. 2076 – 2077 of 2022, Bombay High Court]
Date of order: 4th July, 2022

Natural Justice – opportunity of hearing – Personal hearing through video conferencing denied – Matter Remanded

The Petitioner submits that in the course of reassessment proceeding on 23rd March, 2022, petitioner sought to make further submissions, and also submitted a request for personal hearing through video conferencing. It was found that e-proceedings had been closed on 21st March, 2022. The Petitioner informed the Respondent of this grievance vide communication dated 24th March, 2022, and also attached further submission dated 23rd March, 2022 with the said communication. Despite the same, the Respondent has gone ahead and passed the assessment order dated 30th March, 2022 without considering the request for personal hearing or the further submissions. It was submitted that the matter be remanded back, so that an assessment order can be passed after considering the further submissions and after hearing the Petitioner.

The Court observed from paragraph 11 of the assessment order dated 30th March, 2022 for A.Y. 2016-2017, that since the case was getting time barred the assessment order came to be passed on the basis of material available with the department. Paragraph 11 of the said order is quoted as under:

“11. Subsequently the assessee opted for video conference through JAO regarding which letter was uploaded by the JAO on 25.03.2022. In response the VC was scheduled on 28.03.2022 at 2.30 p.m. However during the VC conducted for the A.Y. 2017-18 scheduled at 12.45 p.m. in assessee’s own case the A/R of the assessee requested to take up the case for the A.Y. 2016-17 alongwith A.Y. 2017- 18 since the issue for both the years are similar and as such VC scheduled for 2016-17 was cancelled. In the course of Video conference the A/r of the assessee requested to stay the proceeding for A.Y. 2016-17 as they would be filing writ before the Hon’ble High Court. In response the A/R of the assessee was asked to upload the interim order of the Hon’ble High Court on or before 29.03.2022 to stay the proceedings. However the A/R of the assessee requested they would upload the interim order by 3.00 p.m. on 30.03.2022 but no such order was filed till 4.00 P.M. of 30.03.2022. Since the case is getting barred by limitation the case is disposed off on the basis of material available with the department.”

The Hon. Court observed that the assessment order has come to be passed without considering the further submissions or hearing the Petitioner. It was observed that similar assessment order has also been passed for A.Y. 2017-2018.

The Revenue fairly submitted that in several such matters, the Court has remanded the matters for fresh consideration in view of the provisions of Section 144B of the Act 1961.

Held: Set aside the assessment orders dated 30th March, 2022 for A.Ys. 2016-2017 and 2017-2018, and remanded the matters back to the Respondent for de novo consideration after granting an opportunity of personal hearing and, after taking into account the further submissions that the Petitioner may make, pass appropriate orders in accordance with law within four weeks.

TDS — Payment to non-resident — Assessee not person responsible for making payment to non-resident — No obligation to deduct tax at source

34 Ingram Micro Inc. vs. ITO(IT)
[2022] 444 ITR 568 (Bom.)
Date of order: 26th February, 2022
S. 195 of ITA, 1961

TDS — Payment to non-resident — Assessee not person responsible for making payment to non-resident — No obligation to deduct tax at source

The assessee was a company incorporated in the USA and was engaged in the business of distribution of technology products. The assessee had worldwide operations. IMAHI, a company incorporated in the USA, and a subsidiary of the assessee, held indirectly a wholly owned subsidiary in India, IMIPL. In 2004, IMAHI acquired the shares of THL, a company incorporated in Bermuda, from its existing shareholders. The assessee’s role in this transaction was that it guaranteed the payment of the sale consideration by IMAHI under the share purchase agreement to the sellers, i.e., the existing shareholders of THL. The guarantee never came to be invoked because IMAHI discharged its obligation under the share purchase agreement to the sellers, and accordingly, the assessee stood discharged of its obligations as a guarantor under the share purchase agreement. The Assessing Officer initiated proceedings u/s 201 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 to treat the assessee as an assessee-in-default for failure to deduct tax on the payment for the purchase of shares of THL.

The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the assessee challenging the said proceedings and held as under:

“i) Section 195 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, mandates “any person responsible for paying to a non-resident” any sum chargeable under the provisions of this Act shall, at the time of credit of such income to the account of the payee or at the time of payment thereof, whichever is earlier, to deduct Income-tax thereon at the rates in force.

ii) The share purchase agreement showed that the assessee was the guarantor of the payment to be made by IMAHI and not the purchaser. The purchaser himself could not be the guarantor also and that itself indicated that the assessee was not the purchaser of the shares of THL. The Assessing Officer had also not produced any evidence or referred to any document to even indicate that the assessee had paid any amount or could be even regarded as the person responsible for paying any sum to a non-resident (or a foreign company) chargeable under the provisions of the Act.

iii) As section 195 is applicable only to a person who is responsible for paying to deduct tax at the time of credit to the account of the payee or at the time of payment and the assessee did not make any payment to THL, there was no obligation on the assessee to deduct tax at source. The notice u/s. 201 was not valid.”

SALE OF A STAKE IN A SUBSIDIARY BY A PARENT WITHOUT LOSS OF CONTROL

This article deals with the accounting of the sale of a stake in a subsidiary by the parent, in the Consolidated Financial Statements (CFS) of the parent.

CASE – Accounting of the Sale of a Stake in a Subsidiary by a Parent Without Loss Of Control

FACTS

  • A Ltd. (‘Parent’) acquired a 100% controlling stake in B Ltd. (‘Subsidiary’) for a cash consideration of Rs. 12,500 crores. On the date of acquisition, B Ltd.’s identifiable net assets at fair value were Rs. 10,000 crores. Goodwill of Rs. 2,500 crores was recognised in the CFS of the parent.

  • In a subsequent year, A Ltd. sells a 25% interest in B Ltd. to outside investors / non-controlling interests (NCI) for a cash consideration of Rs. 3,500 crores.

  • A Ltd. still maintains a 75% controlling interest in B Ltd., i.e. A Ltd. continues to control B Ltd. even after the sale of a 25% stake in B Ltd.

  • For simplicity, it is assumed that there has been no change in the net assets of the subsidiary since the acquisition till the date of sale of 25% stake by A Ltd.

  • There are no call/put options with NCI and/or parent.

ISSUE
How should the parent’s sale of a stake in the subsidiary without a loss of control be accounted for in the CFS of A Ltd.?

RESPONSE
Accounting Standard References

Ind AS 110, Consolidated Financial Statement

Paragraph 23
Changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in the parent losing control of the subsidiary are equity transactions (i.e. transactions with owners in their capacity as owners).

Paragraph B96
When the proportion of the equity held by non-controlling interests changes, an entity shall adjust the carrying amounts of the controlling and non-controlling interests to reflect the changes in their relative interests in the subsidiary. The entity shall recognise directly in equity any difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received, and attribute it to the owners of the parent.


Ind AS 103, Business Combinations

Paragraph 19

For each business combination, the acquirer shall measure at the acquisition date components of non-controlling interest in the acquiree that are present ownership interests and entitle their holders to a proportionate share of the entity’s net assets in the event of liquidation at either:
(a) fair value; or
(b) The present ownership instruments’ proportionate share in the recognised amounts of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

All other components of non-controlling interests shall be measured at their acquisition-date fair values, unless another measurement basis is required by Ind AS.

ANALYSIS
Changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in the parent losing control of the subsidiary are equity transactions (i.e., transactions with owners in their capacity as owners) as per Para 23 of Ind AS 110.

Paragraph B96 of Ind AS 110 states that the entity shall recognise directly in equity any difference between the amount by which the NCI are adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received, and attribute it to the owners of the parent.

An entity shall adjust the carrying amounts of the controlling (100% going down to 75%) and non-controlling interests (0% going up to 25%) to reflect the changes in their relative interests in the subsidiary. However, Ind AS 110 does not provide guidance on the amount at which the NCI should be measured. Paragraph 19 of Ind AS 103 has specific requirements on measuring NCI in a business combination, which is not relevant for changes in NCI in a post-business combination situation.

In the author’s view, in absence of specific guidance in Ind AS 110, the following approaches may be applied:

  • Approach 1: NCI is recognised at a proportionate share of the carrying amount of the identifiable net assets, excluding goodwill. There is no adjustment to the carrying amount of goodwill because control over the subsidiary has been retained by parent.

  • Approach 2: NCI is recognised at a proportionate share of the carrying amount of the identifiable net assets, including goodwill. There is no adjustment to the carrying amount of goodwill because control over the subsidiary has been retained by parent.

  • Approach 3: NCI is recognised at the fair value of the consideration received. No gain/loss recognised in equity of the parent for the sale of a stake in a subsidiary without loss of control.

  • Approach 4: NCI is recognised at the fair value of the consideration received less the proportionate goodwill amount. Gain/loss is recognised in equity of the parent for the sale of a stake in subsidiary for the proportionate goodwill amount.

Approach 1

The accounting entry by A Ltd, in its CFS, for the sale of 25% stake in the subsidiary is illustrated below:

Particulars

R crores

Fair value of the consideration received

3,500

NCI recognised (25% × 10,000) *

2,500

Gain recognised in equity of the parent

1,000

* NCI is measured based on their share of identifiable assets (excluding goodwill).

Approach 2

The accounting entry by A Ltd, in its CFS, for the sale of 25% stake in the subsidiary is illustrated below:

Particulars

R crores

Fair value of the consideration received

3,500

NCI recognised (25% × 12,500) *

3,125

Gain recognised in equity of the parent

375

* NCI is measured based on their share of identifiable assets (including goodwill).

Approach 3

NCI is measured initially at the fair value of the consideration received, i.e. Rs 3,500 crores, which is the amount of cash received from the NCI. No gain or loss is attributed to the parents equity.

Particulars

R crores

Fair value of the consideration received

3,500

NCI recognised (100% × 3,500)

3,500

Gain recognised in equity of the parent

Nil


Approach 4

NCI is measured initially at the fair value of the consideration received, i.e. Rs. 3,500 crores less proportionate goodwill amount, i.e., Rs. 625 crores (25% × 2,500). Therefore, NCI is recognised at Rs. 2,875 crores. The gain/loss recognised in equity of the parent for the sale of a stake in the subsidiary is for the proportionate goodwill amount, i.e. Rs. 625 crores.

Particulars

R crores

Fair value of the consideration received

3,500

Gain recognised in equity of the parent,
i.e. proportionate goodwill attributable to minority interests (25% × 2,500)

  625

NCI recognised

2,875

CONCLUSION
Ind AS does not provide guidance on the amount at which NCI is recognised to reflect the change in interests without loss of control. In the author’s view, there may be different approaches possible for recognition of NCI. An entity should choose an accounting policy to be applied consistently to sales and purchases of equity interests in subsidiaries when control exists before and after the transaction.

The author believes Approach 1 is the preferred approach because in this approach, the NCI is allocated the value of the net assets proportionate to their shareholding. This approach excludes goodwill, which is attributable to the controlling shareholder, and which arose as a result of a past acquisition. However, other approaches should not be ruled out.

A policy, once chosen, should be consistently applied for similar transactions. Under any of the approaches illustrated above, there should neither be any impact /adjustment to the Statement of profit and loss nor to the already recognised goodwill amount.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

In the past six months, many developments have taken place in the International Tax arena relating to Transfer Pricing, Pillar I and Pillar II of the BEPS Project and proposed introduction of corporate tax in UAE etc.

In this article, we have covered some of these developments for updating the readers.

1. OECD RELEASES THE LATEST EDITION OF THE TRANSFER PRICING GUIDELINES FOR MULTINATIONAL ENTERPRISES AND TAX ADMINISTRATIONS

On 20th January, 2022, the OECD released the 2022 edition of the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations.

The OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines provide guidance on the application of the “arm’s length principle”, which represents the international consensus on the valuation, for income tax purposes, of cross-border transactions between associated enterprises. In today’s economy, where multinational enterprises play an increasingly prominent role, transfer pricing continues to be high on the agenda of tax administrations and taxpayers alike. Governments need to ensure that the taxable profits of MNEs are not artificially shifted out of their jurisdiction and that the tax base reported by MNEs in their country reflects the economic activity undertaken therein and taxpayers need clear guidance on the proper application of the arm’s length principle.

This latest edition consolidates into a single publication the changes to the 2017 edition of the Transfer Pricing Guidelines resulting from:

  • The report Revised Guidance on the Transactional Profit Split Method, approved by the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS on 4th June, 2018, and which replaced the guidance in Chapter II, Section C (paragraphs 2.114-2.151) found in the 2017 Transfer Pricing Guidelines and Annexes II and III to Chapter II;
  • The report Guidance for Tax Administrations on the Application of the Approach to Hard-to-Value Intangibles, approved by the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS on 4th June, 2018, which has been incorporated as Annex II to Chapter VI;
  • The report Transfer Pricing Guidance on Financial Transactions, adopted by the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS on 20th January, 2020, which has been incorporated into Chapter I (new Section D.1.2.2) and in a new Chapter X;
  • The consistency changes to the rest of the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines needed to produce this consolidated version of the Transfer Pricing Guidelines, which were approved by the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS on 7th January, 2022.

2. OECD RELEASES THIRD BATCH OF TRANSFER PRICING COUNTRY PROFILES

On 28th February, 2022, the OECD released the third batch of 2021/2022 updates to the transfer pricing country profiles, reflecting the current transfer pricing legislation and practices of 28 jurisdictions.

The updated country profiles add new information on countries’ legislations and practices regarding the transfer pricing aspects of financial transactions and the application of the Authorised OECD Approach (AOA) on the attribution of profits to permanent establishments. In addition, the country profiles reflect updated information on a number of transfer pricing aspects such as methods, comparability, intra-group services, cost contribution agreements, transfer pricing documentation and administrative approaches to prevent and resolve disputes.

In August and December 2021, the OECD released the first and second batches of updated transfer pricing country profiles. With this third batch, the profiles for Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Croatia, Dominican Republic, Estonia, Finland, Greece, Hungary, Israel, Korea, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Panama, Portugal, Slovenia, the United Kingdom, Uruguay and the United States have been updated, and 6 new country profiles from OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS Members (Honduras, Iceland, Jamaica, Papua New Guinea, Senegal and Ukraine) were added, bringing the total number of countries covered to 69.

The OECD will continue to update existing transfer pricing country profiles to include new jurisdictions as changes in legislation or practice are submitted to the OECD Secretariat.

To access the latest transfer pricing country profiles, visit: https://oe.cd/transfer-pricing-country-profiles

3. TAX CHALLENGES OF DIGITALISATION: DRAFT RULES FOR TAX BASE DETERMINATIONS UNDER AMOUNT A OF PILLAR ONE

On 18th February, 2022, as part of the ongoing work of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS to implement the Two-Pillar Solution to Address the Tax Challenges Arising from the Digitalisation of the Economy, the OECD sought public comments on the Draft Rules for Tax Base Determinations under Amount A of Pillar One.

The purpose of the tax base determinations rules is to establish the profit (or loss) of an in-scope MNE that will be used for the Amount A calculations to reallocate a portion of its profits to market jurisdictions. The rules determine that profit (or loss) will be calculated on the basis of the consolidated group financial accounts while making a limited number of book-to-tax adjustments. The rules also include provisions for the carry-forward of losses.

Public comments received on Draft rules for tax base determinations under Amount A of Pillar One are available on the OECD website for reference.

4. TAX CHALLENGES OF DIGITALISATION: TAX CERTAINTY ASPECTS OF AMOUNT A UNDER PILLAR ONE

On 27th May, 2022, as part of the ongoing work of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS to implement the Two-Pillar Solution to Address the Tax Challenges Arising from the Digitalisation of the Economy, the OECD has sought public comments on two consultation documents relating to tax certainty: a Tax Certainty Framework for Amount A and Tax Certainty for Issues Related to Amount A under Pillar One.

A central element of Amount A is an innovative Tax Certainty Framework for Amount A, which guarantees certainty for in-scope groups over all aspects of the new rules, including the elimination of double taxation. This eliminates the risk of uncoordinated compliance activity in potentially every jurisdiction where a group has revenues, as well as a complex and time-consuming process to eliminate the resulting double taxation. The Tax Certainty Framework incorporates a number of elements designed to address different potential risks posed by the new rules:

  • A Scope Certainty Review, to provide an out-of-scope Group with certainty that it is not in-scope of rules for Amount A for a Period, removing the risk of unilateral compliance actions.

  • An Advance Certainty Review to provide certainty over a Group’s methodology for applying specific aspects of the new rules that are specific to Amount A, which will apply for a number of future Periods.

  • A Comprehensive Certainty Review to provide an in-scope Group with binding multilateral certainty over its application of all aspects of the new rules for a Period that has ended, building on the outcomes of any advance certainty applicable for the Period.

Furthermore, a tax certainty process for issues related to Amount A will ensure that in-scope Groups will benefit from dispute prevention and resolution mechanisms to avoid double taxation due to issues related to Amount A (e.g. transfer pricing and business profits disputes), in a mandatory and binding manner. An elective binding dispute resolution mechanism will be available only for issues related to Amount A for developing economies that are eligible for deferral of their BEPS Action 14 peer review and have no or low levels of MAP disputes.

The Inclusive Framework on BEPS released the public consultation documents on a Tax Certainty Framework for Amount A and Tax Certainty for Issues Related to Amount A in order to obtain public comments, but this does not reflect consensus regarding the substance of the documents. The stakeholder input received will assist members of the Inclusive Framework on BEPS in further refining and finalising the relevant rules.

Public comments received on tax certainty aspects of Amount A of Pillar One are available on the OECD website for reference.

5. TAX CHALLENGES OF DIGITALISATION: THE REGULATED FINANCIAL SERVICES EXCLUSION UNDER AMOUNT A OF PILLAR ONE

On 6th May, 2022, as part of the ongoing work of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS to implement the Two-Pillar Solution to Address the Tax Challenges Arising from the Digitalisation of the Economy, the OECD sought public comments on the Regulated Financial Services Exclusion under Amount A of Pillar One.

The Regulated Financial Services Exclusion will exclude from the scope of Amount A the revenues and profits from Regulated Financial Institutions. The defining character of this sector is that it is subject to a unique form of regulation, in the form of capital adequacy requirements, that reflect the risks taken on and borne by the firm. The scope of the exclusion derives from that requirement, meaning that Entities that are subject to specific capital measures (and only those) are excluded from Amount A.

Public comments received on the regulated financial services exclusion under Amount A of Pillar One are available on the OECD website for reference.

6. CHINA DEPOSITS AN INSTRUMENT FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE MULTILATERAL BEPS CONVENTION

On 25th May, 2022, China has deposited its instrument of approval for the Multilateral Convention to Implement Tax Treaty Related Measures to Prevent Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS Convention), which now covers over 1,820 bilateral tax treaties, thus underlining its strong commitment to prevent the abuse of tax treaties and base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS) by multinational enterprises. China’s instrument of approval also covers Hong Kong (China’s) bilateral tax treaties. The Convention will enter into force on 1st  September, 2022 for China.

On 1st June, 2022, over 880 treaties concluded among the 76 jurisdictions which have ratified, accepted or approved the BEPS Convention will have already been modified by the BEPS Convention. Around 940 additional treaties will be modified once the BEPS Convention will have been ratified by all Signatories.

7. OECD RELEASED DETAILED TECHNICAL GUIDANCE ON THE PILLAR TWO MODEL RULES FOR 15% GLOBAL MINIMUM TAX

On 14th March, 2022, the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS released further technical guidance on the 15% global minimum tax agreed upon in October, 2021 as part of the two-pillar solution to address the tax challenges arising from the digitalisation of the economy. The Commentary published elaborates on the application and operation of the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) Rules agreed and released in December 2021. The GloBE Rules provide a coordinated system to ensure that Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) with revenues above EUR 750 million pay at least a minimum level of tax – 15% – on the income arising in each of the jurisdictions in which they operate.

The release of the Commentary to the GloBE Rules provides MNEs and tax administrations with detailed and comprehensive technical guidance on the operation and intended outcomes under the rules and clarifies the meaning of certain terms. It also illustrates the application of the rules to various fact patterns. The Commentary is intended to promote a consistent and common interpretation of the GloBE Rules that will facilitate coordinated outcomes for both tax administrations and MNE Groups.

The OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS is developing an Implementation Framework to support tax authorities in the implementation and administration of the GloBE Rules.

The full text of the GloBE Rules and its Commentary can be accessed at https://oe.cd/pillar-two-model-rules

8. NEW RESULTS ON THE PREVENTION OF TAX TREATY SHOPPING SHOW PROGRESS CONTINUES WITH THE IMPLEMENTATION OF INTERNATIONAL TAX AVOIDANCE MEASURES

The implementation of the BEPS package to tackle international tax avoidance continues to progress, as the OECD on 21st March, 2022 released the latest peer review report assessing the actions taken by jurisdictions to prevent tax treaty shopping and other forms of treaty abuse under Action 6 of the OECD/G20 BEPS Project.

This peer review process, which includes data on tax treaties concluded by each of the 139 jurisdictions that were members of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS on 31st May, 2021, was the first to be carried out under the revised methodology forming the basis of the assessment of the Action 6 minimum standard.

The fourth peer review report reveals that members of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS are respecting their commitment to implement the minimum standard on treaty shopping. It further demonstrates that the BEPS Multilateral Instrument (MLI) has been the tool used by the vast majority of jurisdictions that have begun implementing the BEPS Action 6 minimum standard, and that the MLI has continued to significantly expand the implementation of the minimum standard for the jurisdictions that have ratified it.

The impact and coverage of the MLI are expected to rapidly increase as jurisdictions continue their ratifications and as other jurisdictions with large tax treaty networks consider joining it. To date, the MLI covers 99 jurisdictions and over 1,800 bilateral tax treaties.

As one of the four minimum standards, BEPS Action 6 identified treaty abuse, and in particular treaty shopping, as one of the principal sources of BEPS concerns. Treaty shopping typically involves the attempt by a person to access indirectly the benefits of a tax agreement between two jurisdictions without being a resident of one of those jurisdictions. To address this issue, all members of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS have committed to implementing the BEPS Action 6 minimum standard and participate in annual peer reviews to monitor its accurate implementation.

9. MAKING TAX DISPUTE RESOLUTION MORE EFFECTIVE: NEW PEER REVIEW ASSESSMENTS FOR ANDORRA, BAHAMAS, BERMUDA, BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS, CAYMAN ISLANDS, FAROE ISLANDS, MACAU (CHINA), MOROCCO AND TUNISIA

Under BEPS Action 14, jurisdictions have committed to implementing a minimum standard to improve the resolution of tax-related disputes between jurisdictions. Despite the significant disruption caused by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and the necessity to hold all meetings virtually, work has continued with the release of the Stage 2 peer review monitoring reports for Andorra, Bahamas, Bermuda, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Faroe Islands, Macau (China), Morocco and Tunisia.

These reports evaluate the progress made by these nine jurisdictions in implementing the recommendations resulting from their Stage 1 peer review. They take into account any developments in the period of 1st September, 2019 – 30th April, 2021 and build on the Mutual Agreement Procedure (MAP) statistics for 2016-2020.

The results from the peer review and peer monitoring process demonstrate positive changes across all nine jurisdictions, although not all show the same level of progress. Highlights include:

  • The Multilateral Instrument was signed by Andorra, Morocco and Tunisia, with the instrument already being ratified by Andorra, which will bring a substantial number of their treaties in line with the Action 14 minimum standard. In addition, there are bilateral negotiations either ongoing or concluded.

  • Bahamas, Bermuda, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Faroe Islands, Macau (China), Morocco and Tunisia now have a documented bilateral notification/consultation process that they apply in cases where an objection is considered as being not justified by their competent authority.

  • The Faroe Islands closed MAP cases within the pursued average time of 24 months, whereas Andorra, Bahamas, Bermuda, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Macau (China) had no MAP experience.

  • Andorra, Macau (China) and Tunisia ensure that MAP agreements can always be implemented notwithstanding domestic time limits.

  • Bermuda, Faroe Islands, Macau (China), Morocco and Tunisia have issued or updated their MAP guidance.

The OECD will continue to publish Stage 2 peer review reports in batches in accordance with the Action 14 peer review assessment schedule. In total, 82 Stage 1 peer review reports and 69 Stage 1 and Stage 2 peer monitoring reports have been published, with the tenth and final batch of Stage 2 reports being released in a few months.

10. INTRODUCTION OF CORPORATE TAX IN THE UAE

On 31st January, 2022 the Ministry of Finance of the United Arab Emirates (UAE) announced the introduction of a federal Corporate Tax (CT) on business profits, effective from the financial year beginning 1st June, 2023. Pursuant to the aforementioned announcement, the Ministry of Finance published a consultation document to collect and appraise the responses of stakeholders (Consultation Document) with regard to the most prominent features of the legislation and its implementation ahead of the release of the draft CT legislation.

The UAE currently does not have a federal CT regime. CT is determined at an Emirate level through tax decrees. Currently, at an Emirate level, the UAE only levies a corporate tax on oil and gas companies and branches of foreign banks. Furthermore, the UAE benefits from the presence of more than 40 free zones, which have their own rules and regulations. Such zones generally afford companies incorporated therein significant tax benefits, making the UAE an attractive jurisdiction from a tax perspective. Additionally, the UAE does not levy income tax on employment-based income.

The UAE, as a member of the OECD inclusive framework, is introducing the federal CT regime as a stepping stone to the execution of its commitment to the global minimum effective tax rate concept proposed by Pillar II of the OECD BEPS project. The responsible body of oversight has been designated as the Federal Tax Authority (FTA). In introducing CT, the UAE aims to further its objectives of accelerating its development and transformation by introducing “a competitive CT regime that adheres to international standards, together with the UAE’s extensive network of double tax treaties, which will cement the UAE’s position as a leading jurisdiction for business and investment”. The introduction of CT is also perceived as an important step in diversifying the UAE Government’s budget revenue away from revenues that today are mainly generated from the hydrocarbon industry. The Consultation Document offers assurances that the CT regime will build on international best practices as opposed to introducing new concepts, in order to ensure the seamless integration and cooperation of the regime with existing international frameworks.

The Consultation Document indicates that the UAE Government has been guided by a set of key principles in its legislative undertaking. Such principles include: (1) flexibility and alignment with modern business practices, ensuring adaptability to changing socio-economic circumstances; (2) certainty and simplicity of the tax rules to support businesses’ accurate decision-making and cost effective operation; (3) neutrality and equity, ensuring fair taxation treatment to different types of businesses; and (4) transparency.

The Consultation Document heavily emphasises the UAE’s ongoing commitment to executing BEPS 2.0, noting that “further announcements on how the Pillar Two rules will be embedded into the UAE CT regime will be made in due course.” No further practical guidance is otherwise offered in the Consultation Document.

Reassessment — Charitable purpose — Registration — Effect — Law applicable — Effect of amendment of s. 12A — Charitable institution entitled to exemption for assessment years prior to registration — Reassessment proceedings cannot be initiated on ground of non-registration

33 CIT(Exemption) vs.
Karnataka State Students Welfare Fund
[2022] 444 ITR 436 (Kar.)
A.Y.: 2012-13
Date of order: 30th November, 2021
S. 12A of ITA, 1961

Reassessment — Charitable purpose — Registration — Effect — Law applicable — Effect of amendment of s. 12A — Charitable institution entitled to exemption for assessment years prior to registration — Reassessment proceedings cannot be initiated on ground of non-registration

The assessee is a trust eligible for exemption u/s 11 of the Income-tax Act, 1961. For the A.Y. 2012-13, reassessment order u/s 143(3) r.w.s 148 of the Act came to be passed, whereby the Assessing Officer held that the assessee had not applied the income for charitable purposes as required u/s 11 and 12 from 2014-15 onwards (i.e., after 23rd September, 2014. A survey revealed that the assessee has accumulated huge income and was claiming exemption under the Act without obtaining registration u/s 12AA.

The Tribunal allowed the appeal and quashed the reassessment order holding that the same is bad in law for violating the second and third proviso to s.12A(2) of the Act.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Karnataka High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i) The provisions of section 12A of the Income-tax Act, 1961, before amendment by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2014, provided that a trust or an institution can claim exemption under sections 11 and 12 only after registration u/s. 12AA of the Act has been granted. In case of trusts or institutions which apply for registration after 1st June, 2007, the registration shall be effective only prospectively. Non-application of registration for the period prior to the year of registration caused genuine hardship to charitable organisations. Due to absence of registration, tax liability was fastened even though they may otherwise be eligible for exemption and fulfil other substantive conditions. However, the power of condonation of delay in seeking registration was not available.

ii) In order to provide relief to such trusts and remove hardship in genuine cases, section 12A of the Act was amended to provide that in a case where a trust or institution has been granted registration u/s. 12AA of the Act, the benefit of sections 11 and 12 of the Act shall be available in respect of any income derived from property held under trust in any assessment proceeding for an earlier assessment year which is pending before the Assessing Officer as on the date of such registration, if the objects and activities of such trust or institution in the relevant earlier assessment year are the same as those on the basis of which such registration has been granted. Further, that no action for reopening of an assessment u/s. 147 of the Act shall be taken by the Assessing Officer in the case of such trust or institution for any assessment year preceding the first assessment year for which the registration applies, merely for the reason that such trust or institution has not been obtained the registration u/s. 12AA for the said assessment year. However, these benefits would not be available in the case of any trust or institution which at any time had applied for registration and it was refused u/s. 12AA of the Act or a registration once granted was cancelled. This was the clarification regarding the amendment issued by the Central Board of Direct Taxes in Circular No. 1 of 2015 ([2015] 371 ITR (St.) 22).

iii) The only reason for reopening of the assessment was the absence of registration u/s. 12A of the Act. Further, the assessee had not filed return of income for the assessment year in question. A finding had been recorded on the facts of the case by the Tribunal on this aspect and the allegation that the assessee was claiming deductions u/s. 11 and 12 of the Act was held to be against the facts available on record. Hence the reassessment was not valid.”

Reassessment — Death of assessee — Notice of reassessment — Condition precedent for reassessment — Valid notice — Notice of reassessment issued in the name of a person who had died — Objection to notice by legal representative — Mistake in notice not curable by s. 292B — Notice not valid

32 Kanubhai Dhirubhai Patel (legal representative of late Dhirubhai Sambhubhai) vs. ITO
[2022] 444 ITR 405 (Guj.)
A.Y.: 2015-16
Date of order: 14th February, 2022
Ss. 147, 148, 292B of ITA, 1961

Reassessment — Death of assessee — Notice of reassessment — Condition precedent for reassessment — Valid notice — Notice of reassessment issued in the name of a person who had died — Objection to notice by legal representative — Mistake in notice not curable by s. 292B — Notice not valid

The writ applicant is an individual assessee and the son of one Dhirubhai Shambhubhai Malviya (“the deceased”). The said Dhirubhai Shambhubhai Malviya expired on 22nd November, 2020. The Assessing Officer issued a notice dated 31st March, 2021 u/s 148 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, calling upon the deceased assessee to file a return of income for the A.Y. 2015-16. The writ applicant, being the son of the deceased assessee, filed a reply dated 10th April, 2021 specifically drawing the attention of the Assessing Officer about the death of the original assessee, and had further requested to drop the proceedings as such notice will have no legal sanctity in the eye of law. The writ applicant again submitted a reply dated 15th December, 2021 reiterating that the notice had been issued in the name of the deceased assessee, and requested that the proceedings be dropped. Despite the aforesaid fact being drawn to the attention of the respondent-authority, the Assessing Officer further issued a notice u/s 142(1) dated 17th December, 2021 again addressed to the deceased assessee.

In such circumstances, the writ applicant challenged the notice and the reassessment proceedings by filing a writ petition. The Gujarat High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i)    Section 292B of the Income-tax Act, 1961, inter alia, provides that no notice issued in pursuance of any of the provisions of the Act shall be invalid or shall be deemed to be invalid merely by reason of any mistake, defect or omission in such notice if such notice, summons is in substance and effect in conformity with or according to the intent and purpose of the Act.

ii)    A notice u/s. 148 of the Act is a jurisdictional notice, and existence of a valid notice u/s. 148 is a condition precedent for exercise of jurisdiction by the Assessing Officer to assess or reassess u/s. 147 of the Act. The want of a valid notice affects the jurisdiction of the Assessing Officer to proceed with the assessment and thus, affects the validity of the proceedings for assessment or reassessment. A notice issued u/s. 148 of the Act against a dead person is invalid, unless the legal representative submits to the jurisdiction of the Assessing Officer without raising any objection. Therefore, where the legal representative does not waive his right to a notice u/s. 148 of the Act, it cannot be said that the notice issued against the dead person is in conformity with or according to the intent and purpose of the Act which requires issuance of notice to the assessee, whereupon the Assessing Officer assumes jurisdiction u/s. 147 of the Act and consequently, the provisions of section 292B of the Act would not be attracted. There is a distinction between clause (a) of sub-section (2) of section 159 and clause (b) of sub-section (2) of section 159 of the Act. Clause (b) of sub-section (2) of section 159 permits initiation of proceedings. Clause (b) of sub-section (2) of section 159 of the Act provides that any proceeding which could have been taken against the deceased if he had survived may be taken against the legal representative. A proceeding u/s. 147 of the Act for reopening the assessment is initiated by issuance of notice u/s. 148 of the Act, and as a necessary corollary, therefore, for taking a proceeding under that section against the legal representative, necessary notice u/s. 148 of the Act would be required to be issued to him. In view of the provisions of section 159(2)(b) of the Act, it is permissible for the Assessing Officer to issue a fresh notice u/s. 148 of the Act against the legal representative, provided that it is not barred by limitation, he, however, cannot continue the proceedings on the basis of an invalid notice issued u/s. 148 of the Act to the assessee who is dead.

iii)    The petitioner had not surrendered to the jurisdiction of the Assessing Officer by submitting a return in response to the notices nor had the jurisdictional Assessing Officer issued notice upon the petitioner as legal representative representing the estate of the deceased assessee. The notice of reassessment was not valid.”

Charitable purpose — Exemption u/s 11 — Voluntary contributions towards corpus fund used for purchase of land — Allowable as application of income to charitable purpose

31 CIT(Exemption) vs. Om Prakash Jindal Gramin Jan Kalyan Sansthan
[2022] 444 ITR 498 (Del)
A.Y.: 2010-11
Date of order: 26th April, 2022
S. 11(1)(d) of ITA, 1961

Charitable purpose — Exemption u/s 11 — Voluntary contributions towards corpus fund used for purchase of land — Allowable as application of income to charitable purpose

After the transfer of the corpus fund of Rs. 19 crores to general reserves, the assessee-trust purchased land worth Rs. 5,27,45,958 and donated Rs. 13.4 crores to another trust. The Assessing Officer made an addition of Rs. 19 crores as additional income.

The Commissioner (Appeals) set aside the addition on the ground that exemption on corpus donation was allowable for the purchase of land, as it was a purchase of a capital asset. The Tribunal affirmed the order of the Commissioner (Appeals) allowing utilisation of corpus fund of Rs. 19 crores as application of income u/s 11(1)(d) of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Delhi High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i) There was no ground of appeal either before the Tribunal or before the court challenging the concurrent finding of the Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal that the substance of the transaction was that the corpus fund had been utilised for the purchase of a capital asset.

ii) The court was in agreement with the findings of the Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal that the substance of the transaction must prevail over the form and, if required, the Department must examine the nature of the transaction. No question of law arose.”

(A) Capital gains — Full value of consideration — Deductions — Consideration on sale of shares including sum held in escrow account offered to tax — Assessee receiving reduced sum from escrow account after completion of assessment — Whole amount credited in book not taxable as capital gains — Only actual amount received taxable — Assessee entitled to refund of excess tax paid
(B) Revision — Powers of Commissioner — Application by assessee for revision of order — Power of Principal Commissioner not restricted to allowing relief only up to returned income — Recomputation of income can be directed irrespective of whether recomputation results in income less than returned income — S. 240 not applicable to assessee

30 Dinesh Vazirani vs. Principal CIT
[2022] 445 ITR 110 (Bom.)
A.Y.: 2011-12
Date of order: 8th April, 2022
Ss. 45, 48, 240 and 264 of ITA, 1961

(A) Capital gains — Full value of consideration — Deductions — Consideration on sale of shares including sum held in escrow account offered to tax — Assessee receiving reduced sum from escrow account after completion of assessment — Whole amount credited in book not taxable as capital gains — Only actual amount received taxable — Assessee entitled to refund of excess tax paid

(B) Revision — Powers of Commissioner — Application by assessee for revision of order — Power of Principal Commissioner not restricted to allowing relief only up to returned income — Recomputation of income can be directed irrespective of whether recomputation results in income less than returned income — S. 240 not applicable to assessee

For the A.Y. 2011-12, the assessee computed the capital gains on the sale of shares considering the proportion of the total consideration, which included the escrow amount which had not been received by the time returns were filed but were received by the promoters but were still parked in the escrow account. The income declared by the assessee was accepted in the scrutiny assessment. The assessee stated that subsequent to the sale of the shares, certain statutory and other liabilities arose for the period prior to the sale of the shares, and according to the agreement, a certain amount was withdrawn from the escrow account, and it did not receive the amount. The assessee filed an application u/s 264 before the Principal Commissioner and submitted that the capital gains were to be recomputed accordingly, reducing the proportionate amount from the amount deducted from the escrow account and that an application u/s 264 was filed since the assessment had been completed by the time the amount was deducted from the escrow account. The Principal Commissioner rejected the assessee’s application.

The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i)    Section 264 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 does not restrict the scope of powers of the Principal Commissioner to restrict relief to an assessee only to the returned income. Where the income can be said not to have resulted at all, there is neither accrual nor receipt of income even though an entry might, in certain circumstances, have been made in the books of account.

ii)    It is the obligation of the Department to tax an assessee on the income chargeable to tax under the Act but if higher income is offered to tax, it is the duty of the Department to compute the correct income and grant the refund of taxes erroneously paid by the assessee. There is no provision in the Act which provides, if the assessed income is less than the returned income, the refund of the excess tax paid by the assessee would not be granted to the assessee. If the returned income shows a higher tax liability than what is actually chargeable under the Act, then the assessee is entitled to refund of excess tax paid by it.

iii)    Capital gains was computed u/s. 48 of the Act by reducing from the full value of consideration received or accrued as a result of transfer of capital asset, cost of acquisition, cost of improvement and cost of transfer. The real income (capital gains) could be computed only by taking into account the real sale consideration, i.e., sale consideration after reducing the amount withdrawn from the escrow account. The amount was neither received nor accrued since it was transferred directly to the escrow account and was withdrawn from the escrow account.

iv)    When the amount had not been received or accrued it could not be taken as full value of consideration in computing the capital gains from the transfer of the shares of the assessee. The purchase price as defined in the agreement was not an absolute amount as it was subject to certain liabilities which might have arisen on account of certain subsequent events. The full value of consideration for computing capital gains would be the amount which was ultimately received after the adjustments on account of the liabilities from the escrow account as mentioned in the agreement. The liability as contemplated in the agreement should be taken into account to determine the full value of consideration. Therefore, if the sale consideration specified in the agreement was along with certain liability, then the full value of consideration for the purpose of computing capital gains under section 48 of the Act was the consideration specified in the agreement as reduced by the liability. The full value of consideration u/s. 48 would be the amount arrived at after reducing the liabilities from the purchase price mentioned in the agreement. Even if the contingent liability was to be regarded as a subsequent event, it ought to be taken into consideration in determining the capital gains chargeable u/s. 45. Such reduced amount should be taken as the full value of consideration for computing the capital gains u/s. 48.

v)    If income did not result at all, there could not be a tax, even though in book keeping, an entry was made about hypothetical income which did not materialize. Therefore, the Principal Commissioner ought to have directed the Assessing Officer to recompute the assessee’s income irrespective of whether the computation would result in income being less than the returned income.

vi)    Reliance by the Principal Commissioner on the provisions of section 240 to hold that he had no power to reduce the returned income was erroneous because the circumstances provided in the proviso to section 240 did not exist. The proviso to section 240 only provides that in case of annulment of assessment, refund of tax paid by the assessee according to the return of income could not be granted to the assessee. The only thing that was sacrosanct was that an assessee was liable to pay only such amount which was legally due under the Act and nothing more. Therefore, the assessee was entitled to refund of excess tax paid on the excess capital gains.”

Assessment — Draft assessment order — Procedure u/s 144B — Mandatory — Failure to issue draft assessment order — Final assessment order not valid

29 Enviro Control Pvt. Ltd. vs. NEAC
[2022] 445 ITR 119 (Guj)
A.Y.: 2018-19
Date of order: 29th March, 2022
S. 144B of ITA, 1961

Assessment — Draft assessment order — Procedure u/s 144B — Mandatory — Failure to issue draft assessment order — Final assessment order not valid

For the A.Y. 2018-19, the assessee had furnished all necessary details, including the details pertaining to the quantification of the claim to deduction u/s 80-IA of the Income-tax Act, 1961, in response to the notices u/s 142(1). Thereafter, without issuing any further or specific show-cause notice or draft assessment order, the National e-Assessment Centre passed the assessment order u/s 143(3) r.w.s. 144B.

The Gujarat High Court allowed the writ petition challenging the order and held as under:

“i) Section 144B of the Income-tax Act, 1961 lays down a procedure for assessment under the Faceless Assessment Scheme and needs to be scrupulously followed. If any action is in disregard of the statutory provisions it is open to the court to overrule the objection of alternative remedy available to the assessee.

ii) It was not just a question of giving an opportunity of hearing and for that purpose, the assessee should have the draft assessment order in his hands but, with the introduction of section 144B , a procedure had been laid down which needed to be scrupulously followed. The assessment order was quashed and set aside.

iii) The matter was remitted to the National e-Assessment Centre to undertake proceedings in accordance with the provisions of section 144B, to issue a fresh notice-cum-draft assessment order for the assessee to respond to and afford an opportunity of hearing to the assessee in accordance with the procedure as prescribed u/s. 144B.”

Transfer Pricing method – Yield spread method is most appropriate method to benchmark corporate guarantee

9 DCIT vs. Sikka Ports & Terminals Ltd.
[2022] 140 taxmann.com 211 (Mumbai – Trib.)
ITA No: 2022/2139/Mum/2021
A.Ys.: 2013-14; Date of order: 30th May, 2022

Transfer Pricing method – Yield spread method is most appropriate method to benchmark corporate guarantee

FACTS
Aseessee had provided corporate guarantees to third parties for undertaking contractual and other obligations of its AE. For benchmarking, it adopted yield spread approach2. Based on a quote obtained from the Royal Bank of Scotland, 70 bps was computed as the yield spread, which was divided equally between the assessee and AE. Accordingly, the assessee adopted 0.35% as ALP.

The TPO obtained quotes from HDFC Bank and SBI. The quotes provided by the banks were for all types of guarantees. The TPO averaged the quotes and adopted 1.5% as ALP. On appeal, CIT(A) rejected TPO’s approach. Instead, CIT(A) placed reliance on the Bombay High Court3 decision, which accepted 0.5% as ALP. Thus, partial relief was granted.

Being aggrieved, the assessee and revenue appealed to ITAT.

HELD
Interest rate differential (i.e., interest with or without corporate guarantee) at the end of the relevant financial year and not on the date of entering into the transaction should be the reasonable basis to determine ALP.

Quotations obtained from HDFC Bank and SBI are for the bank guarantees simpliciter and not for corporate guarantees given to banks.

The proper comparable for the application of CUP is the consideration for which corporate counter guarantees are issued for the benefit of an associated enterprise to a bank.

The ITAT accepted the assessee’s benchmarking method of 0.35%.


2    The yield spread analysis is based on calculating the difference in the current market interests for the guarantor and the guarantee recipient, which is termed as yield spread and which is divided between the guarantor and the beneficiary. The reader may need to be connected here, may be say by taking an illustration.
3    CIT vs. Everest Kanto Cylinders Ltd. [2015] 378 ITR 57 (Bom)(HC)

Articles 12(3) and 12(4) of India-Singapore DTAA – If income from sale of software is not royalty under Article 12(3), income from IT support services provided in relation to sale of software is not taxable as FTS, either under Art 12(4)(a) or under Art 12(4)(b)

8 BMC Software Asia Pacific Pte Ltd vs. ACIT
[2022] 140 taxmann.com 328 (Pune – Trib.)
ITA No.: 97/Pune/2022
A.Ys.: 2018-19; Date of order: 15th July, 2022

Articles 12(3) and 12(4) of India-Singapore DTAA – If income from sale of software is not royalty under Article 12(3), income from IT support services provided in relation to sale of software is not taxable as FTS, either under Art 12(4)(a) or under Art 12(4)(b)

FACTS
Assessee, a tax resident of Singapore, received income from the sale of software and IT-related services. The assessee did not offer it for tax on the footing that: the first receipt was for the sale of software licenses and not for the transfer of copyright, and the second receipt was for support services that did not make available any technical know-how to the customers.

The AO treated both receipts as taxable. Following the Supreme Court decision1, the DRP held that while income from the sale of sotware license was not taxable, and that IT support services were in the nature of fees for technical services under the India-Singapore DTAA.

Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed to the ITAT. The issue before ITAT pertained to the taxability of IT support services.

HELD
Income from services will be taxable if it is covered under Article 12(4)(a) or Article 12(4)(b).

Article 12(4)(a) applies if the income is royalty under Article 12(3), and the services are ancillary to the enjoyment of the said right. Since the income from the sale of software was not royalty under Article 12(3), the question of applicability of Article 12(4)(a) to IT support services did not arise.

The assessee attended to requirements of customers relating to IT, reviews application performance and health checks. The assessee had provided the services using its technical knowhow, but no technical knowledge, experience, or skill, etc. were provided to the customers to enable them to apply the same on their own in future without the assistance of the assessee.

Thus, the requirement of ‘make available’ in Article 12(4)(b) of India-Singapore DTAA was not satisfied.


1    Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence Pvt. Ltd. vs. CIT (2021) 432 ITR 472 (SC)

Ss. 132 – Where a hard disk was seized from business premises of assessee, but, no corroborative documents were found to establish that information concerning certain expenditure derived from the hard disk was true and correct, no addition had been made

25 Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax vs.
Lepro Herbals (P) Ltd
[(2022) 94 ITR(T) 225 (Delhi – Trib.)]
ITA No.: 111(DELHI) of 2016
A.Y.: 2010-11; Date of order: 18th February, 2022

Ss. 132 – Where a hard disk was seized from business premises of assessee, but, no corroborative documents were found to establish that information concerning certain expenditure derived from the hard disk was true and correct, no addition had been made

FACTS
A Search u/s 132(1) of the Act was carried out at the premises of the assessee company, a manufacturer of herbal drugs. A hard disk was seized from the office premises during the search. The assessing officer (AO) considered certain figures of sales and purchases retrieved from the hard disk and concluded the assessment by making certain additions.

The contentions of the assessee that the hard disk consisted of personal data and the financial figures contained therein were only estimates that were not considered by the AO.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before the CIT(A). The CIT(A) deleted the additions on the ground that the additions have been made solely based on the hard disk data without any supporting or corroborative evidence. Aggrieved, the Revenue preferred an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD
The AO contended that the figures of sales and purchases derived from the pen drive reflected a true picture of the profitability of the assessee. But, the ITAT observed that no discrepancy in the books of accounts had been pointed out by the AO.

The ITAT noted that no further enquiries, in addition to the reliance placed on the hard disk data, have been carried out to establish that the expenditure mentioned in the seized document is true and correct. It was observed that identical queries were raised in the case of the assessee during previous A.Ys., but no addition had been made to that effect. The printouts of the hard disk of such previous years had the words ‘Forecast’ mentioned. Accordingly, following the principle of consistency and in the absence of any corroborative evidence, the ITAT upheld the Order passed by the CIT(A) and dismissed the appeal of Revenue.

S. 23 – Where House Property was let out for monthly rentals along with a refundable security deposit, and the assessing officer takes a view that such a deposit is in lieu of reduced rent, no notional addition could be made to rental income where the assessee had furnished evidence to show that municipal value was much less than rental income.

24 MLL Logistics (P.) Ltd. vs. Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax
[2022] 93 ITR(T) 513 (Mumbai -Trib.)
ITA No.: 164 (MUM) of 2019
A.Y.: 2013-14; Date of order: 18th November, 2021

S. 23 – Where House Property was let out for monthly rentals along with a refundable security deposit, and the assessing officer takes a view that such a deposit is in lieu of reduced rent, no notional addition could be made to rental income where the assessee had furnished evidence to show that municipal value was much less than rental income.

FACTS
The assessee company had declared income from house property. On perusal of the rent agreement, it was noticed that the rentals were Rs. 50,000 p.m. Further, the licensee deposited a refundable deposit of Rs. 5 crore with the assessee. Based on the same, the assessing officer (AO) took a view that the refundable deposit had been given in lieu of reduced rent of the house property. The AO questioned the rationale of the refundable deposit and made a notional addition of 10 % of the refundable deposit to the rental income.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before the CIT(A), however, the appeal of the assessee was dismissed. Aggrieved, the assessee filed further appeal before the ITAT.

HELD
The assessee submitted that he has actually received Rs. 50,000 p.m. towards rent as per the rent agreement. Further, the assessee stated that even though he has received interest free security deposit, notional rent cannot be computed based on such interest free security deposit. Evidences were also furnished by the assessee to show that the actual rent was higher than the rateable value determined by Mumbai Municipal Corporation for the property.

The ITAT observed that the AO has computed notional rent at 10% of the security deposit received by the assessee. To justify such determination, the assessing officer had conducted an enquiry u/s 133(6) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (Act) to establish that the market value of the rent is higher than what the assessee has offered. However, no concrete evidence had been brought by the AO to establish this assertion.

The ITAT held that the AO cannot determine the notional rent based on estimation or guess work. The ITAT remarked that if the rateable value is correctly determined under the municipal laws, the same is to be considered as the Annual Letting Value u/s 23 of the Act. Accordingly, the ITAT deleted the notional addition made to the rental income.
 
The ITAT placed reliance on the following decisions while deciding the matter:

1. J.K. Investors (Bom.) Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT [2000] 74 ITD 274 (Mum. – Trib.)

2. CIT vs. Tip Top Typography [2015] 228 Taxman 244 (Mag.)/[2014] 48 taxmann.com 191/368 ITR330 (Bom.)

3. CIT vs. Moni Kumar Subba [2011] 10 taxmann.com 195/199 Taxman 301/333 ITR 38 (Delhi)

4. Owais M. Hussain vs. ITO [IT Appeal No. 4320 (Mum.) of 2016, dated 11-5-2018]

5. Pankaj Wadhwa vs. ITO [2019] 101 taxmann.com 161/174 ITD 479 (Mum. – Trib.)

6. Marg Ltd. vs. CIT [2020] 120 taxmann.com 84/275 Taxman 502 (Mad.)

7. Maxopp Investment Ltd. vs. CIT [2018] 91 taxmann.com 154/254 Taxman 325/402 ITR 640 (SC)

Appeal filed by a company, struck off by the time it was taken up for hearing, is maintainable

23 Dwarka Portfolio Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT
TS-499-ITAT-2022 (Delhi)
A.Y.: 2014-15; Date of order: 27th May, 2022
Sections: 179, 226

Appeal filed by a company, struck off by the time it was taken up for hearing, is maintainable

FACTS
In this case, the assessee challenged the order passed by CIT(A) confirming the action of the Assessing Officer (AO) in adding a sum of Rs. 18,00,00,000 to the total income of the assessee u/s 68.

At the time of hearing before the Tribunal, on behalf of the revenue it was contended that the name of the assessee company has been struck off by notification no. ROC/Delhi/248(5)/STK-7/10587 dated 8th March, 2019 of Registrar of Companies NCT of Delhi and Haryana, and consequently the appeal filed by the assessee has become infructuous and prayed that the appeal be dismissed as not maintainable.

On behalf of the assessee, it was contended that the appeal could not be dismissed as ‘not maintainable’ merely because of striking off. Reliance was placed on the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. Gopal Shri Scrips Pvt. Ltd. 2019(3) TMI 703 SC and various provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and Income-tax Act, 1961.

The Tribunal passed an interlocutory order deciding the maintainability of the appeal.

HELD
The Tribunal noted that there is no dispute that the name of the assessee company has been struck-off u/s 248(1) of the Companies Act. The Tribunal also noted the provisions of s. 248 of the Companies Act dealing with striking off of the companies and its effects as mentioned in s. 250 of the Companies Act. It noted that-

i) Once the company is struck-off, it shall be deemed to have been cancelled from such date except for the purpose of realizing the amount due to the company and for the payment and discharge of the liabilities or obligation of the company. Further, even after striking off of a company, the liability, if any, of the Director, Manager or Other Officers, exercising any power of management and of every member of the company shall continue and may be enforced as if the company had not been dissolved;

ii) As per s. 248(6) of the Companies Act, it is the duty of the Registrar to make provision for discharging the liability of the company before passing an order for striking off u/s 248(5) of the Companies Act. If there is any tax due from the struck-off company, the Department can invoke s. 226(3) of the Income-tax Act for satisfying such tax demands;

iii) As per s. 179 of the Income-tax Act, if the tax due from a private company in respect of any income of any previous year cannot be recovered, then every person who was a Director of the private company at any time during the relevant previous year shall be jointly and severally liable for the payment of such taxes unless he proves that non-recovery cannot be attributed to any gross neglect, misfeasance or breach of duty on his part in relation to the company;

iv) When it comes to recovery of tax from struck-off company, the Department can invoke s. 226(3) or s. 179 subject to satisfaction of conditions stated therein. The Department can invoke both 226(3) and 179 simultaneously for which there is no bar;

v) If the proceedings pending before the Court or Tribunal (regarding the determination of quantum of tax / liability for paying tax) are dismissed for having become infructuous without adjudicating the actual taxes due or the liability of the assessee to pay such tax in the manner known to the Law and based on such dismissal of the proceedings if the Revenue proceeds for the recovery of `such tax due’, the rights of the Directors of the Company will be seriously jeopardised and the same will amount to a denial of rights guaranteed under the Law;

vi) If the request of the Revenue is acceded to, then, on the one hand, the appeal will be dismissed as infructuous, and on the other hand, the Revenue will initiate proceedings u/s 179 of the Income-tax Act and that too without even adjudicating in the manner prescribed under the Law on the ‘quantum of actual tax due’ or ‘liability to pay tax’, in such event great injustice will be caused, which cannot be permitted;

vii) When the Revenue Department has not foregone the right to recover the tax due or written-off the demand on the ground of assessee Company being struck-off by ROC, the right of the assessee to determine the tax liability in due process of law cannot be denied by dismissing the appeal pending before us;

viii) Further, in a case where the CIT(A) deletes the addition made by the AO, and if the Revenue files an appeal before the Tribunal, even in a case where the Revenue is having a water tight case on merit, by dismissing the appeal for having become infructuous will also result in the non-adjudication of the actual tax due by the assessee and the Revenue cannot recover the actual tax dues from the assessee. In such events, the Department of Revenue will be left with no remedy, which is contrary to the root principle of law ‘Ubi Jus Ibi Remedium’.

Having noted the above, the Tribunal observed that the moot question is whether the Tribunal can proceed with the appeal filed by the struck down company or filed by the Revenue against struck down company? In other words, whether the struck-off company can be treated as alive / operating / existing for the purpose of adjudication of the tax arrears and the consequence order by which the recovery proceedings are triggered by the Revenue.

The Tribunal observed that in the case of Gopal Scrips Pvt. Ltd. (supra), the Revenue was having a grievance against the Order of the Rajasthan High Court in dismissing the appeal for having become infructuous on the ground that the assessee company was struck-off. The Apex Court has set aside the order of Rajasthan High Court and directed to decide the appeal on merit. Ironically, the very same department is seeking to dismiss the appeal as infructuous since the assessee company is struck-off. The Department cannot have such a double standard.

The Tribunal held that though the name of the assessee company has been struck off u/s 248 of the Companies Act, in view of sub-sections (6) and (7) of section 248 and section 250 of the Companies Act, the certificate of incorporation issued to the assessee company cannot be treated as cancelled for the purpose of realizing the amount due to the company and for payment or discharge of the liability or obligations of the company, the appeal filed by the struck-off assessee company or appeal filed by the revenue against the struck-off company are maintainable. The Tribunal held that the appeal filed by the assessee company is maintainable and the same has to be decided on merits and directed the office to list the appeal before the regular bench for hearing.

In a case where flat booked by the assessee (original flat) could not be constructed and the assessee, in lieu of the original flat, was allotted another flat (alternate flat) which was also under construction, the difference between stamp duty value of the alternate flat and the consideration is not chargeable to tax u/s 56(2)(vii)

22 ITO (International Taxation) vs.
Mrs. Sanika Avadhoot
TS-450-ITAT-2022 (Mum.)
A.Y.: 2016-17; Date of order: 9th May, 2022
Section: 56(2)(vii)

In a case where flat booked by the assessee (original flat) could not be constructed and the assessee, in lieu of the original flat, was allotted another flat (alternate flat) which was also under construction, the difference between stamp duty value of the alternate flat and the consideration is not chargeable to tax u/s 56(2)(vii)

FACTS
The assessee filed return of income declaring total income of Rs. 1,11,640. During the course of assessment proceedings the Assessing Officer (AO) noticed that the assessee has executed an agreement for purchase of flat no. A3-3405 for a consideration of Rs. 5,62,28,500, whereas the stamp duty value of the same is Rs. 8,05,06,000. The assessee was asked to show cause why the difference between the stamp duty value and consideration be not taxed u/s 56(2)(vii).

The assessee explained that on 24th September, 2010, the assessee booked flat no. 4707 with India Bulls Sky Suites. Because of height restrictions, the booking was cancelled and shifted to flat no. 3907 in the same project on 14th November, 2013. Since the construction of this flat could not be materialized, the assessee was allotted a flat in another project by the name Sky Forest without any change in the terms of the purchase. However, a formal agreement for the flat finally allotted was entered into on 4th May, 2015. There was no change in purchase price fixed for allotment in 2010.

The AO was of the view that the assessee acquired new flat no. A-3-3405 in lieu of transfer of right and paid a consideration of Rs. 5,62,28,500 for a flat whose stamp duty is Rs. 8,05,06,000. He added the difference of Rs. 2,42,77,400 to the total income of the assessee.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A), who deleted the addition.

Aggrieved, the revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where on behalf of the assessee, it was stated that in F.Y. 2010-11, the assessee made a booking for the purchase of residential premises to be constructed by India Bulls Sky Forest in the project India Bulls Sky Suites against Flat No 4707 admeasuring 3,302 sq. ft. and an amount of Rs. 72,11,834 was paid by the assessee as booking amount. Subsequently, on 21st October, 2010, the assessee paid an amount of Rs. 4,23,18,166, and on 22nd November, 2011 Rs. 12,75,398 was paid totalling Rs. 5,08,05,398. Subsequently, vide letter dated 14th November, 2013, the developer informed the assessee of its inability to construct and provided alternative residential premises Unit 3907, measuring 3,341 sq. ft. Under such circumstances, the assessee threatened the developer for specific performance to provide the residential premises or will initiate criminal proceedings against them. Thereafter, with a view to avoid litigation, both the parties agreed on alternative residential premises being unit no. A3-3405 to be constructed by India Bulls Sky Forests. It was also submitted that the stamp duty value of constructed unit A3-3405 in 2010 was Rs. 2,60,91,806. The agreement registered was nothing but a ratification of the pre-existing agreement which dated back to principal agreement of 2010. It was the same contract with only constructed premises being replaced, and there was no new agreement and earlier payment formed part of the consideration for the registered agreement. The AO treated the shifting of flat as a transfer and taxed the difference between stamp duty value and amount paid as income u/s 56(2)(vii). If AO treated the same as transfer of rights to receive residential property originally allotted against A3-3405 being replaced by new flat 3907 in IndiaBulls Sky Suites, then it falls under the definition of transfer u/s 2(47), and the assessee is eligible for deduction u/s 54F.

HELD
The Tribunal observed that these facts demonstrate that it was the same booking which dated back to 24th September, 2010, and the assessee had not made any extra payment. The Tribunal held that the CIT(A) had clearly elaborated in his findings that when the developer failed to provide the original flat, then it had offered another flat in the building, which was to be constructed on a future date. When the assessee booked the flat, that property was not existing, and it was a property to be constructed in future. The CIT(A) has explained in detail that if such transactions are treated as transfer by notionally assigning the value, then the benefit of indexation and benefit of section 54, etc., will need to be given to the assessee. The Tribunal did not find any infirmity in the decision of the CIT(A). It dismissed the appeal filed by the revenue.

Compiler’s Note: Though this decision is rendered in the context of section 56(2)(vii), it appears that the ratio of this decision would apply to provisions of section 56(2)(x) as well.

ALLOWABILITY OF PROVISION FOR SALES RETURNS

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION
When goods are sold by a business, in most cases, the business also has a policy permitting customers to return the goods under certain circumstances. Though the actual sales returns may take place after the end of the year, many companies following the mercantile system of accounting, choose to follow a conservative policy for recognition of income arising from sales during the year, by making a provision for sales returns in respect of sales made during the year in the year of sale itself. The provision may be based either on the actual sales returns made in respect of such sales subsequent to the year-end till the date of finalisation of accounts, or may be based on an estimate of the likely sales returns based on past trends. Such provisions are authorized by accounting principles and at times are mandated in accounting for sales revenue.

The issue of allowability of deduction for such provision in the year in which such provision is made has arisen before the different benches of the Tribunal. While the Mumbai bench of the Tribunal has taken a view that such provision for sales returns is an allowable deduction, in the year of sales itself, recently the Bangalore bench of the Tribunal has taken a contrary view, holding that deduction of such provision is not allowable in the year in which it is made i.e, the year of sales.

BAYER BIOSCIENCE’S CASE
The issue first came up before the Mumbai bench of the Tribunal in the case of Bayer Bio Science Pvt Ltd vs. Addl CIT in an unreported decision in ITA 7123/Mum/2011 dated 8th February, 2012, relating to A.Y. 2006-07.

In this case, the assessee made a provision for sales return of Rs. 2,00,53,988 in respect of sales made during F.Y. 2005-06, which had been returned by customers in the subsequent F.Y. 2006-07 before finalization of the accounts and claimed such provision as a deduction in computing the income for A.Y. 2006-07.

The Assessing Officer (AO) took the view that since the sales returns had actually been made in the subsequent year, they should have been accounted for in the subsequent year. Accordingly, he disallowed the provision made by the assessee for sales return. The assessee did not succeed before the Dispute Resolution Panel in respect of such disallowance, and therefore preferred an appeal to the Tribunal on this issue, along with other issues.

The Tribunal examined the provisions of section 145 as it then stood. It noted that while that section laid down that business income had to be computed in accordance with the cash or mercantile system of accounting as regularly employed by the assessee, there was a rider to this section that the Central Government may notify accounting standards and the applicable accounting standards would have to be followed by the assessee in applying the method of accounting followed by it.

The Tribunal noted that two accounting standards had been notified in this regard vide notification no. 9949 dated 25th January, 1996. One of these accounting standards (AS-I, Disclosure of Accounting Policies) provided that:

“the major considerations governing the selection and application of accounting policies are the following, namely:–

(i) Prudence – Provisions should be made for all known liabilities and losses even though the amount cannot be determined with certainty and represents only a best estimate in the light of available information.”

This approach required all anticipated losses to be taken into account in computation of income taxable under the head “Profits and Gains of Business or Profession”. The Tribunal noted that unlike under the pre-amended section 145 (prior to A.Y. 1997-1998), there was no enabling provision which permitted the AO to tinker with the profits computed in accordance with the method of accounting so employed u/s 145. The Tribunal took note of the fact that it was not even the AO’s case that the mandatory accounting standards had not been followed.

The Tribunal observed that besides this analysis of section 145, even on first principles, deduction in respect of anticipated losses as a measure of prudent accounting principles, could not be declined. According to the Tribunal, it was only elementary that the accountancy principle of conservatism, which had been duly recognized by the courts, mandated that anticipated losses were to be provided for in the computation of income, and anticipated profits were not to be taken into account till the profits actually arose.

As per the Tribunal, an anticipated loss, even if it might not have crystallised in the relevant previous year, was to be allowed as a deduction in the computation of business profits. The Tribunal noted that there was no dispute that goods sold had been returned in the subsequent year, and that fact was known before the date of finalization of accounts. Therefore, in the view of the Tribunal, there was no point in first taking into account income on sales, which never reached finality, and then accounting for loss on sales return in the subsequent year, in which the actual sales return took place.

The Tribunal therefore allowed the assessee’s appeal, holding that the approach of the assessee was in consonance with well settled accountancy principles, and accordingly deleted the disallowance.

This decision was followed by the Tribunal in subsequent years in DCIT vs. Bayer Bioscience P Ltd ITA Nos 5388/Mum/2009 and 2685/Del/2009 dated 21st April, 2016, and in the case of DCIT vs. Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd ITA No 830/Del/2013 dated 10th April, 2017. A similar view was also taken by the Delhi Bench of the Tribunal favouring allowability of deduction of such provision for sales returns in the year of sales, in the case of Inditex Trent Retail India (P) Ltd vs. Addl CIT 95 ITR (T) 102, a case relating to A.Y. 2014-15. In this case, the Tribunal held that the provision was governed by AS 29 issued by ICAI, and it required recognition as there existed an obligation resulting from past event and a probability of outflow of resources required to settle the obligation.
 
HERBALIFE INTERNATIONAL INDIA’S CASE

The issue came up recently before the Bangalore bench of the Tribunal in the case of Herbalife International India Pvt Ltd vs. ACIT TS-126-ITAT-2022.

In this case, the assessee had made a provision for sales returns for the 3 financial years 2012-13 to 2014-15 corresponding to assessment years A.Ys. 2013-14, 2014-15 and 2015-16, and claimed such provision as a deduction. The AO disallowed such deduction, and such disallowance was confirmed by the CIT (Appeals), in the first appeal.

Before the tribunal, on behalf of the assessee, it was submitted that sales returns were a regular feature in its line of business, and had been consistently accepted by the assessee over a period of time. The accounting policy followed by the assessee for revenue recognition in this regard had been disclosed in the notes to the accounts, and had been consistently followed by the assessee over the years.

It was clarified that the provision for sales return had been made in accordance with the Accounting Standard (AS) 9 – Revenue Recognition, issued by ICAI which mandated that when the uncertainty relating to collectability arises subsequent to the time of sale or rendering of service, it is more appropriate to make a separate provision to reflect the uncertainty rather than to adjust the amount of revenue originally recorded. Attention was also drawn to paragraph 14 of AS 9, which provided in relation to disclosure of revenue that, in addition to the disclosures required by AS 1 – Disclosure of Accounting Policies, an enterprise should also disclose the circumstances in which revenue recognition has been postponed pending the resolution of significant uncertainties.

Attention was also drawn to the opinion of ICAI Expert Advisory Committee dated 10th October, 2011 which had noted that “The company should recognise a provision in respect of sales returns at the best estimate of the loss expected to be incurred by the company in respect of such returns including any estimated incremental costs that would be necessary to resell the goods expected to be returned, on the basis of past experience and other relevant factors.”

It was submitted on behalf of the assessee that the estimate of sales return could be made adopting different approaches namely, sales return after the balance sheet date can be tracked to the date of closing accounts finally, or estimated by simple tracking the returns year wise for past years and adopting the percentage on current sales for the provision, or estimated in the manner made by the company; the company had followed the method of estimating sales in the pipeline by assigning weights to each month sales, based on the proximity of that month to the end of the financial year, and applying the percentage of sales returns experience of the past years to such sales in the pipeline, to arrive at the provision for sales return required at the end of the year. Adjustment was made in respect of the opening provision and the actual returns during the year, and the differential amount required for the provision for sales return was debited to the P&L Account.

It was emphasised that the estimate made and provisions made had proved accurate up to 90% in the company’s case i.e., utilisation by way of actual refunds for sales returns out of the provisions made during the period, which was therefore more than a fair estimate, and was a scientific estimate.

It was explained that conceptually, in the company’s case, the closing balance in provision for sales returns account could be described as the estimated amount (based on immediate past experience) of refund towards sales return in near future (next year) period that company was expecting out of current year’s sales revenue. The company made the necessary provision from P&L Account to ensure this closing balance for meeting its obligations from sales revenue recognised during each year. The data provided proved clearly the consistent basis adopted for recognising estimated sales return with more than reasonable accuracy. As the utilisation numbers indicated in the provision movement indicated that the provision was at actuals, no separate adjustment for excess provision, if any, would be necessitated.

It was argued that all parameters indicated by the Supreme Court while dealing with accounting for similar aspects, like warranty provisions, were fully satisfied. Hence, it was submitted that the company’s claim for deduction of provision made in each year deserved to be accepted on the basis of the above facts.

Reliance was placed on behalf of the assessee on the decisions of the tribunal in the cases of Bayer Bioscience (supra) and Cengage Learning (supra), which had held that provision for sales return in consonance of well-settled accountancy principles needed to be allowed and no disallowance was called, for provision for sales return. It was submitted that the decision of the tribunal in the case of Nike India Pvt Ltd vs. ACIT IT(TP)A No 739/Bang/2017 dated 14th October, 2020 was incorrect, as there was no reference to relevant aspects such as AS 9, issued by ICAI, on accounting of provision for sales return, with reference only being made to AS 29 – Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, and earlier decisions of the tribunal in the cases of Bayer Bioscience (supra) and Cengage Learning (supra) not having been considered in this decision.

It was further submitted that the provision for sales returns was made on a scientific basis, and was consistently followed by the company from A.Y. 2010-11 onwards, with no additions being made by the AO till A.Y. 2012-13. A reference was also invited to the CIT (Appeals) order for A.Y. 2015-16, where the alternate claim made by the company to allow the excess utilization of such provision was also rejected. It was argued that on the one hand, the Department did not want to allow the provision for sales returns in the year of creation, and on the other hand, where the utilisation of provision was higher, it wanted to deny the benefit on hyper technicalities, without appreciating the settled principle of law, that the principle of consistency needed to be followed.

An alternative prayer was made on behalf of the assessee that in case the provision was held to be not allowable, the utilisation of the provision by actual refunds made towards sales return in respective years should be allowed since the amounts were refunded to third parties at actuals during the relevant year.

On behalf of the Department, it was submitted that the assessee’s method for arriving at the amounts to be added to the provision for sales return had been found to be not scientific or reasonable. Various alleged defects in the method followed by the assessee were pointed out on behalf of the Department. Reliance was placed on the decision of the Bangalore bench of the tribunal in the case of Nike India Pvt Ltd (supra). It was therefore submitted that the action of the AO in disallowing the provision of sales return was to be upheld.

The tribunal noted that the assessee had taken support of AS 29, which explained that a provision should be recognised when:

  • an enterprise had a present obligation as a result of past event;
  • it was probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefit would be required to settle the obligation, and
  • a reliable estimate could be made of the amount of the obligation.

The tribunal noted that there should exist a “present obligation” as a result of “past event”. It questioned whether provision for sales returns could fall under the category of present obligation as a result of past event. According to the tribunal, the present obligation as a result of past event contemplated that there had occurred some event in the past, and the same would give rise to some obligation of the assessee, and further the said obligation should exist as on the balance sheet date. Further, the prudence principle in accounting concepts mandates that an assessee should provide for all known losses and expenses, even though the exact quantum of loss/expense was not known.

According to the tribunal, the facts in the case before it were different. The assessee had effected sale of products, and accordingly recognised revenue arising on such sales. On effecting the sales, the contract had already been concluded. Sales returns was another separate event, even though it had connection with the sales, i.e., the very same product already sold by the assessee was being returned. By making provision for sales returns, what the assessee sought to do was to derecognise the revenue recognised by it earlier. Therefore, sales returns were reduced from the sales in the P&L Account.

As per the tribunal, there should not be any dispute that the past event in the case before it was sales, and not sales returns. When there was no past event, the question of present obligation out of such past event did not arise. Therefore, the tribunal was of the view that the provision for sales return did not represent the present obligation arising as a result of past event, but was an expected obligation that might arise as a result of a future event.

The tribunal observed that the sales return expected after the balance sheet date was an event occurring after the balance sheet date. As per the tribunal, AS 4 – Contingencies and Events Occurring after the Balance Sheet Date, actually governed this situation. It observed that a careful perusal of AS 4 showed that the adjustment on account of contingencies and events occurring after the balance sheet date should relate to the contingencies and conditions existing as on the balance sheet date. As per the tribunal, the contract of sale was concluded when the goods were supplied to the customers, and the sales return was a separate event, which was not a contingency or any condition existing at the balance sheet date.

Further, the tribunal noted that sales and sales returns actually represented receipt and issue of goods, and therefore had an impact on the physical stock of goods. Hence, when there was sales return, there would be increase in physical stock of goods, and the physical stock should accordingly be increased when an entry is made for sales return. According to the tribunal, making provision for expected sales return would not result in cost on receipt of goods and increase of closing stock, which was against accounting principles.

The Tribunal further examined the deductibility of the provision for sales returns u/s 37(1). It noted that what was deductible under that section was an expenditure laid out or expended wholly and exclusively for the purposes of business. Since the sales returns actually represented derecognition of revenue already recognised earlier, and there was corresponding receipt of goods on such sales return, as per the Tribunal, it did not qualify as an expenditure. According to the tribunal, provision for sales returns was therefore not allowable u/s 37(1).

Referring to the Mumbai and Delhi tribunal decisions of Bayer Bioscience (supra) and Cengage Learning (supra), relied upon by the assessee, the Tribunal observed that in those cases, the bench did not refer to the provisions of AS 4 and AS 29, and did not consider another important point that sales return should result in corresponding receipt of goods, which would result in increase of closing stock. The Bangalore bench of the Tribunal therefore chose to follow the logic and detailed reasoning that it had undertaken, rather than those earlier decisions of the tribunal referred to by the assessee.

The Tribunal, therefore, held that the provision for sales returns was not allowable as a deduction under the provisions of the Income-tax Act. As regards the alternate ground of the assessee to allow the provision in the subsequent year in which the returns took place, the Tribunal observed that while computing disallowance on account of provision for sales return, the AO considered only the net closing provision or closing provision less opening provision, and allowed the utilisation amount in each assessment year under consideration. It meant that the AO allowed the actual sales returns made in each assessment year under consideration, and therefore the question of any further deduction did not arise.

OBSERVATIONS

The Bangalore Tribunal has relied on its own interpretation of the Accounting Standards, ignoring the views of the Expert Advisory Committee of ICAI in this regard. The ICAI Expert Advisory Committee in its Query No 14 dated 10th October, 2011, on Accounting for Sales Returns (Compendium of Opinion, Vol XXXI, page 101) has opined as under:

“10. However, the Committee notes from the Facts of the Case that in the extant case, there is a right of return by the franchisees (refer paragraph 6 above). The existence of such right would create a present obligation on the company. In this context, the Committee notes the definition of the term ‘provision’ as defined in paragraph 10 of Accounting Standard (AS) 29, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets notified under Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, which provides as follows:

‘A provision is a liability which can be measured only by using a substantial degree of estimation.

A liability is a present obligation of the enterprise arising from past events, the settlement of which is expected to result in an outflow from the enterprise of resources embodying economic benefits.’

The Committee is of the view that since obligation in respect of sales return can be estimated reliably on the basis of past experience and other relevant factors such as fashion trends, etc. in the extant case, a provision in respect of sales returns should be recognised. The provision should be measured as the best estimate of the loss expected to be incurred by the company in respect of such returns including any estimated incremental cost that would be necessary to resell the goods expected to be returned.”

“11. The company should recognise a provision in respect of sales returns at the best estimate of the loss expected to be incurred by the company in respect of such returns including any estimated incremental cost that would be necessary to resell the goods expected to be returned, on the basis of past experience and other relevant factors as discussed in paragraph 10 above. Necessary adjustments to the provision should be made for actual sales return after the balance sheet date up to the date of approval of financial statements. Such provision should also be reviewed at each balance sheet date and if necessary, should be adjusted to reflect the current best estimate.”

From the above EAC opinion, it is clear that the past event is the sale, which gives rise to the obligation to take back the goods, with a resultant loss of profit in relation to the goods returned. The sales return is, therefore, clearly linked with the initial sale. Also, a reliable estimate can be made of the goods likely to be returned. Accounting for sales returns, in the year of sales, is therefore a ‘provision’ as contemplated by AS 29. The interpretation by the Bangalore Tribunal that the sale and the sales returns are two separate transactions, and that therefore there is no past event in relation to the sales return, does not seem to be the correct understanding of AS 29.

Further, the Bangalore Tribunal seems to have assumed that a provision is being made for the gross value of the sales returns, and not for the loss of profit or additional cost to be incurred on account of the sales returns, when it observed that the sales returns increases the closing stock. From the EAC’s opinion, again, it is clear that only the loss expected to be incurred is to be provided for. In the Bayer Bioscience’s case also, it was clear that only the loss on account of sales returns was the issue under consideration, and not the entire value of sales returns. The factual position if not clear in Herbalife’s case, could have been inquired in to ensure that, the total value of expected sales returns was provided, in accordance with AS 29, only to the extent of the expected loss on account of such anticipated returns.

While the decisions of the Mumbai and Delhi benches of the Tribunal seem to have focused mainly on the provisions of the Income- tax Act and the Accounting Standards notified under that law to arrive at their conclusions, the Bangalore bench seems to have relied mainly on Accounting Standards issued by ICAI. For all the years under consideration in all these appeals, the provisions of law were identical, in that till A.Y. 2015-16, the 2 accounting standards notified u/s 145 were applicable. These two IT Accounting Standards modify the method of accounting followed u/s 145, and therefore, to that extent supersede normal accounting standards, to the extent that they are in conflict with those standards, for the purposes of taxation of business income. The other normal accounting standards would also continue to apply, to the extent that no accounting standards have been issued u/s 145, which cover those issues or are in conflict with those. This aspect does not seem to have been considered by the Bangalore bench in Herbalife’s case, which relied primarily on the ICAI Accounting Standards.

The new Income Computation and Disclosure Standards (ICDS) notified u/s 145(2), which became effective only from A.Y. 2017-18, also effectively modify the normal accounting standards in so far as taxation of income is concerned, to the extent that they are in conflict with normal accounting standards.

For certain large companies, the provisions of Ind AS 37 notified by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, now apply in place of AS 29. The provisions of Ind AS 37 are similar to those of AS 29, and in fact contain greater clarity. Appendix F to Ind AS 37 gives examples of applicability of the Ind AS, by recognition of a provision. Example 4 therein reads as under:

Example 4 Refunds policy

A retail store has a policy of refunding purchases by dissatisfied customers, even though it is under no legal obligation to do so. Its policy of making refunds is generally known.

Present obligation as a result of a past obligating event – The obligating event is the sale of the product, which gives rise to a constructive obligation because the conduct of the store has created a valid expectation on the part of its customers that the store will refund purchases.

An outflow of resources embodying economic benefits in settlement – Probable, a proportion of goods are returned for refund (see paragraph 24).

Conclusion – A provision is recognised for the best estimate of the costs of refunds (see paragraph 10 (the definition of a constructive obligation), 14, 17 and 24).

From Ind AS 37, it is absolutely clear that a provision for loss due to future sales returns is required to be made under Ind AS. In fact, Ind AS simply amplifies the view which always was under the AS and which was explained by the EAC.

With effect from A.Y. 2017-18, the provisions of ICDS apply, and modify the accounting under normal accounting method. ICDS X relating to provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets would apply in such a situation. This ICDS is similar to AS 29 read with Ind AS 37, and requires a provision to be recognized when:

(a) a person has a present obligation as a result of a past event;

(b) it is reasonably certain that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; and

(c) a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

Therefore, even under ICDS, a provision for loss due to sales returns is required to be made, and would therefore be an allowable deduction.

In so far as the allowability of deduction of such a provision u/s 37(1) is concerned, the question does not arise at all, as the computation of business income, including all business losses, is u/s 28 itself. The loss on account of sales returns is therefore to be considered u/s 28 itself.

It is a settled position in law that a deduction otherwise admissible in law should not be tweaked by the assessing authorities simply because in their view the claim was allowable in a later year or that the revenue was to be recognized in an earlier year, or simply because in their opinion it fell for allowance or recognition in a different year as long as the treatment of the assessee was in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and the rate of taxation was uniform. Nagri Mills Ltd. 33 ITR 681 (Bom.), Millenium Estates, 93 taxmann.com 41 (Bom.), Vishnu Industrial Gas Ltd. ITR 228 of 1988(Delhi) and Excel Industries Ltd. 358 ITR 295 (SC).

S. 245 – Adjustment of refund – Intimation to assessee – Must

9 Greatship (India) Limited One International Centre vs. Assistant Commissioner of Income Tax – 5(1)(1) & Others
[Writ Petition No. 1476 of 2022
(Bombay High Court)]
Date of order: 18th July, 2022

S. 245 – Adjustment of refund – Intimation to assessee – Must

The petitioner challenges the action of respondent revenue of adjustment in the refund of Rs. 2,22,89,942 for A.Y. 2008-09 arising as consequence and effect of the order of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal against the alleged outstanding demands for A.Ys. 2014-15 and 2015-16.

The case set up is that Rs. 61,64,649 as refund for A.Y. 2008-09 came to be adjusted for A.Y. 2014-15, which came to the petitioner’s knowledge on 17th November, 2021, when the petitioner downloaded Form 26AS for A.Y. 2014-15, where ‘Part C’ provided details of tax paid (other than TDS/TCS).

The petitioner’s case further is that an amount of R1,61,25,293 came to be adjusted illegally by the respondent No. 2 from the refund determined in favour of the petitioner upon giving effect to the tribunal’s order for A.Y. 2008-09 against the alleged outstanding demand for A.Y. 2015-16. Knowledge of this illegal adjustment was also stated to have been acquired by the petitioner on 17th November, 2021 when the petitioner downloaded Form No. 26AS.

The petitioner urged that the action of Revenue in making adjustments of the refund due was illegal inasmuch as no intimation was given to the petitioner as was the requirement in terms of section 245.

The Hon. Court observed that the reply affidavit of Revenue does not specifically state as to whether before making such an adjustment, the petitioner had been given prior intimation in terms of section 245.

Section 245 envisages that when a refund is found to be due to any person under any of the provisions of the Act, the Revenue can set off/adjust the amount to be refunded or any part of that amount against the sum which remains payable under the Act by the person to whom the refund is due after giving an intimation in writing to such person of the action proposed to be taken under this section.

The Court observed that giving of prior intimation u/s 245 was mandatory. The purpose of giving prior intimation u/s 245 was to enable a party to point out factual errors or some further developments, for example, that there was a stay of the demand or that there was a Supreme Court’s decision covering the demand which is the subject matter of a pending appeal which would not warrant an adjustment of the refund against the pending demand. It was also held that where a party raises such issues in response to the intimation the officer of the Revenue exercising powers u/s 245, must record reasons why the objection was not sustainable and also communicate it to the said party, and that this would ensure that the power of adjustment u/s 245 is not exercised arbitrarily.

In the present case there was no prior intimation u/s 245 has remained unrebutted as no proof of any such prior intimation was placed on record by the Revenue.

The Hon. Court held that the impugned action of respondent No.2 in making adjustments of the amount of Rs. 61,64,649 and Rs. 2,22,89,942 for A.Y. 2008-09 against the alleged outstanding demands for A.Ys. 2014-15 and 2015-16 is bad and illegal, and accordingly, quashed.

For determining interest u/s 244A, refund already granted has to be first adjusted against interest component

21 DCIT vs. MSM Satellite (Singapore) Pte Ltd
TS-480-ITAT-2022 (Mum.)
A.Ys.: 2006-07 to 2008-09;
Date of order: 9th June, 2022
Section: 244A

For determining interest u/s 244A, refund already granted has to be first adjusted against interest component

FACTS
In the first round of proceedings, the Tribunal granted relief to the assessee. The Assessing Officer (AO) passed an order giving effect to the order of the Tribunal and determined the amount of refund payable to the assessee. Aggrieved by the short grant of refund, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A). The CIT(A) directed the AO to re-compute the interest granted u/s 244A by first adjusting the refund already granted to the assessee against the interest component and the balance, if any, towards the tax component of the refund due.

Aggrieved by the order of the CIT(A), the revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD
The Tribunal noted that the present case is not a case where interest on interest due was claimed by the assessee. The issue arising in the present case is regarding the correct computation of the refund. As per the Revenue, while computing the refund and interest thereon u/s 244A, the refund already granted to the assessee should be adjusted against the tax component. However, as per the assessee, the refund already granted to the assessee should be adjusted against the interest component and balance, if any, towards the component of refund due.

The Tribunal held that the issue arising in the present appeals is settled in favour of the assessee by the decisions of the co-ordinate bench in the case of Union Bank of India vs. ACIT [(2017) 162 ITD 142 (Mum.)] and in Grasim Industries Ltd. vs. CIT [(2021) 23 taxmann.com 31 (Mum.)]. The Tribunal dismissed the grounds raised by the Revenue.

Proceedings u/s 263 of the Act cannot be initiated merely for non-initiation of proceedings for levy of penalty u/s 270A

20 Coimbatore Vaiyapuri Maathesh vs. ITO
TS-488-ITAT-2022 (Chennai)
A.Y.: 2017-18; Date of order: 17th March, 2022
Sections: 263, 270A

Proceedings u/s 263 of the Act cannot be initiated merely for non-initiation of proceedings for levy of penalty u/s 270A

FACTS
For A.Y. 2017-18, the assessee filed his return of income declaring a total income of Rs. 4,84,300. The Assessing Officer (AO) assessed the total income u/s 143(3) to be Rs. 81,67,948 by making an addition of Rs. 29,09,000 for unexplained money u/s 69A, and disallowing the cost of improvement of Rs. 47,74,648 claimed while computing capital gains.

The Principal Commissioner of Income-tax (PCIT) issued a show cause notice (SCN) to the assessee asking the assessee to show cause why the assessment order should not be revised u/s 263 as the same has been passed with omission to initiate penalty proceedings u/s 270A in respect of disallowance of the claim made while computing capital gains.

In response to the SCN issued, the assessee submitted that the assessment order passed by the AO is neither erroneous nor prejudicial to the interest of the revenue since there is no satisfaction/finding recorded by the AO with regard to underreporting or misreporting as required by law.

The PCIT, not being satisfied with the explanation of the assessee held that the assessment order passed by the AO with omission to initiate penalty proceedings u/s 270A, is erroneous in so far as prejudicial to the interest of the revenue, set aside the assessment order with a direction to the AO to re-do the assessment order after verification of issues discussed in 263 proceedings.

Aggrieved by the order passed by the PCIT, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal and contended that although the AO has made additions towards disallowance of capital gains but he has chosen not to initiate penalty proceedings u/s 270A because he has not arrived at satisfaction to the effect that there is an underreporting or misreporting of income as contemplated u/s 270A. Therefore, on the issue of non-initiation of penalty proceedings, the PCIT cannot assume jurisdiction and revise the assessment order. For this proposition, reliance was placed on the decision of the Madras High Court in the case of CIT vs. Chennai Metro Rail Ltd. [(2018) 92 taxmann.com 329].

HELD
The Tribunal noted that the AO had disallowed the cost of improvement on the ground that the assessee has not submitted supporting documentary evidence to substantiate his claim towards the cost of improvement. Except for this, there is no observation of unsustainability of the claim made by the assessee towards the cost of improvement. The Tribunal understood this to mean that although the AO has made an addition towards the cost of improvement, he has chosen not to initiate penalty proceedings u/s 270A because prima facie, there is no material with the AO to allege that there is an underreporting or misreporting of income. The Tribunal also noted that PCIT has relied upon the decision of Allahabad High Court in CIT vs. Surendra Prasad Aggarwal [(2005) 275 ITR 113 (All.)], where the court has held that revisionary power can be exercised for initiation of penalty proceedings.

The Tribunal found that although the Allahabad High Court in Surendra Prasad Aggarwal (supra) upheld 263 order passed by PCIT for initiation of penalty proceedings, the jurisdictional High Court in CIT vs. Chennai Metro Rail Ltd (supra) has taken a contrary view after considering the decision of the Allahabad High Court in Surendra Prasad Aggarwal (supra) and held that in the absence of any findings in the assessment order regarding underreporting or misreporting of income, the PCIT cannot revise assessment order to initiate penalty proceedings.

The Tribunal held that the PCIT erred in invoking revisional proceedings u/s 263 because the AO has chosen not to initiate penalty proceedings. The Tribunal quashed the revision order passed by the PCIT u/s 263.

COMMON PITFALLS IDENTIFIED BY REGULATORS

In the last couple of years, the Government of India (GOI) along with the Ministry of Corporate Affairs and other regulatory bodies have introduced significant regulatory reforms with respect to financial reporting in India. These reforms were introduced with an objective to establish more robust regulatory environment, transparent and reliable financial reporting framework that can be benchmarked globally, and increase investor confidence.

As a result of the above reforms, both the industry and audit profession have witnessed significant amendments in various provisions of the Companies Act 2013 (the Act), adoption of new accounting standards and auditing practices that are at par with global parameters, and formation of new regulatory bodies to closely monitor regulatory compliances.

The above initiatives have resulted into a multi-fold increase in the responsibilities of the members of ICAI, who are acting as an auditor of various companies, and vested with the responsibility to express an opinion on true and fair view of the financial statements, in light of the new provision and amendments introduced in the Act.

Although with all the above initiatives, we have witnessed a fast-paced improvement in both financial reporting and audit quality in a very short span of time, there is a lot of work that still needs to be done to ensure that this improvement process continue to give positive results and make high audit quality sustainable, and for which review boards and authorities have been constituted, as described below, to monitor and review the continuous progress:

National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA):
The NFRA is newly constituted by GOI in 2018, with an objective to continuously improve the quality of all corporate financial reporting in India by monitoring and enforcing compliance of accounting and auditing standards and by overseeing the quality of services of the professions associated with ensuring compliance with such standards, and suggest measures for improvement in the quality of services. The NFRA issues Financial Reporting Quality Review Report (FRQRR) post its review of quality of financial reporting of the company under review, and Audit Quality Review Report (AQRR) post its review of quality of audit services provided by the audit firm under review. Both these reports are available on NFRA website.

Quality Review Board (QRB): The GOI along with ICAI had constituted QRB in 2007, consisting of a chairperson and ten other members. The objectives of QRB are similar to NFRA, with a difference that the scope of QRB is limited to reviews of quality of audit services provided to private limited companies, unlisted public companies below the thresholds specified under Rule 3(1) of NFRA Rules, 2018 and other entities not specified under Rule 3(1) of NFRA Rules, 2018, and also entities that are referred to QRB by NFRA.

QRB issues a consolidated Quality Review Report every year summarizing its observations on quality of services, provided by various members of ICAI. The reports issued are available on QRB website.

Peer Review Board (PRB): PRB was constituted by ICAI in 2002, with an objective to ensure that in carrying out the assurance service assignments, the members of ICAI have complied with technical, professional and ethical standards as applicable including other regulatory requirements thereto and have in place proper systems including documentation thereof, to demonstrate the quality of assurance services. Thus, the focus of PRB is more towards enhancing the quality of professional work by adopting robust procedures and techniques that results into more reliable and useful audit and reports. Audit firms that successfully clears peer review are awarded peer review certificates.

Financial Reporting Review Board (FRRB): FRRB was constituted by ICAI in 2002, with an objective to bring improvement in the quality of financial reporting and auditor’s report thereon. The focus of FRRB is towards compliance of applicable accounting standards, compliance of the format and disclosure requirements of Schedule III and other provision of Companies Act 2013, and auditor’s report.

Apart from the above, Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) and Registrar of Companies (ROC), also review financial results / statements filed with them, and issue notices to corporates, in case there are non-compliances of applicable rules and regulations.

The objective of this article is to highlight some of the common observations made by above regulators, towards compliance of Standards on Auditing, Accounting Standards and Schedule III of the Companies Act, during their reviews, so that the readers of this article who are also acting in the capacity of auditors, can take extra care while dealing with similar situation, and achieve high quality audit.

The major observations made by the regulators are summarised in three broad categories i.e. Observations related to Standards on Auditing, Accounting Standards, and Schedule III. Further, below are the review reports that are primarily referred to highlight the observations:

–    Report on Audit Quality Review for the financial year 2020-21, issued by QRB.
–    Report on Audit Quality Review for the financial year 2019-20, issued by QRB.
–    FRQRR on the financial statement of Prabhu Steel Industries Limited, for the financial year 2019-20, issued by NFRA.
–    FRQRR on the financial statement of KIOCL Limited, for the financial year 2019-20, issued by NFRA.
–    Study on Compliance of Financial Reporting Requirements (under Ind AS framework) issued by FRRB.

COMMON OBSERVATIONS WITH RESPECT TO STANDARDS ON AUDITING
We need to understand and acknowledge that audit planning and execution is a lengthy process and require significant efforts and professional judgement, to express an opinion on the financial statements that is appropriate in the circumstances. This responsibility of the auditor increases to a significant extent, as and when a new provision or amendment has been introduced by the regulatory authorities, as these amendments usually have implications on various aspects of audit.

ICAI has issued Standards on Auditing and also issues other auditing pronouncements from time to time, that provide appropriate guidance to the auditors in various aspects of audit and assist them in ensuring that sufficient appropriate audit procedures have been performed and adequate evidences have been obtained that are relevant and reliable in the circumstances, and assist auditors to discharge their responsibilities.

The regulators while reviewing the audit work of the auditors refer these guidance and pronouncements to ensure that they have been adequately complied by the auditors while performing the audit. The common observations that the regulators have highlighted during such reviews are as under:

1. Standard on Quality Control (SQC-1)

Some of the most common findings with respect to engagement quality control and compliance of Standard on Quality Control (SQC-1) primarily includes:

–    Lack of adequate quality control manuals or implementation and monitoring of policies and procedures to ensure that the firm and its personnel perform the work that complies with professional standards, regulatory and legal requirements and issue reports that are appropriate in the circumstances.

–    Lack of communicating and documenting communication of quality control policies and procedures of the firm to the firm’s personnel, and the instances where the confirmations were obtained. More lack of established policies and procedures setting out criteria for identification of audits and reviews of financial information that should be evaluated to determine whether an engagement quality control review should be performed.
–    No written confirmation of compliance with policies and procedures on independence from all the firm personnel required to be independent and the instances where the confirmations have been obtained, the template used, did not address all the requirements of independence as envisaged under Code of Ethics and the provisions of the Act.
–    Absence of established policies and procedures for evaluating the independence before accepting non-audit engagements.
–    Absence of established policies and procedures for the acceptance and continuance of client relationships and specific audit. Further, not considering whether the firm has the capabilities, competence, time and resources to undertake a new engagement from a new or an existing client, not considering whether the firm personnel have experience with relevant regulatory or reporting requirements, or the ability to gain the necessary skills and knowledge effectively.
–    Absence of adequate reconciliations for UDINs generated as against bills raised for audit and attestation services provided.

The reviewers have reported highest number of adverse observations with respect to the SQC-1 and the primary parameters considered by them for ensuring the compliance, includes the following:

–    Whether the firm’s code of conduct includes the ethical requirements relating to audits and reviews of historical financial information, and other assurance and related services engagements.

–    Whether the person responsible for monitoring the system of quality control has appropriate experience for the role and assigned with sufficient and appropriate authority.
–    Whether a confirmation for maintenance of independence has been obtained from all the personnel required to maintain the independence, at reasonable intervals.
–    Whether there are adequate guidelines for the acceptance and continuation of audit clients and engagements including engagement for non-audit services.
–    Whether the quality control reviewer has been assigned to the audit engagements based on their risk profiles, and whether an appropriate mechanism has been established to ensure the involvement of quality control reviewer in all the significant areas of audit i.e., audit planning, audit observations require significant professional judgement, and issuance of audit opinion.
–    Whether the rotation of partners and senior personnel of audit engagements has been ensured at reasonable intervals.
–    Whether appropriate training programs have been conducted at reasonable intervals to ensure the competence and capabilities of the audit staff.
–    Whether there are adequate policies and procedures to ensure timely completion of audit documentation and its retention.

2. Audit engagement letter

The regulators in their review have commonly highlighted non-compliance of SA 210, Agreeing the terms of audit engagement, some of the commonly highlighted instances include:

–    Audit engagement letter executed post commencement of the audit.

–    Audit engagement letter not addressed to Board of Directors and not copied to Chairman of the Audit Committee, wherever applicable.
–    Absence of reference to the involvement of joint auditors
–    Audit and reporting on internal control with reference to financial statements, not included in the scope of audit.
–    Absence of reference to the expected form and content of the audit report to be issued by the auditor and a statement that there may be circumstances in which a report may differ from its expected form and content.
–    Audit engagement letter not signed by authorised person.

3. Audit documentation

Audit documentation is the primary evidence for the auditor to demonstrate that all the required audit procedures have been adequately performed to ensure compliance with professional standards, and various regulatory and legal requirements and considering this significance, the regulators and reviewers expect that the audit documentation should be prepared in such way so as to sufficiently describe the status of compliance with the standards on auditing, the timing and scope of implementation of audit procedures, the grounds for judgments, and the conclusions reached.

Further the audit documentation should also demonstrate that all the audit documentation has been adequately reviewed in a timely manner by the more experienced audit team member, audit engagement partner, and engagement quality control reviewer to confirm that sufficient appropriate audit evidence has been obtained to support the audit conclusions reached.

Some of the commonly highlighted observations in the audit documentation includes, inadequate documentation with respect to following significant audit areas:

–    Impairment assessment of property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets.

–    Compliance of financial covenants imposed by the lenders.
–    Going concern assessment, specifically evaluation of events and conditions triggering going concern and material uncertainty.
–    Evaluation of significant estimates.
–    Accounting evaluation of significant transactions.
–    Physical verification of inventory.
–    Impairment assessment of various financial assets i.e., trade receivables, Inter-corporate loans, investments, etc.
–    External confirmations from banks, financial institutions, vendors, customers, etc., for balances outstanding.
–    Identification of related party relationship.
–    Subsequent event assessment.
–    Documentation with respect to internal control with reference to financial statements i.e., process notes, risk control metrics and selection and testing of controls.
–    Analysis and conclusion of contingent liabilities.

Further with reference to the assembly and retention of audit file some of the below observations were highlighted:

–    Audit evidences collected / obtained were kept on record without linking it to any audit program or account balance;

–    Documents provided by the client and the documents generated / prepared by the audit team, were not adequately segregated and filed;

–    Inadequate documentation for discussions of significant matters with management or those charged with governance;

–    Delayed assembly of final audit file after the date of auditor’s report.

–    Addition and modification in audit documentation after the date of auditor’s report, without documenting the reasons for addition / modification.

4. Written representation

As per SA 580, written representations are necessary information that the auditor requires in connection with the audit of the entity’s financial statements. The regulators have highlighted that there are common instances where the auditors have missed to obtain the written representations from management on the matters like the management’s responsibilities for the design, implementation and maintenance of internal control to prevent and detect fraud, completeness of transactions and information provided, related party relationships and transactions with them, appropriateness of assumptions used in significant estimates etc.

It is worthwhile to highlight that it is mandatory for the auditors to obtain written representation from the management duly acknowledging their responsibilities with respect to various aspects of financial statements, also the written representation should be of a date that is close to the date of audit report, the best practice is to take the representation of the same date as of the audit report, and it should be taken on record by the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors, as the case may be, and signed by the personnel authorised by them.

5. Audit conclusion and reporting

The basic presumption of the regulators and reviewers before they start the review is that the audit opinion has been issued obtaining reasonable assurance whether financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and the opinion complies with the applicable format of audit report and includes all the relevant paragraphs as required by standard on auditing. However, below are the few common observations that the regulators observed during their review:

–    Audit report strictly not in compliance with the format prescribed in SA 700 Forming an opinion and reporting on financial statements. The observations are more particularly towards reporting with respect to auditors’ and management responsibility paragraphs;

–    Absence of statement that there are no key audit matters identified, when there was no reporting on key audit matters, as required by SA 701 Communicating key audit matters;
–    No reporting in respect of the branches not visited and the matters specified under Section 143 (3) of the Companies Act, 2013 under “Report on Other legal and Regulatory requirements” in the Auditor’s Report;
–    Absence of basis of modification paragraph in the auditor’s report, and inadequate documentation to conclude the modified opinion;
–    Inadequate documentation in compliance of the requirements of SA 720 that auditor has read the other information to identify material inconsistencies, if any, with the audited financial statements.

Auditor’s opinion is the final outcome of the audit, and hence it is imperative that the audit documentation must be prepared in such a manner, so that it can clearly support the audit opinion issued by the auditors.

The best practice in terms of ensuring the adequate documentation to support the audit opinion is to fill the various checklists with respect to Standard on Auditing, Accounting Standards, Schedule III, Companies Act compliances, and other regulatory compliances as applicable to the audit. The engagement partner should also encourage audit teams to map all the financial statement captions, that are subject to audit with their respective workpapers, and do tick and tie of numbers to ensure that there are no miss outs. Further, the audit engagement team should also maintain the repository of Guidance notes issued by ICAI and amendments introduced in the Companies Act, so that their compliance can be ensured before the audit opinion is issued.

Source: Report on Audit Quality Review 2020-21


COMPLIANCE OF ACCOUNTING STANDARD

Books of account are the primary records based on which financial statements are prepared by the management and then the audit is performed by the auditors. So, in order to conclude that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, the auditor are required to ensure that all the applicable accounting standards for recording and disclosure of transactions in the financial statements, have been adequately complied by the management.

Preface to the Statement of Accounting Standards states that the mandatory status of an Accounting Standard implies that while discharging their attest functions, it will be the duty of the auditors to examine whether the Accounting Standard is complied with in the presentation of financial statements covered by their audit. In the event of any deviation from the Accounting Standard, it will be their duty to make adequate disclosures in their audit reports so that the users of financial statements may be aware of such deviation.

Regulators considering that the Section 143(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 (‘the Act’) requires the auditors to report on the compliance of Accounting Standards as prescribed under Section 133 of the Act, also reviews the financial statements and audit file, to ensure whether the said reporting has been accurately done by the auditors based on the audit procedures performed.

Highlighted below are some more frequently observed non-compliances, with respect to accounting standards that have most number of observations, and also a graph depicting the observations across all the accounting standards:

Source: Report on Audit Quality Review 2020-21

Ind AS 107 – Financial Instruments: Disclosures

–    Nature of financial assets and liabilities based on their method of measurement are not adequately disclosed i.e., financial assets and liabilities that are measured at amortised cost, measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and measured at fair value through Statement of profit and loss.

–    Not providing information about the significant credit risk concentration in the credit risk disclosures.
–    Not disclosing the sensitivity analysis for managing market risk, interest rate risk or effect on equity for managing foreign currency risk


Ind AS 7 – Statement of Cash Flows

–    Profit after tax is considered for the preparation of cash flow statement under indirect method.

–    Separate disclosure of cash inflow/outflow of funds from fixed deposits (other than cash and cash equivalents) has not been made.
–    Proceeds from sale of investments are disclosed as payment for purchase of investments under cash flows from investing activities.
–    Unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents held in foreign currency, has not been disclosed separately.
–    Non-cash adjustments under financing activities were disclosed as repayment of long-term borrowings and infusion of short-term borrowings.
–    Components of cash and cash equivalents have not been disclosed.
–    Cash flow from loans and advances disclosed as cash flow from investing activities.


Ind AS 19 – Employee Benefits

–    Provision for gratuity not measured and recognised as per the valuation method prescribed under Ind AS 19.

–    Actuarial gains / losses on the defined benefits plans are not recognised in other comprehensive income.
–    Expected contributions to the defined benefit plans for the next annual reporting period to provide an indication of the possible effects on the entity’s future cash flows, has not been made.
–    Inadequate disclosures with respect to sensitivity analysis of assumptions and description of any asset-liability matching strategies used by the plan.


Ind AS 24 – Related Party Disclosures

–    Relationship between parent and its subsidiary, associates, joint ventures and other related entities have not been fully disclosed.

–    Transactions and balance outstanding with all the related parties have not been fully disclosed.
–    Terms and conditions of loans received from related parties, have not been disclosed.
–    Disclosure of corporate guarantee and commitments given to related parties have not been disclosed.


Ind AS 37 – Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets

–    Not disclosing the indication of uncertainties relating to the amount or timing of any outflow and the possibility of any reimbursement w.r.t contingent liabilities in the financial statements. Further, if the above disclosure was not possible, the fact is not disclosed that it is not practicable to disclose the information as above.
–    Accounting policy for contingent assets not in line with the requirements of Ind AS 37.

It is always advisable that the audit team must fill and document the accounting standard checklist as part of their documentation to ensure that the guidance of the applicable accounting standards with respect to recognition, measurement and disclosures have been duly complied with. Workpaper references of the detailed accounting evaluation of complex transactions should also be documented in the relevant sections of the checklist for ready references. Any such checklist must also be thoroughly reviewed both by the senior audit team members and the engagement partners before audit opinion is drawn.

The disclosure checklist as published by ICAI ‘Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS): Disclosure Checklist (Revised February 2020)’, and ‘Accounting Standards (AS): Disclosure Checklist (Revised February 2020)’, can also be referred and used to achieve the above objective.

COMPLIANCE OF SCHEDULE III
The Companies Act, 2013 has prescribed the format for Balance Sheet and Statement of profit and loss under Schedule III, which is mandatory to be complied by all corporates in India. Auditors as part of their audit are required to ensure that general purpose financial statements as presented by the management must comply with the disclosure requirements of Schedule III, and material deviation if any, are reported in the auditor’s report.

Highlighted below are few non-compliances, with respect to the presentation of financial statements, as compared to the requirement of Schedule III, in their review report issued by the regulators:

Balance Sheet – Assets

–    Incorrect classification of advances given to vendors.

–    Investment in partnership firm was incorrectly shown as investment in equity instrument. Further, names of partners, total capital of firm and shares of each partner for investments in capital of partnership firms, not disclosed in the financial statements.
–    Disclosure regarding ‘bank balances other than cash and cash equivalents’ included deposits with ‘remaining maturity’ of more than three months but less than 12 months instead of ‘original maturity’ of more than three months but less than 12 months.
–    Current tax assets were not shown as a separate line item on the face of the balance sheet.
–    Nature of items shown as “others” was not specified for current financial assets and other current assets in the notes to the financial statements.
–    Investments not further classified based on their relationship with the investee i.e., subsidiary, associate and joint venture.


Balance Sheet – Liabilities

–    Working capital loan obtained from banks was not classified as loans repayable on demand from Banks under “Current Borrowings” in the balance sheet.

–    Terms of repayment and rate of interest not adequately disclosed for each of the borrowings.
–    Overdraft bank balance was not disclosed under Borrowings, instead it was deducted from balance with banks.
–    Provision for taxation disclosed as long-term provisions.
–    Capital creditors incorrectly disclosed as trade payables.
–    Total outstanding dues to micro enterprises and small enterprises, not disclosed on the face of the balance sheet.
–    Rights of the shareholders in the event of liquidation not disclosed.


Statement of profit and loss

–    Interest income from related parties was not disclosed separately, instead it is clubbed under miscellaneous income.

–    Profit on sale of scrap was wrongly shown as gain on sale of fixed assets in the Statement of profit and loss.
–    Disclosure for changes in inventories of finished goods, work-in-progress, and stock in trade was not disclosed in the manner as required in Schedule III.
–    Expenditure on corporate social responsibility, disclosed as ‘appropriation’ in the Reserves and Surplus, instead of being charged to the Statement of profit and loss as a separate line item with additional information by way of notes to financial statements.
–    Disclosure for payment made to auditors was not made in the manner as specified under Schedule III, and payment made to cost auditor included in the disclosure for payment to auditors.
–    Earnings per share not disclosed in the Statement of profit and loss.

It was also highlighted that rounding off requirements for the figures appearing in the financial statements to the nearest, lakhs, millions or crores, or decimals thereof, has not been complied with as per the requirements of Schedule III.

Further, Registrar of Companies (ROC), are also performing reviews of financial statements to ensure the compliance of the Act, and issuing notices to the auditors and companies for the non-compliances they are observing related to accounting standard, Schedule III and other requirements of the Act.

Financial statements as prepared by the management and audit opinion formed by the auditors are the two primary documents that are considered as the final outcome of the audit, and on which reliance will be placed by the various users of the financial statements. Hence, it is of utmost importance that due care must be taken to ensure that these documents are free from errors.

It is advisable that apart from filling of required checklists audit firms should also establish and follow the practice of independent reading of financial statements and audit reports, before they are attested and released, by the experienced audit partners or members of the firm, as part of their quality control practice, so as to avoid any apparent non-compliance or errors, that might have been missed by the audit team.

TO SUMMARISE
Auditors are playing a crucial role in achieving the objective of a robust financial reporting environment, and hence it is imperative that their quality of services should not be compromised and their independence should not be questioned by regulators and investors. To achieve this, the audit firms must follow a robust mechanism to ensure that they are continuously and consistently performing their duties, by complying with all the applicable rules and regulations, under all circumstances, and their independence is not getting impaired at any point of time.

The GOI has also acknowledged the efforts and contributions of auditors from to time, and have supported them in tightening the loose ends by appointing regulators that can review and highlight the weak points.

It has been rightly said that excellence can only be achieved by focusing on shortcomings and putting continuous efforts for improvement by producing better results, the saying equally applies to the auditing profession, with the advantage that independent regulators have been appointed to identify and highlight the shortcomings in audit, so that auditors can strive harder to improve their audit quality and issue audit opinions that are fully compliant with applicable laws and regulations.

RECENT AMENDMENTS FOR TAX DEDUCTION AND TAX COLLECTION AT SOURCE

1. BACKGROUND
The scope for Tax Deduction
at Source (TDS) and Tax Collection at Source (TCS) has been enlarged in
the last three Budgets presented by our Finance Minister, Smt. Nirmala
Sitharaman, in 2020, 2021 and 2022. Various Sections of the Income-tax
Act (Act) dealing with TDS and TCS have been amended, and some new
sections are added for this purpose. All these amendments have increased
the compliance burden on taxpayers. In this article, the various
amendments made in the Act in the last three years are discussed.

2. SECTION 192: TDS FROM SALARIES
Finance Act, 2020, amended this Section, effective from A.Y.2021-22 (F.Y.2020-21).
Section 17(2)(vi) of the Act provides for taxation of the value of any
specified securities or sweat equity shares (ESOP) allotted to any
employee by the employer as a perquisite. The employer must deduct tax
at source on such perquisite at the time of exercise of option u/s 192.

To
ease the burden of Start-Ups, the amendments in this Section provide
that a company which is an eligible start-up u/s 80IAC will have to
deduct tax at source on such income within 14 days (i) after the expiry
of 48 months from the end of the relevant assessment year, or (ii) from
the date of sale of such ESOP shares by the employee or (iii) from the
date on which the employee who received the ESOP benefit ceases to be an
employee of the company, whichever is earlier. For this purpose, the
tax rates in force of the financial year in which the said shares (ESOP)
were allotted or transferred are to be considered. By this amendment,
the employee’s liability to pay tax on such perquisite and deduction of
tax on the same is deferred as stated above. Consequential amendments
are also made in Sections 140A (Self-Assessment Tax), 156 (Notice of
Demand) and 191 (Direct payment of Tax).

3. SECTION 194: TDS FROM DIVIDENDS
i)
Up to 31st March, 2020, domestic companies declaring / distributing
dividends to shareholders were required to pay Dividend Distribution Tax
(DDT) u/s 115-O of the Act at the rate of 15% plus applicable surcharge
and cess. Consequently, Section 10(34) granted an exemption to dividend
income in the hands of the shareholder. This provision in Section 115-0
for payment of DDT by the company and exemption of dividend in hands of
the shareholder has been deleted by the F.A. 2020 effective from 01.04.2020.

ii) Section 194 is amended from 01.04.2020
to provide that if the dividend paid by a domestic company to a
Resident Shareholder exceeds Rs 5,000 in a Financial Year, tax at the
rate of 10% shall be deducted at source. The rate of TDS in the case of a
Non-Resident Shareholder shall by 20% as provided u/s 195.

iii) Finance Act, 2021, has further amended this Section, effective from 01.04.2020,
to provide that TDS provision shall not apply to dividend credited or
paid to (a) A Business Trust i.e., Infrastructure Investment Trust or
Real Estate Investment Trust by a Special Purpose Vehicle or (b) Any
other notified person.

4. SECTION 194A: TDS FROM INTEREST INCOME
4.1 This Section deals with TDS from Interest Income. This section is amended by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020.
Prior to this date, a Co-operative Society was not required to deduct
tax at source from interest payment in the following cases.

i) Interest payment by a Co-operative Society (Other than a Co-Operative Bank) to its members.

ii) Interest payment by a Co-operative Society to any other Co-operative Society.

iii)
Interest payment on deposits with a Primary Agricultural Credit Society
or Primary Credit Society or a Co-operative Land Mortgage Bank.

iv)
Interest payment on deposits (Other than time deposits) with a
Co-operative Society (Other than Societies mentioned in (iii) above)
engaged in the business of banking.

Under the amendments made in Section 194A effective from 01.04.2020,
the above exemptions have been modified, and a Co-Operative Society
shall be required to deduct tax at source in all the above cases at the
rates in force if the following conditions are satisfied.

a) The
total sales, gross receipts or turnover of the Co-operative Society
exceed Rs 50 Cr. during the immediately preceding financial year, and

b)
The amount of interest, or the aggregate of the amounts of such
interest payment during the financial year, is more than Rs 50,000 in
case the payee is a Senior Citizen (Age of 60 years or more) or more
than Rs 40,000 in other cases.

4.2 i) It may be noted that Section 10(12) is amended by the F.A. 2021, effective from 01.04.2022.
By this amendment, interest credited to the account of an employee in
his account in a recognized Provident Fund is now taxable in respect of
his contribution in excess of Rs 2.50 Lakhs in a financial year. The
method of calculating such interest is provided in Rule 9D inserted in
the Income-tax Rules, effective from 01.04.2022. In this Rule, it
is provided that the Employees’ PF Trust will maintain a separate
account for each employee under the heading ‘Taxable Contribution
Account’ and credit his contribution, which is in excess of Rs 2.50
Lakhs during the F.Y. 2021-22 and each of the subsequent years. Interest accrued on this excess contribution shall be credited to this account.

ii)
The Ministry of Labour and Employment, Government of India, has issued
Circular No. WSU/6(1) 2019/Income tax / Part I (E – 33306) dated 5th
April, 2022. In this circular, it is stated that interest credited to
the employee’s account in the ‘Taxable Contribution Account’ as provided
in Rule 9D of the Income-tax Rules shall be subject to TDS u/s 194A at
10%. If PAN is not linked with the PF Account of the employee, the rate
of TDS will be 20%. If the total amount of such interest is less than Rs
500 in any Finance Year, this TDS provision will not apply. This tax
will have to be deducted by Trustees of Employees’ PF Trust and
deposited with the Government when it is credited or paid, whichever is
earlier.

5. SECTION 194C: PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTORS
This section is amended by the F.A. 2020 effective from 01.04.2020.
Prior to the amendment, the term “Work” was defined in the section to
include manufacturing or supplying a product according to the
requirement or specification of a customer by using material purchased
from such customer. Now, this term “Work” will also include material
purchased from the Associate of such Customer. For this purpose, the
term “Associate” means a person specified u/s 40A(2)(b).

6. SECTION 194 – IA: TDS FROM PAYMENT FOR TRANSACTION IN IMMOVABLE PROPERTY
This
Section requires that, if the consideration for the transaction is Rs
50 Lakhs or more, the buyer shall deduct tax at the rate of 1% of the
consideration for the transfer of immovable property. Effective from
01.04.2022, this Section is amended by the F.A. 2022 to provide that tax
at 1% is to be deducted from the amount determined for the Stamp Duty
Valuation if that amount is higher than the consideration. If the
consideration for transfer and the Stamp Duty Valuation is less than Rs
50 Lakhs, then no tax is required to be deducted.

7. SECTION 194J: TDS FROM FEES FOR PROFESSIONAL OR TECHNICAL SERVICES

This section is amended by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020.
The rate for TDS has been reduced from 10% to 2% in respect of Fees for
Technical Services. The rate of TDS for Professional Fees continues at 10%.

8. SECTION 194K: TDS FROM INCOME FROM MUTUAL FUND

This is a new Section inserted by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020.
It provides that income distributed by a Mutual Fund to a Resident unit
holder in excess of R5,000 in a financial year will be subject to TDS
at the rate of 10%. In the case of a Non-Resident Unit holder, the rate
of TDS is 20% u/s 196A. Prior to 1.4.2020, a Mutual Fund was
required to pay tax at the time of distribution of income u/s 195R and
the Unit Holder was granted exemption u/s 10(35).

9. SECTION 194LBA: TDS FROM INCOME DISTRIBUTED BY A BUSINESS TRUST
This section has been amended by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020,
to provide that in respect of income distributed by a Business Trust to
a resident unit holder, being dividend received or receivable from a
Special Purpose Vehicle, the tax shall be deducted at source at the rate
of 10%. In respect of a non-resident unit holder, the rate for TDS is
20% on such dividend income.

10. SECTION 194LC: TDS FROM INTEREST FROM INDIAN COMPANY
This section is amended by F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020.
The eligibility of borrowing under a loan agreement or by issue of long
term bonds for concessional rate of TDS under this section has now been
extended from 30.06.2020 to 30.06.2023. Further, Section 194LC(2) has
now been amended to include interest on monies borrowed by an Indian
Company from a source outside India by issue of Long Term Bonds or Rupee
Denominated Bonds between 01.04.2020 and 30.06.2023, which are listed
on a recognized Stock Exchange in any International Financial Services
Center (IFSC). In such a case, the rate of TDS will be 4% (as against 5%
in other cases).

11. SECTION 194LD: TDS FROM CERTAIN BONDS AND GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
This section is amended by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020.
This amendment is made to cover interest payable from 01.06.2013 to
30.06.2023 by a person to an FII or a Qualified Foreign Investor on
Rupee Denominated Bonds of an Indian Company or Government Security u/s
194LD. Further, now interest at specified rate on Municipal Debt
Securities issued between 01.04.2020 to 30.06.2023 will also be covered
under the provisions of this Section. The rate for TDS is 5% in such
cases.

12. SECTION 194N: TDS FROM PAYMENT IN CASH
Section
194N was inserted, effective from 01.09.2019, by the Finance (No.2)
Act, 2019. This Section provided that a Banking Company, Co-operative
Bank or a Post Office shall deduct tax at source at 2% in respect of
cash withdrawn by any account holder from one or more accounts with such
Bank / Post office in excess of Rs 1 Cr. in a financial year.

Now, the above Section has been replaced by a new Section 194N by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.07.2020. This new Section provides as under:

i) The provision relating to TDS at 2% on cash withdrawals exceeding Rs 1 Cr. as stated above is continued. However, w.e.f. 01.07.2020,
if the account holder in the Bank / Post Office has not filed returns
of income for all the three assessment years relevant to the three
previous years, for which the time for filing such return of income u/s
139(1) has expired, the rate of TDS will be as under:

a) 2% of
cash withdrawal from all accounts with a Bank or Post Office in excess
of R 20 Lakhs but not exceeding Rs 1 Cr. in a financial year.

b) 5% of cash withdrawal from all accounts with a Bank or Post Office in excess of Rs 1 Cr. in a financial year.

ii)
This TDS provision applies to all persons, i.e., Individuals, HUF, AOP,
Firms, LLP, Companies etc., engaged in business or profession and to
all persons having bank accounts for personal purposes.

iii) The
Central Government has been authorized to notify, in consultation with
RBI, that in the case of any account holder, the above provisions may
not apply or tax may be deducted at a reduced rate if the account holder
satisfies the conditions specified in the notification.

iv) This
Section does not apply to cash withdrawals by any Government, Bank,
Co-operative Bank, Post Office, Banking Correspondent, White Label ATM
Operators and such other persons as may be notified by the Central
Government in consultation with RBI if such person satisfies the
conditions specified in the notification. Such notification may provide
that the TDS may be at reduced rates or at “Nil” rate.

v) This
provision is made to discourage cash withdrawals from Banks and promote
the digital economy. It may be noted that u/s 198, it is provided that
the tax deducted u/s 194N will not be treated as income of the assessee.
If the amount of this TDS is not treated as income of the assessee,
credit for tax deducted at source u/s 194N will not be available to the
assessee u/s 199 read with Rule 37BA. If such credit is not given, this
will be an additional tax burden on the assessee.

13. SECTION 194-O: TDS FROM PAYMENT BY E-COMMERCE OPERATOR TO E-COMMERCE PARTICIPANT
New Section 194-O has been inserted by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020.
Existing Section 206AA has been amended from the same date. Section
194-O provides that the TDS provisions will apply to E-commerce
operators. The effect of this provision is as under:

i) The two
terms used in the Section are defined to mean (a) “e-commerce operator”
is a person who owns, operates or manages digital or electronic facility
or platform for electronic commerce and (b) “e-commerce participant” is
a person resident in India selling goods or providing services or both,
including digital products, through digital or electronic facility or
platform for electronic commerce. For this purpose, the services will
include fees for professional services and fees for technical services.

ii)
An e-commerce operator facilitating the sale of goods or provision of
services of an e-commerce participant through its digital electronic
facility or platform is now required to deduct tax at source at the rate
of 1% of the payment of the gross amount of sales or services or both
to the e-commerce participant.

iii) No tax is required to be
deducted if the payment is made to an e-commerce participant who is an
Individual or HUF if the payment during the financial year is less than
Rs 5 Lakhs and the e-commerce participant has furnished PAN or Aadhar Card
Number.

iv) Further, in the case of an e-commerce operator who
is required to deduct tax at source as stated in (ii) above or in case
stated in (iii) above, there will be no obligation to deduct tax under
any provisions of chapter XVII-B in respect of the above transactions.
However, this exemption will not apply to any amount received by an
e-commerce operator for hosting advertisements or providing any other
services which are not in connection with sale of goods or services.

v)
If the e-commerce participant does not furnish PAN or Aadhar Card
Number, the rate for TDS u/s 206AA will be 5% instead of 1%. This is
provided in the amended Section 206AA.

vi) It is also provided
that CBDT, with the approval of the Central Government, may issue
guidelines for the purpose of removing any difficulty that may arise in
giving effect to provisions of Section 194-O.

14. SECTION 194-P: TDS IN CASES OF SPECIFIED SENIOR CITIZENS
This is a new section inserted by F.A. 2021, from 01.04.2021.
Since the section deals with TDS and provides for relaxation from
filing Return of Income by Senior Citizens it will apply for the F.Y. 2021-2022 (A.Y. 2022-23).
This section grants exemption from filing of Return of Income by Senior
Citizens (age of 75 years or more). For this purpose, the following
conditions should be complied with:

i) Such Senior Citizen should have only pension Income.

ii) Such Senior Citizen may also have interest income from the same specified Bank in which he /she is receiving the pension.

iii) Such Senior Citizen will be required to furnish a declaration in the prescribed manner to the specified Bank.

In
the case of the Senior Citizen to whom the section applies, the
specified bank shall, after giving effect to the deductions allowable
under Chapter VIA and the Rebate allowable u/s 87A, compute the total
income and tax payable by such Senior Citizen for the relevant
assessment year and deduct income tax on such total income based on
applicable rates.

It may be noted that the above exemption from
filing return of income will not be available if such Senior Citizen has
Income from House Property, Business, Profession, Capital gains, and
Interest income from any other Bank or any person, Dividend etc.
Considering the conditions imposed in the Section, very few Senior
Citizens will be able to get benefit of this section.
        
15. SECTION 194-Q: TDS FROM PAYMENT FOR PURCHASE OF GOODS
This is a new section inserted by the F.A. 2021, effective from 01.07.2021.
Last year, section 206C(IH) was inserted to provide for the collection
of tax at source (TCS) by the seller of goods of the aggregate value
exceeding Rs 50 Lakhs at the rate of 0.1% of the value of goods
purchased by the purchaser. The new section 194Q applies to an assessee
whose total sales, gross receipts or turnover from business exceeds Rs 10
Cr. in the immediately preceding financial year. Further, this provision
will apply if the aggregate value of goods purchased in the financial
year exceeds Rs 50 Lakhs. In such a case, tax at the rate of 0.1% of the
amount in excess of Rs 50 Lacs is required to be deducted at source.
This provision will not apply if the tax is required to be deducted or
collected under any other provisions of the Act, other than TCS on the
sale of goods as provided in section 206C(IH). It is also provided that
if the buyer deducts tax on the purchase of goods under this section,
the seller will not be required to collect tax u/s 206C(IH). In other
words, if section 194Q, as well as section 206C(IH) applies to any
transaction, TDS provision u/s 194Q will apply and TCS provision u/s
206C (IH) will not apply except in the case of advance received by the
seller against sales.
In case the seller does not have PAN, the
applicable rate of TDS will be 5%. A consequential amendment is made in
section 206AA. It may be noted that the term “Goods” has not been
defined in sections 194Q or 206C (IH). If we rely on the definition
under the Sale of Goods Act, 1930, it will mean movable assets.
Therefore, immovable property will not be considered “Goods”.

16. SECTION 194-R: TDS FROM BENEFIT OR PERQUISITES
i) This is a new Section which has been inserted by the F.A. 2022 and comes into force from 01.07.2022. The
section provides that tax shall be deducted at source at the rate of
10% of the value of the benefit or perquisite arising from business or
profession if the value of such benefit or perquisite in a financial
year exceeds Rs 20,000.

ii) The provisions of this Section are
not applicable to an Individual or HUF whose Sales, Gross Receipts or
Turnover does not exceed Rs 1 Cr. in the case of business or Rs 50 Lakhs
in the case of profession during the immediately preceding financial
year.

iii) The section also provides that if the benefit or
perquisite is wholly in kind or partly in kind and partly in cash and
the cash portion is not sufficient to meet the TDS amount, then the
person providing such benefit or perquisite shall ensure that tax is
paid in respect of the value of the benefit or perquisite before
releasing such benefit or perquisite.

iv) In the Memorandum
explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill, 2022, it is clarified
that Section 194R is added to cover cases where value of any benefit or
perquisite arising from any business or profession is chargeable to tax
u/s 28(iv) of the Act. It is also provided that the Central Government
shall issue guidelines to remove any difficulty that may arise in the
implementation of this section.

v) It may be noted that CBDT has
issued a Circular No. 12 of 2022. This Circular provides Guidelines for
the removal of difficulties arising from implementation of this section.
This Circular explains the transactions to which this section applies.
Briefly stated, the position about the following transactions will be as
under:

a) The section applies to any benefit or perquisite
provided to a person if such benefit or perquisite is taxable in the
hands of the recipient. However, the tax deductor is not required to
verify whether such benefit or perquisite is taxable in the hands of the
recipient u/s 28(iv).

b) If the benefit or perquisite is in the form of a Capital Asset, tax is required to be deducted under this section.

c)
This section will not apply to Sales Discount, Cash Discount and Rebate
on sales given by the assessee. However, if free samples are given or
if an incentive is given only to selected persons in the form of TV,
Computer, Gold Coin, Mobile Phone, Free Tickets for Travel etc., the
provisions of this section will apply.

d) If the benefit of use
of assets of ABC Co. Ltd., is given free of cost to BCD Co. Ltd or its
directors, employees or their relatives, ABC Co. Ltd., will have to
deduct tax under this section.

e) The valuation of the benefit or perquisite given in kind is to be made at fair market value.

The
above Circular deals with many other cases in which tax is either to be
deducted or not to be deducted under this section. Therefore, the
person liable to deduct tax at source will have to carefully study the
guidelines in the Circular before giving any benefit or perquisite to a
third person.

17. SECTION 194-S: TDS FROM TRANSFER OF VIRTUAL DIGITAL ASSET (VDA)

i) This is a new section inserted by the F.A. 2022 which comes into force on 01.07.2022.
The section provides that any person paying to a resident consideration
for transfer of any Virtual Digital Asset (VDA) shall deduct tax at 1%
of such sum. In a case where the consideration for transfer of VDA is
(a) wholly in kind or in exchange of another VDA, where there is no
payment in cash or (b) partly in cash and partly in kind but the part in
cash is not sufficient to meet the liability of TDS in respect of whole
of such transfer, the payer shall ensure that tax is paid in respect of
such consideration before releasing the consideration. However, this
TDS provision does not apply if such consideration does not exceed Rs
10,000 in a financial year.

ii) Section 194-S defines the term
“Specified Person” to mean any person (i) being an Individual or a HUF,
whose total sales, gross receipts or turnover from business or
profession does not exceed Rs 1 Cr. in case of business or Rs 50 Lakhs
in the case of profession, during the immediately preceding financial
year in which such VDA is transferred or (ii) being an Individual or a
HUF who does not have income under the head “Profits and Gains of
Business or Profession”.

iii) In the case of a Specified Person –

a)  
 The provisions of Section 203A relating to Tax Deduction and
Collection Account Number and 206AB relating to Special Provision for
TDS for non-filers of Income-tax Return will not apply.

b) If the
value or the aggregate value of such consideration for VDA does not
exceed Rs 50,000 during the financial year, no tax is required to be
deducted.

iv) In the case of a transaction to which Sections
194-O and 194-S are applicable, then tax is to be deducted u/s 194-S and
not under Section 194-O.

(v) The CBDT has issued certain
Guidelines by its Circular No. 13 of 2022 dated 22nd June, 2022 for
removal of difficulties under this Section. Briefly stated this Circular
states as under:

a) These guidelines apply only in cases where the transfer of VDA is taking place on or through an Exchange.

b)
When the transfer of VDA is taking place on or through an Exchange and
payment is made by the purchaser to the Exchange directly, or through a
Broker, the tax should be deducted by the Exchange. The Circular also
explains the circumstances under which tax is required to be deducted by
the Broker. The terms “Exchange” and “Broker” are defined in the
Circular.
    
c) When VDA-‘X’ is exchanged by the seller against
VDA–‘Y’ owned by the buyer, TDS provisions apply to both the seller and
the buyer. The Circular explains the mechanism for deduction of tax at
source when such transfer takes place directly or through the Exchange.

d)
It is clarified that when tax is deducted u/s 194-S, no tax is required
to deducted u/s 194-Q dealing with TDS from payment for purchase of
goods.

e) For TDS under this section, the consideration for VDA
is to be computed excluding GST and charges levied by the deductor for
rendering service.

f) The circular also explains the TDS
provisions relating to VDA in the form of questions and answers which a
person dealing in VDA will have to study before deducting tax at source
u/s 194-S.

(vi) CBDT has also issued another Circular No. 14 of
2022 on 28th June, 2022 explaining how the provisions of this Section
will apply when the transfer of VDA takes place for consideration in
cash or kind otherwise than through an Exchange.

18. SECTION 196-C: TDS FROM FOREIGN CURRENCY BONDS OR SHARES
This
section dealing with TDS from interest or dividend in respect of Bonds
or GDRs purchased by a Non-Resident in Foreign Currency has been amended
by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020. Under the amended Section, TDS at 10% is now deductible from interest or dividend paid to the Non-Resident.

19. SECTION 196-D: TDS FROM INCOME OF FII FROM SECURITIES
i)
This section deals with TDS from income in respect of securities held
by an FII. By amendment of the Section by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020, it is provided that Dividend paid to FII or FPI will be subject to TDS at the rate of 20%.
    
ii)
As stated above, this section provides for TDS at the rate of 20% on
income of FIIs from securities referred to in section 115AD(1)(a), other
than interest u/s 194LD. Due to this specific rate of 20%, the benefit
of lower rate under the applicable DTAA was not available. To give this
benefit to FIIs, the section has now been amended by the F.A. 2021,
effective from 01.04.2021, and it is now provided that in the
case of any FII, to whom DTAA applies, the tax shall be deducted under
this section at the rate of 20% or the rate as per the applicable DTAA,
whichever is lower. The FII must produce the ‘Tax Residency Certificate’
to get this benefit.
            
20. SECTIONS 206 AB AND 206 CCA: TDS/TCS FROM NON-FILERS OF ITR
i)
At present, sections 206AA and 206CC provide for TDS and TCS at higher
rates if the PAN is not furnished by the person to whom payment is made
or the person from whom the amount is received. Now, two new sections
206AB and 206CCA are inserted by the F.A. 2021 effective from 01.07.2021
for TDS and TCS at higher rates if the specified person from whom tax
is to be deducted or the tax is to be collected has not filed the return
of income for the two preceding years. These two new sections will
apply, notwithstanding anything contained in any other provisions of the
Act, where tax is required to be deducted or collected under Chapter
XVII-B or Chapter XVIIBB. However, these provisions will not apply to
TDS provisions under sections 192 and 192A (salary), 194B and 194BB
(winnings from lottery, crossword puzzle and horse races), 194LBC
(Income from investment in securitization Trust) or 194N (Payment of
certain amount in cash by Banks etc.).

ii) For the above purpose,
“specified person” is defined to mean (a) a person who has not filed
return of income for both the two immediately preceding years in which
tax is required to be deducted / collected, (b) the time limit to file
the Return of income for the above years u/s 139(1) has expired, (c)
aggregate of TDS/TCS exceeds Rs 50,000 in each of the two preceding
years an (d) the specified person shall not include a non-resident who
does not have a PE in India.

iii) The higher rate for TDS/TCS provided in the above sections is to be worked out as under:

a) TDS Rate: Higher of (a) Twice the rate specified in the relevant section or (b) Twice the Rate or Rates in force or (c) The rate of 5%.

b) TCS Rate: Higher of (a) Twice the Rate specified in the relevant section or (b) The rate of 5%.

iv)
It is further provided that if the provisions of section 206AA (for
TDS) or section 206CC (for TCS) are applicable to the specified person
in addition to section 206AB (for TDS) or section 206CCA (for TCS), the
higher of the two rates provided in the above sections will apply.

v)
For the convenience of the deductor and collector of tax, CBDT vide
Circular No. 11 of 2021 dated 21st June, 2021 has clarified the steps
taken to ease the compliance burden of the deductor/collector by launch
of new functionality ‘Compliance Check for sections 206AB and 260CCA’
through the reporting portal of the Income-tax department. The Deductor
or Collector using this functionality can get the information about the
specified person as to whether he has filed the return of income for the
preceding two years. It is also possible for the dedutor or collector
to obtain a declaration from the specified person as to whether he has
filed the return of income for the preceding two years, and if so on
what dates.

vi) These two sections are further amended by the F.A. 2022, effective from 01.04.2022. It
is now provided the TDS/TCS at higher rates in such cases will not
apply to cases under sections 194IA, 194IB and 194M where the payer is
not required to obtain TAN. Further, the test of non-filing the
Income-tax Returns under Sections 206AB / 206CCA has now been reduced
from two preceding years to one preceding year.

21. SECTION 206C: TCS FROM CERTAIN TRADING TRANSACTIONS

This
Section dealing with collection of tax at source (TCS) has been amended
by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.10.2020. Hitherto, this provision
for TCS applied in respect of specified businesses. Under this
provision, a seller is required to collect tax from the buyer of certain
goods at the specified rates. The amendment of this Section, effective
from 01.10.2020, extends the net of TCS u/s 206C (1G) and (1H) to other
transactions as under:

i) An Authorized Dealer, who is authorized
by RBI to deal in foreign exchange or foreign security, receiving Rs. 7
lakhs or more from any person, in a financial year, for remittance out
of India under Liberalized Remittance Scheme (LRS), is liable to collect
TCS at 5% from the person remitting such amount. Thus, LRS remittance
upto Rs. 7 Lakhs in a financial year will not be liable for this TCS. If
the remitter does not provide PAN or Aadhar Card Number, the rate of
TCS will be 10% u/s 206CC.

ii) In the above case, if the
remittance in excess of Rs. 7 Lakhs is by a person who is remitting the
foreign exchange out of education loan obtained from a Financial
Institution, as defined in Section 80E, the rate of TCS will be 0.5%. If
the remitter does not furnish PAN or Aadhar Card No. the rate of TCS
will be 5% u/s 206CC.

iii) The seller of an overseas tour
programme package, who receives any amount from a buyer of such package,
is liable to collect TCS at 5% from such buyer. It may be noted that
the TCS provision will apply in this case even if the amount is less
than Rs. 7 Lakhs. If the buyer does not provide PAN or Aadhar Card No.
the rate for TCS will be 10% u/s 206CC.

iv) It may be noted that the above provisions for TCS do not apply in following cases:

a) An amount in respect of which the sum has been collected by the seller.

b)
If the buyer is liable to deduct tax at source under any other
provisions of the Act. This will mean that for remittance for
professional fees, commission, fees for technical services etc., from
which tax is to be deducted at source, this section will not apply.

c)
If the remitter is the Central Government, State Government, Embassy,
High Commission, Legation, Commission, Consulate, Trade Representation
of a Foreign State, Local Authority or any person in respect of whom
Central Government has issued notification.

v) Section 206C(1H), which comes into force on 01.10.2020
provides that a seller of goods is liable to collect TCS at the rate of
0.1% on receipt of consideration from the buyer of goods, other than
goods covered by Section 206C(1), (1F) or (1G). This TCS provision will
apply only in respect of the consideration in excess or Rs 50 Lakhs in
the financial year. If the buyer does not provide PAN or Aadhar Card
No., the rate of TCS will be 1%. If the buyer is liable to deduct tax at
source from the seller on the goods purchased and made such deduction,
this provision for TCS will not apply.

vi) It may be noted that the above Section 206C (1H) does not apply in the following cases:

a)
If the buyer is the Central Government, State Government, Embassy, High
Commission, Legation, Commission, Consulate, Trade Representation of a
Foreign State, Local Authority, person importing goods into India or any
other person as the Central Government may notify.

b) If the
seller is a person whose sales, turnover or gross receipts from the
business in the preceding financial year does not exceed Rs. 10 Cr.

vii)
The CBDT, with the approval of the Central Government, may issue
guidelines for removing any difficulty that may arise in giving effect
to the above provisions.

22. OBLIGATION TO DEDUCT OR COLLECT TAX AT SOURCE
Hitherto,
the obligation to comply with the provisions of Sections 194A, 194C,
194H, 194I, 194J or 206C for TDS/TCS was on Individuals or HUF whose
total sales or gross receipts or turnover from business or profession
exceeded the monetary limits specified in Section 44AB during he
immediately preceding financial year. The above Sections are now amended
by F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020, to provide that above
TDS / TCS provisions will apply to an individual or HUF whose total
sales or gross receipts or turnover from business or profession exceed
Rs 1 Cr. in the case of business or Rs 50 Lakhs in the case of
profession. Thus, every individual or HUF carrying on business will have
to comply with the above TDS/TCS provisions even if he is not liable to
get his accounts audited u/s 44AB.

23.    TO SUM UP
i)
From the above amendments, it is evident that the net for TDS and TCS
has now been widened and even transactions which do not result in
income, are now covered under these provisions. Individuals and HUF
carrying on business and not covered by Tax Audit u/s 44AB will now be
covered by TDS and TCS provision. In particular, persons remitting
foreign exchange exceeding Rs 7 Lakhs under LRS of RBI, will have to pay
tax u/s 206C. This tax will be considered as payment of tax by the
remitter u/s 206C(4), and he can claim credit for such tax u/s 206C(4)
read with Rule 37-1.

ii) It may be noted that the Government
issued a Press Note on 13th May, 2020 providing certain relief during
the COVID-19 pandemic. By this Press Note, it announced that TDS/TCS
under sections 193 to 194-O and 206C will be reduced by 25% during the
period 14.05.2020 to 31.03.2021. This reduction is given only in respect
of TDS/TCS from payments or receipts from Residents. This concession is
not in respect of TDS from salaries or TDS from Non-Residents and
TDS/TCS under sections 260AA or 206CC.

iii) There are about 65
sections in the Income-tax Act dealing with the obligations relating to
TDS and TCS. These sections include certain procedural provisions which
the taxpayer has to comply with. With the above amendments made in the
last 3 years, the provisions relating to TDS/TCS have become more
complex. Every person will have to be very careful while making any
payment, purchase or sale in the course of his business, profession or
other activities, and he will have to first ascertain whether any of the
provisions for TDS/TCS are applicable. In case of non-compliance with
these provisions, he will have to face many penal consequences. Even
Chartered Accountants conducting Tax Audit u/s 44AB will have to verify
and report whether the entity under audit has correctly deducted tax or
not under the above sections.

DISCLOSURE OF FOREIGN ASSETS AND INCOME IN THE INCOME-TAX RETURN

ENABLING PROVISION

Section 139 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the IT Act”) deals with the filing of return of income. Sub-section (1) to section 139, inter alia, provides that every person whose total income exceeds the maximum amount not chargeable to tax shall file a return of income in the prescribed form and in the prescribed manner before the due date of filing of return of income.

The fourth proviso to section 139(1) provides that a person being a resident, other than a not ordinarily resident, who is not required to file return of income u/s 139(1) shall still be required to file a return of income if he satisfies any of the conditions mentioned in clauses (a) and (b) of the fourth proviso. The said clauses (a) and (b) under the fourth proviso broadly deal with the holding of any asset or being the beneficiary of any asset located outside India.

Therefore, any resident person who holds any asset located outside India or is a beneficiary of any asset located outside India shall be required to file a return of income u/s 139(1) even if the total income of such person does not exceed the prescribed limits. The conditions given under clauses (a) and (b) of the fourth proviso regarding the holding of any asset or being the beneficiary of any asset located outside India are dealt with in greater detail in subsequent paragraphs.

WHO IS REQUIRED TO REPORT?

The fourth proviso expressly provides that every person being a ‘resident’, other than not ordinarily resident in India within the meaning of section 6(6) of the IT Act, shall be required to file a return if he satisfies the prescribed conditions. Thus, the provision applies only to a ‘resident person’. Persons who are either not-ordinarily resident or non-residents are not covered under the fourth proviso to section 139(1).

Further, section 2(31) of the IT Act defines a person to include an Individual, HUF, Company, Firm, AOP or BOI, Local Authority and every artificial juridical person who does not fall in either of the specified categories. Therefore, the requirement of reporting foreign assets and income will apply to all such resident persons.

An illustrative list of persons who may get covered and require reporting are:

  • Non-residents who have become residents in India and have purchased/obtained assets outside India while they were non-residents in India;
  • Individuals who have invested funds outside India under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme (LRS);
  • Individuals who have invested outside India through ODI route;
  • Individuals employed with the Indian arm of a multi-national group, who have received ESOPs of the parent company outside India;
  • Individuals who are employed with the Indian Parent Company and have signing authority in the bank accounts of the foreign subsidiary companies;
  • Individuals who own foreign assets by way of gift/inheritance;
  • Foreign expats coming to India permanently and becoming residents in India;
  • Individuals who have for the first time shifted outside India for employment;
  • Companies who are subject to transfer pricing provisions; and
  • Companies having foreign branch/es.

WHEN IS REPORTING REQUIRED?

Clause (a) of the fourth proviso reads as follows:

“holds, as a beneficial owner or otherwise, any asset, (including any financial interest in any entity) located outside India or has signing authority in any account located outside India”

Thus, if a resident person, at any time during the previous year:

–    holds any asset, whether as a beneficial owner or otherwise; or

–    holds any financial interest in any entity; or

–    has signing authority in any account

located outside India, then such resident person is required to file a return of income even if the total income of such resident person does not exceed the maximum amount not chargeable to tax.

There is an exception to the aforesaid requirement which has been provided under the fifth proviso. As per the fifth proviso to section 139(1), the said requirement shall not apply to an individual, being a beneficiary of any asset located outside India and income arising from such asset is includible in the total income of the person referred to in the abovementioned clause (a).

Clause (b) of the fourth proviso reads as follows:

“Is a beneficiary of any asset (including any financial interest in any entity) located outside India”

Thus, if a resident person is a beneficiary of any asset located outside India or is a beneficiary of financial interest in any entity located outside India, then the resident person is required to file a return of income, even if his total income does not exceed the maximum amount not chargeable to tax.

Explanation 4 defines the term ‘beneficial owner’ in respect of an asset to mean “an individual” who has provided directly or indirectly consideration for the asset for the immediate or future benefit, direct or indirect, of himself or any other person.

It is important to note that the definition of the term beneficial owner in respect of an asset specifically refers to an individual as against the term resident person. Therefore, it raises a question as to whether the condition of holding the asset as a beneficial owner applies only in respect of an Individual and not all the other categories of persons given u/s 2(31) of the IT Act!

Similarly, Explanation 5 to section 139 of the IT Act defines the term ‘beneficiary’ in respect of an asset to mean “an individual” who derives benefit from the asset during the previous year and the consideration for such asset has been provided by any person other than such beneficiary.

Interestingly, the ITR Form Nos. 5, 6 and 7 which are prescribed for other categories of persons provide for reporting under Schedule FA.

Therefore, this mismatch of the requirement under the provisions of the IT Act and the requirement under the ITR Forms raises a larger issue as to whether the ITR Forms can go beyond what is provided in the provisions of the IT Act and require the assessee to comply with the requirement of disclosure and reporting of foreign assets and income?

Be that as it may, the reporting requirement under Schedule FA is only a disclosure requirement; all categories of resident persons must ensure due compliance of the requirement to avoid the adverse consequences under the IT Act and Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015 (“BMA”).

WHAT IS THE PERIOD FOR WHICH SUCH REPORTING IS REQUIRED TO BE MADE?

From A.Y. 2022-23, the ITR Forms for A.Y. 2022-23 require the reporting of foreign assets to be made if the same were held by the resident person at any time during the calendar year ending on 31st December, 2021.

It is important to note that under the fourth proviso to 139(1), the applicability is triggered if the foreign asset is held by the resident person ‘at any time during the previous year’, whereas the reporting which is to be done is only in respect of the foreign assets held ‘at any time during the calendar year ending on 31st December, 2021’. For example, a resident individual opens an account with a bank in Singapore in February, 2022 for the first time. In such a case, he will be required to file a return of income even if his total income during the previous year does not exceed the maximum amount not chargeable to tax. However, will he be required to report the foreign bank account balance in Singapore in the ROI filed for A.Y. 2022-23? The answer would be in the negative since the ITR form states that the reporting is required to be done for the foreign asset held at any time during the calendar year ending on 31st December, 2021. Though the resident individual held the asset during the previous year 2021-22, since the ITR Form categorically states that the requirement of disclosing is in respect of the calendar year ending on 31st December, 2021, the resident individual will not be required to report the balance of the foreign bank account held by him in Singapore.

Suppose an ordinarily resident individual purchases certain shares of a USA-based company in January, 2021. Since January, 2021 falls within the calendar year ending 31st December, 2021, the same will have to be reported in the return for A.Y. 2022-23. This is despite the fact the said purchase of shares would have been reported by such an individual in his return of income for A.Y. 2021-22. Further, if the shares purchased in January, 2021 are sold in February, 2021, the same will still have to be reported even though the assessee did not hold the shares during the previous year 2021-22 relevant to A.Y. 2022-23. Due care will have to be taken in such cases as the resident individual may not even be required to file his return of income since he did not hold the foreign asset during the previous year! Extending the example further, if the resident individual makes a further purchase of shares of USA-based company in January, 2022, the same will not be reported even though the same falls within the previous year relevant to A.Y. 2022-23. However, the gains from the sale of the said shares (purchased in January, 2022) before 31st March, 2022, if any, will have to be offered as income for A.Y. 2022-23 on accrual basis. Further, if the total income of such an individual does not exceed the maximum amount not chargeable to tax, he will still be required to file the return of income under the fourth proviso to section 139(1) of the Act.

The period of reporting (relevant for A.Y. 2022-23) can be summarised with the help of the following table under different scenarios:

Sr. No. Scenario Falls in P.Y.
2021-22?
Falls in calendar year ending
31st December, 2021?
Required to file ROI under the fourth proviso to section 139(1) for A.Y. 2022-23?1 Required to disclose in the ROI for A.Y. 2022-23?
1 Foreign Asset held before January, 2021 No No No No
2 Foreign Asset held between January, 2021 to March, 2021?2 No Yes No Yes
3 Foreign Asset held between April, 2021 to December, 2021 Yes Yes Yes Yes
4 Foreign Asset held between January, 2022 to March, 2022 Yes No Yes No
5 Foreign Asset held after March, 2022 No No No No

1   This column deals with only those cases where the resident person holds the foreign asset during the previous year, but is otherwise not required to file his return of income u/s 139(1) of the IT Act.
2   This results in a peculiar situation due to the inconsistency between the fourth proviso and the ITR Form. However, in such a situation, it is ideal to file the return of income and also disclose and report the foreign asset even if there is no requirement to file the Return of Income as per the fourth proviso to section 139(1) so as to avoid any penalties for non-disclosure and other severe consequences under the IT Act and BMA.

IN WHICH CURRENCY IS THE REPORTING REQUIRED TO BE DONE?
All the amounts are required to be reported in Indian currency3.

WHAT IS THE RATE OF EXCHANGE TO BE USED?

The rate of exchange for conversion of the balances / amounts for the purpose of reporting in Indian currency is to be done by adopting the ‘telegraphic transfer buying rate’ (“TTBR”) of the foreign currency on the closing date4.

For the purpose of reporting peak balance, the TTBR on the date of the peak balance should be adopted, and for reporting the value of the investment, the TTBR on the date of investment shall be adopted for conversion into Indian currency5.

A question arises as to what will be the ‘closing date’ in a case where the foreign asset is purchased and sold before the end of the calendar year? In such a case, the date on which the asset is disposed may be taken as the closing date for the purpose of conversion of balance / amount.

3  As per Instructions to ITR Forms for A.Y. 2021-22. Instructions to ITR Forms for A.Y. 2022-23 have not been issued.
4  Instructions to ITR Forms for A.Y. 2021-22. Instructions to ITR Forms for A.Y. 2022-23 have not been issued.
5  Instructions to ITR Forms for A.Y. 2021-22. Instructions to ITR Forms for A.Y. 2022-23 have not been issued.

WHAT IS REQUIRED TO BE REPORTED?
Details of foreign assets and income from a source outside India are required to be reported under Schedule FA in the ITR Form. Schedule FA consists of reporting under 9 Tables as follows:

A1 – Details of Foreign Depository Accounts (including any beneficial interest):

What is to be reported?

Remarks:

  • In case of joint holders in a depository account, it must be ensured that both the joint holders report the details in their respective ITRs. Further, the entire balance should be reported and not the proportionate share.
  • In case of foreign bank accounts which have multiple currencies – separate account numbers allocated to each currency account must be reported.

A2 – Details of Foreign Custodial Accounts (including any beneficial interest):

What is to be reported?

A3 – Details of Foreign Equity and Debt Interest (including any beneficial interest):

What is to be reported?


Remarks:

  • Foreign Equity would generally cover investments in equity shares, preference shares, or any other shares.
  • Debt Interest would generally cover debentures, bonds and notes.
  • Investment in units of mutual funds and government securities will have to be reported under this part.
  • ESOPs granted to a resident employee of a foreign company and which have not vested or which are pending allotment may be reported with a note6 explaining that the interest is not ‘held’ until the satisfaction of the conditions and the disclosure is being made out of abundant caution.
  • Proceeds from the sale or redemption of investment during the period will be reported twice, i.e. under Table A2 (since there is a requirement to specify the nature of the amount credited in the Foreign Custodial Account) as well as under this Table.

6    In case of electronic return, there is no provision for filing notes to the return separately. However, this may be done by way of filing a letter to the jurisdictional Assessing Officer.

A4 – Details of Foreign Cash Value Insurance Contract or Annuity Contract (including any beneficial interest):

What is to be reported?

Remarks:

  • Reporting under this clause to cover inter alia, the following:

– Insurance obtained by resident individual while he was a non-resident.

– Insurance contracts entered by a non-resident outside India where the resident person is a beneficiary.

  • Only cash value insurance contracts are covered. Therefore, insurance contracts such as term life insurance, general insurance contracts are not required to be reported.

B – Details of Financial Interest in any Entity (including any beneficial interest):

What is to be reported?

Remarks:

  • Indian Companies having Subsidiaries and Step-down Subsidiaries should ensure that reporting is made in case of shares held by the Indian Company in its Step-down Subsidiaries.
  • If the Indian Holding/Parent Company has, say, 50 subsidiaries and 45 sub-subsidiaries, the details, though voluminous, in respect of all the subsidiaries must be given.
  • Financial interest7 would include the following:
  1. Where the resident assessee is the owner of record or holder of legal title of any financial account, irrespective of whether he is the beneficiary or not.

ii.    The owner of record or holder of a legal title of any financial interest is one of the following:

–    an agent, nominee, attorney or a person acting in some other capacity on behalf of the resident assessee with respect to the entity;

–    a corporation in which the resident assessee owns, directly or indirectly, any share or voting power;

–    a partnership in which the resident assessee owns, directly or indirectly, an interest in partnership profits or an interest in partnership capital;

–    a trust of which the resident assessee has beneficial or ownership interest; and

–  any other entity in which the resident assessee owns, directly or indirectly, any voting power or equity interest or assets or interest in profits.

7    Instructions to ITR Form No. 2 for A.Y. 2021-22. Instructions to ITR Forms for A.Y. 2022-23 have not been issued.

C – Details of Immovable Property (including any beneficial interest):

What is to be reported?

Remarks:

  • Reporting under this table to cover, inter alia, the following:

– Immovable Property acquired by resident person while he was residing outside India.

– Immovable property held by expat employees.

– Guest house/Flat/Apartment/Bungalow purchased by the Indian Company outside India for the stay of Directors when on official visit outside India.

– Immovable property held pursuant to a gift/will.

  • Cost of immovable property acquired under a gift or will should be reported as per section 49 of the IT Act, i.e. at cost to the previous owner.
  • In case of purchase of under construction property, the same should be disclosed with a suitable note8.
  • In case of rental income from the immovable property, the amount under the column ‘income derived from the property’ and the amount of income offered in the return of income will differ due to the reporting requirement being for the calendar year 31st December, 2021.

8    In case of electronic return, there is no provision for filing notes to the return separately. However, this may be done by way of filing a letter to the jurisdictional Assessing Officer

D – Details of any other Capital Asset (including any beneficial interest):

What is to be reported?

Remarks:

  • Reporting under this part will inter alia include reporting of other assets such as bullions, cars, jewellery, jets, yacht, leasehold rights in land, etc.
  • Foreign Branch of an Indian Company is an extension of the head office and does not have its own legal existence. Therefore, the assets acquired by the foreign branch should be reported under this Part.

E – Details of accounts in which the resident person has signing authority (including any beneficial interest) and which has not been included in Part A to D above:

What is to be reported?

Remarks:

Reporting under this table to cover, inter alia, the following:

  • Bank accounts where the resident person is a signatory.
  • Bank account of companies of which resident individual is an employee and authorised signatory.
  • Bank accounts where the resident person is a joint holder.

F – Details of trusts created under the laws of a country outside India in which the resident person is a trustee, beneficiary or settlor:

What is to be reported?

Remarks:

  • If the trust is revocable, the income taxable in India in the hands of the Settlor should be disclosed.
  • If the trust is indeterminate, one will have to make the disclosure and report the details irrespective of whether the income is taxable in India.
  • The amount under the column ‘income derived’ will differ from the amount of income offered in the return of income.

G – Details of any other income derived from any source outside India which is not included in A to F above and income under the head business or profession:

Common observations in respect of all the above Tables

  • Since the reporting is for the calendar year ending 31st December, 2021, and the income accrued and offered for tax in the return of income is for the previous year 2021-22, the amount reported under Schedule FA and the amount offered as income in the return of income will not match;
  • Disclosure and reporting requirements should be complied with irrespective of whether the Foreign Income or Income from Foreign Asset is taxable during the assessment year.

WHAT ARE THE CONSEQUENCES OF NON-REPORTING?

Consequences under Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015 (“BMA”)

Tax

Undisclosed foreign income and asset are chargeable to tax at the rate of 30% of such undisclosed foreign income and asset.

Further, the income included in the total undisclosed foreign income and asset under the BMA shall not form part of the total income under the IT Act. The provisions of IT Act and BMA are mutually exclusive.

Penalty

Section 41 of the BMA deals with a penalty in relation to undisclosed foreign income and asset. As per section 41, a penalty of a sum equal to 3 times the amount of tax computed has been prescribed.

Section 42 of the BMA deals with a penalty for failure to furnish a return in relation to foreign income and asset. As per section 42 of the BMA, if a person fails to file the return of income in contravention to fourth proviso to section 139(1) of the Act, then the AO has the power to levy a penalty of Rs. 10 lakhs. The only exception being in respect of an asset being one or more bank accounts having an aggregate balance which does not exceed Rs. 5 lakh at any time during the previous year.

Section 43 of the BMA deals with a penalty for failure to furnish in return of income, an information or inaccurate particulars about foreign asset or foreign income. The penalty prescribed under the said section for the default is Rs. 10 lakhs, with the only exception being a case of an asset, being one or more bank accounts having an aggregate balance which does not exceed
Rs. 5 lakhs.

Prosecution

Section 49 of the BMA deals with punishment for failure to furnish a return in relation to foreign income and asset. The punishment prescribed is rigorous imprisonment for a term ranging from 6 months to 7 years and with a fine in case of willful failure to furnish return of income required to be furnished u/s 139(1).

In addition to the above consequences, non-disclosure of foreign assets and income could also attract penal consequences under the IT Act.

RECENT JUDICIAL VIEWS ON REPORTING OF FOREIGN ASSETS AND INCOME

[2022] 216 TTJ 905 (Mum.-Trib) Addl. CIT vs. Leena Gandhi Tiwari

  • A mere non-disclosure of a foreign asset in the IT return, by itself, is not a valid reason for a penalty under the Black Money Act.
  • The use of the expression “may” in section 43 of the BMA signifies that the penalty is not to be imposed in all cases of lapses and that there is no cause and effect relationship simpliciter between the lapse and the penalty. Imposition of penalty under s. 43 is at the discretion of the AO, but the manner in which this discretion is to be exercised has to meet well-settled tests of judicious conduct by even quasi-judicial authorities.

[2021] 193 ITD 141 (Mum.-Trib.) Rashesh Manhar Bhansali vs. Addl. CIT

It was inter alia, held that the point of time for taxation of undisclosed foreign asset under BMA is the point in time when such an asset comes to the notice of the Government and it is immaterial whether the said asset existed at the time of taxation or for that purpose even at the time when BMA came into existence.

CONCLUDING REMARK

A flurry of summons is being issued, wherein thousands of assesses have been caught for non-compliance with the disclosure requirements. It is time now that the reporting of foreign assets and income be undertaken with the utmost care, lest one face the stringent penal consequences under the IT Act and the BMA.

VULNERABILITY ASSESSMENT : A TOOL FOR INTERNAL AUDIT

Internal auditing in the IT environment has been evolving rapidly, and modern auditors are updating their skills and tools to add value to their auditing function. It is no surprise that with more and more technological leaps in data processing, auditors have to keep abreast with technological advances. It is heartening to note that they are also not lagging in harnessing technology. Kudos to the internet revolution, pandemic situation and more complex frauds in the Fintech world.

New-age internal auditing is shifting its focus from transactional auditing to addressing risks of business processes. The audit scope has expanded and includes governance and executive management as well. More and more dimensions to their skills and challenges are waiting to be adopted. The auditor need not be a techie to unravel the mystery of technical frauds; he might as well depend upon the technical expertise within the organization or engage professionals with the required technical competency. What could be more satisfying than acquiring a little more technical knowledge and applying the same in auditing?

Auditing Standard SA 315 and International Auditing Standard ISA 315 (revised 2019) require the auditor to identify and assess the risk of material misstatement through an understanding of the entity and its environment.

Appendix 5 of ISA 315 contains illustrations about Understanding the Entity’s Use of Information Technology in the Components of the Entity’s System of Internal Control, which include understanding the complexity of IT applications and system security in general.

Appendix 6 of ISA 315 contains the areas to be covered under IT General Controls to identify and assess the risk of material misstatement to the auditee entity.

Hence, it has become necessary to identify and assess the risks arising out of the IT environment, including web applications, despite the complex nature of the applications and e-commerce transactions.

IT infrastructure consisting of hardware, physical servers, network components like routers, switches, firewalls, communication links, wireless access, cables and software such as operating systems, applications, virtual machines and databases are critical IT assets to any enterprise. This infrastructure’s resilience is entirely dependent upon how well it is managed and configured. Not only the management of the infrastructure, but the ability to monitor its security from external and internal threats has assumed paramount importance.

As the risk universe is becoming larger with advances in technology, not only the individual users but business enterprises, small or large, are becoming targets of cyber-attack.

The following case study would help to understand why such importance is to be given to vulnerability assessment:

Case Study: ABC Ltd. has a business model of providing a web application portal for online shopping for consumable products, garments and accessories for its customers. There is no retail outlet/showroom of the company, but it has multiple godowns/stores from where the goods are picked up and delivered to the customer’s doors as per online orders. The website provides payment gateway services through UPI, debit/ credit card payment facilities.

The internal auditor has conducted the audit for the internal control over financial reporting and also for its business processes for the last quarter and identified no significant deficiencies except for the reconciliation gaps in the suppliers’ accounts and internal control weakness in the goods receiving, returning and GST reporting.

On review of the internal audit reports by the audit committee, it was felt that despite an in- depth internal audit of the business processes and financial reporting, the following instances were not adequately addressed by the internal audit.

Customer complaints are increasing, which include slow response to the web application, duplicate deliveries, incorrect deliveries and Denial of Service due to frequent operational glitches of the system. Management has also received email alerts from Government Emergency Response Team that it has observed attempts to attack the company’s website portal from certain external IP addresses and has been advised to take appropriate measures.

The senior management discussed the matters with the internal audit team. The internal auditors, with the help of cyber security professionals, found the root cause was the lack of system monitoring and its operations and the absence of vulnerability assessment of the website and application. As a corrective action plan, the vulnerability assessment was carried out on the IT infrastructure and web portal, which unravelled the following weaknesses:

  • Operating system was not updated for the latest security patches.
  • Traffic to and from customer users was not secured due to outdated encryption protocol.
  • No preventive measures were taken on the website source code to conceal internal database confidential information.
  • Unprotected internal servers and weak firewall settings and their position have made the system vulnerable to external cyber-attack.

With the help of cyber security professionals and the internal audit team, all the high-risk vulnerabilities were fixed, and continuous monitoring of the web traffic was initiated. Consequently, the performance and website response improved, customer complaints reduced and reasonable information security was assured.

As an internal auditor, one always thinks of overseeing the implementation of the IT General Controls. There are a whole lot of areas, from access controls to business continuity plans which are reviewed and tested for operating effectiveness. However, that is not enough. The auditor may not discover operating system level weaknesses, or the lack of adequate controls embedded in the configuration of the servers and networking components. Similarly, the application installed to enable business processes may have weaknesses that would invite an external attack on the data supported by the application. The best way to identify serious and general weaknesses in the IT infrastructure and application is the Vulnerability Assessment.

Vulnerability Assessment is a method of identifying vulnerabilities or weaknesses in the installed IT infrastructure of an entity. The vulnerabilities are the gaps against a benchmark of parameters or globally accepted controls in the installation of devices. There are various methods by which vulnerability assessment is performed. A wide range of tools is available to identify vulnerabilities. At times, technically skilled professionals also conduct manual code reviews.

The following diagram will help to understand the process of vulnerability assessment and remediation.

 

 

For a better understanding, one can broadly divide the vulnerability assessment based on configuration related vulnerabilities or structural vulnerabilities and Software Application related vulnerabilities.

STRUCTURAL VULNERABILITIES

Vulnerabilities, where the weakness exists in the installation of hardware or network, are easy to identify, such as network is incorrectly designed, lack of security at entry level components like firewall, or configuration without considering the risk of data disclosure. Some of these are explained in the following paras for better understanding:

No Network Segregation
While designing a network, it is expected that all the machines used for specific functions should be segregated logically from other machines in the network. For example, machines (nodes) used for investment or treasury functions should be segregated from machines used for handling customer transactions. Similarly, super user functions like administration of database or user management should be segregated from end-user application machines. If this is not done, the risk of unauthorized intrusion into the network like ‘data entry level’ user being able to access the super user administrator machine and his privilege for malicious purpose cannot be ruled out.

Number of unnecessary Open Ports
In a network, a port refers to a logical door, necessary and forming part of a network device which has dedicated services attached to it. For instance, browsing service through the internet is made available by port 80 or 443; both have different protocols (method of using). For file transfer to a shared folder, port no. 20 is used. 23 is used for remote access protocol called Telnet and so on. A detailed list is available on any search engine.

If an entity computer is not used for remote access, a particular port that has enabled the remote access service through the open port needs to be disabled/closed.

Ports are an integral part of the internet communication model. All communication over the internet is exchanged via these logical ports. The internal auditor, therefore, needs to see that the network setup does not have unnecessary ports open. He needs to obtain a list of services required for the routine functioning of the network and should recommend the closure/disable of the unnecessary open ports. It is important to note that cyber criminals exploit unused ports for malicious use of the network.

Firewall misconfiguration
A firewall is a critical component which regulates the traffic between the internal network and the external world. It acts like a bastion for unauthorized entry into the internal network and, at times, prevents information from leaking to unauthorized destinations (URL). Firewalls are getting smarter and smarter these days with more flexibility in rules settings and can detect rogue users and perpetrators of DOS (denial of service) attacks.

A misconfigured firewall will be known through a vulnerability assessment, which helps greatly in fixing the intrusion detection issues.

Absence of DMZ or inappropriate network structure
In case web-based applications are accessed by customers, like in banking or online security trading, it is always advisable to create a subnet called a Demilitarized zone network to protect the internal network and critical servers and data from the external public internet. The risk of external attack is mitigated by providing an extra layer of security.

Remote access vulnerability
As in the work from home environment, access to the servers which store confidential data is made possible through an application or by entering an IP address from public internet from an unsecured endpoint. Due to frequent cyber-attacks on the communication lines, it is advisable to access the remote server by applying VPN (Virtual Private Network) for a secured link or applying high standard encryption to the communication messages. Remote access to a server by installing VPN helps not only to secure the endpoint, but provides traffic to be encrypted, which then cannot be sniffed by malicious intruders.

Uncontrolled direct access to the System
This occurs when a user is not verified through authentication like user ID and password. Further, when there is no layer of security of access levels, the user can simply enter the system by providing user ID and password, and can go beyond his role or privilege in accessing any unauthorized applications, data and root level file structures. A vulnerability assessment would indicate this weakness by reporting absence of Active Directory installation.

An Active Directory is a software tool installed in an enterprise network to control the users and their access area. It helps to organize users and provide a single sign-on access to the specified computing resources within the organization. Hence any user wanting to access any application or files first need to be present as an authorized user in the Active Directory.

SOFTWARE APPLICATION VULNERABILITIES
These vulnerabilities either arise out of disregarding security and confidentiality in input or processing of data activities. The weaknesses are inherent and cannot be revealed without a thorough application assessment. The vulnerability may arise out of web-based or independent, stand-alone applications. There are thousands of vulnerabilities that can be identified of which all are not critical. These can be graded based on impact on the security of a data or system. High damaging impact due to the existence of vulnerability is rated Critical, which needs to be addressed on priority. Other vulnerabilities can be high, medium or low-risk level vulnerabilities. Some vulnerabilities are ‘Information Type’ and may not harm the users of the application. Following are the most frequent high and critical risk level vulnerabilities often found in business applications and the network.

Weak Authentication Mechanism
In the case of application, the first level of access is user authentication by entering user identity, password and nowadays, additional authentication like OTP on mobile.

Vulnerability of weak authentication indicates that the user ID and password for access are easy to crack, or the password length and complexity are not strong enough to provide difficulty in cracking the password through Brute Force technique.

Network device with default password
Network devices like a router, firewalls or other components has been installed without taking care of changing the default password provided by the manufacturer/vendor.

As a result, hackers with knowledge of default passwords can access the network and cause data theft or data manipulation.

Remote access and code execution vulnerability
The remote code execution (RCE) vulnerability allows attackers to execute malicious code on a computer remotely. The impact of an RCE vulnerability can range from malware execution to an attacker gaining complete control over a compromised machine.

Application is vulnerable for directory traversal
Directory traversal (also known as file path traversal) is a web security vulnerability that allows an attacker to read arbitrary files on the server that is running an application. This might include application code and data, credentials for back-end systems, and sensitive operating system files. In some cases, an attacker might be able to write to arbitrary files on the server, allowing them to modify application data or behaviour and ultimately take complete control of the server.

Web Page can be defaced by unauthorized remote intruders
Website defacement happens when hackers access a website and leave pictures or messages across the site, thus defacing it. Simply put, hacktivists replace the content on your site with the content of their choice.

Some preventive measures are the Principle of Lease Privilege – allowing access to only limited on role-based access; reducing use of add-ons and plugins, which increase website vulnerabilities; and limiting error messages on the site, which often provide detailed information about file information which hackers can exploit.

Privilege right of access can be escalated through an ordinary user
In a network where, by applying certain techniques, one gains access to the user credentials, the attacker will use the user ID to gain administrative access rights and use it to enter another application or manipulate security settings to serve his malicious purpose. This can be identified with suspicious login attempts and unusual malware on sensitive systems. This would need an urgent incident notification to limit the damage to the application and data.

Certain Services e.g., MS SQL (MS structured query language) is running with default userid and password
Default user ID or passwords are given by the vendor at first time installation of an application/ device. It is expected that the default user ID and password be changed to prevent access to others. If not done, the default passwords are used by attackers to gain access since these are widely known. For instance, your Wi-Fi router normally has admin-admin user ID and password. This vulnerability arises out of ignorance or negligence in setting up the application. When a service like SQL is running with a default password, you are inviting an attack on the database.
 
Application stores sensitive information in clear text format
When read and write access for an application is not restricted during the development stage, an attacker can access sensitive information stored and use the same for further damage to the data and may modify the data, cause incorrect results and possible denial of service attack, local file/data inclusion vulnerability.

Vulnerability related to readability of data files with remote execution command
Several web application components are needed to run a web application. In a basic environment, there should be at least a web server software (such as Apache or IIS), web server operating system (such as Windows, Linux, MacOS), database server (such as MySQL, MSSQL or PostgreSQL) and a network-based service, such as FTP or SFTP. All the components need to be protected with restricted access or masking. In the absence of restricted complex access, for a secure web server, all of these components also need to be protected to ensure that sensitive data is secured during remote access.

Secured service like HTTPS or SSL not implemented
SSL or secured socket layer technology keeps internet connection secured and protects the data transferred between two systems. So too HTTPS, indicating that the protocol protects the integrity and confidentiality of data between the user’s computer and the website. Hence, it is now common to implement these secured protocols. The vulnerability to not having these installed poses a high risk during the transmission of data to and from the web application server.

Unrestricted File Upload Vulnerability
Where a web application does not verify the contents of the file being uploaded and does not reject invalid files, this provides an opportunity to attackers to upload malicious files, which could, in extreme cases, result in taking over the target system. Therefore, validation of what is being uploaded through the web application is absolutely important.

SQL and other Injection Vulnerability
In most business applications, SQL databases are used to store data and employ SQL commands to execute database updates. An SQL injection attack may result in serious data damage. Attackers begin with identifying vulnerable user inputs in a web application using a SQL database such as SQL Server, MySQL, and Oracle, among others, because applications with SQL injection vulnerability leverage such user input to execute malicious SQL statements. Next, the attackers create and send malicious content to the SQL server to execute malicious SQL commands and hamper the database. Businesses may witness detrimental impacts of a successful SQL injection as attackers use such attacks to gain control over sensitive database tables, and user identities, and manipulate financial data through this vulnerability.

Cross Site Scripting Vulnerability
When a user interacts with a vulnerable website, he is returned with malicious code, which then takes the victim to another malicious site. Thus, vital details of the victim user are then captured and monitored. Cross-site scripting vulnerabilities normally allow an attacker to masquerade as a victim user, carry out any actions that the user can perform, and access any of the user’s data. If the victim user has privileged access within the application, then the attacker might be able to gain full control over all the application’s functionality and data.

Web Cache Poisoning
A cache is temporary memory storage used for a website’s smooth operation. Cache poisoning is a type of cyber-attack in which attackers insert fake information into a domain name system (DNS) cache or web cache to harm users. In DNS cache poisoning or DNS spoofing, an attacker diverts traffic from a legitimate server to a malicious/dangerous server.

Vulnerability of URL being redirected (phishing attack)

When the user of a website is automatically redirected to another malicious website and is misguided to believe that the malicious website is a genuine website and is often asked to provide personal details like card number, bank account and UIDAI ID. Unfortunately, unless the user is aware of such masquerading, often the users are victims of financial loss and fraudulent transactions.

CONCLUSION

As more and more commercial transactions are conducted over the public internet, e-commerce and through apps, it has become all the easier for fraudsters to take the help of hacking tools and perpetrate frauds on innocent users/enterprises. Nowadays, the tools to hack IT servers, websites and web apps with guidelines and instructions are easily available on the dark net with minimal investment. The company’s employees and users who are unaware of the possible vulnerabilities may fall victim by clicking on unknown links or ignoring the system’s alert messages. It is therefore incumbent upon the internal audit team to perform a risk assessment of the IT environment by frequently conducting vulnerability assessments of the IT infrastructure and applications. It would certainly give the audit committee, and stakeholders improved assurance. The management would be made further aware of the red flags that compromise data integrity, processes, customer relations and company reputation.

PILLAR 2: AN INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL MINIMUM TAXATION – PART I

 1. INTRODUCTION – BEPS 2.0 – HEADING TOWARDS A GLOBAL RESET

“I see it as completion of work we started 10 years ago…It puts an end to the craziness where you could reduce your tax burden legally, massively, and in complete contradiction with the spirit of the law1.”

“Tell your CFOs, your CEOs, that the game has changed and that the tax function should be boring. It’s no longer a profit centre. So just tell your tax colleagues that it’s going to be boring. They will have to comply to pay the tax. And that’s done. They will stop playing with very sophisticated engineering2.”

– Pascal Saint-Amans,
Director of the Center for tax policy, OECD

1.1 Introduction, policy objectives behind Pillar 2: Despite BEPS 1.0 project, it was felt that risks of profit-shifting to no/ very low tax jurisdictions persist due to increasing reliance of the world’s economy on mobile resources such as finance and intangibles. To illustrate, it was felt that there is still a tendency to allocate substantial intangible and financial risk-related returns to group entities (in low-tax jurisdictions) that have a modest level of substance. To address these “remaining” BEPS risks and having regard to following policy objectives, OECD embarked upon another ambitious journey, to introduce a concept of global minimum tax, called Pillar 2. The premise behind the Pillar 2 is simple, if a jurisdiction does not exercise its taxing rights adequately, a new network of rules will re-allocate those taxing rights to another jurisdiction that will.

  • End of “race to bottom”: To quote US treasury3 “The problem is that nations have engaged in tax competition, which has driven down corporate tax rates, and diminished their important role in making sure that owners of capital bear their fair share of the tax burden. Because of this race to the bottom, corporate tax rates have declined from an OECD average of over 40% forty years ago, to just 23% today.” Pillar 2 aims to end this “race to bottom”.

1    https://www.fa-mag.com/news/global-corporate-taxes-face--revolution--after-u-s--shift-61375.html?print
2    https://mnetax.com/global-minimum-tax-will-work-if-implemented-oecds-saint-amans-says-46122
3    Remarks by Assistant Secretary for Tax Policy, Lily Batchelder at the New York State Bar Association’s Annual Meeting on 25th January, 2022
  • Ensure investment decisions are based on non-tax factors such as infrastructure, education levels or labour costs4.
  • Rethink tax incentives5: Revenue foregone from tax incentives can reduce opportunities for much-needed public spending on infrastructure and public services. GloBE Rules could effectively shield developing countries from the pressure to offer inefficient/wasteful tax incentives.
  • Restore public finances post COVID-196: Pillar 2 could increase global corporate income tax revenues by about $ 150 billion per year.
  • GloBE Rules trigger minimum tax in respect of profits which are in excess of routine returns related to real substance indicated by tangible assets and payroll costs. Thus, jurisdictions can continue to offer tax incentives for such routine returns as these are not adversely impacted by GloBE Rules8.

1.2 Pillar 2 comprises of 2 measures i.e.:

  • GloBE Rules (Global anti-Base Erosion Rules) – GloBE Rules consist principally of Income Inclusion Rule (IIR), which operates akin to CFC provisions, and enables headquarters jurisdiction to amend domestic tax laws and impose an additional top-up tax on low-taxed foreign profits of overseas subsidiaries/permanent establishments of an MNE to achieve minimum taxation of at least 15% on such foreign profits. These are complemented by Under Taxed Payments Rule (UTPR), which functions as a backstop to collect top-up taxes that cannot be collected through IIR.
  • STTR (Subject to Tax Rules) – To protect the interests of developing countries, Pillar 2 also consists of STTR, a treaty-based rule for expansion of source taxation rights on certain base-eroding payments (like interest and royalties) made to connected persons when they are not taxed up to the minimum rate of 9%.

4    OECD (2020), Tax Challenges Arising from Digitalisation – Economic Impact Assessment: Inclusive Framework on BEPS - https://doi.org/10.1787/0e3cc2d4-en
5    OECD (2019), Programme of Work to Develop a Consensus Solution to the Tax Challenges Arising from the Digitalisation of the Economy - www.oecd.org/tax/beps/programme-of-work-to-develop-aconsensus-solution-to-the-tax-challenges-arising-from-the-digitalisation-of-the-economy.htm.
6    OECD (2020), Tax Challenges Arising from Digitalisation – Report on Pillar Two Blueprint - https://doi.org/10.1787/abb4c3d1-en.
7    https://www.oecd.org/tax/beps/oecd-releases-pillar-two-model-rules-for-domestic-implementation-of-15-percent-global-minimum-tax.htm
8    OECD FAQs on GloBE Rules (December, 2021)

1.3 Presently, OECD has released Model Rules and Commentary only w.r.t. GloBE Rules. STTR Model Treaty provisions, Commentary and design of MLI 2.0 on STTR are still awaited – though, as per the earlier timeline presented by OECD, this was expected to be published in mid-March, 20229. Considering this delay in the development of STTR, the United Nations Committee of Experts on International Cooperation in Tax Matters in April, 2022 constituted a sub-committee to look into providing an alternative approach for countries not interested in aligning with OECD/ BEPS IF for implementing STTR10. This series focuses only on the design and operational mechanics of GloBE Rules.

  1. TIMELINE OF EVENTS2.1 The key events leading to the development of GloBE Rules are:
  • October, 2020 – OECD Secretariat released a Blueprint11 on Pillar 2, which, while not representing a consensus of BEPS IF jurisdictions, elaborated extensively upon proposals being considered by OECD on the key design elements of both GloBE Rules and STTR.

9. Refer https://www.oecd.org/tax/beps/oecd-launches-public-consultation-on-the-tax-challenges-of-digitalisation-with-the-release-of-a-first-building-block-under-pillar-one.htm
10. Source: https://www.un.org/development/desa/financing/sites/www.un.org.development.desa.financing/files/2022-03/CRP.6%20Digitalized%20and%20Globalized%20Economy.pdf
11. https://www.oecd.org/tax/beps/tax-challenges-arising-from-digitalisation-report-on-pillar-two-blueprint-abb4c3d1-en.htm
  • July, October, 2021 – 137 members of BEPS IF out of 141 countries12 (which represent more than 90% of global GDP) agreed on the majority of the key components of the design of Pillar 2.
  • December, 2021 – Release of Model GloBE Rules13 by OECD/BEPS IF.
  • March, 2022 – Release of Commentary (which stretches to over 200 pages) and Examples on GloBE Rules explaining intended outcomes and application of GloBE Rules.

2.2 Model GloBE Rules are fairly detailed and complex set of provisions, comprised of 10 chapters spread over 70 pages, which deal with operative provisions (including definitions) for computing GloBE tax liability as also for determining entity from whom such GloBE tax liability should be collected. Also, while OECD dubs GloBE Rules as a “precise template” for coordinated and consistent implementation in domestic tax laws across jurisdictions, certain adaptations and tweaks to align with local tax policy are more likely to take place, such that GloBE Rules act more as model rules rather than a precise template.

Separately, to facilitate consistent interpretation, application and administration of GloBE Rules, as also to address any ambiguities and anomalies that may arise therefrom, OECD proposes to come out with Agreed Administrative Guidance along with a GloBE Implementation Framework14 to provide direction on coordinated and consistent interpretation or administration of GloBE Rules.

Amidst ever-evolving literature on the subject, in the ensuing paras, an attempt is made to deal with some of the key concepts of the GloBE Rules covering in-scope entities, charging provisions and operational mechanics, and collection of top-up-tax (TUT).

3. SCOPE OF GLoBE RULES15

GloBE Rules apply only if:- (a) a group is an MNE group, and (b) annual consolidated revenue of such group as per consolidated financial statements (CFS) is € 750 million or more in at least two of four preceding fiscal years. Revenue of tested fiscal year is not relevant for checking applicability of GloBE Rules.


12    The BEPS IF comprises 141 member jurisdictions. The only IF members that have not yet joined in the October, 2021 statement are Kenya, Nigeria, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka. Significantly, all OECD, G20, and EU members (except for Cyprus, which is not an IF member) joined the agreement, seemingly clearing the way for wide-spread adoption in all major economies.
13    https://www.oecd.org/tax/beps/tax-challenges-arising-from-the-digitalisation-of-the-economy-global-anti-base-erosion-model-rules-pillar-two.pdf
14    Article 8.1.3 r.w. definition of Agreed Administrative Guidance and GloBE Implementation Framework at Article 10.1.
15    Article 1.2

3.1 What is an MNE group?

An MNE group consists of entities located in more than one jurisdiction, which are related through ownership/control, such that their assets, liabilities, incomes, expenses and cash flows are required to be consolidated on a line-by-line basis in the CFS16 of the ultimate parent entity (UPE). UPE is one who holds the controlling interest in other entities, such that it consolidates these other entities on a line-by-line basis17. All the entities included in CFS are referred to as constituent entities (CE)18.

3.2 What is an Entity?

An entity is defined as any legal person (such as LLP) or an arrangement that prepares separate financial statements (SFS) (such as a partnership or trust). Natural persons/individuals are not considered as an entity and are outside the scope of the GloBE Rules.

3.3 Excluded Entities

Some entities, like governmental entities, international organisations, investment funds, non-profit organisations etc., are not considered as CEs and are excluded from the applicability of GloBE Rules. These are called Excluded Entities.

4. GloBE RULES AND ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

To determine whether the threshold of € 750 million or above is breached as well as for determining the amount of tax payable under the GloBE Rules as indicated hereunder (if any), the GloBE Rules heavily rely on CFS, which are prepared as per acceptable accounting standards. Towards this end, accounting standards accepted by the GloBE Rules include IFRS, US GAAP and GAAPs of some specified countries/blocs. Further, where GAAP of a jurisdiction is not acceptable under GloBE, such GAAP must be adjusted for material variations before it can be used for GloBE purposes.


16    As an exception, an entity which is excluded from CFS on size or materiality grounds or because it is held for sale is also considered as forming part of the group for GloBE purposes
17    Article 1.4.1
18    Article 1.3.1

  1. CHARGING PROVISIONS OF GloBE RULES

    “The GloBE Rules provide fora coordinated system of taxationintended to ensure large MNE Groups pay a minimum level of tax on the income arising in each of the jurisdictions where they operate. It does so by imposing a top-up tax whenever the Effective Tax Rate, determined on a jurisdictional basis, is below the minimum rate.”

– GloBE Model Rules (December, 2021)

5.1 GloBE Rules achieve a minimum tax rate of 15% qua each jurisdiction – GloBE Rules adopt “jurisdictional blending” (neither an entity level approach nor a global blending approach)
The effective tax rate (ETR) for a jurisdiction is determined by aggregating the income and tax expense of all CEs ‘located’ in a specific jurisdiction. Such aggregation of income and tax within the same jurisdiction is referred to as jurisdictional blending. GloBE Rules apply if the effective tax rate (ETR) of a jurisdiction (computed by clubbing results of all group entities located in that jurisdiction) is < MTR of 15%. Any shortfall will result in top-up tax (TUT) liability at the jurisdictional level.

For this purpose, a CE is said to be located in a jurisdiction of its tax residence determined in accordance with domestic tax laws19. In case an entity is located in more than one jurisdiction, the tie-breaker provisions as per the relevant tax treaty are resorted to20.

This is explained with help of an example below:


19     Location of a CE is determined as per Article 10.3.
20    In the absence of a treaty tie-breaker or where treaty requires a mutual agreement by competent authorities which does not exist, special hierarchical provisions are provided to determine location of CE.

5.1.1 Facts

  • MNE Group, having HQ/Ultimate Parent Entity in State P, has various wholly-owned subsidiaries in three overseas jurisdictions (State A, B and C).
  • State P, State A and State B have headline corporate tax rates of > 15% and do not offer any significant tax incentives, and hence are considered ‘high tax jurisdiction’ (HTJ). State C does not levy income tax, qualifying as a ‘low tax jurisdiction’ (LTJ).
  • UPE in State P has profits of 1,000 on which tax paid is > 15%.
  • SubCos in State A have aggregate profits of 2,000 on which tax paid is > 15%.
  • SubCos in State B have incurred aggregate losses. No taxes are paid in State B.
  • In State C, there are three wholly-owned subsidiaries, with profits and losses as follows:
  • C Co 1 – 5,000, C Co 2 – 3,000, C Co 3 – (4,000)
  • At the jurisdictional level, all 3 entities put together have profit of 4,000. Despite this, SubCos in State C trigger nil tax liability in State C.

5.1.2 GloBE impact on MNE group

As discussed above, GloBE operates neither at the entity level nor the global level, but at the jurisdictional level, to achieve minimum tax rate at the jurisdictional level of 15%.

Jurisdiction Profit/(Loss) as per CFS Tax rate Tax (Pre GloBE) GloBE tax impact Total tax (Post GloBE)
UPE 1,000 30% 300 NIL 300
SubCos A 2,000 20% 400 NIL 400
SubCos B (5,000) 30% NIL NIL NIL
SubCos C 4,000 NIL NIL 600 600
Total 2,000 700 600 1,300
ETR 35% 30% 65%
  • Despite ETR at the global level as per CFS is > 15% (i.e. 35%), GloBE Rules can still apply to such MNE if jurisdictional ETR is < 15%.
  • No GloBE impact in State A (being HTJ) and State B (due to losses).
  • As State C has jurisdictional ETR below 15%, GloBE Rules will apply in respect of entities of the MNE group that are in State C. As profit at the jurisdictional level in State C is 4,000, which is subject to zero local tax, such profit will be subject to a ‘top-up tax’ (TUT) to bring the total tax levy in respect of profits of State C up to the minimum tax rate of 15%. In other words, in the present case, GloBE TUT for State C will be 600 (4,000 x 15%). Such GloBE TUT is recovered through mechanisms discussed in the ensuing paras.
  •  As illustrated above, since GloBE Rules adopt jurisdictional blending as compared to worldwide blending, profits arising in one jurisdiction cannot be offset by losses in other jurisdictions. Also, corporate income tax beyond 15% borne in one jurisdiction cannot be blended with zero tax paid in another jurisdiction. However, losses of one entity can be set off against profits of other entities of the MNE Group in the same jurisdiction.
  • At the global CFS level, before the application of GloBE Rules, consolidated profit (after set off of loss) is 2,000, the total tax is 700; ETR is 35%. Post application of GloBE Rules, total tax rises to 1,300, and ETR shoots up to 65%!

5.2 Mechanisms for recovery of TUT under GloBE Rules

TUT, as determined on the jurisdictional basis above, is then recovered through a set of interlocking rules listed below, designed to be applied in a coordinated manner as per an agreed “Rule Order” illustrated below.

5.2.1 Domestic Minimum Top-up Tax (DMTT)21

The charging provisions for DMTT have not been specifically dealt with under the GloBE Rules, where reference to DMTT is only drawn at the time of determination of Jurisdictional TUT as reduction therefrom. DMTT is introduced in GloBE Rules only to provide primary taxing rights to LTJ itself and to avoid LTJ from ceding taxing rights on profits accrued within its jurisdiction to other jurisdictions.

Vide introduction of DMTT in domestic tax laws of LTJ, LTJ itself may opt to collect jurisdictional TUT as computed under the GloBE Rules rather than allowing such TUT to be collected by other countries under the other rules below. In the illustration above in para 5.1, State C has the first priority to implement DMTT and recover GloBE TUT of 600. Any tax paid under DMTT is credited for the determination of GloBE liability under the other rules below.

21    Article 10.1

While implementing DMTT is optional for LTJ, where implemented, it has to be consistent with outcomes of GloBE Rules22. In this regard, the exact design that such DMTT may take, along with further guidance thereon, may be provided by OECD in the upcoming GloBE Implementation Framework.

5.2.2 Income Inclusion Rule (IIR)23

IIR operates akin to CFC rules and requires certain parent entities of an MNE group to pay TUT in respect of each overseas constituent entity (namely subsidiary or permanent establishment) in LTJ. IIR has the second priority after DMTT.

IIR adopts the philosophy of a top-down approach by allocating taxing rights to the top-most jurisdiction of the ultimate parent entity, which has implemented the GloBE Rules, in priority to intermediate parent entities below the UPE.

As per the top-down approach, UPE will usually have the first priority to pay IIR liability in respect of direct/indirect interest held by such UPE in a foreign constituent entity of LTJ. If UPE’s jurisdiction has not implemented GloBE Rules, the liability to pay IIR shifts to the jurisdiction of the next parent entity in the ownership chain that has adopted GloBE Rules (i.e. jurisdiction of the intermediate parent entity (IPE) below the UPE). If the jurisdiction of UPE, as also IPE, has not adopted GloBE Rules, the liability to pay IIR shifts to the jurisdiction of the next lower tier IPE in the ownership chain that has adopted the GloBE Rules, and so on. Where UPE pays TUT under IIR, the lower tier parent entities are exempt from payment of IIR – exemption to lower tier parent entity is conditional upon the payment of IIR by the upper tier parent entity.

Usually, IIR is to be collected by the UPE of an MNE Group. In the example in para 5.1 above, if State C does not implement DMTT, UPE jurisdiction, i.e., State P will be able to recover GloBE TUT of 600 in respect of State C under IIR. TUT payable under IIR by the parent entity is based on such parent entity’s direct/indirect interest in each constituent entity of LTJ. In the present example, UPE holds 100% interest in each subsidiary of State C, and hence, IIR liability for UPE will be 600. On the other hand, assuming UPE of State P owned 75% in these SubCos, only 75% of 600, i.e. 450 would have been payable as IIR by UPE.

22    Implementing jurisdictions are prohibited from providing any collateral or other benefits that are related to such DMTT so as to achieve overall tax outcomes consistent with objectives of GloBE.
23    Article 2.1

Split ownership approach – an exception to the top-down approach – To recollect, IIR liability of the parent entity is based on such parent entity’s direct/indirect interest in each constituent entity of LTJ. When more than 20% ownership interest in an intermediate parent entity (below the UPE) is owned directly/indirectly by third parties outside the MNE group, as an exception to the top-down approach, the first priority to pay IIR liability shifts in favour of such partially-owned IPE (referred to as Partially Owned Parent Entities or POPE). In such a case, POPE gets first priority to pay IIR liability, in preference to UPE, notwithstanding the top-down approach. This is referred to as the split ownership approach.

Additionally, jurisdictions are allowed to apply IIR, at their option, to smaller MNE groups (below the consolidated revenue threshold of € 750 Mn). While GloBE Rules are silent on this option, it was accorded previous political agreements of BEPS IF and is also acknowledged in the Commentary. Currently, no jurisdiction (not even India) has indicated desire to implement IIR for smaller- sized MNEs.

Illustrating top-down approach and split ownership approach:

Scenario 1: Top-Down Approach

Consider A Co, UPE of a MNE group, located in State A. A Co holds 85% interest in B Co (IPE) located in State B. Balance 15% in B Co is held by third parties outside the MNE group. B Co holds 100% interest in C Co which is the only constituent entity of MNE group in State C. Assume that State C is an LTJ and TUT of C Co computed under GloBE Rules is 1,000. Assume that State C does not implement DMTT; State A and State B implement GloBE Rules.

In this scenario, A Co being UPE has first priority to pay IIR liability in respect of C Co of 850, based on A Co’s 85% interest in C Co (i.e. 85% of 1,000 = 850). The exception to top-down approach (i.e. split ownership approach) is not triggered in this case as direct/indirect third-party ownership interest in B Co is < 20%24.

Nonetheless, assuming State A does not implement GloBE Rules, but State B implements GloBE Rules, as per top-down approach, IIR liability will pass on to B Co (IPE). In such case, B Co needs to pay IIR of 1,000 in State B, based on B Co’s 100% interest in C Co.

Scenario 2: Split Ownership Approach

In this case, assume that A Co holds only 75% interest in B Co and remaining 25% in B Co is held by third parties.

In this scenario, B Co qualifies as POPE since direct/indirect third-party ownership interest in B Co is > 20%. As per split ownership approach, B Co (being POPE) will have first priority to pay IIR liability, in preference to A Co (being UPE). B Co needs to pay IIR of 1,000 to State B based on B Co’s 100% interest in C Co25.

Therefore, split ownership approach results in higher collection of IIR as compared to top-down approach. In the absence of split ownership approach, under top-down approach (where UPE has the first priority to pay IIR), UPE would have paid only 750 based on UPE’s 75% interest in C Co. Under the split ownership approach, POPE is responsible for paying IIR of 1,000, based on POPE’s 100% interest in C Co.

The applicability of the top-down/split ownership approach does not depend on whether POPE is situated in the same jurisdiction as UPE. In the above example, outcomes are the same even assuming A Co and B Co had been situated in the same jurisdiction – and the split ownership approach would have got triggered in scenario 2, requiring B Co to pay IIR in preference to A Co.

24    As discussed in Para 5.2.4 below, balance TUT of 150 remains uncollected under GloBE Rules.
25    However, in case State B does not adopt GloBE Rules, and in the absence of any intermediate subsidiary of B Co holding interest in C Co, IIR liability will pass on to A Co.

5.2.3 Under-Taxed Payments Rule (UTPR)26

UTPR acts as a “backstop” to IIR and has the same objective as IIR of collecting top-up tax under GloBE Rules. While IIR applies in priority over UTPR to recover TUT, assuming jurisdiction of none of the parent entities have implemented GloBE Rules and TUT cannot, therefore, be recovered under IIR, such TUT is recovered via UTPR. Under UTPR, TUT is collected by allocating such TUT to jurisdictions where constituent entities of the MNE group are located, which have implemented GloBE Rules. Such allocation is based on the relative level of substance in the form of tangible assets and employees in each UTPR implementing jurisdiction.


26    Article 2.5

In the example in para 5.1 above, if State C does not recover DMTT and State P also does not recover IIR, States A and B can implement GloBE Rules and recover UTPR of 600. UTPR TUT of 600 is allocated amongst all UTPR implementing jurisdictions (namely State A and B, in the present case) in the ratio of their UTPR %, which is determined as under:

The above parameters are likely to be picked up from CbCR reports. Assume the following data for State A and State B:

State Number of employees Net book value of tangible assets
State A 4,000 (66%) 1,200 (60%)
State B  2,000 (33%) 800 (40%)
Total 6,000        2,000

Calculation of UTPR % and UTPR TUT for State A and B:

State Number of employees Net book value of tangible
assets
UTPR % UTPR TUT
State A 50% x  4,000

6,000

+ 50% x  1,200

2,000

= ~ 63% ~380
State B 50% x  2,000

6,000

+ 50% x  800

2,000

= ~ 37% ~220
Total 600

Thus, UTPR TUT is allocated based on the relative substance (in the form of tangible assets and employees) in States A and B.

UTPR achieves collection of such TUT by denying deductions (or an equivalent adjustment) in computing taxable income of constituent entities located in the UTPR implementing jurisdiction.

To clarify, UTPR has the lowest priority and is triggered only if TUT is not recovered pursuant to DMTT or IIR. Additionally, IIR, by design, results in the recovery of TUT only in respect of foreign constituent entities (namely subsidiaries or permanent establishments) outside the jurisdiction of the parent applying IIR. If the jurisdiction of UPE (which applies IIR) itself is LTJ, TUT for such UPE’s jurisdiction may be recovered under UTPR.

The rule order of GloBE Rules is pictorially illustrated as under:

5.2.4 Interplay of IIR and UTPR

UTPR as a backstop generally recovers TUT at par with IIR but not always. As a general rule, where UPE/ POPE holds entire ownership interest in a low-taxed constituent entity and such UPE or POPE is able to recover 100% of TUT of LTCE, there will be no fallback on UTPR. However, assuming the entire 100% of TUT of low-taxed constituent entity is unrecovered under IIR due to non-implementation of GloBE Rules by any parent’s jurisdiction (as illustrated above in para 5.2.3), such entire TUT is recovered under UTPR.

Between these two extremes, questions will arise regarding UTPR applicability where IIR is able to recover only partial TUT since UPE/POPE applying IIR only holds a partial controlling interest in the constituent entity of LTJ. To illustrate, in the example above (para 5.1), assume that UPE of State P held only 75% interest in the low-taxed constituent entity (i.e. SubCos of State C). The balance 25% interest in such a low-taxed constituent entity is held by third parties outside the MNE group. In such case, GloBE Rules contemplate that UTPR will be reduced to zero if TUT attributable to direct/indirect ownership interest of UPE in the low-taxed constituent entity is recovered fully under IIR. There is no fallback on UTPR so long as UPE’s jurisdiction implements GloBE Rules and recovers TUT attributable to UPE’s 75% interest in low-taxed constituent entity, namely 450 (75% of 600) under IIR.

However, assuming State P does not implement GloBE Rules and does not recover TUT attributable to UPE’s 75% interest in the low-taxed constituent entity, the design of GloBE Rules may consequentially lead to the recovery of the entire TUT of 600 as UTPR. The following explanation from the commentary on page 38 is relevant:

“Applying the UTPR to the total amount of Top-up Tax of an LTCE (i.e. not limited to the UPE’s Ownership Interest in the LTCE) simplifies its application. It allows for a greater tax expense than the Top-up Tax that would have been collected under the IIR if it had applied at the UPE level, because it is not limited to the UPE’s Allocable Share of the Top-up Tax due in respect of LTCE.”

UTPR can also apply where UPE holds some ownership interest in LTCE directly and not through IPE, and UPE’s jurisdiction has not adopted GloBE Rules, but IPE’s jurisdiction has adopted GloBE Rules. In this case, despite payment of IIR liability by IPE, TUT attributable to all of direct/indirect ownership interest of UPE in LTCE is not fully recovered under IIR. In such a case, TUT already collected under IIR is reduced while determining UTPR liability.

6. INTRODUCTION TO CALCULATION OF JURISDICTIONAL ETR AND TUT


6.1 Determination of jurisdictional ETR:
 As GloBE rules adopt jurisdictional blending for calculating jurisdictional ETR, income and tax expense of all constituent entities located in a jurisdiction is aggregated, and tax expense is divided by income. Both income and tax expense are based on the ‘fit for consolidation’ SFS of each constituent entity (prepared as per accounting standards applicable to CFS of UPE, which may differ from accounting standards applicable to local accounts of constituent entity). The tax expense is the aggregate of current and deferred tax. Both income and tax expenses are subject to specific adjustments specified in Chapters 3 and 4 of the GloBE Rules.

To recollect, CFS captures the whole of revenue/profit of LTCE on a line-by-line basis irrespective of whether consolidating UPE holds 100% in such CE or 51%. Where < 100% interest is held by UPE, the minority interest is accounted separately while revenue, expense, and profit parameters get consolidated at 100%. For determination of the jurisdictional ETR and TUT, the whole of profit/loss and local tax outgo of all CEs in LTJ is aggregated.

6.2 Determination of jurisdictional TUT percentage: Once jurisdictional ETR is determined, top-up tax (TUT) percentage is calculated by finding the delta between 15% (minimum tax rate) and the jurisdictional ETR27. Assuming jurisdictional ETR is 10%, the TUT percentage is determined at 5% (15-10).

6.3 Determination of GloBE TUT: Having calculated TUT percentage, GloBE TUT liability is determined for a given jurisdiction by applying TUT percentage to “excess profit”. Such excess profit is calculated as GloBE income reduced by normative deduction for routine return [referred to as substance-based income exclusion (SBIE)]28.

SBIE for a jurisdiction = 10%* of eligible payroll costs of eligible employees located in that jurisdiction + 8%* of average (considering opening and closing) net book value of eligible tangible assets located in that jurisdiction

*These percentages are for fiscal year beginning in 2023 (Article 9.2.1). They decline gradually over 10 years to reach 5% for fiscal year beginning 2033 and later.

In other words, even if jurisdictional ETR is < MTR of 15%, where SBIE is greater than GloBE income, no GloBE tax liability is likely to arise for such a jurisdiction.


27    Article 5.2.1
28    Article 5.2.2

6.4 Allocation of jurisdictional TUT amongst different CEs in LTJ: To recollect, IIR liability of a parent is capped to the parent’s direct or indirect ownership in the CE. Assuming all CEs in LTJ are 100% owned by the parent applying IIR, there is no need to allocate jurisdictional TUT amongst CEs in LTJ, because IIR in respect of all such CEs needs to be paid fully only by such parent.

However, where a parent applying IIR does not hold 100% interest in these CEs, allocation of jurisdictional TUT to each CE becomes essential, so that IIR liability is restricted to such parent’s ownership interest in respective CE. Such jurisdictional TUT is allocated to CEs based on the positive GloBE income of each CE. To illustrate, in the facts at Para 5.1.1., presume that UPE holds 100% in C Co 1 but 90% in C Co 2 and C Co 3. In such case, since C Co 3 has a loss, no TUT is allocated to C Co 3. The entire top-up tax of 600 is allocated among C Co 1 and C Co 2 in the ratio of their positive GloBE incomes, namely 5000 : 3000.

Entity GloBE income TUT allocated to each CE Ownership interest of IIR applying parent TUT
recoverable
C Co 1 5,000 5,000 x 600 = 375

8,000

100% 375
C Co 2 3,000 3,000 x 600 = 225

8,000

90% ~203
C Co 3 100%
Total 8,000 600 578

6.5 The above discussion can be pictorially depicted as under:

6.6 The above calculations are done for the given fiscal year. The fiscal year for this purpose is the fiscal year starting from 2023. In the context of an India- headquartered in-scope MNE group, the calculations will be done for the financial year beginning on 1st April, 2023 and ending on 31st March, 2024. This will require calculations for all overseas CEs for the financial year ending on 31st March, irrespective of what may be the fiscal year adopted for local tax purposes in the jurisdiction of the CEs.

7. NATURE OF GLoBE RULES: A COMMON APPROACH, NOT A MINIMUM STANDARD

7.1 GloBE Rules are intended to be implemented as a “common approach” which means that they are non-mandatory. A jurisdiction is not mandated to adopt GloBE Rules, but if it chooses to do so, it agrees to implement and administer them in a way that is consistent with outcome under GloBE Rules and the Commentary thereon (including the agreement as to rule order).

7.2 GloBE Rules, being a common approach, does not take away the right of a jurisdiction to set its own tax policy/rate. Countries may opt out at their discretion but are required to accept the application of GloBE Rules by other members in accordance with the common template provided by these rules29. To illustrate, in the example at Para 5.1 aforesaid, State C may choose not to levy corporate tax at a low rate despite GloBE Rules. However, the common approach dictates that State C has to accept the implementation of GloBE Rules by other jurisdictions resulting in other jurisdictions imposing GloBE tax on profits generated in State C.

8. COMING UP…

8.1 While the discussion above provides a broad overview of GloBE Rules, subsequent articles will dwell upon specific aspects of GloBE Rules, including:

  • Illustrative impact of GloBE Rules for inbound and outbound structures.
  • Adjustments for determination of tax expense and GloBE income for ETR computation.
  • Special rules for joint ventures.
  • Special rules for permanent establishments.
  • Administrative aspects of the GloBE Rules.


[The authors are thankful to CA Geeta D. Jani for her guidance, as well as CS Aastha Jain (LLB) and CA Vinod Ramachandran for their support.]


29    EU directive on Pillar 2, which is largely on the lines of the GloBE Rules, as it stands today, has deviated from making GloBE Rules a “common approach” to a “minimum standard” to maintain coordinated implementation in EU member states.

Poems

हमारा भारत देश आज आजादी का अमृत महोत्सव मना रहा है।। इस पावन अवसर पर हमारे सीए सदस्यों ने भारत देश और उसकी आजादी के विविध पहलू पर अपने विचार कविता के माध्यम से प्रकट कि ए है।। हर काव्य से पहले एक कयूआर कोड (QR Code) दि या गया है, जि से स्के न करके आप इन काव्यो को रचयि ता के स्वर में सुन भी सकते है।।

आज़ाद परिंदे

आज़ाद उस परिंदे को क्या पता है

क़ै द में रहना क्या होता है

घुटते रहना, सहमे रहना

सिसक्ते रहना क्या होता है

 

कुछ ऐसे ही, हालात हैं अपने

बेख़ुदी में जी रहें हम सब

खुद की मनमानी करते

अपने दिल की हाँक रहे हम सब

 

अंग्रेजों से लेकर आज़ादी

अपनों से ही लड़ रहें हैं

ख़या लों में दरारें बनाकर

नफ़रत के बीज बो रहें हैं

 

नौजवानों को लल्कारे मि ट्टी

ए गरम ख़ून! क्या सोच रहा है

१९४७ की थी आज़ादी

अब तुझे बहुत कुछ करना है

 

इस बार , लक्ष्य तेरा

बर्क़ त और शोहरत पाना होगा

अमन और ख़ुशहाली की फ़सल उगाकर

सरज़ मीं सोना करना होगा

 

ख़ुदकी क़ाबिलिय त पहचान तू

तरक़्क़ी को बना अपना ईमान तू

ऊँचाइयों को हासिल करने

लगा दांव पे अपनी जान तू

 

अमृत महोत्सव के सुनहरे अवसर पर

तिलक लगा, सेहरा बांध तू

पुश्तै नी रगोमें खून तेरा

उसका क़र्ज़ अब दे उतार तू

 

सारे जहान से जो अच्छा है

उसपे न आँच आने पाए

हौंसला बुलंद कर ले अपना

दिल में समेटे इक तूफान तू।

 

– सीए प्रीती चेरियन

 

आज़ादी के शहीदों को काव्यांजली

आज़ादी का यह अमृत पर्व मि लेंगे और मनाएंगे

एक जुट हो सभी मि लकर गीत बलि दान गाएंगे

इसी आज़ादी हेतु ही, कई बलि दान हुए जीवन

खुले में साँस ले पायें, तुम्हारी पीर को वंदन

 

सुनी टोपे और मंगल की, सुनी मंगल कहानी है

देश हि त में हुई हैं होम कितनी ही जवानी है

रा नी लक्ष्मी पड़ी थी फ़ौ ज शत्रु पर बड़ी भारी

अकेले दम पर ही बेदम अरि सेना करी सारी

 

देश बलि दानियों ने था सहा अपमान अपार था

सजाये काले पानी का ही शाय द वह खुमार था

जेल भी रोक ना पायी हमारे सिहं शावक को

न कोल्हू भी झुका पाया वीर सावर विनायक को

 

देखा हमने शि शु बसु, खुदी रा म और चाकी को

बिनय बादल दिनेश सी प्रलय की वीर झांकी वो

देख कर सिहं ऊधम को, डरा डायर था भर्राया

बदला लेकर जलियाँ का जो लंदन भी था थर्राया

 

चंद्रशेखर आज़ाद का, कहीं कोई नहीं सानी

रक्त है खौल जाता है भरें आँखों में है पानी

चली हुई रेल से धन धान्य जब गोरों का था लूटा

गोरे शासन अत्याचार पर ग़ुस्सा था वह फूटा

 

रा म बिस्मि ल भगत सिहं और सुख देव थे राज गुरु

भरी दीवानों की गाथा, कहाँ से मैं करूँ शुरू

हँसते हँसते पहने थे वे फाँसी के फंदों को

हुए आज़ाद खुद भी और किया आज़ाद परिंदों को

 

नहीं पैदा है इस जग में बोस सा कोई और जना

फोड़ जो भा ड़ को पायें अकेला ऐसा वह चना

पड़ी जो राय के तन पर चोट हर एक लाठी की

हुई साबित वही अंग्रेज शासन की कफ़न काठी

 

बाल और पाल के सपनों का अपना देश बनाना है

बहादुर लाल भा ई वल्लभ बापू परिवेश सजाना है

शहीदी रज से मस्तक पर तिलक छापा लगाते हैं

आज़ादी का यह अमृत पर्व हम मि लजुल मनाते हैं

– डो. सीए राकेश गुप्

 

नये भारत की नई तस्वीर

हि मालय की चोटिय से,

देश मेरा बोल रहा

आत्मनिर्भर पथ पर,

यह गर्व से है डोल रहा

 

रा केट, उपग्रह छोड़ रहा,

चांद-मंगल नाप रहा

हर रहस्य अंतरिक्ष का,

देश मेरा खोल रहा

 

महामार ी में जब,

मौत का साया था मंडरा रहा

टीका मेरे देश का,

सकल विश्व में अमोल रहा

 

विकास मे अव्वल है,

खेलकूद में है खिल रहा

हर मोर्चे पर देश मेरा,

अतुल्य अनमोल रहा

 

बिजली, पानी, सड़क से,

हर गांव संवर हो रहा

फसल का पूरा दाम देख,

किसान मगन डोल रहा

 

एक देश, एक कानून,

एक हमार ी पहचान हो

झंडा ऊंचा रहे हमारा ,

बच्चा -बच्चा बोल रहा

 

अमर जवानो का बलि दान,

देश या द कर रहा

योगदान आजादी में,

जिनका अनमोल रहा

 

यह अखंड है,

अजेय है,

देश मेरा बेजोड़ है ।।

आजादी अमृत महोत्सव पर,

‘पथिक’ गर्व से बोल रहा

 

– डो. सीए मयूर भानूकुमार नायक
‘पथिक’

INDEPENDENT INDIA’S ACHIEVEMENTS @ 75

(If you wish to listen to this article, simply scan the
QR code)
Born in February 1947, I am also celebrating Amrit Mahotsav of my life, a proud coincidence, but do not have any remembrance of 15th August 1947.

India of today is vastly different from that of 75 years ago. Our upward growth story is impressive across sectors. New Economic Policy of 1991, Demonetisation, Tax Reforms in the form of GST, and many more such initiatives by the Government that brought about liberalization, privatization, and globalization enabled India to progress rapidly compared to other developing nations.

Some impactful Achievements over the last 75 years are:

  • Nominal per capita income growth from US $ 64 to US $ 1,498.
  • GDP growth from 2.7 lakhs Cr. to 147.79 lakhs Cr.
  • India substantially reduced its rate of poverty and increased its standard of living.
  • Literacy rate increased from 12% to 74%.
  • White and Green Revolution in Agriculture.
  • Health-care improvement enabled to fight against the recent pandemic.
  • Sports: Winning in Olympics and World championships from badminton to chess and cricket to shooting.
  • Entertainment- Bollywood to Television to Digital OTT.
  • IT revolution, concurring Space, Nuclear power.
  • Industrial revolution: Booming Infrastructure, startups, Unicorns.
  • Empowered Women, Global Indians.

And the list goes on…..

India has no doubt, problems, and issues to deal with, but the people of India will deal with them successfully because they know how to care for the Nation which is most dear to every Indian.

India’s most significant achievement is its ‘UNITY IN DIVERSITY’. India does not recognize any racial groups. The term ‘Indian’ refers to nationality rather than a particular ethnicity or language. A nation is a creation of the psychic state of the people who are connected by a common thread of culture, food, lifestyle, and who are bound by the idea of unity and fraternity, etc. It is a pluralistic, multilingual, and multi-ethnic society. It is often said that there are multiple nations in the nation that is called India.

Due to the vast population and consumption, India has a high growth rate and a very large market. As per the latest estimate, India is going to be the most populous country in the world in 2023. Its most advantageous position is its young demography, and these youths need to be provided proper Direction. To that end, all available natural resources and strength must be utilized to the optimum to make India a superpower in terms of Economy, Culture, and Spirituality.

Today, globally across the world people at large and, also those in power are looking to India and are eager to collaborate with it. They want Indian Entrepreneurs to come to their country, which will be a win-win situation for all.

However, India’s weakness is in its governance and the lack of political will to overcome it. Those in power must look forward and should not attempt to rewrite history, but instead focus on the future to make India a GLOBAL LEADER and SUPERPOWER in the true sense in times to come.

After 75 years of independence, India has a stable economy. India and Indians achieved success by overcoming multiple challenges and risks through their sheer grit and determination. Above all, there is the confidence that “Independent India’s Achievements @ 75” are guiding lights predicting a glorious future for our Country. People in Governance must ensure that this momentum does not lose steam but is accelerated for real and sustained progress.

At the last, wishing that when India Celebrates its Centenary of Independence, what we have dreamt of today becomes a Reality.

Note: Incidentally, the Theme of the BCAS Diary 2022 and 60th year Diamond Jubilee Edition of BCAS Referencer was “Independent India’s Achievements @ 75”. This has given me the immense information and confidence to accept the invitation of the Journal Committee to write this article.

A CHANGE OF MINDSET WILL CHANGE THE DESTINY OF INDIA

(If you wish to listen to this article, simply scan the
QR code)
It is a proud privilege to us as Indians that we are celebrating 75 years of our democratic nation and I have the pleasure to pen down a few stray thoughts.

I was just two years old when our country got independence in 1947 and being an infant, it hardly made any difference to me then. The first glimpses of Independence Day arose in my life as a school child, where we all were required to join the Independence-Day morning procession, but the real joy was no school thereafter and a full day for play.

As a natural progression in age and with a zeal to read everything, I started to understand the History of India, its culture, the governance of previous regimes including the British rule of India, and the importance of Independence-Day as a proud Indian citizen.

When one wants to understand the significance of India’s Independence, one has to assess the progress made so far in various fields. Looking from a materialist point, certainly, there are changes in infrastructure, education, healthcare, etc. One however wonders whether enough is done and whether and to what extent there were leakages in the system in favour of those who already have it at the cost of those who do not have it.

I ponder over the subject and it pains to see that we did not utilize 75 years to their best. While celebrations are good for what has been achieved, they should be backed by a resolve to achieve more, at a faster pace, so that we can achieve the dream of “Ram-Rajya” at least when we celebrate the Centenary of our Independence Day.

Independence as a nation in this global village is a myth and although there could be nations like India with well-defined geographical boundaries, real progress at a faster pace can be achieved only with a healthy interdependence and co-existence along with other independent nations in the world. For many years, we had a tag of the non-aligned nation, swaying between left and right like a seesaw and no one took us seriously, rather treated us like a child playing in a garden. The effectiveness of a nation depends on a national leader who develops cordial relations with other nations. Fortunately for the first time, in the last 8 years, we see this capability in our current leadership of Shri. Narendra Modi. This I consider a big positive, while we celebrate the Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav.

Just as the Independence of our nation depends on developing international bridges, a lot needs to be done even internally which was neglected in the past. The socialistic pattern of society was the dream of our first PM Jawaharlal Nehru. However, this socialistic pattern, unfortunately, turned into developing public-sector companies as white elephants. The employees in such organizations pretend to be busy and their seniors enjoy perquisites at the cost of a common man who is struggling to get two square meals a day. The chairman of the largest public sector bank, the largest port trust, enjoys the luxury of the largest and costliest real estate in Mumbai at the cost of several people living in slums just near the palaces of these big public sector lords. These are just a few examples of the reality of public sector businesses that run under the so-called socialistic pattern. Pension for life, salary, daily allowances, travels, and food subsidies, which are given entirely tax-free to MLAs, MPs are giving rise to newly created Jahagirdars and Jamindars, whereas the common man is suffering. That has also given encouragement to private sector lords in the corporate world who get benefits of finances from public sector banks and flee the country by just dumping their obligations and all this at the cost of taxpayer’s money. We need to change these unholy alliances in the next 25 years. There could be material progress but at the cost of increasing the gap between rich and poor and this will surely give rise to multi-fold unrest and needs to be changed. Is it a utopia or a possible and achievable dream? Let us ponder over this in this 75th year of independence.

On the social/cultural front, the Joint-Hindu-Family concept has been replaced by a smaller nuclear family concept, by sheer force of economic and social necessities. Joint-Hindu-Family (HUF) remains only for the purpose of tax advantage. The lower and upper middle-class need to check whether their relations inter-se, which may be leading to hypocrisy. Is there a possibility of changing the mindset of people in tax compliance and tax administration or is it just a utopia? Well, it will depend upon the administrator giving up his role as a servant of a colonial ruler who wants to please his master and earn for himself from the system. On the other hand, public-at-large should give up the mindset of making efforts to minimize tax in an artificial manner. Present initiatives in such matters through technological Initiatives and artificial intelligence are steps in the right direction, but they must be backed by a change in the mindset of people. After all, technology is created and operated by the human mind.

Similar efforts need to be made in the field of education, health care, and family welfare. Let us all hope and work for positive changes so that we can celebrate the centenary of Independence with increased joy.

MOST SIGNIFICANT ACHIEVEMENTS OF INDIA SO FAR

(If you wish to listen to this article, simply scan the
QR code)

India has been doing tremendously well in many sectors today. We came a long way from the days of independence.

In the last seven-and-a-half decades, India achieved remarkable development in agriculture, heavy industry, irrigation, energy production, nuclear power capability, space technology, biotechnology, telecommunication, oceanography, science, education, and research.

The huge improvements in India in terms of literacy rate and per capita income since 1947 can be regarded as among the biggest achievements of post-independence India. In 1947, the literacy rate in India was only 12 percent. It rose to 77.70 percent in 2021.

India’s achievements are numerous and include a strong democracy, robust roots of secularism, higher education, nuclear power, stunning economic growth, and revival of numerous aspects of traditional wisdom. Owing to the talent and will of the countrymen, we can see that India has reached among the top countries of the world especially creating strides in science and technology and various other fields.

It is quite an interesting fact to know that India is one of the greatest hubs for Information Technology services. A report showed that out of the top 20 best Information Technology companies in the world, 5 companies are Indian companies.

Yoga is India’s gift to the world for health and peace. Yoga keeps both your body and mind healthy. It strengthens your body and keeps your mind at peace.

In 2014, the UN General Assembly overwhelming adopted a draft resolution, declaring 21st June as the “International Yoga Day”. A record 177 countries co-sponsored the resolution.

Government officials said that the proactive strategic and policy-level leadership by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, which included the “Make-in-India” and “Make-for-World” mantra, has helped the country to achieve the goal where nearly every adult has been fully vaccinated with Made-in-India vaccines.
India has crossed the record 200 crore mark in Covid-19 vaccinations within 18 months of launching the inoculation exercise in January last year. The last 100 crore vaccinations were done in nine months, the same time period which took the first 100 crore vaccinations to be done, showing that the pace did not slacken.

Despite global disruptions last year, India exported a total of $ 670 billion – Rs. 50 lakh crores. Exports are vital to a country’s progress. Initiatives like ‘Vocal for Local’ have also accelerated the country’s domestic consumption and exports.

Last year, the country had decided that despite every challenge, it must cross the threshold of $ 400 billion i.e., Rs. 30 lakh crore merchandise exports. We crossed this also and made a new record of export of $ 418 billion i.e., Rs. 31 lakh crore rupees.

Today, every ministry and every department of the government is giving priority to increasing exports with full government support.
India of 2022 is massively different from India in 1947. India is the fifth largest economy in the world by nominal GDP and the third largest in terms of purchasing power parity (PPP). With numerous advancements in the nation, it is no wonder that venture capitalists, multinationals, private equities, and foreign participatory investors are betting high on India’s growth story. It is also not a surprise that today India is also an attractive destination for foreign investment.
India’s improving economic performance and the talents of the Indian population have enabled the nation to bridge with both developed and developing countries. The nation has deepened its relationship with the United States, Russia, Europe, and other countries. The initiative taken by the government with the US on a civil nuclear agreement opened a new chapter in India’s technological development.
The Indian government has always taken the lead in India’s active participation in the Asian community-building process. India today, as a nation, is warmly welcomed to almost every vital Asian and Asia-Pacific forum. India has advanced its economic and security engagement with the Indian Ocean and the Indo-Pacific region. The nation has strengthened its economic and defence relations with countries of West-Asia and the Middle East and of East and South-East Asia.

I strongly believe that more exciting transformations will come soon through which all our people will benefit!

YOUTH WILL DRIVE INDIA’S PROGRESS

(If you wish to listen to this article, simply scan the
QR code)
A nation in existence with glorious past hundreds of years and abundant richest natural resources, now completing its’ journey of 75 years as Azad (independent) nation, is indeed a matter of pride for its’ over 140 crores population. A significant portion of the current population is from the post-independence period; few have witnessed both pre and post-independence, and very few have experienced and understood both the era and are in a position to narrate. I was born in the pre-independence era and have grown in the post-independence period.

As time progresses, we appreciate the real essence and value the taste of freedom – AZADI. Undoubtedly, as a Nation, we can claim with a sense of great pride that, yes, our country has satisfactorily progressed well and has captured the glorious position and its existence felt around the globe. The event of Celebration of Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav is a dream of every citizen of our great country India – Bharat. In the present day, we consider only current contributions to the progress of the nation and disregard the capital contribution of the class of individuals and their sacrifice at the root level of achieving freedom.

We usually inherit the legacy and do not recognize the bequest and benefactor. An old Vietnamese proverb states, “When eating the fruit, think of the person/persons who planted the tree”.

We rightfully owe the duty of expressing our gratitude and recognizing the value of the CORPUS. The scenario we witness in present days and our being part of the celebration of Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav would not have been feasible but for the patriarch and the movement by individuals who made this possible. We should accept that we have got onto a train that has already started. At this juncture, we offer our sincere tribute to all the Leaders and Individuals for their sacrifice and contribution who visualized and initiated the movement of Independence – Azadi.

I feel that the real essence of Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav is due to the achievements during the post-independence era in the following fields for the general welfare of the citizens. Nothing has happened by accident, magic, or overnight. It is the result of continuous efforts, passion, and vision of all concerned during the past several years.

a)   Self-dependency in the field of agricultural products.
b) The developments in the field of infrastructure, i.e., roads, bridges, dams, communication systems, harnessing natural resources and making the best use of them.
c)   Increasing transparency.
d)  Abolition of a plethora of outdated laws.
e)   Paperless transactions, digitization.
f)   Increasing use of Information Technology.
g)  Reforms in education systems, the opening of new education centers and colleges.
h)  Availability of services in the medical field with the latest technologies.
i)   Increasing exports.
j)   Sailing smoothly during natural calamities and epidemic situations and ably tackling the terrorist activities/issues on borders.

These are the few areas out of many more.

It is commonly accepted that the future of the nation is in the hands of our youth, and expectations are multifold from them. Progress of the nation is essentially the responsibility of our youth. We expect that priority should be entrusted to the youth in the implementation of new projects and politics too. The vision of youth needs to be harnessed at every level to continue the momentum of progress.

Our Society, a voluntary organization of Chartered Accountants, was founded in 1949. Thus, we are trailing behind the nation in celebrating Amrit Mahotsav of our Society. May I suggest that the present team of President, Office bearers, and Committee members commence planning of Amrit Mahotsav celebration of BCAS and appoint a special committee to chalk out the agenda for the same in a befitting manner! I extend my Best Wishes for the same.

I congratulate the entire population of our Great Nation on this occasion!

INDIA CAN BUILD ON ITS UNIQUE ADVANTAGES AND HERITAGE

(If you wish to listen to this article, simply scan the
QR code)

In the early days, life was different. Things were much simpler. People were closer. Families would sit in the evenings and talk as there was no TV. Things were difficult in many ways as there were fewer facilities when we look at comforts and convenience. Yet life was generally simpler. When we went to America in 1960s on an exchange program with other CAs, we got a few dollars per person to spend on a long trip. We had to be very frugal in spending. Things are so much different today. As a child, I played in open by rolling a wheel on the mostly empty road. The time before TV (the 1970s), the time before mobile phones, and computers was different. We had fewer clothes, fewer things in general. The joys of life were simpler yet still fuller. Perhaps because things were fewer, not so easily available, or available frequently, the joy when you had them was immense. I remember waiting for a car for months before getting allotted one. One cannot even imagine doing a trunk call overseas or to another location in the country.

We paid much more taxes in those days. During the estate duty time, we paid about 100% as taxes along with estate duty on the death of my father and had to sell assets to pay taxes. In the field of accounting, there were handwritten books. We used to audit them. Chartered Accountant exams didn’t allow calculators. Now everyone has a camera on their phones, a Rolleiflex in those days was a big item to have. When the colour film came, I used to send films for printing to my sister in London and get good colour photographs. We used to take photographs sparingly and carefully as we had only so many shots per film. In those days I and my wife used to go movies every Saturday, not mainly to watch the movie but to see the newsreel on the screen, that changed every Friday. This was how it was before the TV came.

Despite so many difficulties, generations worked very hard to come out of relative poverty, and with their hard work and abilities, India has risen. Hard work, focus on the education of children, and sincerity of people made India grow. The government’s suspicion, too much control, and suppression of private enterprises slowed the progress in the initial decades. Our significant achievement is that we could stay together as one nation for 75 years despite being small states prior to freedom and being so diverse in every way.

As belonging to the same soil, we have a unique advantage. We are the oldest living civilization that is still continuing. All other civilizations – Egypt, Mesopotamia, Chinese, Greek, Persian, Mayan – have vanished or been destroyed over time. For some unique reason, we have survived and thrived. Every family has part of that civilization built in their culture and customs and our outlook towards so many things. Let us look at how we view nature. So many trees, mountains, and rivers are sacred and venerated. Sun and light are worshipped, and today solar power is occupying the centre stage. When most of Europe and other parts believed that the world was flat, we had the word Bhugol as the word for geography where the shape ‘round’ is built into the word for geography. We have the advantage of the past, but we cannot go into the future based on past laurels and achievements alone. We have to apply, our distinct advantages to achieve the future that is in store for us. Indians in general can be more orderly, more disciplined, and more consistent. We need to improve our sense of time in many ways. We can be better at keeping our word. Some people have a false idea of traditions, customs, and religion. Many are in awe of the west and still feel like lesser mortals.

I think we don’t need to become a global leader, we should just become what we are inherently capable of becoming and that will do the magic for us in every field. When we begin to live our universal wisdom and apply it to our current situation for the benefit of all, we can truly celebrate our freedom.

COURAGE WILL TAKE INDIA TO NEW HEIGHTS!

(If you wish to listen to this article, simply scan the
QR code)
Now that India is celebrating 75 years of independence from British Rule, my memory goes back to that historic day, 15th August, 1947 when I was 11 years of age. I remember, on that day the eyes of the Nation – one happily celebrating well-earned independence after many years under foreign rule and the other eye shedding tears because of the pain and the tragedy that happened in the aftermath of the partition of the country.

Those days, there was no television and hence we have to solely rely upon newspapers and radio for news. The newspapers carried photos of scared people traveling precariously on train tops to save their lives, leaving India for Pakistan or from Pakistan to India. Memories of large-scale thefts, hooliganism, the massacre of many, and the outrage against the dignity of women and children are still alive. These are very scary memories.

Then came the brutal assassination of the Father of the Nation, Mahatma Gandhi in January 1948 which plunged the country into grief and mourning.

These were followed by years of socialistic pattern of society, which, though the people of India welcomed in those days but now in the hindsight, it is widely felt that the same made India weak and increased poverty. We saw license raj on a very big scale, which lead to rampant corruption because of scarcity, which destroyed the moral and social fabric of the country. Since then, the generations of people that followed, born in corrupt India, learned how to circumvent controls via corruption. When we elders advised them not to support corruption, they felt that we were out of step with the prevailing scenario.

A license from the government was required for every industrial activity. The country faced an extremely high rate of taxation, going up to 98%, very tight foreign exchange controls, and a prohibition on using foreign brand names. Nationalisation of many enterprises, banks, airlines, etc. followed which proved that “It is a poor nation whose government is involved in business and commercial activities”.

Poor people became poorer, and the rich became richer. We had only two indigenous brands of motor cars, Hindustan Ambassador and Fiat, which was later renamed as Premier Padmini, the qualities of which were very poor, and the waiting period was very long.

The country began to be known as an underdeveloped country and gradually rose to the status of a developing country. The country reached the peak of the foreign exchange crisis in 1991 when the country had to pledge its gold to rescue itself internationally.

The real recovery of the economy started in 1991 with a gradual easing of the licensing regime and also easing of foreign exchange controls and the gradual introduction of reasonable rates of taxation.

The most significant achievement of India started slowly when the international community including IMF and United Nations started to recognize our country’s potential which led India to be internationally recognized and respected.

Now, we Indians have regained the confidence to keep our heads high and live with respect and dignity. The lifestyle, standard, and quality of life of us Indians have improved considerably. Our people are now confident that our country will be considered an economic superpower very shortly and become the global leader in terms of spirituality through yoga and culture because of dedicated honest leadership.

There is considerable development in the fields of technology and professional opportunities which were unknown in the early years of Independence.

The Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav is bound to inculcate the spirit of adventure, well-being, and a bright future amongst Indians, particularly the younger generations.

Now the mission in the life of us Indians is not merely to survive, but to thrive and to do so with some compassion, humour, and style. Courage is the most important virtue because without courage one cannot practice any other virtue consistently.

75 YEARS OF INDIAN INDEPENDENCE

(If you wish to listen to this article, simply scan the
QR code)

My memory goes back to 80 years, when the Father of our Nation, Mahatma Gandhiji, gave the British Government an ultimatum on 8th August, 1942 to ‘Quit India’. Many selfless workers joined the ‘Quit India’ movement and courted arrest. We had to fight for five years, during which period many freedom fighters laid down their lives. Ultimately, on 15th August, 1947, we could achieve our goal of Independence. Although the Britishers decided to Quit India, they gave us a parting gift in the form of the partition of India. Our country was divided into two parts, and a separate country Pakistan was created. The memory of this separation and the sufferings of displaced persons from the area allotted to Pakistan is fresh in my mind even after 75 years.

We got Independence 75 years back on 15th August, 1947. At that time, there were over 500 Princely States in existence in India. Unless these States co-operated, it was not possible to form a unified India. Thanks to the tremendous efforts of Late Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel, who undertook to convince all these princely States to join a Unified India. As a result of his efforts, states like Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, Kerala, Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh, Orissa etc., were formed. Princely states in the Saurashtra region also agreed to merge into erstwhile Bombay province. There was a major problem about the state of Jammu and Kashmir that could not be satisfactorily resolved, and even today, there are some unresolved issues that we are trying to resolve.

The first three years after Independence were devoted by the Constituent Assembly for drafting our Constitution. With the efforts of the stalwarts, we got our Constitution, and the Republic of India came into existence with a written Constitution on 26th January, 1950. Elections were held on an all-India basis and in the states, and elected governments were formed at the Centre and in various States.

Initially, there were very few political parties. The Indian National Congress, which had played a prominent part in the freedom struggle, was the major all-India party. Over a period of time, all-India parties started to lose control, and at present, we have over 100 small regional parties.

During the journey of 75 years, we have seen several political parties coming to power and trying to implement different ideologies. Due to the behavior of politicians with different ideologies, one can say that we have not been able to achieve the desired maturity in democratic governance. The persons in power and in the opposition fight on many insignificant issues and confuse the people. This leads to unnecessary conflict. For a healthy democracy, there is a need to have only two or three political parties in a country like ours. Once we have a strong Government which is run by dedicated persons who have the support of the common man, the evils of corruption and unhealthy practices will disappear.

These 75 years of our Independence have seen tremendous progress in the field of Education, Science, Technology, Finance, Commerce, etc. Many Indians have migrated to various countries and achieved recognition. This is the reason why a Person of Indian Origin, is at present, the Vice-President of USA. The Britishers have ruled our country for over 100 years. Now, hopefully, we will be able to see that a Person of Indian Origin will rule Great Britain as its Prime Minister in the near future.

Let us celebrate Azadi ka Amrit Mahotsav with the hope that we will be able to eradicate poverty in our country and eliminate the conflict between communities which exists at present during the next 25 years when we reach the centenary year of our Independence.

INTRODUCTION

India is celebrating seventy-five years of independence, namely, Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav. Most of us are born in Independent India. India of today has achieved significant growth in many areas. At the same time, it has had many challenges to come out of the ill effects of foreign occupation. While the freedom struggle was a remarkable period of our modern history, rebuilding India post-independence was a completely different experience.
Each year, post-independence, was a stride ahead along with the burden of climbing out of social, security, and economic challenges amongst many others for a country as diverse as India to traverse 75 years of charting a new history for the ancient civilization that we are. Therefore, as a part of celebrating Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav, the Journal Committee invited past presidents of the Society who have completed 75 years of their life to share their experiences of India @ 75.

We are glad to share with you the seven responses we received from:

Name

President
of BCAS (Year)

CA P.N. Shah

1968-69

CA Dilip J. Thakkar

1983-84

CA Haren Jokhakar

1971-72

CA Nayan Parikh

1989-90

CA H.N. Motiwalla

1988-89

CA 
Ashok Dhere

1996-97

CA Pranay Marfatia

1991-92

In a first for BCAJ, we are happy to inform you that these articles are additionally presented as “TALKING ARTICLES”, so you can scan the QR code at the beginning of each article and listen to them instead of reading.
Team BCAJ thanks CA Shraddha Dedhia for facilitating the audio recordings and creating QR Codes for these “Talking Articles and Poems”.

NEW AWAKENING!

Heartiest compliments on the completion of 75 years of India’s Independence.

In all humility, I accept the chair of the Journal Committee. My connection to the BCAJ dates to my articles days when I used to read BCAJ at my Principal’s office (CA Pruthviraj Shah). BCAJ helped me to remain updated and prepare for my Direct Tax paper as it was the pre-internet era, and the only source of case laws and their legal analysis was print media. Later, when I became a member of the Journal Committee, my respect for BCAJ rose to new heights as I realized how much effort was being put into by contributors and the Committee in its preparation. After my Presidentship, I am glad to communicate with you once again, albeit in a different capacity, as the Editor of this prestigious publication.

I sincerely and heartily compliment my predecessor CA Raman Jokhakar for successfully leading this Committee for the last five years and taking the Journal to a new height. His editorials were enriched by thought-provoking subjects and his masterly analysis of current affairs. I have the daunting task of meeting these expectations and maintaining the leading role of BCAJ in the profession. With God’s grace and your good wishes, I shall do my best and a little more.

I am glad that CA Raman Jokhakar will continue to guide and support me in his new role as the Co-Chairman of the Journal Committee. I have the solid support of two dynamic and experienced conveners, CA Vinayak Pai and CA Jagdish Punjabi, and the dedicated members of the Journal Committee. The wisdom of the members of the Editorial Board will continue to enhance the utility and relevance of this publication.

Well, seventy-five years is a ripe age for human life, but for a civilizational nation that has long-lived and is going to live in perpetuity, it is a short period. In 1947, the India of modern times was born after years of foreign aggression and occupation. India has had a glorious past, but Indian heritage and culture were attacked and systematically destroyed by many invaders.

What does India need to do now? Many things, but important amongst them, can be summarized into these aspects – ignite patriotism, instill discipline and inject honesty into people. We need to shred the slavish mindset, the babudom, and complex laws that control and stifle people’s freedom and entrepreneurship, holding India and Indians back.

Painting everyone with the same brush and doubting the integrity and honesty of every citizen is not a sign of mature democracy. If governance can enable rather than stifle, we can fly higher and faster. Citizens should also perform their part of duty. Rights without duties can result in chaos. Every citizen, irrespective of his/her predisposition or ideology, should work towards making India a well-developed nation with opportunities for all.

Division of population based on caste, creed, religion, region, and language is a curse. The identity of being an INDIAN should supersede all other identities when it comes to important national issues and goals. We are more Indian when we are outside India than in India. Out of India, we take pride in being recognized as Indians, and in India, we label ourselves based on caste, creed, religion, region, or language. What an irony this is! Our formal recognition should only be that of “Indian”. Period! We all should strive to achieve this in our lifetime.

As Indian Chartered Accountants, we serve the nation by being the best in everything we do. As auditors, we watch over the financial health and protect national wealth; as tax consultants, we protect our country’s resources; as enlightened citizens, we facilitate reasonable and growth-oriented laws; as financial consultants, we are promoters, protectors, and restorers of the financial wealth of our clients. In short, we have a key role and major responsibilities to share in Nation Building.

No Nation, profession, or society can rest on its past glory. We can be inspired by the past and apply its lessons to create our future. President A.P.J. Abdul Kalam said, “Strength respects strength and not weakness. Strength means military might and economic prosperity.” Therefore, we must assert our strengths and relate to others in that spirit. At the same time, we need to fight our internal enemies who fail us as in the past.

Let us remember Rabindranath Tagore’s timeless words that still ring true:

“Where the mind is without fear and the head
is held high

Where knowledge is free

Where the world has not been broken up into fragments

By narrow domestic walls

Where words come out from the depth of truth

Where tireless striving stretches its arms towards perfection

Where the clear stream of reason has not lost its way

Into the dreary desert sand of dead habit

Where the mind is led forward by thee

Into ever-widening thought and action

Into that heaven of freedom, my Father, let my country awake.”

Friends, today, the world is looking at India to provide the global leadership in fighting challenges humanity faces. Our timeless wisdom base, if applied correctly in the context, has answers to today’s challenges. I am sure India and Indians will rise to ‘ever-widening thought and action’ and take the world along to a new awakening.

Jai Hind!



Whatever you believe, that you will be,
If you believe yourselves to be ages, ages you will be tomorrow.
There is nothing to obstruct you.
— Swami Vivekananda